Carlon 2005 Master Catalog 92443
2014-10-22
: Pdf 92443-Catalog 92443-Catalog Batch9 unilog
Open the PDF directly: View PDF .
Page Count: 322
Download | |
Open PDF In Browser | View PDF |
Carlon Master Catalog ® Boreable Multi-Gard® Trenchless Raceway ® Bore-Gard Trenchless Raceway Carflex® Liquidtight Fittings Carflex® Liquidtight Flexible Nonmetallic Tubing Carflex® Omni Connectors Carflex® Pre-Wired Liquidtight Whips Carflex® X-Flex™ Flexible Nonmetallic Tubing Cement Chimes ® Circuit Safe JIC Enclosures Circuit Safe® NEMA Enclosures Cord Grips Curved Lid J-Box ENT Boxes and Fittings Flex-Plus® Blue™ ENT Floor Box Systems Hal-Free Riser-Gard® High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) Himeline® Enclosures Intra-Gard® Multi-Cell Raceway In-Use Weatherproof Covers Junction Boxes ® Multi-Gard Multi-Cell Raceway P&C® Duct - Types EB and DB P&C® Duct Fittings and Sweeps P&C Flex® Corrugated Flexible Conduit ® Plenum-Gard Flexible Raceway PV-Mold® Pole Riser System Riser-Gard® Flexible Raceway Schedule 40 & 80 Conduit Schedule 40 & 80 Fittings Schedule 40 & 80 Special/Standard Elbows Slack and Splice Enclosures Slip Meter Risers Snap-Loc® Spacers Snap-N-Stac™ Spacers Split Duct Structured Cable Management Systems Telephone Duct – Types B, C and D Telephone Duct Fittings and Sweeps Utility Conduit, Fittings, and Elbows Weatherproof Covers and Lighting Systems Wire Handling Products Wire-Safe® Wireway and Wiring Trough Zip Box® Blue™ Switch/Outlet Boxes ® Carlon eCommerce Capabilities Carlon eConnect (www.carloneconnect.com) ® An on-line order tracking website designed exclusively for Carlon distributor partners. Carlon eConnect provides easy, secured access to ‘real-time’ information from our SAP Business Enterprise System. It’s available 24 hours a day, and is designed to improve the efficiency of order information flow. Functions include • Quick list of recent orders • Search for orders • Price and availability • Electronic pricing files • Order entry Carlon EDI ® • 850 - Purchase orders • 855 - PO acknowledgements • 856 - Ship notice • 810 - Invoices Table of Contents Electrical Products Conduit Carflex® Liquidtight Flexible Tubing and Fittings........... 3 Chimes ................................................................................ 15 Schedule 40 & 80 Conduit.............................................. 168 Schedule 40 & 80 Elbows ............................................... 170 Schedule 40 & 80 Fittings............................................... 174 Conduit Bodies................................................................. 179 Junction Boxes ................................................................. 181 FS Boxes ............................................................................ 181 Utility Conduit, Fittings & Elbows................................. 190 P&C Duct........................................................................... 192 Telephone Duct ............................................................... 202 P&C Flex ............................................................................ 209 PV-Mold ............................................................................ 211 Slip Meter Risers .............................................................. 215 Split Duct .......................................................................... 217 Cement ...............................................................................221 Spacers .............................................................................. 225 Electrical Nonmetallic Tubing (ENT), Boxes and Fittings ......................................................... 19 Floor Boxes and Covers..................................................... 33 Curved Lid J-Box................................................................. 47 Weatherproof Covers, Lampholders & Fixtures............ 51 Wire Handling Products.................................................... 57 Wire Safe® Wireway And Wiring Trough...................... 61 Zip Box® Blue™ Outlet and Switch Boxes ....................... 69 Low Voltage Premise Products Plenum-Gard®..................................................................... 88 Riser-Gard® .......................................................................... 90 Hal-Free Riser-Gard® .......................................................... 92 General Purpose................................................................. 93 Structured Cable Management Systems ..................... 103 Enclosures Circuit-Safe® NEMA......................................................... 112 Circuit-Safe® JIC................................................................ 122 Himeline® HE.................................................................... 137 Himeline® HS.................................................................... 140 Himeline® HP.................................................................... 144 Himeline® HLA/HLS.......................................................... 150 Himeline® HLP.................................................................. 154 Slack and Splice................................................................ 156 Outside Plant Products Bore-Gard® and Boreable Multi-Gard® Raceway....... 231 Multi-Gard® Multi-Cell Raceway................................... 237 Intra-Gard® Multi-Cell Raceway.................................... 261 High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) Conduit................ 269 Cable and Installation Accessories................................ 295 Index Product Category ............................................................ 301 Part Number..................................................................... 302 w w w. c a r l o n . c o m 1 2 w w w. c a r l o n . c o m Carlon Carflex Liquidtight Flexible Tubing ® ® Carflex® Carflex® X-Flex™ Fittings Cord Grips Pre-Wired Whips w w w. c a r l o n . c o m 3 Carflex® Liquidtight Flexible Conduit Carflex Liquidtight Flexible Nonmetallic Conduit provides superior wire protection in harsh, damp environments. Carflex Conduit is nonconductive, noncorrosive, and resistant to oil, acid, ozone, and alkaline. Carflex Conduit is strong and lightweight, and because it weighs 50% less than metallic systems, it’s easy to handle, transport and install. Carflex is ideal for industrial, air conditioning, heating, and outdoor lighting applications. Features Applications • Nonconductive and noncorrosive • Sequentially marked footage • Lightweight for easy handling, transportation, and installation • Suitable for use at conduit temperatures of 80°C dry, • Crush, abrasion, and strain resistant 60°C wet and 60°C oil • Provides superior wire protection resistant as required by • Smooth interior ideal for pulling cable section 15-6 of ANSI/NFPA • No jagged edges 79-1985 and UL 1660. • Maintains internal I.D. even in tight Note: Liquidtight flexible radius bends conduits, metallic and nonmetallic, in contrast to rigid • Type LFNC-B PVC conduit and electrical • Resistant to oil, acid, ozone, nonmetallic tubing, does and alkaline not have wire temperature limitations. Any temperature • UL Listed for use as indicated in rated wire (for example, 90° Article 356 of the 2002 NEC; and wire) can be used as long as Section 12-1300 of the 2002 the temperature conditions Canadian Electrical Code, Part 1. marked on the conduit are not exceeded. UL Listed • UL Listed for outdoor use conduits that are not marked • UL Listed for sunlight resistant are limited to a maximum • Trade sizes 1/2", 3/4", and 1" temperature of 60°C wet or dry. are UL Listed for direct bury • Control and motor • Air conditioning and heating • Computer power distribution • Machine tools • Console wiring • Transformer connections • Outdoor lighting Coils • Available in black and gray. Consult factory for custom colors. • Custom cut lengths available; consult factory for details. Reels Nom. Size (in.) Std. Ctn. Qty. (ft.) Std. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.) Nom. Size (in.) Std. Ctn. Qty. (ft.) Std. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.) 15004-100 3/8" 100 11.70 15004-001 3/8" 1000 145.0 15005-50 1/2" 50 6.50 15005-001 1/2" 1000 157.0 15005-100* 1/2" 100 13.00 15005BK-001 1/2" 1000 157.0 15005BK-100* 1/2" 100 13.00 15007-001 3/4" 1000 212.0 15007-100* 3/4" 100 18.00 15008-500 1" 500 155.0 15008-100* 1" 100 28.00 15009-200 1-1/4" 200 100.0 15009-100 1-1/4" 100 37.60 15010-150 1-1/2" 150 95.7 15010-50 1-1/2" 50 22.55 15011-100 2" 100 94.6 15010-100 1-1/2" 100 47.80 15011-050 2" 50 34.10 Part No. Part No. Standard color Grey Standard color Grey 4 Custom Orders w w w. c a r l o n . c o m E79553 *Joint listed UL/CSA Approved product available Carflex® X-Flex™ Flexible Conduit Carflex X-Flex Extra Flexible Nonmetallic Conduit is ideal for applications requiring extra strength and flexibility such as robotics, and repetitive flexing arms. Carflex X-Flex is nonconductive, noncorrosive, and resistant to oil, acid, ozone, and alkaline. It’s designed for use with standard Carflex fittings providing a complete nonmetallic system. Carflex X-Flex is lightweight for easier handling, transportation, and installation. Features Applications • Extra strong and flexible to withstand repetitive motions • Nonconductive and noncorrosive • Resistant to oil, acid, ozone, and alkaline • Lightweight for easy handling, transportation, and installation • Crush, abrasion, and strain resistant • Provides superior wire protection • Smooth interior ideal for pulling cable • No jagged edges • Rated for continuous use at 60°C (140°F) ambient • Repetitive Flexing Arms • Robotics • Machine Tools • Automatic/Moving Machinery • Control and motor Specifications Coils E80040 Where noted by * (Available in Black only) Part No. Nom. Size (in.) Std. Ctn. Qty. *15104-100 3/8" 100 9.09 *15105-100 1/2" 100 10.01 *15107-100 3/4" 100 13.91 *15108-100 1" 100 18.25 *15109-100 1-1/4" 100 27.65 *15110-100 1-1/2" 100 38.00 *15111-050 2" 50 24.22 LR88170 Where noted by Std. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.) w w w. c a r l o n . c o m 5 Carflex® Liquidtight Fittings Straight Fittings • For use with Carflex® conduit and Carflex® X-Flex™ conduit Image 1 Assembly Image 2 Compression Nut Fitting Body Image 3 Extended Threads Nitrile Rubber O-Ring Metal Locknut Image 4 Compression Nut Assembly Sealing Ring Ferrule Fitting Body O Ring Features • Nonconductive and Noncorrosive • Resistant to oil, acid, ozone, and alkaline • Nitrile rubber “O” ring for a liquidtight termination • Easy to install • Temperatures up to 225°F (107°C) • Meets UL Standard 514B LT43C-CAR, LT43D-NEW, LT43E-NEW, LT43F LT43G, LT43H LT43J Specifications E32447 Part No. 6 Size (in.) Std. Ctn. Qty. Std. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.) A (inches) LT43C 3/8 50 3.6 .55 LT43C-CAR 3/8 15 1.4 LT43D-NEW 1/2 50 LT43E-NEW 3/4 LT43F B (inches) C (inches) D (inches) E (inches) Refer to Image .75 1.60 1.30 1.40 1, 2 .55 .75 1.60 1.30 1.40 1, 2 4.2 .56 .91 1.62 1.30 1.40 1, 2 50 6.6 .56 .91 1.88 1.61 1.71 1, 2 1 25 5.5 .70 1.00 2.20 1.90 2.04 1, 2 LT43G 1-1/4 5 1.5 .71 1.16 2.50 2.17 3, 4 LT43H 1-1/2 5 2.0 .75 1.36 2.78 2.43 3, 4 LT43J 2 5 2.5 1.00 1.45 3.33 w w w. c a r l o n . c o m 3, 4 Plastic Locknut Carflex® Liquidtight Fittings 90° Fittings • For use with Carflex® conduit and Carflex® X-Flex™ conduit Image 1 Image 2 Image 3 Image 4 Extended Threads Compression Nut Nitrile Rubber O-Ring Fitting Body Assembly Compression Nut Assembly Metal Locknut Sealing Ring Ferrule Fitting Body O Ring Plastic Locknut Features • Nonconductive and Noncorrosive • Resistant to oil, acid, ozone, and alkaline • Nitrile rubber “O” ring for a liquidtight termination • Easy to install • Temperatures up to 225°F (107°C) • Meets UL Standard 514B LT20C-CAR, LT20F-NEW LT20D-NEW, LT20E-NEW LT20G, LT20H, LT20J Specifications E32447 Size (in.) Std. Ctn. Qty. Std. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.) A (inches) B (inches) C (inches) D (inches) E (inches) F (inches) LT20C 3/8 50 4.9 .56 1.44 1.44 1.56 1.39 1.26 3, 4 LT20C-CAR 3/8 15 1.8 .56 1.44 1.44 1.56 1.39 1.26 3, 4 LT20D-NEW 1/2 50 4.9 .56 1.76 2.05 1.62 1.40 1.30 1.15 1, 2 LT20E-NEW 3/4 50 8.0 .56 2.04 2.35 1.88 1.71 1.61 1.50 1, 2 LT20F 1 25 6.9 .70 2.01 2.01 2.26 2.04 1.90 LT20G 1-1/4 5 1.9 .75 2.50 3.55 2.48 3, 4 LT20H 1-1/2 5 2.2 .75 2.80 3.98 2.77 3, 4 LT20J 2 5 3.4 .94 3.48 4.56 3.33 3, 4 Part No. w w w. c a r l o n . c o m G (inches) Refer to Image 3, 4 7 Carflex® One-Piece Liquidtight Fittings Unique Design The simple, one piece body design of the Carflex One Piece Liquidtight Nonmetallic Fitting requires no disassembly of components for installation. The system is so strong that there is no need for a compression nut. PVC Construction PVC construction of the fitting and locknut provides unparalleled protection from water, oil and dust. Totally nonmetallic, the system is nonconductive and will not corrode or rust. Temperatures up to 140°F (60°C) Straight Fittings LR201397 E32447 Part No. Trade Size (in.) Std. Ctn. Qty. Std. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.) A (inches) D (inches) E (inches) LN43DA 1/2 - 14 NPT 100 2.8 0.56 1.34 1.19 LN43EA 3/4 - 14 NPT 50 2.2 0.56 1.63 1.44 LN43FA 1 - 111/2 NPT 25 3 0.69 1.99 1.75 LN43FA-CAR 1 - 111/2 NPT 15 1 0.69 1.99 1.75 90° Fittings LR201397 E32447 Part No. 8 Trade Size (in.) LN20DA 1/2 - 14 NPT LN20EA 3/4 - 14 NPT LN20FA 1 - 111/2 NPT LN20FA-CAR 1 - 111/2 NPT Std. Ctn. Qty. Std. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.) Thread Size A (inches) B (inches) C (inches) D (inches) E (inches) 100 4.3 1/2-14 NPT 0.56 1.50 1.99 1.34 1.19 3.1 3/4-14 NPT 0.56 1.73 2.25 1.63 1.44 3.2 1-11 1/2 NPT 0.69 1.86 2.58 1.99 1.75 1 1-11 1/2 NPT 0.69 1.86 2.58 1.99 1.75 50 25 10 w w w. c a r l o n . c o m Carlon® Carflex® Omni Connectors Features Straight LR201397 • Available in sizes 3/8" through 1" conduit and tubing. • All nylon construction resists salt water, weak acids, gasoline, alcohol, oil, grease and common solvents. • No disassembly required. • No threading of the conduit or tubing required to install. • Complete Conduit/connector system is reusable. • Suitable for indoor/outdoor use. • Lower installed cost. • Black connectors provided with nylon locknut. E32447 • Gray connectors provided with assembled O-ring and metal locknuts. • Protection class IP 68 per DIN 40050 up to 70 psi (5 bar) water pressure. • Molded of type 6/6 nylon. ASTM D-4066-PA 111; flammability classification 94V-2. Specifications Body & Sealing Unit Size 3/8" 1/2" 3/4" 1" A C D Max O.A. Length in. (mm) 2.000 (50.8) 2.000 (50.8) 2.031 (51.6) 2.250 (57.1) Part No. Black Part No. Gray* Description Clearance Hole in. (mm) LT38 LT50 LT75 LT100 LT38G LT50G LT75G LT100G Straight L/T Fitting Straight L/T Fitting Straight L/T Fitting Straight L/T Fitting .875 (22.2) .875 (22.2) 1.109 (28.2) 1.375 (34.9) Locking Nut F G H Thread Length in. (mm) E Wrenching Nut Thickness in. (mm) Wrenching Flats in. (mm) Thickness in. (mm) Wrenching Flats in. (mm) Std. Ctn. Qty. .625 (15.9) .625 (15.9) .625 (15.9) .781 (19.8) .250 (6.3) .250 (6.3) .250 (6.3) .250 (6.3) 1.328 (33.7) 1.328 (33.7) 1.562 (39.7) 1.875 (47.6) .266 (6.7) .266 (6.7) .266 (6.7) .266 (6.7) 1.062 (26.9) 1.062 (26.9) 1.312 (33.3) 1.625 (41.3) 50 50 25 20 *Gray connectors provided with assembled o-ring and metal locknuts. Black connectors provided with nylon locknuts only. Features 90° • Available in sizes 3/8" through 1" conduit and tubing. • Smooth internal surfaces for easier wire installation around corner angles. • All nylon construction resists salt water, weak acids, gasoline, alcohol, oil, grease and common solvents. • No disassembly required. • No threading of the conduit or tubing required to install. • Complete conduit/connector system is reusable. • Use of a sealing washer may be required for wet locations. • Suitable for indoor/outdoor use. • Lower installed cost. LR201397 E32447 • Black connectors provided with nylon locknut, packed separately. • Gray connectors provided with assembled O-ring and metal locknuts. • Protection class IP 68 per DIN 40050 up to 70 psi (5 bar) water pressure. • Molded of type 6/6 nylon. ASTM D-4066-PA 111; flammability classification 94V-2. 3/8" to 3/4" 1" Specifications Body & Sealing Unit Size 3/8" 1/2" 3/4" 1" Part No. Black Part No. Gray LT938 LT950 LT975 LT9100 LT938G LT950G LT975G LT9100G Locking Nut Description A Clearance Hole in. (mm) B Max O.A. Height in. (mm) C Max O.A. Length in. (mm) D Thread Length in. (mm) 90 degree L/T Fitting 90 degree L/T Fitting 90 degree L/T Fitting 90 degree L/T Fitting .875 (22.2) .875 (22.2) 1.109 (28.2) 1.375 (34.9) 1.98 (50.3) 1.98 (50.3) 2.29 (58.2) 2.84 (72.1) 2.91 (73.9) 2.91 (73.9) 3.17 (80.5) 3.18 (80.8) .52 (13.2) .52 (13.2) .52 (13.2) .78 (19.8) w w w. c a r l o n . c o m Thickness in. (mm) H Wrenching Flats in. (mm) Std. Carton Qty. .27 (6.8) .27 (6.8) .27 (6.8) .27 (6.8) 1.06 (26.9) 1.06 (26.9) 1.31 (33.3) 1.61 (40.9) 25 25 20 10 G 9 Technical Data Carflex Fittings Installation Instructions LT43C-CAR, LT43F thru J, LT20C-CAR, LT20F thru J. LT43D-New, LT43E-New, LT20D-New, LT20E-New. 1. Cut the end of the Carflex conduit or Carflex® X-Flex™ tubing square. 2. Install compression nut and sealing gland ring over the end of the conduit or tubing. 3. Insert the ferrule end of the fitting into the conduit using a clockwise twisting action. 4. Screw fitting body into compression nut. 5. When installation is completed, use a wrench, tighten compression nut one-quarter (1/4) turn past hand-tight. Do not over tighten fitting. *To prevent damage to conductors, conduit and fittings, do not twist Carflex during installation. 1. Cut the end of the Carflex conduit or Carflex® X-Flex™ tubing square. 2. Install compression nut over the end of the conduit or tubing. 3. Insert the ferrule end of the fitting into the conduit using a clockwise twisting action. (Be sure conduit is fully inserted to the bottom of the fitting shoulder). 4. Screw compression nut onto fitting body. 5. Use a wrench, and tighten compression nut one (1) full turn past hand-tight. Do not over tighten fitting. *To prevent damage to conductors, conduit and fittings, do not twist Carflex during installation. Carflex Liquidtight Conduit Technical Information 1. There shall be no more than the equivalent of four (4) quarter (90°) bends (360° total) between pull points, conduit bodies, and boxes. 2. The radius of the curve of the center of the conduit or tubing shall not be less than that shown in the table below: SIZE OF CONDUIT OR TUBING Inches Metric Desgr. 3/8 (14) 1/2 (16) 3/4 (21) 1 (27) 1 1/4 (35) 1 1/2 (41) 2 (53) RADIUS TO CENTER OF CONDUIT OR TUBING Inches (mm) 4 (101.6) 4 (101.6) 4 1/2 (114.3) 5 3/4 (146.0) 7 1/4 (184.1) 8 1/4 (209.5) 9 1/2 (241.3) UL Listed for use as indicated in Article 356 of the National Electrical Code • Cellular Metal Floor Raceways, Connections to Cabinets & Wall Outlets • Class I, Div. 2, Hazardous Location • Class II, Div. 1, Hazardous Location • Class III, Div. 1, Hazardous Location • Computer Room Raised Floor • Concealed Locations • Intrinsically Safe Systems • Lighting Fixtures, Connection to Electric Discharge Fixture • Nonmetallic Boxes • RV Engine Generator • Swimming Pool Pump Motor 10 • Tap Conductors (Fixture Whips) • Underfloor Raceway, Connection to Cabinets & Wall Outlets • Wireway, Extensions from Wireways, Wiring Methods – Agricultural Buildings, Flexible Connections – Electric Signs, 1000 Volts, Nominal, or Less – Electric Signs, Over 1000 Volts (per Section 600.32(A)(1) – Floating Buildings – Marinas and Boatyards – Service Entrance Conductors • Wiring on Buildings, Outside Branch Circuits & Feeders w w w. c a r l o n . c o m Carflex® Pre-Wired Liquidtight Whips Carflex® Liquidtight Whip assemblies save E155504 the customer time and hassle of having to hunt for the needed components. Our moisture tight, nonmetallic, flexible conduit system is ideal for installing swimming pool motors, hot tubs, spas, air conditioners, pumps, outdoor lighting and more. Unlike plastic coated metal conduit, the Carlon® Carflex system has no metal core to fatigue, rust, or corrode. The Carflex system has no sharp edges or burrs to cut into the wire insulation. Metal conduit is subject to fatigue and penetration of moisture. The Carflex Liquidtight Whip assembly is complete with Carflex moisture tight conduit, wire, one straight fitting, and one 90° fitting. All this makes for quick and trouble free installation. Features • Designed for easy installation • Will not rust or corrode • Can be used for many commercial and residential applications. • Many applications such as; swimming pool filters, hot tub spas, air conditioners, pumps, etc. • Available in 1/2" and 3/4" diameters • Available in 4' and 6' lengths • Each kit contains (1) straight and (1) 90° fitting • Complete with (3) 8, 10 or 12 gauge wires Custom Orders Specifications Also available in special configurations including different fitting combinations, wire types and sizes, and metal fitting variations. Consult factory for details. Part Number WCD4 WCD6 WCE4 WCE6 Description 1/2" Carflex Whip - 4 foot 1/2" Carflex Whip - 6 foot 3/4" Carflex Whip - 4 foot 3/4" Carflex Whip - 6 foot Wire Size (Gauge) 10 10 8 8 Standard Carton Quantity 6 (poly bag) 6 (poly bag) 6 (poly bag) 6 (poly bag) Standard Carton Weight (lbs.) 10.6 15.8 12.4 15.8 Part Number WCD3124 WCD3126 WCD3104 WCD3106 WCE3084 WCE3086 Description 1/2" Carflex Whip - 4 foot 1/2" Carflex Whip - 6 foot 1/2" Carflex Whip - 4 foot 1/2" Carflex Whip - 6 foot 3/4" Carflex Whip - 4 foot 3/4" Carflex Whip - 6 foot Wire Size (Gauge) 12 12 10 10 8 8 Standard Carton Quantity 20 (bulk pack) 20 (bulk pack) 20 (bulk pack) 20 (bulk pack) 15 (bulk pack) 15 (bulk pack) Standard Carton Weight (lbs.) 32.4 47.9 35.2 52.8 30.9 39.6 w w w. c a r l o n . c o m 11 Carlon® Cord Grips – Straight PG Hubs Straight PG Hubs Features • New threads on body prevent skipping, speed installation. • PG hub threads are steel conduit per DIN 40430. • Six sizes for cable, tubing, etc.: PG07, PG09, PG11, PG13.5, PG16, and PG21. • All nylon construction with TPE gland resists salt water, weak acids, gasoline, alcohol, oil, grease and common solvents. • Suitable for NEMA type 4 and 6 enclosures. • Locknuts are included. • Working temperatures: -22°F (-30ºC) to 212°F (100°C). For short periods to 302°F (150°C). • Protection Class IP68 per DIN 40050 up to 70 psi (5 Bar) water pressure. Specifications B A E D E51579 E Thread Length in. (mm) D Wrenching Nut Thickness in. (mm) Wrenching Flats in. (mm) 1.17 (29.7) .33 (8.4) .22 (5.6) .59 (15.0) .599 (15.2) 1.30 (33.0) .34 (8.6) .20 (5.1) .75 (19.1) .733 (18.6) 1.46 (37.1) .39 (9.9) .20 (5.1) .86 (21.8) .170-.470 (4.3-11.9) .804 (20.4) 1.53 (38.9) .41 (10.4) .20 (5.1) .95 (24.1) 2.1 .230-.546 (5.8-13.9) .886 (22.5) 1.66 (42.2) .45 (11.4) .23 (5.8) 1.05 (26.7) 3.2 .450-.709 (11.4-18.0) 1.115 (28.3) 1.87 (47.5) .52 (13.2) .23 (5.8) 1.30 (33.0) A B C Clearance Hole in. (mm) Max O.A. Length in. (mm) .114-.250 (2.9-6.4) .492 (12.5) 2.0 .181-.312 (4.6-7.9) 2.6 .230-.395 (5.8-10.0) 100 3.1 LH16 50 LH21 50 Std. Ctn. Qty. Std. Ctn. Wt. PG07 LH07 100 1.3 PG09 LH09 100 PG11 LH11 100 PG13.5 LH13 PG16 PG21 Diameter of Cable or Wire Accommodated in. (mm) Carlon® recommends using the smallest maximum diameter fitting that will suit your application. 12 LR93876 Patented 4,900,068 C Straight Part No. Black Size (PG) Suggested Clearance Hole For Nonthreaded Mounting w w w. c a r l o n . c o m Carlon® Cord Grips – Straight NPT Hubs Straight NPT Hubs Features • New threads on body prevent skipping, speed installation. • Four sizes for cable, tubing, etc. with diameters of 3/8", 1/2", 3/4" and 1". • All nylon construction with TPE gland resists salt water, weak acids, gasoline, alcohol, oil, grease and common solvents. • Suitable for NEMA type 4 and 6 enclosures. • Locknuts are included. • Working temperatures: -22°F (-30°C) to 212°F (100°C). For short periods to 302°F (150ºC). • Protection Class IP68 per DIN 40050 up to 70 psi (5 Bar) water pressure. Specifications B A E D Suggested Clearance Hole For Nonthreaded Mounting E51579 LR93876 Patented 4,900,068 C Thread Length in. (mm) Wrenching Flats in. (mm) 1.49 (37.8) .53 (13.5) .20 (5.1) .75 (19.1) .875 (22.2) 1.72 (43.7) .62 (15.7) .20 (5.1) .95 (24.1) 1.068 (27.1) 1.97 (50.0) .63 (16.0) .23 (5.8) 1.30 (33.0) 2.42 (61.5) .78 (19.8) .28 (7.1) 1.66 (42.2) A B C Std. Ctn. Wt. Clearance Hole in. (mm) Max O.A. Length in. (mm) 100 1.9 .181-.312 (4.6-7.9) .670 (17.0) LH50G 100 2.9 .170-.470 (4.3-11.9) LH75G 50 2.7 .450-.709 (11.4-18.0) LH100G 25 2.6 .590-1.000 (15.0-25.4) 1.375 (35.0) Size (NPT) Straight Part No. Gray Std. Ctn. Qty. 3/8" LH38 LH38G 1/2" LH50 3/4" LH75 1" LH100 E D Wrenching Nut Thickness in. (mm) Diameter of Cable or Wire Accommodated in. (mm) Straight Part No. Black Carlon® recommends using the smallest maximum diameter fitting that will suit your application. w w w. c a r l o n . c o m 13 14 w w w. c a r l o n . c o m Carlon Chimes ® Contractor Kits Plug-In Chime Extend-A-Chime Accessories w w w. c a r l o n . c o m 15 Carlon® Chimes Contractor Kits Door Chimes & Buttons CK225 Chime Kit with 2 Lighted Buttons • Includes one contemporary white chime, two push buttons and one transformer • Medium volume level • Easy to install CK221RP • Two-note tone designates front entrance, one-note designates second entrance • 120V AC input • 16V AC 10VA output • 3-year limited warranty Chime Kit with 2 Buttons • Includes one contemporary white chime, two lighted push buttons and one transformer • Medium volume level • Easy to install • Two-note tone designates front entrance, one-note designates second entrance • 120V AC input • 16V AC 10VA output • 3-year limited warranty Wireless Plug-In Door Chimes RC3250 Plug-In Door Chime • Six different selectable sounds • Different sounds for front, back & other doors • Adjustable volume control RC3252 Plug-In Door Chime • Six different selectable sounds • Includes two buttons • Different sounds for front, back & other doors RC3253 16 • Adjustable volume control • 32 changeable codes reduce interference • Range: 150 ft. • 5-year warranty Plug-In Add-On Door Chime • Use with existing Dimango doorbells • Six different selectable sounds for front, back & other doors • Adjustable volume control • 32 changeable codes reduce interference Plug-In Chimes Sound Options Available: • 32 changeable codes reduce interference • Range: 150 ft. • 5-year warranty • Works with Dimango products: RC3200, RC3250, RC3252, RC3260, RC3304, RC3306, RC3410, RC3610, & RC3720 • Range: 150 ft. • 5-year warranty • Ding Dong • Dong • Westminster Chime • 12 Days of Christmas • Hail, Hail, The Gang’s All Here • My Country ‘Tis of Thee w w w. c a r l o n . c o m Extend-A-Chime™ ™ Extend-A-Chime Here’s How They Work: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Connect Extend-A-Chime™ transmitter to existing mechanical door chime. Press existing doorbell button. Existing doorbell rings and sends signal to Extend-A-Chime™. Extend-A-Chime™ rings. Extend-A-Chime™ may be placed anywhere user wants to hear doorbell ring: • Laundry Room • Garage • Work Shop • Deck RC3200 Plug-In Extend-A-Chime™ • Use with existing doorbell • Six different selectable sounds • 32 changeable codes reduce interference RC3260 • Safe & easy to install • 2 1/4" speaker provides excellent sound quality • Range: 150 ft. • 5-year warranty Plug-In Entrance Alert Chime • Chime sounds when door is opened • Six different sound options • Ideal for small shops and businesses, or homes with small children w w w. c a r l o n . c o m • 32 changeable codes reduce interference • Sound set at button • Range: 150 ft. • 5-year warranty 17 Accessories Transmitters RC3301 White Door Chime Button • Works with all 3200, 3300, 3400 & 3600 series and 3720 • Long-life button battery included • Weatherproof – use indoors or out RC3311 • Button works from -30˚ to + 130˚F • Range: 150 ft. • 5-year warranty Black Door Chime Button • Works with all 3200, 3300, 3400 & 3600 series and 3720 • Long-life button battery included • Weatherproof – use indoors or out • Button works from -30˚ to + 130˚F • Range: 150 ft. • 5-year warranty Batteries RC3395 3-Volt Button Cell Batteries • Use in buttons RC3301, RC3311 and RC3321 • Two batteries per card 18 w w w. c a r l o n . c o m • Size CR2032 lithium battery • Range: N/A Carlon Flex-Plus Blue Electrical Nonmetallic Tubing (ENT) and Accessories ® ® ™ ENT Tubing Adapters & Couplings Mud Box Assemblies Stub Downs Outlet and Switch Boxes w w w. c a r l o n . c o m 19 Flex-Plus® Blue™ ENT Flex-Plus® Blue™ ENT Options: is a nonmetallic flexible raceway for use in walls, floors, and non-plenum ceilings. It’s lightweight, hand bendable, and free from sharp edges, which reduces installation time and saves money. E73317 • Sizes 1/2" through 2" • Colors: Yellow color for communication circuits and signaling cable Red color for fire alarm circuits Blue color for power circuits • Packaging: Coils or Reels See pages 31–32 for technical information. Standard Stock – Reels 1/2" 3/4" 1" 11/4" 1/" 12 2" Nom. I.D. Nom. O.D. Pull Tape Min. Bend Radius Reel Size (F x W) Reel Type (W=Wood) Reel Length Reel Wt. (lbs.) Wt. per 100 ft. (lbs.) 12005AK-001 .56 .84 Empty 6" 36" x 24" W 1500 40 10 Yellow 1205AKY-001 .56 .84 Empty 6" 36" x 24" W 1500 40 10 Red 1205AKR-001 .56 .84 Empty 6" 36" x 24" W 1500 40 10 Blue 12007AA-001 .76 1.05 Empty 6" 36" x 24" W 1000 40 14 Yellow 1207AAY-001 .76 1.05 Empty. 6" 36" x 24" W 1000 40 14 Red 1207AAR-001 .76 1.05 Empty 6" 36" x 24" W 1000 40 14 Blue 12008-750 1.00 1.315 Empty 6" 36" x 24" W 750 40 20 Yellow 12008Y-750 1.00 1.315 Empty 6" 36" x 24" W 750 40 20 Red 12008R-750 1.00 1.315 Empty 6" 36" x 24" W 750 40 20 Blue 12009-750 1.402 1.66 Empty 7" 48" x 32" W 750 90 19 Color Part No. Blue Blue 12010-750 1.554 1.90 Empty 81/4" 48" x 32" W 750 90 39 Blue 12011-500 2.030 2.375 Empty 91/2" 48" x 32" W 500 90 32 Red 12011R-500 2.030 2.375 Empty 91 / 2 " 48" x 32" W 500 90 32 Empty 91 / 2 " 48" x 32" W 500 90 32 Yellow 12011Y-500 2.030 2.375 *1-1/4" - 2" available in yellow & red, made to order; consult factory. Standard Stock – Coils 1/2" 3/4" 1" Color Part No. Nom. I.D. Nom. O.D. Pull Tape Min. Bend Radius Coil Length Wt. per (ft.) 100 ft. (lbs.) Blue 12005-200 .56 .84 Empty 6" 200 10 Yellow 12005Y-200 .56 .84 Empty 6" 200 10 Red 12005R-200 .56 .84 Empty 6" 200 10 Blue 12007-100 .76 1.05 Empty 6" 100 14 Yellow 12007Y-100 .76 1.05 Empty 6" 100 14 Red 12007R-100 .76 1.05 Empty 6" 100 14 Blue 12008-100 1.00 1.315 Empty 6" 100 22 Yellow 12008Y-100 1.00 1.315 Empty 6" 100 22 Red 12008R-100 1.00 1.315 Empty 6" 100 22 10 ft. Lengths Color Part No. /" /" Blue 12005-UPC .56 Blue 12007-UPC 1" Blue 12008-010 1 2 3 4 Nom. I.D. Nom. O.D. Std. Ctn. Qty. Std. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.) .84 10 ft. 1.02 .76 1.05 10 ft. 1.46 1.00 1.315 10 ft. 2.93 NOTE: The solid blue color of ENT conduit is a registered trademark of Carlon. ENT may show color deterioration in direct sunlight over an extended period of time. It is suggested that all ENT products not be stored outside. Since this product is not intended for use outdoors, it should not be exposed to extended periods of direct sunlight. 20 w w w. c a r l o n . c o m ENT Accessories NEW Stub Downs Vertical Stub Down Carlon Vertical Stub Downs are designed to provide a quick, easy connection to a wood deck or transition from slab-to-slab using Carlon’s “Quick Connect” snap-in design…simply snap the ENT in place. The integral snaps provide a secure mount – preventing the ENT from pulling out while maintaining the ability for easy removal of the fitting once the deck is removed. All in a concrete tight application. The underside of this fitting provides ample room to attach a Carlon coupling to the ENT to continue the run. Carlon Vertical Stub Downs are manufactured out of a highly engineered thermoplastic material to provide extra strength and durability, and are available in sizes 1/2", 3/4" and 1". Part. No. Size Std. Ctn. Qty. Std. Ctn. Wt. lbs. A210D 1/2" 50 3.8 A210E 3/4" 50 3.7 A210F 1" 50 4.8 Patent Pending Vertical Stub Down Transition Adapter CARLON NONMETALLIC EXCLUSIVE…Carlon Vertical Stub Down Transition Adapters like our Vertical Stub Downs, provide a means to transition from ENT to another wire management product where code requires other wire management means i.e. “area of physical damage” [ref. NEC 362.12(10)]. The integral snaps provide a secure mount – preventing the ENT from slipping or pulling out, while the deck mount flange has a threaded port allowing connection to other conduit system using a terminal adapter. Carlon Vertical Stub Down Transition Adapters are manufactured out of polycarbonate material to provide extra strength and durability. They’re concrete tight, and available in sizes 1/2", 3/4" and 1". Part. No. Std. Ctn. Qty. Std. Ctn. Wt. lbs. A200D 1/2" Female ENT to NPSC (Female) 50 2.3 A200E 3/4" Female ENT to NPSC (Female) 50 2.8 1" Female ENT to NPSC (Female) 50 3.9 A200F Size E86720 45° Stub Down Carlon 45 Degree Stub Downs are designed to allow a smooth transition from cross deck ENT runs to vertical applications. The integral snaps provide a secure mount – preventing the ENT from slipping or pulling out- but also allow the stub to easily be removed. The underside of this fitting provides ample room to attach a Carlon coupling to the ENT to continue the run. Carlon 45 Degree Stub Downs are manufactured out of a highly engineered thermoplastic material to provide extra strength and durability. They’re concrete tight, and available in sizes 1/2", 3/4" and 1". Part. No. Size Std. Ctn. Qty. Std. Ctn. Wt. lbs. A220D 1/2" 25 1.8 A220E 3/4" 25 2.0 A220F 1" 25 2.6 Patent Pending 90° Stub Down Transition Adapter CARLON NONMETALLIC EXCLUSIVE…Carlon 90 Degree Stub Downs are designed to allow a smooth E86720 transition from cross deck ENT runs to vertical applications where code requires other wire management means, i.e. “area of physical damage” [ref. NEC 362.12(10)]. The integral snaps provide a secure mount – preventing the ENT from slipping or pulling out, while the deck mount flange has a threaded port allowing connection to any conduit system using a terminal adapter. Carlon 90 Degree Stub Downs are manufactured out of polycarbonate material to provide extra strength and durability. They’re concrete tight, and available in sizes 1/2", 3/4" and 1". Part. No. Size Std. Ctn. Qty. Std. Ctn. Wt. lbs. Female ENT to NPSC (Female) 25 2.0 Female ENT to NPSC (Female) 25 2.4 1" Female ENT to NPSC (Female) 25 3.3 A230D 1/2" A230E 3/4" A230F w w w. c a r l o n . c o m 21 ENT Accessories NEW Mud Box Assemblies E42728 E42728 Except where noted by Carlon Mud Box Assemblies are available in five unique styles…blank, ceiling ring, one-gang, two-gang and 4 square. All Mud Box Assemblies are manufactured out of polycarbonate material to provide extra strength and durability, are concrete tight, and have twelve integral connectors…two-1", six-3/4", and four-1/2". Using our new ENT Reducers, this product will meet ANY jobsite application. Mud Box Base with Blank Cover Part. No. Size Std. Ctn. Qty. Std. Ctn. Wt. lbs. A863BC Mud Box w/ Blank Cover 24 12.3 Patent Pending Mud Box with Ceiling Ring • Threaded brass inserts for fan (#10-32 screws) and fixture (#8-32 screws) mountings • Listed for fixture support up to 50 lbs. • Listed for ceiling fans up to 35 lbs. Part. No. Size Std. Ctn. Qty. Std. Ctn. Wt. lbs. A863CF Mud Box w/ Ceiling Ring 24 15.5 Mud Box w/ Ceiling Ring & Ground Lug 24 16.1 A863CFG Patent Pending Mud Box with One-Gang Ring Part. No. Size Std. Ctn. Qty. Std. Ctn. Wt. lbs. A863S Mud Box w/ One-Gang Ring 24 16.8 Mud Box w/ One-Gang Ring & Ground Lug 24 16.2 A863SG Patent Pending Mud Box with Two-Gang Ring Part. No. Size Std. Ctn. Qty. Std. Ctn. Wt. lbs. A863D Mud Box w/ Two-Gang Ring 24 15.8 Mud Box w/ Two-Gang Ring & Ground Lug 24 16.6 A863DG Patent Pending Mud Box with 4 Square Ring • 4 Square Ring not for luminaries. Part. No. Size Std. Ctn. Qty. Std. Ctn. Wt. lbs. A863-4SQ Mud Box w/ 4 Inch Square Ring 24 15.2 Patent Pending 22 w w w. c a r l o n . c o m ENT Accessories NEW Mounting Brackets Back View Front View CARLON EXCLUSIVE…The Carlon ENT Mounting Bracket is specifically designed for use with Carlon ENT Mud Box Assemblies in vertical concrete walls where one- or two-gang boxes are needed. The stainless steel spring-loaded mechanism provides a secure outlet box between concrete forms while the soft steel strap allows for the outlet box to be secured to rebar. The bracket combination assures a straight box opening and a concrete tight fit. Mud Box not included. Part. No. Size Std. Ctn. Qty. Std. Ctn. Wt. lbs. A863MB Mud Box Mounting Kit 1 .98 Patent Pending NEW ENT Bridge CARLON EXCLUSIVE…The Carlon ENT Bridge is designed to support long ENT runs in concrete pour applications. This makes pulling wire/cable a snap. Installation is easy…simply mount the ENT bridge, using nails or screws, to the wood deck mounting and snap the ENT into place. The bridge is designed to hold the conduit in place while minimizing dips in the conduit over long runs. The Carlon ENT Bridge is manufactured out of a highly engineered thermoplastic material to provide extra strength and durability, and can accommodate ENT sizes 1⁄2", 3⁄4", and 1". Part. No. Size Std. Ctn. Qty. Std. Ctn. Wt. lbs. A293DEF ENT Bridge 50 9.0 Patent Pending w w w. c a r l o n . c o m 23 ENT Accessories NEW Transition Adapters Male ENT to Schedule 40 & 80 PVC Conduit E32447 CARLON EXCLUSIVE…Carlon Male ENT to Schedule 40 & 80 PVC Conduit Transition Adapters are designed to connect PVC conduit to Carlon Flex-Plus ® Blue™ ENT boxes and fittings. Simply solvent cement the PVC adapter to the PVC conduit and snap the adapter into the Carlon’s “Quick Connect” snap-in connector on the box or fitting. Carlon Male ENT to Schedule 40 & 80 Adapters are concrete tight and available in sizes 1/2", 3/4" and 1". Part. No. Size Std. Ctn. Qty. Std. Ctn. Wt. lbs. A263D 1/2" ENT to 1/2" Sch. 40 100 2.4 A263E 3/4" 3/4" Sch. 40 100 3.2 1" ENT to 1" Sch. 401 100 4.5 A263F ENT to Patent Pending ENT to EMT E86720 Carlon ENT to EMT Transition Adapters are designed to easily transition from Carlon Flex-Plus ENT to EMT using Carlon’s “Quick Connect” snap-in design. The EMT is held securely in place using the small screw provided. This helps prevent the EMT from slipping/shifting out of the adapter. All ENT to EMT adapters are manufactured out of polycarbonate material to provide extra strength and durability. They’re concrete tight, and available in sizes 1/2", 3/4" and 1". Part. No. Size A245D 1/2" A245E 3/4" A245F ENT to 1/2" ENT to 3/4" ® Blue™ Std. Ctn. Qty. Std. Ctn. Wt. lbs. EMT 100 3.4 EMT 100 4.1 100 5.4 1" ENT to 1" EMT Reducers E86720 CARLON EXCLUSIVE…Carlon ENT Reducers are designed to provide an easy transition from 1" Carlon ENT to 3/4" ENT or from 3/4" Carlon ENT to 1/2" ENT. They’re concrete tight, and manufactured out of polycarbonate material to provide extra strength and durability. Carlon ENT Reducers provide flexibility while on the jobsite by minimizing the need to carry size specific boxes and fittings. Carlon ENT Reducers provide the versatility to convert Carlon fittings and boxes to many different sizes and configurations. Part. No. A273DE A273EF Size 3/4" to 1/2" 1" to 3/4" Patent Pending 24 w w w. c a r l o n . c o m Std. Ctn. Qty. Std. Ctn. Wt. lbs. 100 3.2 100 2.4 ENT Accessories NEW Outlet and Switch Boxes - Eccentric Knockouts Carlon ENT Outlet and Switch Boxes with Eccentric Knockouts are designed to allow selective ENT openings – 1/2", 3/4" and 1" – based on application needs. They provide the largest capacity available in the market today - 22 cu. in. Single Gang, and 38 cu. in. Double Gang – and can be mounted to wood or steel studs. Carlon ENT Outlet and Switch Boxes with Eccentric Knockouts are manufactured out of a highly engineered thermoplastic material to provide extra strength and durability, and are available in single gang and double gang styles. Note: The double gang version is also a 4 square box. E42728 Single Gang – 22 cu. in. Part. No. Size Capacity Cu. in. Std. Ctn. Qty. Std. Ctn. Wt. lbs. A122 Single-Gang 22 25 6.8 Patent Pending Combination Two Gang/Four Square Box – 38 cu. in. Part. No. Size Capacity Cu. in. Std. Ctn. Qty. Std. Ctn. Wt. lbs. A238 Two-Gang 38 25 8.9 Patent Pending NEW Outlet Box Divider Carlon ENT Outlet Box Divider is specifically designed for applications where a combined high and low voltage closed back box is needed such as placement in a fire-rated wall. Just slip the divider into place, to give you the split box you need. The Carlon ENT Outlet Box Divider is UL Recognized for use with Carlon A122 & A238 boxes only. Part. No. Size Std. Ctn. Qty. Std. Ctn. Wt. lbs. A238DIV – 50 1.87 w w w. c a r l o n . c o m 25 ENT Accessories Quick Connect Adapters & Couplings • Carlon one piece ENT Quick Connect Couplings, Threaded Adapters and Snap-In Terminator Adapters are suitable for damp locations. Quick Connect Couplings and Threaded Adapters are concrete-tight when used with Carlon ENT. • All Schedule 40 fittings are compatible with ENT when using ENT cement. LR92248 E86720 • Schedule 40 fittings are recommended for use with Carlon 1 1/4" – 2" Flex-Plus Blue ENT. • Use of ENT Blue Quick-Set Cement is required. See page 31 for details. • When One Piece Quick Connect Snap-In Terminator Adapters are installed in a concrete application, Carlon’s flat sealing washers must be used on the box connection ends. Couplings Part. No. Size A240D A240E A240F 1/2" Standard Carton Quantity Standard Carton Weight (lbs.) 150 100 50 2.90 3.00 2.30 Standard Carton Quantity Standard Carton Weight (lbs.) 150 100 50 2.55 2.30 2.00 Standard Carton Quantity Standard Carton Weight (lbs.) 150 100 50 2.70 2.90 2.30 3/4" 1" Threaded Adapters Part. No. Size A243D A243E A243F 1/2" 3/4" 1" Snap-In Adapters Part. No. Size A253D A253E A253F 1/2" 3/4" 1" Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit Adapters and Couplings E32447 Standard Couplings Male Terminal Adapters All socket fittings should be attached Using Carlon solvent cement. Using Carlon fittings with Carlon nonmetallic conduit insures system integrity. For adapting nonmetallic conduits to boxes, threaded fittings, metallic systems. Male threads on one end, socket end on other. Part No. 26 Std. Ctn. Size Qty. B A Typical Min. D Max. OD Socket type for joining nonmetallic conduit. C S Typical L Std. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.) E943D 1/2 150 .852 .836 .597 11/8 5/8 9/16 15/16 2.8 E943E 3/4 125 1.064 1.046 .800 111/32 3/4 9/16 13/8 3.5 E943F 1 50 1.330 1.310 1.018 15/8 1 11/16 1 25/32 3 E943G 11/4 50 1.677 1.655 1.332 21/32 1 3/4 1 15/16 4 E943H 11/2 25 1.918 1.894 1.566 2 5/32 13/16 3/4 21/16 2.5 E943J 2 50 2.393 2.369 2.000 2 21/32 13/16 3/4 21/8 7 Part No. E940D E940E E940F E940G E940H E940J Size 1/2 3/4 1 11/4 11/2 2 w w w. c a r l o n . c o m Std. Ctn. Qty. A 150 100 50 30 25 30 .852 1.064 1.330 1.677 1.918 2.393 B Min. D Max. OD .836 1.046 1.310 1.655 1.894 2.369 .728 .840 1.210 1.535 1.755 2.190 17/64 15/16 15/8 163/64 2 15/64 2 47/64 Typical C L Typical 11/16 3/4 15/16 1 11/8 13/16 11/2 15/8 2 21/8 23/8 21/2 Std. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.) 4.1 4.4 3.5 3.5 3.9 5.25 ENT Accessories 2 1/2" & 4" Mud Boxes and Covers LR31146 E42728 Base Rings Listed for use with ceiling fans up to 35 lbs. and for fixture support up to 50 lbs. Part. No. Size A861 Without ground lug CA861G Covers Part. No. Size 2.5 A862D 2 1/2" Deep (1/2" KO’s) 10 2.5 2.0 A862E 2 1/2" Deep (3/4" KO’s) 10 2.1 A864D 4" Deep (1/2" KO’s) 10 2.9 Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn. Qty. Wt. 10 With ground lug 10 (3 / 4 " Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn. Qty. Wt. A864E 4" Deep KO’s) 10 2.9 A864F 4" Deep (1" KO’s) 10 3.0 Quick Connect Outlet and Switch Boxes • Suitable for masonry walls • Meets NEMA OS-2 E42728 Single Gang – 16 cu. in. Standard Carton Quantity Standard Carton Weight (lbs.) 3 x 21/4 x 3 (1/2" KO’s) 25 4.6 3 x 21/4 x 3 (3/4" KO’s) 25 4.6 Standard Carton Quantity Standard Carton Weight (lbs.) Part. No. Description A58381D A58381E 4 Inch Square – 20 cu. in. Part. No. Description A52151D 4 x 4 x 11/2 (1/2" KO’s) 100 22.6 A52151E 4 x 4 x 11/2 (3/4" KO’s) 100 22.6 100 22.6 Standard Carton Quantity Standard Carton Weight (lbs.) 25 7.6 A521DE 4x4x 11/ 2 (1/2" & 3/4" KO’s) 4 Inch Square – 30.3 cu. in. Part. No. Description A52171D 4 x 4 x 23/8 (1/2" KO’s) 4 x 23 / 8 (3/4" A52171E 4x A5217DE 4 x 4 x 23/8 (1/2" & 3/4" KO’s) KO’s) w w w. c a r l o n . c o m 25 7.6 25 7.6 27 ENT Accessories ENT Box with Adapters E42728 Except where noted by 4 Inch Square – 24.75 cu. in. ENT Box with Adapters Part. No. Description A5329DE 4 x 4 x 13/4 (1/2" & 3/4" KO’s) Standard Carton Quantity Standard Carton Weight (lbs.) 50 14.8 Standard Carton Quantity Standard Carton Weight (lbs.) 100 2.1 Box Back Wall Support Part. No. Description A540DS For use with 1/2" Knockout ENT Box Extenders E42728 Single Gang Cu. in. Standard Carton Quantity Standard Carton Weight (lbs.) 1/2" 3.5 100 7.7 A411 5/8" 4.2 50 4.6 A412 3/4" 5.0 50 5.1 A413 1" 6.6 40 5 A414 11/ 4" 8.1 30 4.4 Part. No. Rise Cu. in. Standard Carton Quantity Standard Carton Weight (lbs.) A400 Blank - 100 7.7 A420 1/2" 6.1 75 5.0 A421 5/8" 7.4 50 4.2 A422 3/4" 8.8 50 4.8 Part. No. Rise A410 Two Gang Round Covers for Octagon Ceiling Boxes E42728 Round Plaster Rings • Suitable for fixture support Part. No. Rise Cu. in. Standard Carton Quantity Standard Carton Weight (lbs.) A471 1/2" 3.2 100 3.3 A472 3/4" 4.0 100 3.7 Round Blank Covers Part. No. Rise Cu. in. Standard Carton Quantity Standard Carton Weight (lbs.) E460R-CAR Blank - 35 2.2 - 100 4.7 A470D 28 Blank with 1/2" KO w w w. c a r l o n . c o m ENT Accessories Quick Connect 4" Octagon Ceiling Boxes • Carlon ceiling boxes and round plaster rings are produced from a special high heat resistant engineered plastic material developed specifically for fixture support. • Listed for fixture support up to 50 lbs. E42728 Except where noted by Ceiling Box – 20.5 cu. in. Part. No. Description A615D 4 - 21/8" Deep (1/2" KO’s) A615E A615DE 4- 21/8" 4- 21/8" Deep (3/ 4" Deep (1/ 2" KO’s) & 3/4" KO’s) Standard Carton Quantity Standard Carton Weight (lbs.) 50 6.4 50 6.4 50 6.4 Ceiling Box with J Mount – 20.5 cu. in. Part. No. Description A615DJ 4 - 21/8" Deep (1/2" KO’s) Standard Carton Quantity Standard Carton Weight (lbs.) 50 18.7 Ceiling Box with L Bracket – 20.5 cu. in. Part. No. Description A615DL 4 - 21/8" Deep (1/2" KO’s) Standard Carton Quantity Standard Carton Weight (lbs.) 50 6.4 Ceiling Box with Adjustable Hanger Bar – 20.5 cu. in. Adjust from 14 1/4" to 23 1/4" Part. No. Description A615DH 4 - 21/8" Deep (1/2" KO’s) Standard Carton Quantity Standard Carton Weight (lbs.) 25 13.6 HOLFORM™ Concrete Sleeves HOLFORM nonmetallic concrete sleeve forms are the easy way to form holes in concrete. They install in seconds with nails, screws or staples and are easily removed. Concrete will not adhere to them. HOLFORMS are adjustable to any slab thickness. Part No. Min. O.D. A B Std. Ctn. Qty. Std. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.) E92CSH 11/2 13/4 20 3 E92CSJ 2 2 13/32 25 6 E92CSL 3 3 13/32 25 8 E92CSN 4 4 13/32 18 8 E92CSP 5 5 13/32 15 8 E92CSR 6 6 13/32 12 8 w w w. c a r l o n . c o m 29 ENT Accessories PVC Conduit Cutters Medium Cutter Small Cutter Hand held cutter makes fast square, smooth field cuts on conduit, sizes 1/2" through 11/4". Produces burr-free cut with no shavings. Fits into pocket or pouch. For fast, smooth field cuts of 1/2" through 1" Flex-Plus® Blue™ ENT. Part No. CC120B Size 8" Std. Ctn. Qty. 10 Tape Large Cutter Part No. CC125 Size 9" Std. Ctn. Qty. 12 For clean cuts of conduit, sizes 1/2" through 2". Std. Size Ctn. Qty. 17 1/2" 1 Part No. CC122 Prelubricated, woven polyester tape made from low friction, high abrasion resistant yarns providing a low coefficient of friction. Tape is printed with sequential footage markings for accurate measurements. Part. No. Size Tensile Strength TL14505 1/2" 1250 lbs. Reel Lengths 5,000 ft. TL14510 1/2" 1250 lbs. 10,000 ft. TL38203 5/8" 1800 lbs. 3,000 ft. TL38265 5/8" 1800 lbs. 6,500 ft. TL38210 5/8" 1800 lbs. 10,000 ft. Other tapes are available. Consult your sales service location for additional information. Carlon® Cement (MSDS sheets available at www.carlon.com) *Meets ASTM D2564 All-Weather ENT Blue “Quick-Set” Solvent Cement with brush* Part No. Size Std. Ctn. Qty. VC9992 Quart 12 ENT cement required for use with ENT 30 Recommended installation temperature Recommended pipe application and sizes Set-up time (Evaporation Rate) Recommended for use with Flex-Plus® Blue™ ENT (Electrical Nonmetallic Tubing), Riser-Gard®, P&C Flex®, and Carlon PVC fittings. Up through 4" diameter. 10˚-30˚F 4-5 minutes 4˚ to 100˚F 30˚-50˚F 3-4 minutes 50˚-70˚F 1-2 minutes 70˚-90˚F 1/2-11/2 minutes w w w. c a r l o n . c o m Lap Shear @ 73˚F Viscosity at 75˚ as manufactured 2 hrs. 350 psi 400-700 cps 16 hrs. 800 psi 72 hrs. 1,500 psi ENT Technical Information Concrete Encasement Guidelines 1. Cut ENT square and cleanly. 2. Insert end into fitting, making sure two (2) full corrugations are snapped into fitting beyond flexible tabs (2 clicks). 3. ENT should be tied to rebar at 2-3 foot intervals to prevent flotation. Keep ENT straight. Small deflections over a long run may accumulate significant degrees of bend which will affect conductor installation. Suitable materials include wire, tie wraps, and tape. 4. When using UL solvent weld fittings for concrete tight performance: E. Promptly insert ENT into fitting while cement is wet, until the stop is reached, and give a quarter turn. F. Do not disturb until joint is set. A. Do not use chemical primer or cleaner. B. Apply a light, uniform coat of cement labeled for use with ENT on the coupling and ENT. C. Do not use a dauber. D. Brush excess cement out of ENT grooves. Specifications 1.1 Electrical Nonmetallic Tubing (ENT), is designed to replace EMT, flexible metal conduit or other raceway or cable systems, for installation in accordance with Article 362 of the National Electrical Code, other applicable sections of the Code, and local codes. 1.2 Any ENT used shall meet the requirements of UL Standard UL 1653 and shall be listed by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., as suitable for its intended purpose. 1.3 ENT shall be recognized by a National Evaluation Report for use in 1-hour and 2-hour rated construction. 1.4 Penetration of fire rated walls, floors or ceilings shall use classified Through-Penetration Firestop Systems described in the current Underwriters Laboratories Fire Resistance Directory. 1.5 Fittings and outlet boxes shall be designed for use with ENT and listed by Underwriters Laboratories. All fittings, boxes and accessories shall be from one manufacturer. 1.6 Only Carlon ENT Blue cement recommended specifically for use with ENT shall be used. 1.7 Unless indicated differently on drawings, ENT systems shall be color coded: BLUE for branch and feeder circuit wiring, YELLOW for communications, and RED for fire alarm and emergency systems. 1.8 ENT, fittings, and accessories shall be manufactured by Carlon. w w w. c a r l o n . c o m 31 ENT Technical Information Features • UL recognizes the use of PVC RNC cement type fittings with all sizes of ENT • ENT rated for 90 deg C conductors • One piece ENT Coupling, Threaded Terminator and RNC Transition Fitting are rated concrete tight without tape by UL • Recognized for use in 2-hour fire resistive nonload bearing and load bearing wall assemblies • Recognized for use in 1-hour fire resistive nonload bearing wall assemblies • Recognized for use in a fire resistive ceiling assembly (up to 3 hours) • Recognized for Through-Penetration Firestop systems as classified by UL to meet BOCA, SBCCI and ICBO codes. • Conductors easily push through the raceway (up to approximately 50 feet)* • For use in buildings in accordance with NEC Article 362 • Approved for installations of a one and two hour fire rated wall assembly and up to a three hour rated floor/ceiling assembly • Outside Diameters meet IPS Dimensions • Storage -4°F to 158°F • Handling -4°F to 104°F Approved Uses: • Concrete slab – NEC Article 362 • Walls - wood stud, masonry and metal stud – NEC Article 362. • Ceilings - permanent or dropped (free air only) – NEC Article 362. • Exposed – NEC Article 362 • Public Assembly – NEC Section 518.4, in nonfire rated and certain five rated structures • Prewired – NEC Article 362 • Classified by UL 1479 for Through Penetration Firestop Systems in UL Guide Category XHEZ and current UL Fire Resistance Directory • Three hour rated floor/ceiling assemble • Raised Floors – NEC Section 645.5(D)(2) • Exposed or concealed in building above three floors when a fire sprinkler system is installed in accordance with NFPA 13 – NEC Section 362.10(2) • For use in residential attics up to 3 feet above the bottom of the ceiling joist. Typical Applications: • Residential: Low or high rise – multi or single family • Commercial: Low or high rise – office, retail, hotel/motel, restaurant, etc. • Nursing Homes/Hospitals in nonpatient care areas only • Schools, classrooms, dormitories, offices • Fire Alarm Systems • Recreational vehicles and parks • Solar Photovoltaic systems • Marinas and boatyards • Other uses per the current NEC 32 w w w. c a r l o n . c o m Carlon Floor Boxes and Covers ® Round Floor Boxes 1-, 2-, and 3-Gang Rectangular Floor Boxes Residential Floor Boxes Brass Covers Nonmetallic Covers w w w. c a r l o n . c o m 33 Rectangular Floor Boxes 1-, 2-, and 3-Gang Carlon® Rectangular Floor Box Systems – three-way power, data, and communications plus easy double or triple ganging, too. Compared to metal boxes, Carlon rectangular floor boxes cost less and install faster to save you money on every job. Three-in-one power, data, and communications capability cuts installation time and cost even more, while simple two- and three-gang modularity gives you the flexibility, installation ease, and cost-savings no other nonmetallic boxes can match. The covers attach without the use of fasteners, providing a professional, clean installation as well as preserving the aesthetic life of the product. Take a closer look at all our rectangular floor box systems offer you. *U.S. Patent 5,866,845 Features • Covers require no adjusting collar. Two screws assure a flush, secure installation. • Convenient cubic inch capacity markings on inside allow for easy inspection. • Nonmetallic PVC construction, watertight gasket, and corrosion-resistant hardware assure long life and reliable performance even in harsh and/or corrosive environments. • PVC molded ports and reducer plugs included. • One consistent box depth simplifies ordering time and reduces inventory. • Rectangular sides are drillable. • Saves time and money on installations with simple saw cut to floor level. • Concrete tight and suitable for any on grade/ below grade application; concrete or wood sub-floor construction approved. 34 • Accepts 1/2", 3/4", and 1" conduit, tubing or raceway. • For tile and carpet applications. • Cover options include solid brass or thermoplastic (brown, slate, and caramel). • UL scrub water tested. w w w. c a r l o n . c o m Rectangular Floor Boxes Installation E42728 With our rectangular boxes, one SKU is all you ever need. Simply remove appropriate sides and slide boxes together to create two- or three-gang boxes for on-the-job flexibility no competitor offers. Specifications Rectangular Floor Box 6.00" 6.00" 5.50" 7.46" Part No. Material Size E976RFB PVC 1-Gang 3.25" Internal Volume (cu. in.) Min. Concrete Depth Hubs 97.4 (16.8 per inch of Depth) 3 1/2" (2) 1" Reducer Plugs (2) 1" x 3/4" (2) 3/4" x 1/2" Std. Std. Ctn. Ctn. Qty. Wt. lbs. 3 6.92 Activation Kit Activation kit provides components to accommodate all standard power, data, and communications devices plus a divider to separate power from data and communications – all in a single SKU. Device yokes can be adjusted to store excess cord in the box. Part No. Material Std. Ctn. Qty. Std. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.) E976AK2 PVC 3 2.47 w w w. c a r l o n . c o m 35 Rectangular Floor Box Covers – Nonmetallic 1-, 2-, and 3-Gang Nonmetallic E42728 On-the-job flexibility extends to our rectangular box covers. Each one-, two-, or three-gang cover is suitable for any wiring application and can be used with any floor surface. Nonmetallic covers are even field reversible for tile or carpet. Double door feature allows easy access to the device and helps keep stray cords organized. Carlon Rectangular Floor box covers do not require a separate carpet flange. The carpet flange is part of the cover and may be removed for tile application. *U.S. Patent 5,866,845 Features • High impact resistant thermoplastic • Double door design • Field reversible for tile or carpet • For tile and carpet applications • Gasketed for a watertight seal • UL scrub water tested Specifications Rectangular Floor Box Covers – Nonmetallic Part No. E9761B E9762B E9763B E9761C E9762C E9763C E9761S E9762S E9763S 36 Description Brown Single-Gang Cover/Carpet Flange Brown Double-Gang Cover/Carpet Flange Brown Triple-Gang Cover/Carpet Flange Caramel Single-Gang Cover/Carpet Flange Caramel Double-Gang Cover/Carpet Flange Caramel Triple-Gang Cover/Carpet Flange Slate Single-Gang Cover/Carpet Flange Slate Double-Gang Cover/Carpet Flange Slate Triple-Gang Cover/Carpet Flange Dimensions (W x L) Std. Ctn. Qty. Std. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.) 7.13" x 5.00" 7.13" x 8.25" 7.13" x 11.50" 7.13" x 5.00" 7.13" x 8.25" 7.13" x 11.50" 7.13" x 5.00" 7.13" x 8.25" 7.13" x 11.50" 3 9 6 3 9 6 3 9 6 1.7 8.5 7.5 1.7 8.5 7.5 1.7 8.5 7.5 w w w. c a r l o n . c o m Rectangular Floor Box Covers – Brass 1-, 2-, and 3-Gang Solid Brass E42728 Carlon® Brass rectangular Floor Box Covers add a classic touch to all floor box installations and are particularly suited for use in hightraffic areas because of the resistance to wear. The gasket gives a watertight seal, and the light lacquer finish provides extra protection. *U.S. Patent 6,265,662 Features • Rugged solid brass construction. • Gasketed for watertight applications. • Brushed finish coated with a light lacquer for protection. • Rectangular brass covers allow for single, duplex, GFCI receptacles, and low voltage. • Rectangular brass covers include a cord door. • For tile and carpet applications. • UL scrub water tested. Specifications Rectangular Floor Box Covers – Brass E9761BR Part No. E9761BR E9762BR E9763BR E976AK2 E9763BR E9762BR Description Brass Single-Gang Cover Brass Double-Gang Cover Brass Triple-Gang Cover Rectangular Floor Box Activation Kit w w w. c a r l o n . c o m Std. Ctn. Qty. Std. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.) 3 3 3 3 6.8 9.9 12.1 1.3 37 Round Floor Boxes Carlon® Round Floor Box Systems – three-way versatility for power, data, and communications. Carlon round floor boxes give you the same cost-saving advantages over metal boxes as our rectangular boxes. By letting you combine power, data, and communications in the same box, you can dramatically reduce your installation time and cost compared to other nonmetallic boxes. In addition, multi-use covers mean fewer SKUs to deal with and greater jobsite flexibility to increase your savings further. Take a closer look at all their advantages for yourself. Features • Nonmetallic PVC construction, watertight gasket, and corrosion-resistant hardware assure long life and reliable performance even in harsh and/or corrosive environments. • Brass and an assortment of nonmetallic covers are available for a variety of applications. • The same box depth simplifies ordering and reduces inventory. • For tile and carpet applications. • Concrete tight and suitable for any on grade/below grade application; concrete or wood floor construction approved. • Y-connector (E972Y) allows you to feed parallel runs of 3/4" conduit or to feed in/out from the same side for increased wiring flexibility and faster installation. • PVC molded ports and reducer plugs included. • Accepts 1/2", 3/4", and 1" conduit, tubing or raceway. • UL scrub water tested. 38 w w w. c a r l o n . c o m Round Floor Boxes Where noted by Specifications Round Floor Box Carlon Round Floor Boxes allow for various thickness of concrete pours. Trim out is easy – just use a handsaw to cut off box at desired height to accommodate carpet, tile, or other flooring. Carlon leveling ring guarantees a level top every time, even if the box is tipped slightly during the pouring process. 6.11" 5.03" O .25" 4.00" 6.44" 6.00" 4.00" E42728 Part No. E971FB Internal Volume (cu. in.) Min. Concrete Depth 90.0 (15.5 per inch of Depth) 3 1/2" Hubs Reducer Plugs Std. Ctn. Qty. Std. Ctn. Wt. lbs. (2) 1" and (2) 3/4" (2) 1" x 3/4" and (2) 3/4" x 1/2" 10 15.6 Accessories Multi-Service Divider Kit Multi-service divider kit for separate power, data, and communications compartments provides unbeatable flexibility and money-saving installation speed. For use with nonmetallic boxes only. Part No. Std. Ctn. Qty. Std. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.) E973K 10 3 3/4" Y Fitting The 3/4" Y Fitting provides for in and out service from a single 1" port, and allows for two 3/4" parallel conduit runs to adapt into a single conduit body port. Part No. Std. Ctn. Qty. Std. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.) E972Y 10 2.1 Reducer Plugs Part No. Size Std. Ctn. Qty. Std. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.) E971C 3/4" x 1/2" 100 2.1 E971D 1" x 3/4" 100 3.2 w w w. c a r l o n . c o m 39 Round Floor Box Covers – Nonmetallic Features Nonmetallic Covers E42728 • High impact resistant thermoplastic • Compatible with standard NEMA Duplex, and 1 1/4" NPS receptacles • Drill points (3/8") provided for low voltage cable pass throughs Caramel Slate Ivory • 1 1/4" NPS plugs may be modified to accept smaller fittings (3/8", 1/2", and 3/4") • For tile and carpet applications • UL scrub water tested Brown Taupe U.S. Patent 6,450,353 Duplex Covers Part No. Color Description Std. Ctn. Qty. Std. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.) E97DSI Ivory Duplex Cover 10 5.2 E97DSC Caramel Duplex Cover 10 5.7 E97DST Taupe Duplex Cover 10 5.7 E97DSS Slate Duplex Cover 10 5.6 E97DSB Brown Duplex Cover 10 5.8 Part No. Color Description Std. Ctn. Qty. Std. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.) E97SSRB Brown NPS Cover 10 3.8 E97SSRC Caramel NPS Cover 10 3.8 E97SSRS Slate NPS Cover 10 3.8 1 1/4" NPS Covers Metal Cover Adapter Ring Part No. Devices E97ABR2 One-Piece Metal Cover Adapter Std. Ctn. Qty. Std. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.) 10 3.3 Clear Cover Carpet Ring 40 Part No. Color Std. Ctn. Qty. Std. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.) E97CCR Clear 10 1.2 w w w. c a r l o n . c o m Round Floor Box Covers – Brass Features Brass Covers E42728 • Screws concealed under doors • Rugged solid brass construction • Brushed finish coated with a light lacquer for protection • Resistance to wear – suited for high traffic areas • Gasketed for watertight applications • Available in four styles – Single Door, Two Door, NPS Opening, and Two Door Dual Service • For tile and carpet applications U.S. Patent 6,179,634 • UL scrub water tested Two Door Dual Service (Divider Kit included) NEW! Part No. Devices Std. Ctn. Qty. Std. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.) E97BR2D Duplex and Two Data Ports 5 9.2 Part No. Devices Std. Ctn. Qty. Std. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.) E97BR2 Duplex 5 7 Part No. Devices Std. Ctn. Qty. Std. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.) E97BR GFCI and Duplex 5 7 Std. Ctn. Qty. Std. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.) 5 7.5 Two Door NEW! Single Door NPS Opening Part No. Devices E97BRG 1 1/4" Outlet and Single Receptacle w w w. c a r l o n . c o m 41 Adjustable Residential Floor Boxes One-Gang Nonmetallic (Ivory) Nonmetallic (White) Brass *U.S. Patent 5,289,934 Features • Adjusts to most finished floor heights (From 0" to 13/4") • 20 cubic in. capacity • Available with nonmetallic or brass cover • Complete assembly includes box, duplex receptacle, cover, molded-in cable clamps, mounting bracket and mounting hardware • Ideal for home offices and entertainment rooms • UL listed Floor Box • UL scrub water tested • 2 hour floor fire classification Installation Screw in to adjust to height of flooring or carpet Install clip over subfloor. Beautiful flush fit every time! Specifications E42728 Part Number Size Cubic In. Std. Ctn. Qty. Std. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.) B121BFBRW One-Gang White 20 8 7.02 B121BFBR One-Gang Ivory 20 8 7.02 B121BFBB One-Gang Brass 20 8 14.50 Cover Kit includes: *Note: Brass cover includes ground lug and wire Box 42 Ivory/White Cover: • Two (2) 6-32x1 flat head machine screws • Four (4) #6 1-1/4 self-tapping flat head screws • Two (2) #6 1-5/8 drywall screws • One (1) cover plug Cover Receptacle Mounting Hardware: New Work Bracket Old Work Bracket w w w. c a r l o n . c o m Brass Cover: • Two (2) 6-32x1 brass plated flat head machine screws • Four (4) #6 1-1/4 self-tapping flat head screws • Two (2) #6 1-5/8 drywall screws Adjustable Residential Floor Boxes Two-Gang Features • Adjusts to most finished floor heights (From 0" to 13/4") • Dual voltage capability • 34 cubic in. capacity • Complete assembly includes box, cover, dual voltage divider, molded-in cable clamps, mounting bracket and mounting hardware (Note: Devices not included) • Ideal for home offices and entertainment rooms • UL listed Floor Box • UL scrub water tested • 2 hour floor fire classification Installation Screw in to adjust to height of flooring or carpet Install clip over subfloor. Beautiful flush fit every time! Specifications E42728 Part Number Size Cover Cubic In. Std. Ctn. Qty. Std. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.) B234BFBB Two-Gang Brass 34 4 9.976 Kit includes: (Devices not included) • One (1) New Work Bracket • One (1) Old Work Bracket • One (1) 34 cubic in. UL Listed Floor Box • One (1) Dual Voltage Divider • One (1) UL Listed Brass Floor Cover • Four (4) #6-32x1" flat head machine screws • Four (4) #6 x1-1/4" flat head selftapping screws • Two (2) #6x1-5/8" square drive trim head screws • Green ground wire • Installation instructions w w w. c a r l o n . c o m 43 Drop-in Floor Box Carlon® Drop-In Floor Box NEW! The Carlon Drop-In Floor Box with Brass Cover combines many of the same features in our existing Floor Box line with the strength, durability and style necessary to accommodate today’s residential electrical/telecommunication needs. The Carlon Drop-In Floor Box is the fastest easiest way for contractors to put a floor socket anywhere they need it! It's designed to accommodate high and low voltage applications and comes complete with everything needed for installation - Floor box, Brass Cover, hole saw, wired receptacle, two-hole low voltage plate, blank plate, mounting screws, and wire nuts. Installed: Note: The Drop-In Floor Box is available with or without a hole saw. Features: • Single hole installation • Solid brass cover has a light lacquer finish to resist wear - Ideal for high traffic areas • Accommodates high and low voltage applications • Includes single gang grounded receptacle, low voltage telephone/cable plate (data jacks not included), and blank plate for custom installations • Eliminates the need for extension cords • Superior aesthetics - Ideal for home offices and entertainment rooms • C-UL-US Listed Nonmetallic Outlet Box 44 w w w. c a r l o n . c o m Drop-in Floor Box Specifications E42728 Part Number UPC Code Description Std. Carton Qty. Std. Carton Wt. (lbs.) E971FBDI 034481186601 Drop-In Floor Box w/Hole Saw 5 6.5 E971FBDIB 034481189459 Drop-In Floor Box without Hole Saw 20 17.6 Installation 1. Cut 2-3/8" hole through carpeting before using hole saw. 2. Drill hole in floor using hole saw. 3. Pull romex through floor. 4. Connect receptacle wires to romex. Be sure to match wire color(s). 5. Secure wire clamp on bottom of tube. 6. Brass cover snaps into place. Use a small screwdriver to pry open brass cover to plug in appliance. w w w. c a r l o n . c o m 45 46 w w w. c a r l o n . c o m Carlon Nonmetallic Curved Lid J-Box ® To give you a better way to install parking lot lights, we started at the bottom. w w w. c a r l o n . c o m 47 Curved Lid J-Box Anyone who’s worked with parking lot light poles knows the problem. Those tiny integral hand holes for electrical wiring can really slow a project down. But now there’s a better answer for shopping centers, car dealerships, sports arenas, office complexes, or anywhere you need pole lighting for large parking lot areas – the Carlon nonmetallic curved lid J-Boxes. Carlon curved lid J-Boxes are listed in accordance with UL 50 specifications for Electrical Enclosures as well as NEMA 1, 2, 3, 3R, 3S, 4, 4X, 12, 13 ratings. They are available in sizes 8"x8" or 12"x12". Both the base and lid are made from PVC to eliminate rust and corrosion and are supplied with tamper-resistant screws. Features Designed specifically for use with 24" diameter concrete piers, J-Boxes are installed, along with all necessary conduit and fittings, when piers are poured. This gives installers a giant junction box at the base of every pole to ease wiring, facilitate circuit management, and provide easy postinstallation maintenance. Just take a closer look, and you’ll see why our nonmetallic J-Boxes are a better choice for you. • NEMA 1, 2, 3, 3R, 3S, 4, 4X, 12, 13 • UL Listed and CSA Certified • Paintable lid • Dividers available to separate high and low voltage, and can be retrofitted into existing applications Install Carlon® Weatherproof Covers • Lids provide locations to mount weatherproof covers: 8" x 8" - One location 12" x 12" - Three locations • Nonconductive and noncorrosive • Designed for a 24" radius concrete pier NOTE: The J-Box can also be installed in concrete piers from 18" to 36" in diameter. Contact your Carlon Sales Rep for installation details. 48 w w w. c a r l o n . c o m Curved Lid J-Box Installation and Wiring Faster, easier wiring for greater productivity. Easy to Install Once your J-Boxes are installed, you can speed projects along by prewiring before poles arrive. Or you can install poles first and use them to mount cable pulling equipment – a particular advantage for long, difficult wire pulls. Of course, all the extra hand room our J-Boxes offer makes splicing much easier and faster than working through cramped pole access holes. 1. J-Box, with all conduit and fittings placed as desired, is temporarily attached to the concrete form – base and lid inside. More flexibility, fewer home runs, and easier maintenance, too. Extra room also gives you splicing space for options like zone lighting or to reduce the number of home runs, which can lower trenching and associated materials costs by up to 30%. In addition, the box lids provide locations to mount receptacles and weatherproof covers for even more flexibility. For easy maintenance, fixture protection can be placed at the base, and if need be, poles can even be removed and replaced in the middle of the circuit without affecting overall lighting. 2. Remove form after concrete has been poured and allowed to cure. 3. Pop off the J-Box lid, leaving an 8" x 8" x 4" or 12" x 12" x 4" access area, depending on the J-Box selected. Site Lighting Plan With J-BOX Site Lighting Plan Without J-BOX w w w. c a r l o n . c o m 4. After wiring is completed, the lid is replaced to complete the installation. 49 Curved Lid J-Box Specifications LR31146 Except where E54381 noted by J-Box Assemblies Part No. E88C24 E1212C24 Size 8"x 8"x 4" 12"x 12"x 4" Std. Ctn. Qty. 6 2 Std. Ctn Wt. (lbs.) 28.3 9.7 Std. Ctn. Qty. 1 1 Std. Ctn Wt. (lbs.) 2.1 2.3 Accessories Replacement Lids Part No. E88L24 E1212L24 Size 8"x 8" 12"x 12" Dividers The National Electrical Code (NEC) allows electrical conductors to share an outlet box when the conductors and communication cables are separated by a barrier within the box. Part No. E88DIV Std. Ctn. Qty. 6 Std. Ctn Wt. (lbs.) 2.1 2 2.3 (For use with Part No. E88C24) E1212DIV (For use with Part No. E1212C24) 50 J-Box Dividers are used to separate high and low voltage devices, and solvent cement into place w w w. c a r l o n . c o m Carlon Weatherproof Covers, Lampholders and Fixtures ® Weatherproof Covers In-Use Weatherproof Covers Lamp Holders Weatherproof Fixture “T” Boxes w w w. c a r l o n . c o m 51 Weatherproof Covers LR31146 Carlon® weatherproof covers are rain-tight and drip-proof when the cover is closed. They are intended for wet environments and offer protection to outdoor electrical devices. They may be mounted to Type FS boxes or a smooth, flat nonporous surface. Lids snap-off for easy access to top screw holes. Features Installation Instructions E42728 • Turn off power when installing electrical devices. • Place gasket on top of outlet box. • Fasten cover to outlet box with enclosed screws. This cover must be installed in accordance with the National Electrical Code (NEC) and local codes. • Nonconductive • Nonmetallic • Noncorrosive • Durable • Paintable • Easy to install These covers can be mounted to Type FS boxes, or a smooth, flat nonporous mounting surface. (Use 1/4"bead RTV type, silicone, neoprene, urethane, or polyurethane caulking between gasket and mounting surface on non-box mountings.) Single Gang Covers 50 AMP Receptacle Cover For 50 amp or other single receptacles under 2.250" diameter. 15 AMP Receptacle Cover Part No. E98G5FN-CAR For 15 amp or other single receptacles under 1.375" diameter. Part No. E98SRCN-CAR Color Grey Color Std. Ctn. Qty. Std. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.) Grey 10 2 Color Std. Ctn. Qty. Std. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.) Grey 10 2 Std. Std. Ctn. Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.) 10 2.1 Duplex Receptacle Cover For single gang duplex receptacle applications. 20 AMP Receptacle Cover Part No. E98GDRN-CAR For 20 amp or other single receptacles under 1.625" diameter. Part No. Color Std. Ctn. Qty. Std. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.) E98G20N Grey 20 4.1 GFI Receptacle Cover For GFI receptacle applications. Device opening dimensions: 2.63" H x 1.31" W. 30 AMP Receptacle Cover Part No. For 30 amp or other single receptacles under 1.750" diameter. Part No. E98G30N-CAR 52 E98GFCN-CAR Color Std. Ctn. Qty. Std. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.) Grey 10 2.1 w w w. c a r l o n . c o m Color Grey Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.) 10 2 Weatherproof Covers Single Gang Covers Two Gang Covers Duplex Receptacle Cover – Horizontal Mount Double Duplex For two gang duplex receptacle applications. For single gang duplex receptacle applications. Part No. E98DHGN-CAR Part No. Color Std. Ctn. Qty. Std. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.) Grey 10 3.9 E9G2DDN-CAR Color Grey Std. Std. Ctn. Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.) 10 2.3 Double Toggle Cover For two gang weatherproof toggle switch applications. GFI Horizontal Cover For GFI receptacle applications. Device opening dimensions: 2.63" W x 1.31" H. Part No. E98GHGN-CAR Color Std. Ctn. Qty. Std. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.) Grey 10 1.9 Part No. Color E9G2SSN Grey Std. Std. Ctn. Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.) 6 3.2 Combination Toggle/GFI Cover For two gang GFI and weatherproof toggle switch applications. Part No. E9G2GTN-CAR Circuit Breaker Cover Color Grey Std. Std. Ctn. Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.) 5 1.3 For circuit breaker applications up to 4 single poles. Device opening dimensions: 2.845" H x 2.265"W. Part No. Color Std. Ctn. Qty. Std. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.) E98GCBN Grey 20 3.9 Combination Toggle/Duplex Receptacle Cover For two gang duplex receptacles, and weatherproof toggle switch applications. Part No. E9G2DSN-CAR Color Grey Std. Std. Ctn. Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.) 10 1.3 Single Switch Cover For single switches. Part No. E98SSCN-CAR Color Std. Ctn. Qty. Std. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.) Grey 10 2.1 Blank Covers Single Gang Cover Fits Carlon® single gang FS boxes. Supplied with stainless steel mounting screws and gasket. Toggle Switch Cover Part No. Color Std. Ctn. Qty. Std. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.) E980CN-CAR Grey 12 1.60 For single weatherproof toggle switch applications. E980CM-CAR White 12 1.60 Part No. Color Std. Ctn. Qty. Std. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.) E98TSCN-CAR Grey 5 1.1 Two Gang Cover Fits Carlon® two gang FS boxes and other nonmetallic and metallic FS boxes. Supplied with stainless steel mounting screws and gasket. w w w. c a r l o n . c o m Part No. Color Std. Ctn. Qty. Std. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.) E9802CN-CAR Grey 10 2.17 53 In-Use Weatherproof Covers LR31146 Carlon® In-Use Weatherproof covers are intended for wet locations that require protection for electrical devices while in-use. And because of their strength and durability they can be used year round without rusting or fading. Features • NEMA Type 3R Rated • Meets NEC article 406.8(B) while in use E42728 Installation Instructions This Cover can be mounted to an FS type box intended for wet locations, or a smooth, flat mounting surface. Installation of wiring devices and this Cover by an electrician or Device individual that has a basic Cover understanding of electrical wiring Plate is also recommended. This cover must be installed in accordance with the National Electrical Code (NEC) and local codes. Electrical Device • Tamper resistant • Paintable Cover Assembly • Nonmetallic The Cover complies with NEC article 406.8(B) for outdoors, and subrule 26-706 of the Canadian Electrical Code. Cover Gasket • Nonconductive • Noncorrosive Outlet Box In-Use Weatherproof Covers – NEMA Type 3R Rated Single Gang Horizontal Single Gang Vertical Includes: one duplex receptacle plate, one GFI receptacle plate, one cover, one base with gasket and screws. Includes: one switch plate, one duplex receptacle plate, one GFI receptacle plate, one cover, one base with gasket and screws. Part No. Color E9UHGRN E9UHWRN E9UHCRN Grey White Clear Std. Std. Ctn. Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.) 4 4 4 2.1 2.2 2.0 Double Gang Includes: double duplex receptacle plate, double GFI receptacle plate, combination duplex and toggle plate, combination GFI and toggle plate, one cover, one base with gasket and screws. Part No. Color E9U2GRN E9U2WRN E9U2CRN Grey White Clear Color E9UVGRN E9UVWRN E9UVCRN Grey White Clear Std. Std. Ctn. Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.) 12 12 12 5.2 5.3 5.0 Single Gang Vertical Deep Includes: one switch plate, one duplex receptacle plate, one GFI receptacle plate,* one single receptacle plate, one cover, one base with gasket and screws. Std. Std. Ctn. Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.) 6 6 6 Part No. 4.2 4.3 4.1 Part No. Color E9UDVGRN E9UDVWRN E9UDVCRN Grey White Clear Std. Std. Ctn. Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.) 8 8 8 5.8 5.8 8.6 *1.60" diameter – fits 20 amp twistlock or standard 30 amp receptacle. 54 w w w. c a r l o n . c o m Lampholders Carlon® Nonmetallic Lampholders are ideal for outdoor residential or commercial applications. Our lampholders are nonconductive and safe for wet or damp locations. Available in white, they will compliment any exterior. Features • Nonmetallic • Nonconductive • Easy to install • Paintable • Durable • Rust proof Installation Instructions E70380 E183934 Except where noted by 1. Turn off electricity before starting. 2. Bring power leads into the outlet box and connect using proper wire nuts or insulation materials. 3. Use drill or nail to knock out holes on lampholder cover that align with outlet box. When completed, be sure visual perimeter of weatherproof gasket is even to assure proper seal. 4. Floodlight lampholders can be positioned using two different adjustments. Loosen locknut to turn lampholder assembly to desired position. Tighten locknut. Then depress pushbutton to adjust lampholder to final position. Lampholders No-Tool-Lampholder with Gasket Rectangular Lampholder Cover Part No. P7901W-CAR Color Std. Std. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.) Ctn. Qty. White .9 12 Round Lampholder Cover Part No. Color P7801W-CAR White Std. Std. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.) Ctn. Qty. 1.6 Part No. Color P8001W-CAR White 16 P8005W-CAR White 5.5 Part No. Color Std. Std. Ctn. Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.) 6 5.8 Closure Plugs Two Lampholders with Rectangular Cover Color 24 No-Tool-Lampholder with Round Cover Kit P8060W-CAR White Part No. Std. Std. Ctn. Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.) Std. Std. Ctn. Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.) 6 Part No. P7701W-CAR Color White Std. Std. Ctn. Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.) 30 1.3 3.8 Two Lampholders with Round Cover Part No. Color P8010W-CAR White Std. Std. Ctn. Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.) 6 3.9 w w w. c a r l o n . c o m 55 Weatherproof Fixture and “T” Boxes Carlon® Nonmetallic Weatherproof Fixture is designed for indoor or outdoor use and is suitable for damp, wet or corrosive environments. The one-piece design offers a 20.25 cu. in. wiring capacity and is approved for 60° AWG wire with the use of a 150 watt lamp. It will accommodate 8 no. 12 AWG through branch circuit conductors and is approved for through branch wiring. Features Universal Mounting Base • Nonmetallic - corrosive resistant • Ceramic socket - long life • Silicone gasket • Drill point located on back • Approved for dwellings • Junction box approved 3/4" Threaded Hubs Twist-On/ Lock-On Socket Assembly 3.80 B.C. (96.5) for #8 screws 3/4" NPT Threaded Ports 4 PLCS. 10.50" (266.7) 960GLB Optional 1/2" PVC Reducer to 1/2" PVC Conduit .77" (19.6) 4.67" (118.6) 6.09" (154.7) 1/ 2" PVC Conduit E943E E950ED Adapter Reducer Optional 1/2" PVC or Steel Reducer to1/2" Steel Conduit E943E E9842D Adapter Threaded Adapter .97" (24.6) 12" (304.8) 9.75" 960GFL (247.6) 960PGL E183934 3.50 B.C. (88.9) for #8 screws Globes not included 1/ 2" Steel Adapter E42728 Where noted by 1/ 2" Steel Conduit 1/ 2" Steel Conduit Ceramic Screw Shell Fixture Base Part No. Hub Size Std. Ctn. Qty Std. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.) E962E 3/ 4" 6 4.5 Weatherproof “T” Boxes Carlon® Weatherproof “T” Boxes are for use with nonmetallic wiring systems only. Can be used with Carlon Par Lamp Holders. Single Gang “T” Box With three 1/2" threaded holes. Mounting feet included. Weatherproof Lighting Globes Part No. Clear Glass Globe Part No. Std. Ctn. Qty. Std. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.) E960GLB (Clear Glass) 6 6.6 Color *E381D-CAR Grey *E381DW-CAR White Std. Std. Ctn. Size Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.) 1/2" 10 2.3 1/2" 10 1.8 Double Gang “T” Box With three 1/2" and four 3/4" threaded holes. Mounting feet included. Clear Polycarbonate Globe Part No. Std. Ctn. Qty. Std. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.) E960PGL(Clear Plastic) 6 6.6 Part No. Color *E382DE *E382DEW Grey White Size 1/2" 1/2" Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.) 6 6 3.6 3.6 Round “T” Box Rippled Polycarbonate Globe With five 1/2" threaded holes. Mounting feet included. Part No. Std. Ctn. Qty. Std. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.) E960GFL 6 4.9 Part No. Color *E365D-CAR Grey *E365DW-CAR White Size 1/2" 1/2" Std. Std. Ctn. Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.) 10 10 1.2 1.2 *E381D-CAR, E365D-CAR and E382DE are for use with nonmetallic wiring systems only. 56 w w w. c a r l o n . c o m Carlon Wire Handling Products ® Kaddies Karts Dispensers w w w. c a r l o n . c o m 57 Kaddies and Karts Wire Kaddy™ • Dispense small quantities of spooled wire. • Convenient hand carrying design. • Constructed of steel tubing with premium powder coat finish. • 3/8" hitch pin clip allows easy spool changes. Shipping/Storage: Part No. Dimensions WK7001 22.75"L x 14"W x 11"H Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn. Qty. of Qty. Wt. (lbs.) Spools 4 25 • 4 units per master • 64 pieces per pallet (16 masters) • More than 4 times more product than the competition • Lower freight costs CAPACITY Spool Dimensions 8 7" diameter x 5" wide 4 7" diameter x 6"-10" wide Wire Handling Kart™ • Dispense quantities of spooled wire. • Constructed of steel tubing with premium powder coat finish. • 3/8" hitch pin clip allows easy spool changes. Shipping/Storage: Part No. Dimensions WK7101 44.25"L x 16"W x 17.5"H Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn. Qty. of Qty. Wt. (lbs.) Spools 2 47 • 2 units per master • 36 pieces per pallet (18 masters) • Lower freight costs CAPACITY Spool Dimensions 12 7" diameter x 5" wide 6 7" diameter x 6"-10" wide • Dispense large quantities of spool wire. • Heavy-duty construction with premium powder coat finish. • 5 wire spool axles. • 3/8" hitch pin clip allows easy spool changes. Multi-Purpose Wire Kart • Built-in wire guide on handle allows horizontal dispensing. • Large 8" heavy-duty wheels with adjustable axle position. • Designed to pass through a 28" opening. Shipping/Storage: 58 Part No. Dimensions WK7103 25"L x 28"W x 55"H Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn. Qty. of Qty. Wt. (lbs.) Spools 1 58.6 CAPACITY Spool Dimensions 6 2500' – up to 16" diameter 15 500' – 7" diameter x 5" wide w w w. c a r l o n . c o m • 14 pieces per pallet • Lower freight costs Dispensers Cable Dispenser • Two mounting styles in one product vs competitive offering. • Floor, or stud mount • Smoothly dispense coils of armored cable or NM-B. • Swivel eyelet prevents tangles while paying out. • Wide base for stability. • Easy assembly, no tools required. floor mount Part No. Dimensions WK7203 15.5"H x 19"W stud mount Shipping/Storage: Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.) Coil Dimensions 3 45.5 • 3 units per master • 36 pieces per pallet (12 masters) CAPACITY Spool Dimensions Inside 5.50" min, inside coil dia. Outside 17" max. outside coil dia. Max. Weight 50 lbs. 6 Reel Wire Dispenser • Dispense large quantities of spool wire. • Heavy-duty construction with premium powder coat finish. • 6 angled spindles keep reels in place without locking. • Built in wire guide. • 2 fixed wheels, 1 locking swivel wheel. • Designed to pass through a 30" opening. Shipping/Storage: Part No. Dimensions WK7201 44"L x 29"W x 33"H Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn. Qty. of Qty. Wt. (lbs.) Spools 1 80 6 • 10 pieces per pallet • Lower freight costs CAPACITY Spool Dimensions 2500' – up to 18" diameter 10 Reel Wire Dispenser • All-steel construction • Premium powder coated finish • Easy loading, dispensing and changing of spooled wire • Adjustable wire guide • Two fixed and two swivel locking casters for stability • Angled spindles keep spools in place during use • 360° rotating reel frame • Fits through a 36" door opening • Heavy duty • Easy assembly Shipping/Storage: Part No. Dimensions WK7202 50"L x 32"W x 57.5"H Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn. Qty. of Qty. Wt. (lbs.) Spools 1 190 10 CAPACITY Spool Dimensions • Each unit shipped in 2 cartons • 2 pieces per pallet 2500' – up to 18" diameter w w w. c a r l o n . c o m 59 60 w w w. c a r l o n . c o m Carlon Wire Safe Wireway And Wiring Trough ® ® Tough on the job, easy on you. w w w. c a r l o n . c o m 61 Wire-Safe® Wireway and Wiring Trough No wires to pull, no hard-to-work-with metal components. Carlon® leads the way with the world’s broadest line of nonmetallic wiring management products designed for easier installation, greater performance, and lower installed cost. That includes our Carlon® Wire Safe® wireway, wiring trough, and fittings. It’s the perfect solution for containing electrical, electronic, and communication wire and cable. That’s because it’s easy to install, provides durable protection, and eliminates the need to pull conductors, too. Just compare it point for point against the competition, and you’ll see why it’s the best alternative for you. 62 Rugged Yet Lightweight. Easy To Cut And Assemble. UV stabilized, high-impact resistant PVC provides a strong, durable, non-corrosive, non-conductive housing for wire and cable. At the same time, components are so light and easy to handle that installation can be done by one person. Wireway and trough can be cut easily and cleanly with either a hacksaw or fine tooth saw to make field fabrication a snap. And it’s equally easy to couple components either with Carlon primer and PVC cement or nonmetallic push rivets. w w w. c a r l o n . c o m Wire-Safe® Wireway and Wiring Trough No Wires To Pull. Once your wireway or trough is installed, just lay your wire and cable in, pop the cover on, and you’re done. It’s as easy as that, and that’s a lot easier than pulling wire or cable. Easy To Rewire. "Clip-on" cover design allows easy access for adding or removing wire and cable after initial installation. Application Flexibility. Wireway and trough are suitable for a wide range of applications from the most demanding commercial and industrial uses including food service companies and chemical plants to communication and computer facilities. Both wireway and trough can be used on walls, ceilings, or across supports. A Complete Nonmetallic System. Both wireway and trough are available in 2" x 2", 3" x 3", 4" x 4" and 6" x 6" dimensions. Wireway comes cut in easy-touse 10' lengths for larger jobs, and for tighter spaces, we offer specific lengths of wiring trough to fit distances of 1' to 10'. Both can be used with our nonmetallic enclosures, conduit, and fittings to create a total nonmetallic wire and cable management system far superior to metal counterparts. Improved NEMA 12 Wireway End Caps. Our new wireway end caps are now made with pre-installed adhesive backed gaskets. This new design makes them easier to use and also qualifies them for a NEMA 12 rating. w w w. c a r l o n . c o m 63 Wire-Safe® Wireway and Wiring Trough ® Except where noted by Wiresafe Wireway E151021 Outside Nominal Dimensions Length Std. Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.) per 10' 17011 2x2 10' 1 4.7 17013 3x3 10' 1 11.2 17015 4x4 10' 1 11.2 17017 6x6 10' 1 21.4 Part No. ® Wiresafe Wiring Trough Part Number 18111 18113 18115 18117 18211 18213 18215 18217 18311 18313 18315 18317 18411 18413 18415 18417 18511 18513 18515 18517 18611 18613 18615 18617 18011 18013 18015 18017 Outside Nominal Standard Dimensions Carton Qty. 12" Trough 2x2 1 3x3 1 4x4 1 6x6 1 24" Trough 2x2 1 3x3 1 4x4 1 6x6 1 36" Trough 2x2 1 3x3 1 4x4 1 6x6 1 48" Trough 2x2 1 3x3 1 4x4 1 6x6 1 60" Trough 2x2 1 3x3 1 4x4 1 6x6 1 72" Trough 2x2 1 3x3 1 4x4 1 6x6 1 120" Trough 1 2x2 3x3 1 4x4 1 6x6 1 Wt./Lbs. Each 0.6 1.0 1.4 3.1 1.1 1.8 2.6 5.3 1.5 2.6 3.7 7.4 2.0 3.3 4.8 9.6 2.5 4.1 5.9 11.7 2.9 4.9 7.1 13.8 4.8 8.1 11.6 22.4 All wiring trough is made to order and is supplied with a pair of end caps. 64 w w w. c a r l o n . c o m Wiresafe® Fittings ® Wiresafe Fittings Flat Cross (Clip-on Cover) Part No. * EGFCJ * EGFCL † EGFCN † EGFCR Size 2x2 3x3 4x4 6x6 Std. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.) Qty. ea. 1 0.5 1 1.3 1 1.7 1 4.8 90° Bend Flat Cover Part No. * EGLFJ * EGLFL † EGLFN † EGLFR (Clip-on Cover) Std. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.) Qty. ea. 1 0.3 1 0.6 1 1.1 1 3.3 Size 2x2 3x3 4x4 6x6 90° Bend External Cover Part No. * EGLEJ † EGLEL † EGLEN † EGLER 90° Bend Internal Cover (Clip-on Cover) Std. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.) Qty. ea. 1 0.3 1 0.8 1 1.2 1 3.3 Size 2x2 3x3 4x4 6x6 End Cap Part No. * EGSEJ * EGSEL * EGSEN †† EGSER Size 2x2 3x3 4x4 6x6 Std. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.) Qty. ea. 10 1.1 10 1.4 10 2.2 10 3.0 (UL NEMA 12 Rated) Size 2x2 3x3 4x4 6x6 Std. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.) Qty. ea. 10 Pair 0.6 10 Pair 0.9 10 Pair 1.6 10 Pair 5.0 External Coupling Part No. EGCEJ EGCEL EGCEN EGCER Std. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.) Qty. ea. 1 0.3 1 0.7 1 1.1 1 3.0 Size 2x2 3x3 4x4 6x6 Tee Flat Cover Part No. * EGTFJ * EGTFL † EGTFN † EGTFR (Clip-on Cover) Size 2x2 3x3 4x4 6x6 Std. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.) Qty. ea. 1 0.4 1 0.9 1 1.4 1 3.8 Tee External Cover Part No. † EGTEJ † EGTEL † EGTEN † EGTER Size 2x2 3x3 4x4 6x6 (Clip-on Cover) Std. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.) Qty. ea. 1 0.4 1 0.9 1 1.4 1 3.8 Internal Coupling Flange Part No. EGFJ EGFL EGFN EGFR Part No. * EGLIJ † EGLIL † EGLIN † EGLIR (Clip-on Cover) Size 2x2 3x3 4x4 6x6 Std. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.) Qty. ea. 10 1.3 10 2.2 10 2.5 10 7.8 Part No. EGCIJ EGCIL EGCIN – Size 2x2 3x3 4x4 6x6 Std. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.) Qty. ea. 1O 1.3 1O 2.2 1O 2.5 N/A N/A Push Rivets Part No. EGPR Size N/A Std. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.) Qty. ea. 0.4 200 Size 2x2 3x3 4x4 6x6 Std. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.) Qty. ea. 10 0.9 10 1.3 10 1.9 2.8 10 Hangers Part No. EGSBJ EGSBL EGSBN EGSBR * Molded fitting–couplings not needed † Fabricated fitting–order couplings separately †† No coupling is required for 6" fabricated end cap w w w. c a r l o n . c o m 65 Wire-Safe® Wireway and Wiring Trough Installation Installation Instructions Description. Carlon Wire Safe wireway and wiring troughs are manufactured from extruded PVC. The standard color is gray. The wireway consists of a base channel that is formed to receive a “clip-on” cover. Wiring troughs include a pair of ready-to-install end caps. Cover Installation and Removal. The cover can be installed by exerting hand pressure along its front face in such a manner as to engage and clip projections on the side walls of the base channel. The cover can be removed by inserting a tool (i.e., a screwdriver shaft) into one end of the wireway enclosure and exerting pressure against the underside of the cover, which is then “peeled off” from the base. Wireway Fittings. Fittings enable the wireway to be positioned around corners and enable tees and crosses to be created without detracting from the protective characteristics. Interconnecting pieces can be assembled using couplings and rivets or cement as necessary. Molded fittings do not require couplings since they fit on the exterior of the wireway. However, primer and solvent cement are needed. See cementing instructions. Fabricated fittings do require internal or external couplings, and these must be ordered separately. To install fittings, a 9/32" diameter hole should be drilled in the wireway to match the external coupling hole. A push rivet should be used to connect the two pieces. To connect an internal coupling to the inside of a fitting, use Carlon Quick-Set Clear Cement. Applications. These systems are designed for use in commercial and industrial areas. They may be used for the containment of electrical wiring/cables for power and lighting circuits and also communication and computer facilities. They are suitable for mounting on the surface of walls or ceilings or suspended across suitably positioned supports. Ambient temperatures should not exceed 1220 F. Installation. 1. Mark the surface upon which the wireway is to be mounted. 2. Measure, run, and identify position of fittings. 3. Remove cover from wireway, starting at one end, with a peeling action (use of a screwdriver or similar lever is recommended). 4. Drill mounting holes through base at 60" centers maximum. Two rows of mounting holes should be drilled, adjacent to each wall of the wireway in order to evenly distribute the load. 5. The holes in the wireway should be drilled oversize to allow for expansion. Washers should be mounted under the head of the mounting device, which should not be tightened to its full extent. 6. Mount the wireway using screws or bolts. 7. Affix the wireway cover by aligning it to the wireway base and then pressing it into its engaged position, starting at one end. 8. The cover should be made to overlap the base joint in order to improve rigidity of the joint. Engineering Specifications Code Approvals. Carlon's Wire Safe Wireway and Wiring Trough is recognized by the current National Electrical Code, Article 378, for nonmetallic wireways.It is UL Listed for electrical wiring up to 600 volts. UL File Numbers: UL E151021. Specification for Carlon Wire Safe Wireway and Wiring Trough. The wireway and wiring troughs shall be Carlon Wire Safe Wireway and Wiring Trough. The Carlon Wire Safe Wireway and Wiring Trough shall provide protection for electrical, low voltage, data and communication wiring or cables. The Carlon Wire Safe Wireway and Wiring Trough shall be listed and installed per the NEC Article 378 for nonmetallic wireways. The Carlon Wire Safe Wireway and Wiring Trough shall be manufactured from gray precision extruded Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) meeting UL 94 V-O requirements and shall be suitable for field painting. The Carlon Wire Safe Wireway and Wiring Trough shall include base, cover, fittings, etc. The Carlon Wire Safe Wireway and Wiring Trough shall provide all fittings required to form a complete, integrated surface raceway system. End caps shall be gasketed and shall have a NEMA Type 12 rating. The Carlon Wire Safe Wireway and Wiring Trough shall provide raceway with the following cross sectional areas: 1. 2 x 2 - 3.165 in.2 (20.4 cm2 ) 3. 4 x 4 - 13.694 in.2 (88 cm2 ) 2 2 2. 3 x 3 - 7.378 in. (47 cm ) 4. 6 x 6 - 31.871 in.2 (205 cm2 ) Fittings. Internal and external elbow shall be a fitting cover that snaps onto the main base. Flat elbows and flat tees shall be a fitting cover that snaps on to the main base. End caps shall be gasketed and NEMA Type 12 rated. Installation. Install in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions, NFPA 70 and NECA standard. Install base, cover, fittings, accessories, etc., as necessary for a complete system. 66 w w w. c a r l o n . c o m Wire-Safe® Wireway and Wiring Trough Cementing Cementing Instructions 1. Make a square cut using a miter box or precisely marked line on the wireway to provide a smooth connection. 2. Make certain surfaces to be bonded are free of dirt, dust, etc., by wiping them clean with a rag, and by removing sawcut burrs with a knife or rasp. 3. With a dauber, place a coating of Carlon Clear Primer on the wireway and its mating parts. Thoroughly coat the surfaces to be mated. Clear Primer Part Number VC9903 Standard Standard Size Carton Qty. Pint 24 Dauber Top VC9902 Quart 12 Dauber Top Cement and primer not needed for end caps. Standard Carton Wt. 25.0 lbs. 24.0 lbs. 4. Allow the Carlon Clear Primer a few seconds to soften the PVC surface (the time may need to be adjusted, depending upon the temperature). 5. Apply a complete coating of Carlon Quick-Set Clear Cement to matching ends that will be joined. 6. Hold the parts in position by exerting pressure on the surfaces with clamps. 7. Allow 15 minutes or more before removing clamps. All Weather Quick-Set Clear Cement Part Number VC9984 VC9983 VC9982 Expansion And Contraction Wireway will expand or contract with variations in temperatures. To compensate for this expansion and contraction, during installation leave 0.25" gap at joint,glue only one side of internal coupling, or use external coupling with push rivets. All mounting holes should be drilled oversize, and fasteners should not be tightened fully to allow for expansion and contraction. VC9981P Standard Size 1/2 Pint Dauber Top Pint Dauber Top Quart Dauber Top Gallon Pour Top Standard Carton Qty. 10 Standard Carton Wt. 6.0 lbs. 24 30.0 lbs. 12 29.0 lbs. 6 53.0 lbs. Materials PVC Homopolymer (ASTM F1784) Specific Gravity (ASTM D792) Thermal Conductivity (ASTM C177) Heat Deflection Temperature @264 psi (ASTM D648) Tensile Strength (ASTM D638) Flammability (UL 94) minimum cell class 12354B 1.46 1.3 Btu/hr./ft.2/ 0F/in. 70 0 C 6000 psi V-O Physical Properties Size Crush Strength1 (lbs.) Impact Strength2 (ft.-lbs.) 2x2 650 40 3x3 500 30 4x4 500 40 6x6 600 50 1. Load on 6" long sample just prior to wall buckling; fully recoverable. 2. Five lb. weight with 1-1/4" dia. face at 730 F. Dimensions Outside Outside Nominal Size (in.) Actual Size (in.) 2x2 1.97 x 1.97 3x3 2.96 x 2.96 4x4 3.94 x 3.94 6x6 5.91 x 5.91 Inside Height (in.) 1.8 2.8 3.75 5.67 Inside Width (in.) 1.79 2.76 3.72 5.67 Inside Area (in.2) 3.31 7.94 14.39 13.48 Wireway Thickness (in.) 0.09 0.10 0.11 0.12 Cover Thickness (in.) .08 .08 .08 .12 Wt./Ft. (lb./ft.) 0.6 0.85 1.48 2.29 All information represents typical values and does not represent a minimum performance specification. w w w. c a r l o n . c o m 67 Wire-Safe® Wireway and Wiring Trough Specifications Wirefill Chart Conductor Size AWG-MCM 18 6 14 14 14 12 12 12 10 10 8 8 6 4 3 2 1 1/0 2/0 3/0 4/0 250 300 350 400 500 600 700 750 800 900 1000 1250 1500 1750 2000 Area of Conductor (sq. in.) A B C D RFH-2, RH, TF, TFN, RHH, ***RHW, THW, THHN, XHHW, ***SF-2 †TW THWN ††ZW .0167 .0088 .0062 – .0196 .0109 .0079 – .0230 .0135 .0087 – *.0327 – – – – †.0206 – .0131 .0278 .0172 .0117 – *.0384 – – – – †.0252 – .0167 .0460 .0222 .0184 – – .0311 – .0216 .0845 .0471 .0373 – – †.0598 – .0456 .1238 .0819 .0519 .0625 .1605 .1087 .0845 .0845 .1817 .1263 .0995 .0995 .2067 .1473 .1182 .1182 .2715 .2027 .1590 .1590 .3107 .2367 .1893 .1893 .3578 .2781 .2265 .2265 .4151 .3288 .2715 .2715 .4840 .3904 .3278 .3278 .5917 .4877 .4026 .4026 .6837 .5581 .4669 .4669 .7620 .6291 .5307 .5307 .8365 .6969 .5931 .5931 .9834 .8316 .7163 .7163 1.1940 1.0261 .8791 .9043 1.3355 1.1575 1.0011 1.0297 1.4082 1.2252 1.0623 1.0936 1.4784 1.2908 1.1234 1.1499 1.6173 1.4208 1.2449 1.2668 1.7530 1.5482 1.3623 1.3893 2.2062 1.9532 – 1.7671 2.5475 2.2751 – 2.0612 2.3779 2.8832 2.5930 – 3.2079 2.9013 – 2.6590 A 36 31 26 18 – 21 16 – 13 – 7 – 4 4 3 3 2 2 1 1 1 1 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – Wire Safe Wireway Size and Maximum Number of Conductors Allowed (Areas shown are 20% of the full interior cross sectional area of the wireway.) 3x3 (1.5 in.2) 4x4 (2.7 in.2) 6x6 (6.4 in.2) 2x2 (0.6 in.2) B C D A B C D A B C D A B C D 68 96 – 89 170 241 – 161 306 435 – 383 727 1032 – 55 76 – 76 137 189 – 137 247 341 – 326 587 810 – 44 69 – 65 111 172 – 117 200 310 – 278 474 735 – – – – 45 – – – 82 – – – 195 – – – 29 – 46 – 72 – 114 – 131 – 206 – 310 – 488 35 51 – 53 87 128 – 97 156 230 – 230 372 547 – – – – 39 – – – 70 – – – 166 – – – 24 – 36 – 59 – 89 – 107 – 161 – 253 – 383 27 33 – 32 67 81 – 58 121 146 – 139 288 347 – 19 – 28 – 48 – 69 – 86 – 125 – 205 – 296 13 16 – 17 31 40 – 31 57 72 – 75 135 171 – 10 – 13 – 25 – 32 – 45 – 59 – 107 – 140 7 11 10 12 18 28 24 21 32 52 43 51 78 123 102 6 7 7 9 13 17 17 16 24 31 31 39 58 75 75 5 6 6 8 11 15 15 14 21 27 27 35 50 64 64 4 5 5 7 10 12 12 13 18 22 22 30 43 54 54 3 4 4 5 7 9 9 9 13 16 16 23 31 40 40 2 3 3 4 6 7 7 8 11 14 14 20 27 33 33 2 2 2 4 5 6 6 7 9 11 11 17 23 28 28 1 2 2 3 4 5 5 6 8 9 9 15 19 23 23 1 1 1 3 4 4 4 5 6 8 8 13 16 19 19 1 1 1 2 3 3 3 4 5 6 6 10 13 15 15 1 1 1 2 2 3 3 3 4 5 5 9 11 13 13 – 1 1 1 2 2 2 3 4 5 5 8 10 12 12 – 1 1 1 2 2 2 3 3 4 4 7 9 10 10 – – – 1 1 2 2 2 3 3 3 6 7 8 8 – – – 1 1 1 1 2 2 3 3 5 6 7 7 – – – 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 4 5 6 6 – – – 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 4 5 6 5 – – – 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 4 4 5 5 – – – – 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 3 4 5 5 – – – – – 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 4 4 4 – – – – – – – 1 1 – 1 2 3 – 3 – – – – – – – 1 1 – 1 2 2 – 3 – – – – – – – – 1 – 1 2 2 – 2 – – – – – – – – – – 1 1 2 – 2 Column A – Percent of Values In Tables as Adjusted for Ambient Number of Temperature if Necessary Conductors 80 4 through 6 7 through 9 70 10 through 24* 70 60 25 through 42* 43 and above* 50 * Dimensions of RHH and RHW. *** Dimensions of RHH and RHW without outer covering are the same as THW No. 18 through No. 10, solid as well as No. 8 and larger, stranded. † Dimensions of THW in sizes No. 14 through No. 8. No. 6 THW and larger are same dimension as TW. †† No. 14 through No. 2. NOTES: 68 1) The ampacities of the conductors shall be reduced as shown in the table at right. 2) Refer to the National Electrical Code for ambient temperature correction factors. Column B** – Percent of Values In Tables as Adjusted for Ambient Number of Temperature if Necessary Conductors 80 4 through 6 7 through 9 70 10 through 20 50 45 21 through 30 31 through 40 40 41 through 60 35 * These factors include the effects of a load diversity of 50 percent. w w w. c a r l o n . c o m ** No diversity. Carlon Zip Box Blue Switch and Outlet Boxes ® ® ™ Adjustable Single Gang 2, 3, 4 Gang Old Work Ceiling Boxes SuperBlue™ Covers w w w. c a r l o n . c o m 69 Zip Box® Blue™ Switch and Outlet Boxes CarIon Zip Box Blue™ nonmetallic switch and outlet boxes – the contractor’s choice for easy ® ® installation. Carlon has long been the leader with the world’s broadest line of nonmetallic, nonconductive wiring management products designed for easier installation, greater performance, and lower installation cost. And that includes our full line of Zip Box® Blue™ nonmetallic switch and outlet boxes. Designed for use with nonmetallic sheathed cable in accordance with Article 314 of the National Electrical Code®, they make fast work of any residential or light commercial application. Take a closer look, and you’ll see more reasons why they’re the right choice for you. Features • UL Listed, File No. E42728, for use as indicated in Article 314 of the NEC. • UL Classified for fire resistance, File No. R8326. Reference UL Electrical Construction Equipment • UL Classified for fire resistance Category CEYY, in a twohour fire resistive wall within the same partition cavity on opposite sides of the wall. Requires the use of mineral wool batt insulation on putty pad when separation is less than 24". • Refer to International Building Code Section 712.3.2 Exception 2 for other separation options in fire resistive wall assemblies. Directory, in product category QBWY or the UL Fire Resistance Directory, for two-hours or less • UL Classified Report, File No. R8326, covers use in two-hour or less fire resistive wall and floor-ceiling assembly. classification period. Understanding Zip Box® Blue™ Part Numbers First Position Second Position B-Zip Box Gang Size BH-SuperBlue 1,2,3, or 4 Third Position and/or Fourth Position ( Available cubic inches (ml) within the box Fourth or Fifth Position and/or Sixth Position ) Securing Methods Grounding Features A = Nail On G = Grounding Lug included B = 3/8" – 5/8" (9.5mm – 15.9mm) Wallboard Bracket for Wood or Steel Studs P = Grounding Lug included H = 14 1/4" – 23 1/2" (362mm – 596.9mm) Adjustable Bar Hanger K = 18 1/4" – 26 3/4" (463.6mm – 679.5mm) Adjustable Bar Hanger L = Metal “L” Bracket for Ceilings P = Standard Nail On Box w/ Grounding Lug R = Old Work Box, includes Integral Clamps For Example: S = Screw On B 1 18A (B = Zip Box Blue, 1 = single gang, 18 = cubic inch (295 ml) capacity, A = Nail On.) 70 w w w. c a r l o n . c o m Adjust-A-Box™Adjustable Zip Boxes and Brackets The Carlon Adjust-A-Box features a patented design that allows the box to be adjusted to most wall thicknesses with the turn of a screw. To install, simply clip the bracket onto the stud, secure with two screws to ensure the box won’t move, then turn the adjustment screw clockwise or counterclockwise, and adjust the box flush with the wall covering. The Adjust-A-Box is available in one- and two-gang versions, and by removing the box from the bracket the one-gang can easily be upgraded to a two-gang, an ideal feature for old work applications. The Carlon Adjust-A-Box achieves professional results every time. Features • Adjusts to any wall thickness • Upgrades made easy • Ideal for new work or retrofit applications • Nonmetallic and durable • Available in backed box or backless bracket designer • UL Listed • One- and two-gang versions • 1 3/4" Adjustability • Meets NEMA OS-2 High Voltage Part No. Volume (cu. in.) B121ADJ 21 B234ADJC B234ADJ E42728 Size Std. Ctn. Qty. Std. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.) Single Gang Adjustable Wall Box 3 7/8"W x 3 3/4"H x 3 3/8"D 24 10 34 Double Gang Adjustable Wall Box w/ Range Knockout 5 5/8"W x 3 5/8"H x 3"D 16 8.5 34 Double Gang Adjustable Wall Box 5 5/8"W x 3 5/8"H x 3"D 16 8.5 Description B121ADJ Low Voltage E216492 Size Std. Ctn. Qty. Std. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.) Single Gang Adjustable Backless Bracket 3 7/8"W x 3 3/4"H 24 7.5 Double Gang Adjustable Backless Bracket 5 5/8"W x 3 5/8"H 20 6.9 Part No. Description SC100ADJC SC100ADJC SC100ADJC w w w. c a r l o n . c o m 71 Handy Box and Covers The Carlon Handy Box is a nonmetallic switch and outlet box specifically designed for use with nonmetallic conduit systems and nonmetallic sheathed cabling. Unlike metal boxes, the Carlon Handy Box has two integral cable clamps. These clamps hold nonmetallic cable firmly in place without the need for separate clamps... simply push the wire into the clamp-opening, and the cable is held securely in place. The Carlon Handy Box also comes with six 1/2" knockouts on the sides and back for easier wiring and a variety of mounting options. Features • Flexible, can be used for many applications • Thermoplastic construction that will not rust or conduct electricity • Built in cable clamps to hold wire firmly in place • Six knockouts for easier wiring • Four cover styles – blank, toggle switch, duplex receptacle, and GFCI • UL Listed (E42728) and two hour fire classified for walls and ceilings The Carlon Handy Box is constructed out of a thermoplastic material, which resists rust and corrosion. The Carlon Handy Box can be used with most wiring devices including ground fault circuit interrupters (GFCI). The Handy Box is designed to accept standard metal covers or the NEW Carlon nonmetallic Handy Box covers. The Carlon Handy Box covers are made from a durable polycarbonate material for extra strength and durability. They’re available in four styles including a duplex receptacle, toggle switch, ground fault circuit interrupter (GFCI), and a blank cover (the blank cover has a molded-in 1/2" knockout in the center). Corrosion resistant stainless screws are provided with each cover. Box E42728 Part No. Description B112HB Handy Box – Single Gang Size Std. Ctn. Qty. Std. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.) 1 7/8" x 4" x 2 1/8" 50 10.96 Covers 72 E42728 Size Std. Ctn. Qty. Std. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.) Single Gang Nonmetallic Cover – Blank .25" x 4.30" x 2.38" 25 1.0 Single Gang Nonmetallic Cover – Toggle Switch .25" x 4.30" x 2.38" 25 1.0 HB1DP Single Gang Nonmetallic Cover – Duplex Receptacle .25" x 4.30" x 2.38" 25 1.0 HB1GF Single Gang Nonmetallic Cover – GFCI Cover .25" x 4.30" x 2.38" 25 1.0 Part No. Description HB1BL HB1SW w w w. c a r l o n . c o m Single Gang Switch/Outlet Boxes – Nonmetallic Switch/Outlet Boxes E42728 • Meets NEMA OS-2 • UL Listed to UL 514C B108B-UPC B118A B120A-UPC B118B-UPC B122A-UPC Single Gang Part No. Volume (cu. in.) Description Size Knockouts Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.) 8 Single Gang Bracketed Shallow Box 1 1/4"D x 2 3/8"W x 3 5/8"L – 25 3 •B118A 18 Single Gang with captive nails 2 7/8"D x 2 1/4"W x 3 3/4"L 4 (2 each end) 100 22 •B120A-UPC 20 Single Gang with captive nails 3 1/4"D x 2 1/4"W x 3 7/8"L 4 (2 each end) 100 24 •B118B-UPC 18 Single Gang with bracket for 3/8" to 5/8" wallboard – steel & wood stud mounting 2 15/16"D x 2 1/4"W x 3 3/4"L 4 (2 each end) 50 10 •B122A-UPC 22 Single Gang with captive nails 3 1/2"D x 2 1/4"W x 3 3/4"L 4 (2 each end) 100 25 B108B-UPC • Suitable for masonry walls Low Voltage Backless Bracket Open-backed to easily accommodate the bend radiuses required for low voltage cabling and deep devices such as volume controls, and is designed to fit a standard one-gang faceplate. It also features an easy nail-on mounting or screw-in bracket, while the hard shell provides increased durability and no racking. Resi-Rings accept 3/4", 1", and 1 1/4" Resi-Gard. Part No. Vol. cu. in. SC100A – Description Single Gang Backless Bracket Size Knockouts 2.32" W x 3.73"L – E216492 Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.) 24 7.5 Low Voltage Add-On Bracket This low voltage bracket provides a low voltage outlet next to a previously installed high voltage outlet. Great for both new construction and rework, it attaches easily to most electrical boxes, and is designed to fit a standard twogang faceplate. Resi-Rings accept 3/4" Resi-Gard only Part No. Vol. cu. in. SC100SC – Description Single Gang Add-On Bracket w w w. c a r l o n . c o m Size Knockouts 1.80" W x 3.68"L – E216492 Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.) 24 2.3 73 2-, 3-, 4-Gang and 4" Square Switch/Outlet Boxes – Nonmetallic Switch/Outlet Boxes • Meets NEMA OS-2 • UL Listed to UL 514C E42728 B232A-UPC Two-Gang Part No. B455A-UPC B344AB B232B-UPC Four-Gang Three-Gang Volume (cu. in.) •B232A-UPC 32 B232B-UPC 32 Description B455AH Size Integral Clamps Std. Ctn. Qty. Std. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.) Two Gang with captive nails 3"D x 4"W x 3 3/4"L 8 (4 each side) 50 16 Two Gang with bracket for wallboard – steel or wood stud mounting 3"D x 4"W x 3 3/4"L 8 (4 each side) 50 20 3/8"to 5/8" •B344AB 44 Three Gang with captive nails and bracket support 2 11/16"D x 3 3/4"W x 5 5/8"L 12 (6 each side) 30 14 •B455A-UPC 55 Four Gang with captive nails and bracket support 2 1/2"D x 3 7/10"W x 7 3/5"L 16 (8 each side) 25 14 •B455AH 55 Four Gang with captive nails, bracket support, and Hanger Bar 2 1/2"D x 3 7/10"W x 7 3/5"L 16 (8 each side) 25 18 • Suitable for masonry walls E42728 Part No. B432A-UPC B418A-UPC 4" Square Volume (cu. in.) Description Size Integral Clamps Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.) •B418A-UPC 18 Four Square with captive nails 1 5/8"D x 4"W x 4"L 10 (3 top, 3 bottom, 2 each side) 75 19 •B432A-UPC 32 Four Square with captive nails 2 5/8"D x 4"W x 4"L 10 (3 top, 3 bottom, 2 each side) 50 16 •B432AR-UPC 32 Four Square with captive nails 2 5/8"D x 4"W x 4"L 10 (3 top, 3 bottom, 2 each side) 8 3 • Suitable for masonry walls Low Voltage Backless Bracket Open-backed to easily accommodate the bend radiuses required for low voltage cabling and deep devices such as volume controls, and is designed to fit a standard two-gang faceplate. It also features an easy nail-on mounting or screw-in bracket, while more hard shell provides increased durability and no racking. Accepts 3/4" Resi-Gard only. 74 Part No. Vol. cu. in. SC200A – Description Two Gang Backless Bracket w w w. c a r l o n . c o m Size Knockouts 5.35" W x 3.81"L – E216492 Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.) 24 7.7 Old Work Switch/Outlet Boxes – Nonmetallic Old Work Boxes • Meets NEMA OS-2 • UL Listed to UL 514C E42728 One-Gang Part No. †B108R-UPC B114R-UPC B108R-UPC Volume (cu. in.) 8 •†B114R-UPC 14 •†B114RR-UPC 14 •†B120R 20 Description B120R Integral Clamps Size Single Gang Flanged Shallow Box Single Gang Old Work Wall Case 2 Zip-Mount™ retainers and mounting ears Single Gang Old Work Wall Case 2 Zip-Mount™ retainers and mounting ears Single Gang with captive nails 2 Zip-Mount™ retainers and mounting ears 1 1/4"D x 2 3/8"W x 3 5/8"L Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.) – 25 3 1/8"L 4 (2 each end) 50 10 2 3/4"D x 2 1/4"W x 4 1/8"L 4 (2 each end) 25 5 3 5/8"D x 2 5/16"W x 4 1/8"L 4 (2 each end) 50 12 2 3/4"D x2 1/4"W x4 • Suitable for masonry walls † Not UL Classified for Fire Resistance Two-Gang E42728 Volume (cu. in.) Part No. •†B225R-UPC 25 Description Size Two-Gang Old Work Case 2 Zip-Mount™ retainers and mounting flanges Integral Clamps 2 3/4"D x 6 3 1/8"W x (3 each side) 3 15/16"L Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.) 30 8 • Suitable for masonry walls † Not UL Classified for Fire Resistance Three-Gang Part No. Volume (cu. in.) •†B355R 55 E42728 Description Three Gang Old Work Box with mounting ears Size 3.69"D x 2.79"W x 5.72"L Integral Clamps 6 Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.) 6 3 • Suitable for masonry walls † Not UL Classified for Fire Resistance Four-Gang Part No. Volume (cu. in.) •†B468R 68 E42728 Description Four Gang Old Work Box with mounting ears Size 3.56"D x 2.89"W x 7.57"L Integral Clamps 8 Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.) 6 4.03 • Suitable for masonry walls † Not UL Classified for Fire Resistance Round Old Work Box Part No. †B618R-UPC †B618RP-UPC Volume (cu. in.) 18 18 Description Round Old Work Case 3 Zip-Mount™ retainers Round Old Work Case 3 Zip-Mount™ retainers & Ground Lug E42728 Size 1 4 /4"Dia. Integral Clamps 4 4 1/4"Dia. 4 Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.) 24 100 100 26 † Not UL Classified for Fire Resistance or used for Fixture Support in the Ceiling. w w w. c a r l o n . c o m 75 Old Work Switch/Outlet Boxes – Nonmetallic Old Work Backless Brackets Box Extender E42728 Part No. Volume (cu. in.) Description Size Std. Ctn. Qty. Std. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.) B1EXTB N/A Single Gang Box Extender 2 1/4" x 3 1/4" 25 3 Low Voltage Old Work Brackets Single Gang E216492 Part No. Volume (cu. in.) Description Size †SC100RR N/A Single Gang Backless Old Work Bracket 2 1/4" x 3 1/4" Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.) 12 1.4 † Not UL Classified for Fire Resistance Two-Gang E216492 Part No. Volume (cu. in.) Description Size †SC200RR N/A Two-Gang Backless Old Work Bracket 3.92" x 4.00" † Not UL Classified for Fire Resistance 76 w w w. c a r l o n . c o m Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.) 6 .9 Ceiling Boxes – Nonmetallic Ceiling Boxes • Meets NEMA OS-2 • UL Listed to UL 514C All ceiling boxes are produced from a high heat-resistant material developed specifically for fixture support applications. 3/0 Part No. B518P-UPC Volume (cu. in.) • B518A-UPC 18 • B518P-UPC 18 Description E42728 Diameter Depth Integral Clamps Std. Ctn. Qty. Std. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.) 3" 2 3/4" 4 75 19 3" 3/4" 4 75 20 Ceiling Box with captive nails Ceiling Box with captive nails Ground lug and screw attached 2 • Listed for fixture support up to 50 lbs. B520A-UPC B520P-UPC B620L-UPC B720-SHK 35 lbs. maximum fan weight 3/0 - 4/0 Combination Part No. Volume (cu. in.) E42728 Description Diameter Depth Integral Clamps Std. Ctn. Qty. Std. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.) • B520A-UPC 20 Ceiling Box with captive nails Fixture spacing for 2 3/4" and 3" 4" 2 1/4" 6 75 18 • B520P-UPC 20 Ceiling Box with captive nails Ground lug and screw attached Fixture spacing for 2 3/4" and 3 1/2" 4" 2 1/4" 6 75 18 • B620L-UPC 20 Ceiling Box with metal L bracket Fixture spacing for 2 3/4" and 3 1/2" 4" 2 1/4" 6 100 31 • B720-SHK 20 Ceiling Box Outlet Box with mounting screws 4" 2 1/4" 6 18 5 • Listed for fixture support up to 50 lbs. 4/0 Part No. • B708-SHK 35 lbs. maximum fan weight E42728 Volume (cu. in.) 8 Description Shallow Ceiling Fan Outlet Box with mounting screws Diameter Depth Integral Clamps Std. Ctn. Qty. Std. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.) 4" 5/8" 1 18 3 • Listed for fixture support up to 50 lbs. w w w. c a r l o n . c o m 77 Ceiling Boxes – Nonmetallic Ceiling Boxes with Bar Hanger • Meets NEMA OS-2 E42728 B620H-UPC B620K B620HG-UPC B620KG-UPC 3/0 - 4/0 Combination Part No. Volume (cu. in.) Description Diameter Depth Integral Clamps Std. Ctn. Qty. Std. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.) • B620H-UPC 20 Ceiling Box with 14 1/4" - 23 1/2" adjustable bar hanger Fixture spacing for 2 3/4" and 31/2" 4" 2 1/4" 6 75 43 • B620K 20 Ceiling Box with 18 1/4" - 26 3/4" adjustable bar hanger Fixture spacing for 2 3/4" and 31/2" 4" 2 1/4" 6 75 46 • B620HG-UPC 20 Ceiling Box with 14 1/4" - 23 1/2" adjustable bar hanger Ground lug and screw attached Fixture spacing for 2 3/4" and 31/2" 4" 2 1/4" 6 75 44 • B620KG-UPC 20 Ceiling Box with 18 1/4" - 26 3/4" adjustable bar hanger Ground lug and screw attached Fixture spacing for 2 3/4" and 31/2" 4" 2 1/4" 6 75 46 • B620DC 20 Ceiling Box with 24" T-Grid bar hanger Fixture spacing for 2 3/4" and 31/2" 4" 2 1/4" 6 16 10 • Listed for fixture support up to 50 lbs. 78 w w w. c a r l o n . c o m SuperBlue™ Hard Shell Switch/Outlet Boxes – Nonmetallic The Carlon® SuperBlue™ Hard Shell Boxes combine the features of the hard shell thermoset box and the thermoplastic PVC style box to create a “new” rigid nonmetallic wiring box. Molded out of specially formulated thermoplastic material, Carlon SuperBlue boxes are so strong they won’t crack or break, even in extreme environments. So rigid, they resist flexing and hold their shape even under the worst conditions. They provide the largest wirefill capacity in their class, and come with molded-in nailing flanges as Features well as molded-in clamps to make installation • Largest wirefill capacity in their class • Won’t crack or break in extreme environments • Resist flexing • Hold their shape • Molded-in flanges and clamps • Faster installation • Lightweight faster. Carlon SuperBlue boxes are lightweight, • Noncorrosive and nonconductive noncorrosive and nonconductive. They are • Nest inside one another designed to nest inside one another so they take • UL Listed to UL 514C up less shelf space and are easier to transport to • UL Classified for two hour or less fire wall assemblies job sites. • Meets NEMA OS-2 Wall Boxes E42728 Two Gang Single Gang Part No. Description Capacity Std. Std. Ctn. Ctn. Depth Qty. Wt. BH122A Single Gang 22 cu. in. 3.63 Single Gang with Screws 22 cu. in. 3.63 BH122S Part No. Description Capacity Std. Std. Ctn. Ctn. Depth Qty. Wt. 100 31.3 BH235A Two Gang 35 cu. in. 3.50 48 21.3 100 31.3 BH235S Two Gang with Screws 35 cu. in. 3.50 48 21.3 w w w. c a r l o n . c o m 79 SuperBlue™ Hard Shell Switch/Outlet Boxes – Nonmetallic Wall Boxes E42728 Four Gang Three Gang Part No. Description Capacity Std. Std. Ctn. Ctn. Depth Qty. Wt. Part No. Description Capacity Std. Std. Ctn. Ctn. Depth Qty. Wt. BH353A Three Gang 53 cu. in. 3.50 24 14.0 BH464A Four Gang 64 cu. in. 3.18 24 17.4 BH353S Three Gang with Screws 53 cu. in. 3.50 24 14.0 BH464S Four Gang with Screws 64 cu. in. 3.18 24 17.4 Old Work Boxes Single Gang Old Work Part No. Description Capacity Std. Std. Ctn. Ctn. Depth Qty. Wt. †BH118R Single Gang Old Work 18 cu. in. 3.64 † Not UL Classified for Fire Resistance 80 Two Gang Old Work 36 10.9 E42728 Part No. Description Capacity Std. Std. Ctn. Ctn. Depth Qty. Wt. †BH234R Two Gang Old Work 34 cu. in. 3.59 † Not UL Classified for Fire Resistance w w w. c a r l o n . c o m 18 7.71 SuperBlue™ Low Voltage Divider Plate Low Voltage Divider Plate Carlon SuperBlue boxes are easily divided into both high and low voltage use. Just insert the Low Voltage Divider Plate, and you’re ready to go! The National Electrical Code allows electrical conductors to share an outlet box when the conductors and signaling or communication cables are separated by a barrier within the box. Features • Transforms a high voltage box into an accepted high and low voltage box • UL Listed • Orange color signifies low voltage installations • Great for situations requiring a high/low voltage fire-classified box • Noncorrosive and nonconductive • Designed to be used with Carlon’s 2-, 3-, and 4- gang SuperBlue Boxes Part No. Description cu. in. Std. Ctn. Qty. Std. Ctn. Wt. SCDIV Low Voltage Divider Plate - 50 2.2 E42728 Installation Ceiling Box 3/0 Round Old Work Box Capacity Std. Ctn. Qty. Std. Ctn. Wt. 3/0 Round Old Work Box 14 cu. in. 20 5.0 Four Gang with Screws w/Ground Lug 14 cu. in. 20 5.0 Part No. Description BH614R BH614RP w w w. c a r l o n . c o m 81 SuperBlue™ Ceiling Boxes – Nonmetallic 3/0 - 4/0 Combination Ceiling Boxes E42728 Ceiling Box with Grounding Lug Ceiling Box Part No. Description Capacity Std. Std. Ctn. Ctn. Depth Qty. Wt. • BH525A Ceiling Box 25 cu. in. 3.00 48 • BH525S Ceiling Box with Screws 25 cu. in. 3.00 48 Description 16.3 • BH525P Ceiling Box with Grounding Lug 16.3 • BH525SP Ceiling Box w/Grounding Lug w/Screws 25 cu. in. 3.00 82 25 cu. in. 3.00 24 24 9.4 9.4 • Listed for fixture support up to 50 lbs. • Listed for fixture support up to 50 lbs. Ceiling Box with Hanger Bar Ceiling Fan Box *Hanger Bar adjusts from 11 1/2" to 18 1/2" Listed for fan support up to 35 lbs. Part No. Description Capacity Depth Std. Std. Ctn. Ctn. Qty. Wt. • BH525H Ceiling Box with Hanger Bar 25 cu. in. 2.95 20 • BH525HP Ceiling Box with Hanger Bar with Grounding Lug 25 cu. in. 2.95 20 • Listed for fixture support up to 50 lbs. Std. Std. Ctn. Ctn. Capacity Depth Qty. Wt. Part No. Std. Std. Ctn. Ctn. Capacity Depth Qty. Wt. Part No. Description 13.2 • BH525L Ceiling Fan Box with Nails 25 cu. in. 3.06 24 12.2 13.2 • BH525LP Ceiling Fan Box with Grounding Lug with Nails 25 cu. in. 3.06 24 12.2 • Listed for fan support up to 35 lbs. and fixture support up to 50 lbs. w w w. c a r l o n . c o m Switch/Outlet Covers – Nonmetallic Covers E42728 Single-Gang – Covers Two-Gang – Covers Part No. Rise Cu. in. Std. Ctn. Qty. Std. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.) Part No. Rise Cu. in. Std. Ctn. Qty. Std. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.) A410 1/2" 3.5 100 8.0 A400 Blank – 100 9.0 A411 5/8" 4.2 50 6.0 A420 1/2" 6.1 75 6.0 A412 3/4" 5.0 50 6.0 A421 5/8" 7.4 50 4.2 A413 1" 6.6 40 5.0 A422 3/4" 8.8 50 4.8 A414 1 1/4" 8.1 30 5.0 Round Blank Cover Round Plaster Ring Listed for fixture support up to 50 lbs. Part No. Rise Vol. (cu. in.) Std. Ctn. Qty. Std. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.) A471 1/2" 3.2 100 3.3 A472 5/8" 4.0 100 3.8 Rise Part No. Vol. (cu. in.) Std. Ctn. Qty. Std. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.) A470D Blank with 1/2" KO – 100 4.7 E460R-CAR Blank – 35 2.2 Ceiling Box Cover – White Part No. Rise CPC4 WH White Ceiling Box Cover w w w. c a r l o n . c o m Std. Std. Ctn. Vol. (cu. in.) Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.) – 12 1.3 83 Zip Box® Features General Features Carlon Trademark Blue Color High Impact Ceiling boxes with PVC Wall Boxes special engineered high heat resistant material for fixture support Engraved NEC Wire Fill Leveling Guides Clean Easy Knockout (Single Gang Only) Nonconductive...no need to ground box Pre-installed Angled Nails Integral Clamps (Multi-Gang Boxes) Special Nail-on and Bracket Boxes Type B 84 Type L Type H w w w. c a r l o n . c o m Lightweight Type K Zip Box® Installation Zip Clamp™ Easy to wire, simply... Align Wire Push Through Secure Clamp Grounding Lugs (No need to ground box itself) Easy to wire... Pre-installed Lugs Make Grounding Connection Old Work Boxes Easy to rework, simply... Trace Box Cut on Lines Insert Wires w w w. c a r l o n . c o m Place Box in Wall Secure Box in Wall 85 86 w w w. c a r l o n . c o m Carlon Flexible Raceway Systems ® ® Plenum-Gard Riser-Gard Hal-Free Riser-Gard General Purpose ® ® w w w. c a r l o n . c o m 87 Plenum-Gard® E151168 FT-6 Rated Plenum-Gard is a UL Listed nonmetallic corrugated flexible conduit for use in Plenum, Riser and General Purpose applications. Plenum-Gard is manufactured from PVDF resin, which is extremely durable and resistant to abrasion and mechanical damage before/after cable installation. Technical Info: Applications: Plenum, Riser, and General Purpose Plenum-Gard is listed to UL 2024 in accordance with the National Electrical Code for Plenum, Riser, General Purpose, and other cabling optical fiber /telecommunication applications as defined in Articles 725, 770, 800 and 820. Important: Installed cables must be plenum rated and the UL Listing must be printed on the product. Abandoned cables MUST be removed (Reference NEC). UL Standard 2024 Maximum Flame Propagation Max. Peak Optical Smoke Density Max. Average Optical Smoke Density Value 5 ft. 0.5 0.15 NEW 1/2" &3 with ta /4" pe • Storage -4°F to 158°F • Handling -4°F to 104°F • No UV protection (not suitable for outdoor use) • Do NOT store outside Standard Stock – Reels Color 3/4" 1" 11/4" 11/2" 2" Part No. Min. Pull Tape Reel Size (F x W) Reel Type Reel Length Wt. (lbs.) Wt. per 100 ft. (lbs.) Orange CE4X1-1000 Empty 36" x 24" W 1000 35 8 Orange CE4X1-1000S Empty 36" x 24" W 1000 35 8 Orange CF4X1C-500 900 lb. 36" x 24" W 500 35 10 Orange CF4X1C-1000 900 lb. 48" x 32" W 1000 90 10 Orange CF4X1C-1500 900 lb. 48" x 32" W 1500 90 10 Orange CF4X1C-5200 900 lb. 66" x 41" W 5200 265 10 Orange CF4X1C-6500 900 lb. 72" x 41" W 6500 302 10 Orange CF4X1C-8000 900 lb. 82" x 41" W 8000 375 10 Orange CG4X1C-500 900 lb. 36" x 24" W 500 35 16 Orange CG4X1C-900 900 lb. 48" x 32" W 900 90 16 Orange CG4X1C-1600 900 lb. 48" x 46" W 1600 105 16 Orange CG4X1C-3200 900 lb. 66" x 41" W 3200 265 16 Orange CG4X1C-6500 900 lb. 96" x 41" W 6500 700 16 Orange CG4X1-900S Empty 48" x 32" W 900 90 16 Orange CH4X1C-350 900 lb. 48" x 32" W 350 90 20 Orange CH4X1C-1200 900 lb. 48" x 46" W 1200 105 20 Orange CH4X1C-4000 900 lb. 82" x 41" W 4000 375 20 Orange CJ4X1C-225 900 lb. 48" x 32" W 225 90 23 Orange CJ4X1C-700 900 lb. 48" x 46" W 700 105 23 Orange CJ4X1C-2000 900 lb. 82" x 41" W 2000 375 23 Orange CJ4X1C-2800 900 lb. 82" x 41" W 2800 375 23 W = Wood 88 w w w. c a r l o n . c o m Plenum-Gard® Features: • For use in Plenum areas per Articles 725, 770, 800 and 820. • Pre-installed pull tape available in sizes 1/2" through 2" • UL Listed raceway meeting UL 2024 • Sizes 1/2" through 2" • Outside Diameters meet IPS Dimensions • Single peak design • Footage sequentially marked Standard Stock – Coils Color 3/4" 1" 11/4" 11/2" 2" Part No. Pull Tape Coil Length (ft.) Wt. per 100 ft. (lbs.) Orange CE4X1-350* Empty 350 8 Orange CF4X1C-100* 900 lb. 100 10 Orange CF4X1C-250* 900 lb. 250 10 Orange CF4X1-250 Empty 250 10 Orange CF4X1-250S* Empty 250 10 Orange CG4X1C-200* 900 lb. 200 16 Orange CH4X1C-150* 900 lb. 150 20 Orange CJ4X1C-100* 900 lb. 100 23 * Overnight Shippable Specifications Size I.D. Min. Ref. Min. O.D. Max. O.D. Min. Bend Radius 1/2" .60 .815 .835 2" 3/4" .74 1.025 1.045 2" 1" 1.00 1.292 1.312 3" 1/4" 1.35 1.630 1.650 3" 1 1/2" 1.50 1.868 1.888 4" 2" 2.00 2.329 2.349 4" 1 Custom Orders Position 1 Product Position 2 Size C = Plenum-Gard D = 1/2" E = 3/4" F = 1" G = 11/4" H = 1 1/2" J = 2" How to Build a Part Number Position 3 Position 4 Position 5 Position 6 Configuration Wall Color Pull Line 4 = Corrugated • Custom Orders are not returnable • Custom lengths are available in minimum order quantities of 1000 ft. • Custom color runs are available in minimum order quantities of 10,000 ft. X = Standard 1 = Orange 2 = Black 3 = Gray 4 = White 5 = Blue 7 = Yellow 8 = Red C = 900 lb. Tape Position 7 Length Example -1000 = Feet -1000S = 1000 Feet Split Options: • Color: Black, Blue, Gray, Red, White and Yellow • Two, three, or four way parallel • Split Duct • Custom print line w w w. c a r l o n . c o m 89 Riser-Gard® E151168 FT-4 Rated Riser-Gard is a nonmetallic flexible raceway for use in Riser and General Purpose applications. Riser-Gard is UL Listed and is available with tape pre-installed. Riser-Gard is listed to UL 2024 Standard for Riser Applications or optical fiber/communications raceways. Riser-Gard is listed to UL 2024 in accordance with the National Electrical Code per Articles 725, 770, 800 and 820 for Riser, General Purpose, and other cabling optical fiber/telecommunication applications. Riser-Gard is suitable for use in vertical runs in a shaft or between floors, as well as areas other than the plenum. Important: Installed cables must be of suitable rating for the application. Technical Info: Applications: Riser and General Purpose UL Listed to 2024 Maximum Flame Propagation Maximum Air Temperature at 12 ft. Test Method UL 2024 UL 2024 Maximum Value 6.0 ft. 372°F • Storage -4°F to 158°F • Handling -4°F to 104°F • No UV protection (not suitable for outdoor use) • Do NOT store outside Standard Stock – Reels 3/4" 1" 11/4" 11/2" 2" Reel Size (F x W) Reel Type Reel Length Reel Wt. (lbs.) Product Wt. per 100 ft. (lbs.) Color Part No. Pull Tape Orange DE4X1-1000 Empty 36" x 24" W 1000 35 9 Orange DF4X1C-500R 900 lb. 42" x 24" W 500 50 14 Orange DF4X1C-1000 900 lb. 48" x 32" W 1000 90 14 Orange DF4X1C-1500 900 lb. 48" x 32" W 1500 90 14 Orange DF4X1C-2700 900 lb. 48" x 46" W 2700 105 14 Orange DF4X1C-5200 900 lb. 66" x 41" W 5200 265 14 Orange DF4X1C-6500 900 lb. 72" x 41" W 6500 302 14 Orange DF4X1C-7000 900 lb. 72" x 45" S 7000 148 14 Orange DF4X1C-9400 900 lb. 84" x 45" S 9400 199 14 Orange DG4X1C-900 900 lb. 48" x 32" W 900 90 17 Orange DG4X1C-500R 900 lb. 42" x 24" W 500 50 17 Orange DG4X1C-1500 900 lb. 48" x 46" W 1500 105 17 Orange DG4X1C-1600 900 lb. 48" x 46" W 1600 105 17 Orange DG4X1C-3200 900 lb. 66" x 41" W 3200 265 17 Orange DG4X1C-4500 900 lb. 72" x 45" S 4500 148 17 Orange DG4X1C-5600 900 lb. 84" x 46" W 5600 600 17 Orange DG4X1C-6500 900 lb. 96" x 45" S 6500 220 17 Orange DH4X1C-1200 900 lb. 48" x 46" W 1200 105 22 Orange DH4X1C-4000 900 lb. 82" x 45" S 4000 193 22 Orange DH4X1C-4500 900 lb. 84" x 45" S 4500 199 22 Orange DJ4X1C-700 900 lb. 48" x 46" W 700 105 26 Orange DJ4X1C-2000 900 lb. 82" x 41" W 2000 375 26 Orange DJ4X1C-2800 900 lb. 84" x 45" S 2800 199 26 W = Wood, S = Steel 90 w w w. c a r l o n . c o m Riser-Gard® Features: • For use in Riser and General Purpose areas per Articles 725, 770, 800 and 820 of the NEC. • Riser-Gard is also suitable for direct burial. Not approved for exposed applications. • UL Listed Raceway meeting UL 2024 • Available in sizes 3/4" through 2" • Pull tape can be factory pre-installed in 1" through 2" NOTE: UL has not evaluated Riser-Gard for this application. • Outside Diameters meet IPS Dimensions • Footage sequentially marked Standard Stock – Coils Part No. Pull Tape Orange DE4X1-350* Empty 350 9 Orange DF4X1C-250* 900 lb. 250 14 Orange DF4X1C-500 900 lb. 500 14 Orange DF4X1-250S* Empty 250 14 Orange DG4X1-200 Empty 200 17 Orange DG4X1C-200* 900 lb. 200 17 Orange DG4X1C-500 900 lb. 500 17 Orange DG4X1-200S* Empty 200 17 Orange DH4X1C-150* 900 lb. 150 22 Orange DJ4X1C-100* 900 lb. 100 26 Color 3/4" 1" 11/4" 11/2" 2" Coil Product Wt. per Length (ft.) 100 ft. (lbs.) * Overnight Shippable Specifications Size I.D. Min. Ref. Min. O.D. Max. O.D. Min. Bend Radius 3/4" .74 1.025 1.075 6" 1" .98 1.290 1.340 6" 1 1/4" 1.31 1.640 1.690 7" 1/2" 1.54 1.880 1.930 8 1/4" 2" 2.00 2.350 2.400 9 1/2" 1 Custom Orders Position 1 Product D = Riser-Gard Position 2 Size E = 3/4" F = 1" G = 11/4" H = 11/2" J = 2" How to Build a Part Number Position 3 Position 4 Position 5 Position 6 Configuration Wall Color Pull Line 4 = Corrugated • Custom Orders are not returnable • Custom lengths are available in minimum order quantities of 1000 ft. • Custom color runs are available in minimum order quantities of 10,000 ft. X = Standard 1 = Orange 2 = Black 3 = Gray 4 = White 5 = Blue 7 = Yellow 8 = Red C = 900 lb. Tape Position 7 Length Example -1000 = Feet -1000S = 1000 Feet Split Options: • Color: Black, Blue, Gray, Red, White and Yellow • Two, three, or four way parallel • Split Duct • Custom print line w w w. c a r l o n . c o m 91 Hal-Free Riser-Gard® E143102 FT-4 Rated Hal-Free Riser-Gard is listed to UL 2024 in accordance with NEC Articles 725, 770, 800 and 820. Hal-Free Riser-Gard is a halogen free nonmetallic flexible raceway for use in riser and general purpose applications. In the event of a fire, this product will not release halogen elements into the air, which makes it ideal for applications in tunnels, laboratories and high-tech environments. Custom lengths and split ducts are available upon request. Hal-Free Riser-Gard is available in white only. Features: • Free from halogen elements • Compliant with NEC Articles 725, 770, 800 and 820 Applications: Riser and General Purpose • Available in sizes 1" through 2" • Available in white only • Sequentially marked footage Technical Info: UL Listed to 2024 Maximum Flame Propagation Maximum Air Temperature Test Method UL 2024 UL 2024 Maximum Value 3'6" 387°F • Storage and Handling -4°F to 150°F • No UV protection (not suitable for outdoor use) • Do NOT store outside Standard Stock – Reels Color Part No. Nom. I.D. Nom. O.D. Pull Tape Reel Size Reel Type Reel Length (feet) Reel Weight (lbs.) Wt. per 100 ft. (lbs.) 1" White HF4X4C-5000 1.049 1.365 900 lb. 72" x 41" W 5000 302 7.3 11/4" White HG4X4C-4000 1.250 1.550 900 lb. 72" x 41" W 4000 302 9.2 11/2" White HH4X4C-2000 1.500 1.850 900 lb. 66" x 41" W 2000 265 12.0 2" White HJ4X4C-2000 2.000 2.425 900 lb. 82" x 41" W 2000 375 20.8 W = Wood Custom Orders Position 1 Product H = Hal-Free Riser-Gard Position 2 Size F = 1" G = 11/4" H = 1 1/2" J = 2" How to Build a Part Number Position 3 Position 4 Position 5 Position 6 Wall Color Pull Line Configuration 4 = Corrugated X = Standard 4 = White • Custom orders not returnable • Custom lengths available in minimum order quantities of 1000 ft. 92 w w w. c a r l o n . c o m C = 900 lb. Tape Position 7 Length Example -1000 = Feet -1000S = 1000 Feet Split General Purpose General Purpose is nonmetallic flexible raceway for use in General Purpose applications only. It is UL Listed and available with tape pre-installed. General Purpose raceway is listed to UL 2024 in accordance with the National Electrical Code per Articles 725, 770, 800 and 820 for General Purpose and other cabling optical fiber/telecommunication applications. Features: • For use in General Purpose areas per Articles 725, 770, 800 and 820 of the NEC. • Available in sizes 3/4" through 2" Technical Info: Applications: General Purpose UL Listed to 2024 Maximum Flame Propagation Maximum Air Temperature at 12 ft. E151168 FT-1 Rated • Pull tape can be factory pre-installed in 1" through 2" • Outside Diameters meet IPS Dimensions • Footage sequentially marked Test Method UL 2024 UL 2024 Maximum Value 6.0 ft. 372°F • Storage -4°F to 158°F • Handling -4°F to 104°F • No UV protection (not suitable for outdoor use) • Do not store outside Standard Stock – Reels 1" 11/4" 11/2" 2" Color Part No. I.D. Min. Ref. Orange BF4X1B-8000 .98 1.29 1.34 1130 lb. 6" 82" x 41" W 8000 375 14 Orange BG4X1B-5600 1.31 1.64 1.69 1130 lb. 7" 72" x 41" W 5600 302 17 Orange BH4X1B-4500 1.54 1.88 1.93 1130 lb. 8 1/4" 82" x 41" W 4500 375 22 Orange BJ4X1B-8000 2.00 2.35 2.40 1130 lb. 91 / 2 " 82" x 41" W 2000 375 26 Min. O.D. Max. O.D. Pull Tape Min. Bend Radius Reel Size (F x W) Reel Type Reel Length Reel Wt. (lbs.) Product Wt. per 100 ft. (lbs.) W = Wood Custom Orders Position 1 Product Position 2 Size B = General Purpose F = 1" G = 11/4" H = 11/2" J = 2" How to Build a Part Number Position 3 Position 4 Position 5 Position 6 Configuration Wall Color Pull Line 4 = Corrugated • Custom Orders are not returnable • Custom lengths are available in minimum order quantities of 1000 ft. • Custom color runs are available in minimum order quantities of 10,000 ft. X = Standard 1 = Orange 2 = Black 3 = Gray 4 = White 5 = Blue 7 = Yellow 8 = Red B = 1130 lb. Tape Position 7 Length Example -1000 = Feet Options: • Color: Black, Blue, Gray, Red, White and Yellow • Two, three, or four way parallel • Split Duct • Custom print line w w w. c a r l o n . c o m 93 Flexible Raceway Accessories Nonmetallic Adapters & Couplings LR31146 • For use with Riser-Gard® and General Purpose Couplings Part. No. Size Color Standard Carton Quantity Standard Carton Weight (lbs.) SCA240E 3/4" Orange 25 .783 SCA240F 1" Orange 20 .972 Threaded Adapters Part. No. Size Color Standard Carton Quantity Standard Carton Weight (lbs.) SCA243E 3/4" Orange 100 2.30 SCA243F 1" Orange 50 2.00 Snap-In Adapters Part. No. Size Color Standard Carton Quantity Standard Carton Weight (lbs.) SCA253E 3/4" Orange 100 2.90 SCA253F 1" Orange 50 2.30 Nonmetallic Adapters & Couplings • For use with Plenum-Gard® Couplings Part. No. Size Color Standard Carton Quantity Standard Carton Weight (lbs.) A340F 1" Orange 50 2.50 Part. No. Size Color Standard Carton Quantity Standard Carton Weight (lbs.) A343F 1" Orange 50 1.55 Part. No. Size Color Standard Carton Quantity Standard Carton Weight (lbs.) A353F 1" Orange 50 3.00 Couplings Couplings 94 w w w. c a r l o n . c o m Flexible Raceway Accessories Nonmetallic Adapters and Couplings • For use with Riser-Gard® and General Purpose E32447 Except where noted by Male Terminal Adapters Standard Couplings All socket fittings should be attached Using Carlon solvent cement. Using Carlon fittings with Carlon nonmetallic conduit insures system integrity. For adapting nonmetallic conduits to boxes, threaded fittings, metallic systems. Male threads on one end, socket end on other. Part No. Std. Ctn. Size Qty. Color A B Typical Socket type for joining nonmetallic conduit. Min. D Max. OD C T Typical L Std. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.) 3/4 125 Gray 1.064 1.046 .800 111/32 3/4 9/16 13/8 3.5 E943F 1 50 Gray 1.330 1.310 1.018 15/8 1 11/16 1 25/32 3 E943G 11/4 50 Gray 1.677 1.655 1.332 21/32 1 3/4 1 15/16 4 E943H 11/2 25 Gray 1.918 1.894 1.566 2 5/32 13/16 3/4 21/16 2.5 E943J 2 50 Gray 2.393 2.369 2.000 2 21/32 13/16 3/4 21/8 7 50 Orange 1.677 1.655 1.332 21/32 1 3/4 1 15/16 4 13/16 3/4 21/16 2.5 13/16 3/4 21/8 7 E943E SCE943G 11/4 SCE943H 11/2 25 Orange 1.918 1.894 1.566 2 5/32 SCE943J 2 50 Orange 2.393 2.369 2.000 2 21/32 Part No. E940E E940F E940G E940H E940J SCE940G SCE940H SCE940J Std. Ctn. Size Qty. 3/4 100 1 50 11/4 30 11/2 25 2 30 11/4 30 11/2 25 2 30 A Color Gray Gray Gray Gray Gray Orange Orange Orange B Typical 1.064 1.046 1.330 1.310 1.677 1.655 1.918 1.894 2.393 2.369 1.677 1.655 1.918 1.894 2.393 2.369 Min. D .840 1.210 1.535 1.755 2.190 1.535 1.755 2.190 Std. C L Ctn. Typical Wt. (lbs.) 3/4 15/8 4.4 15/16 2 3.5 1 21/8 3.5 11/8 23/8 3.9 13/16 21/2 5.25 1 21/8 3.5 11/8 23/8 3.9 13/16 21/2 5.25 Max. OD 15/16 15/8 163/64 2 15/64 2 47/64 163/64 2 15/64 2 47/64 Metallic Adapters and Couplings Universal Aluminum Couplings ® Metallic Terminal Adapter ® ® • For use with Plenum-Gard® • For use with Plenum-Gard , Riser-Gard , Hal-Free Riser-Gard , and General Purpose Self-threading, which draws each end of the conduit into the center of the coupler. Part. No. Size Duct O.D. Range P75 3/4" .91 – 1.08 10 12 P100 1" 1.21 – 1.41 100 25 P125 1 1/4" 1.44 – 1.68 100 28 P150CPLR 1 1/2" 1.80 – 2.02 100 35 P200 50 19 2" 2.31 – 2.48 Std. Std. Ctn. Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.) Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.) Part. No. Size E147E 3/4" 1 .7 E147F 1" 25 1.5 Washers Flat Sealing Washer Where a waterproof termination is required into any enclosure (metallic or nonmetallic), install the neoprene washer over the threads of a terminal adapter before inserting into the enclosure. Use a standard locknut or threaded bushing to secure the assembly. Terminating Connector • For use with Plenum-Gard® and Hal-Free Riser-Gard® Part No. TC100 TC125 TC150 TC200 Size 1" 1 1 /4" 11/2" 2" Nom. O.D. Range .91 – 1.08 1.495 – 1.70 1.80 – 2.00 2.31 – 2.52 Std. Ctn. Qty. 12 12 12 12 Std. Ctn. Wt. 50 52 56 58 w w w. c a r l o n . c o m Size 3/4" Std. Ctn. Qty. 125 Std. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.) .45 E943FW 1" 100 .46 E943GW 11/4" 50 .44 E943HW 11/2" 50 .45 E943JW 2" 25 .42 Part No. E943EW 95 Flexible Raceway Accessories Low Voltage Boxes & Brackets Dual Voltage Box/Bracket* Part No. Size SC200DV Std. Std. Ctn. Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.) Volume 1-Gang 20.5 cu. in. 16 6.4 E42728 *U.S. Patent D463,376 SC200DV Low Voltage Add-On Bracket* Std. Std. Ctn. Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.) Part No. Size SC100SC 1-Gang 24 2.3 E216492 *U.S. Patent D459,312 U.S. Patent 6,710,245 SC100SC Low Voltage Adjustable Brackets* Part No. Size Std. Std. Ctn. Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.) SC100ADJC 1-Gang 24 7.5 SC200ADJC 2-Gang 20 6.9 E216492 *U.S. Patent 5,289,934 SC100ADJC Low Voltage Brackets* Part No. Size SC100A 1-Gang 24 5.3 SC200A 2-Gang 24 7.7 (3/4" Resi-Rings) *U.S. Patent D457,140 D462,664 * D Lamson & Sessions SC100A 96 Std. Std. Ctn. Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.) SC200A w w w. c a r l o n . c o m E216492 Flexible Raceway Accessories NEW Mud Box Assemblies E42728 E42728 Except where noted by Carlon Mud Box Assemblies are available in five unique styles…blank, ceiling ring, one-gang, two-gang and 4 square. All Mud Box Assemblies are manufactured out of polycarbonate material to provide extra strength and durability, are concrete tight, and have twelve integral connectors…two-1", six-3/4", and four-1/2". Using our new ENT Reducers, this product will meet ANY jobsite application. Mud Box Base with Blank Cover Part. No. Size Std. Ctn. Qty. Std. Ctn. Wt. lbs. A863BC Mud Box w/ Blank Cover 24 12.3 Patent Pending Mud Box with Ceiling Ring • Threaded brass inserts for fan (#10-32 screws) and fixture (#8-32 screws) mountings • Listed for fixture support up to 50 lbs. • Listed for ceiling fans up to 35 lbs. Part. No. Size Std. Ctn. Qty. Std. Ctn. Wt. lbs. A863CF Mud Box w/ Ceiling Ring 24 15.5 Mud Box w/ Ceiling Ring & Ground Lug 24 16.1 A863CFG Patent Pending Mud Box with One-Gang Ring Part. No. Size Std. Ctn. Qty. Std. Ctn. Wt. lbs. A863S Mud Box w/ One-Gang Ring 24 16.8 Mud Box w/ One-Gang Ring & Ground Lug 24 16.2 A863SG Patent Pending Mud Box with Two-Gang Ring Part. No. Size Std. Ctn. Qty. Std. Ctn. Wt. lbs. A863D Mud Box w/ Two-Gang Ring 24 15.8 Mud Box w/ Two-Gang Ring & Ground Lug 24 16.6 A863DG Patent Pending Mud Box with 4 Square Ring • 4 Square Ring not for luminaries. Part. No. Size Std. Ctn. Qty. Std. Ctn. Wt. lbs. A863-4SQ Mud Box w/ 4 Inch Square Ring 24 15.2 Patent Pending w w w. c a r l o n . c o m 97 Flexible Raceway Accessories 21/2" & 4" Mud Boxes with Covers • For use with Riser-Gard® and General Purpose E42728 LR31146 Base Rings Listed for use with ceiling fans up to 35 lbs. and for fixture support up to 50 lbs. Standard Carton Quantity Standard Carton Weight (lbs.) Without ground lug 10 2.5 With ground lug 10 2.0 Standard Carton Quantity Standard Carton Weight (lbs.) Part. No. Description A861 CA861G Covers Part. No. Description A862D 2 1/2" Deep (1/2" KO’s) 10 2.5 A862E 2 1/2" 10 2.1 Deep (3/ 4" (1 / 2 " KO’s) A864D 4" Deep KO’s) 10 2.9 A864E 4" Deep (3/4" KO’s) 10 2.9 A864F 4" Deep (1" KO’s) 10 3.0 Quick Connect Outlet and Switch Boxes • For use with Riser-Gard® and General Purpose • Suitable for masonry walls • Meets NEMA OS-2 E42728 Single Gang – 16 cu. in. Part. No. Description A58381D 3 x 21/4 x 3 (1/2" KO’s) A58381E 3x 21/ 4 x 3 (3/4" KO’s) Standard Carton Quantity Standard Carton Weight (lbs.) 25 4.6 25 4.6 Standard Carton Quantity Standard Carton Weight (lbs.) 100 22.6 100 22.6 100 22.6 Standard Carton Quantity Standard Carton Weight (lbs.) Two Gang – 20 cu. in. Part. No. Description A52151D 4 x 4 x 11/2 (1/2" KO’s) A52151E A521DE 4x4x 11 / 2 (3/4" 4x4x 11/ 2 (1/2" KO’s) & 3/4" KO’s) Two Gang – 30.3 cu. in. 98 Part. No. Description A52171D 4 x 4 x 23/8 (1/2" KO’s) 25 7.6 A52171E 4 x 4 x 23/8 (3/4" KO’s) 25 7.6 A5217DE 4 x 4 x 23/8 (1/2" & 3/4" KO’s) 25 7.6 w w w. c a r l o n . c o m Flexible Raceway Accessories ENT Box with Adapters • For use with Riser-Gard® and General Purpose E42728 Except where noted by Two Gang – 24.75 cu. in. ENT Box with Adapters Part. No. Description A5329DE 4 x 4 x 13/4 (1/2" & 3/4" KO’s) Standard Carton Quantity Standard Carton Weight (lbs.) 50 14.8 Standard Carton Quantity Standard Carton Weight (lbs.) 100 2.1 Box Back Wall Support Part. No. Description A540DS For use with 1/2" Knockout ENT Box Extenders • For use with Riser-Gard® and General Purpose E42728 Single Gang Part. No. Rise Cu. in. Standard Carton Quantity Standard Carton Weight (lbs.) A410 1/2" 3.5 100 7.7 A411 5/8" 4.2 50 4.6 A412 3/4" 5.0 50 5.1 A413 1" 6.6 40 5 A414 11/ 4" 8.1 30 4.4 Part. No. Rise Cu. in. Standard Carton Quantity Standard Carton Weight (lbs.) A400 Blank - 100 7.7 A420 1/2" 6.1 75 5.0 A421 5/8" 7.4 50 4.2 A422 3/4" 8.8 50 4.8 Two Gang Round Covers for Octagon Ceiling Boxes • For use with Riser-Gard® and General Purpose E42728 Round Plaster Rings • Suitable for fixture support Part. No. Rise Cu. in. Standard Carton Quantity Standard Carton Weight (lbs.) A471 1/2" 3.2 100 3.3 A472 3/4" 4.0 100 3.7 Round Blank Covers Part. No. Rise Cu. in. Standard Carton Quantity Standard Carton Weight (lbs.) E460R-CAR Blank - 35 2.2 - 100 4.7 A470D Blank with 1/2" KO w w w. c a r l o n . c o m 99 Flexible Raceway Accessories Quick Connect 4" Octagon Ceiling Boxes • For use with Riser-Gard® and General Purpose • Carlon ceiling boxes and round plaster rings are produced from a special high heat resistant engineered plastic material developed specifically for fixture support. • LIsted for fixture support up to 50 lbs. E42728 Except where noted by Ceiling Box – 20.5 cu. in. Standard Carton Quantity Standard Carton Weight (lbs.) 4 - 21/8" Deep (1/2" KO’s) 50 6.4 A615E 4 - 21/8" Deep (3/4" KO’s) 50 6.4 A615DE 4 - 21/8" Deep (1/2" & 3/4" KO’s) 50 6.4 Part. No. Description A615D Ceiling Box with J Mount – 20.5 cu. in. Part. No. Description A615DJ 4 - 21/8" Deep (1/2" KO’s) Standard Carton Quantity Standard Carton Weight (lbs.) 50 18.7 Ceiling Box with L Bracket – 20.5 cu. in. Part. No. Description A615DL 4 - 21/8" Deep (1/2" KO’s) Standard Carton Quantity Standard Carton Weight (lbs.) 50 6.4 Ceiling Box with Adjustable Hanger Bar – 20.5 cu. in. Adjust from 14 1/4" to 231/4" Part. No. Description A615DH 4 - 21/8" Deep (1/2" KO’s) Standard Carton Quantity Standard Carton Weight (lbs.) 25 13.6 PVC Conduit Cutters Small Cutter For fast, smooth field cuts of 1/2" through 1" Riser-Gard® and Plenum-Gard. Part No. CC120B 100 Size 8" Std. Ctn. Qty. 10 Medium Cutter Hand held cutter makes fast square, smooth field cuts on conduit from 1/2" through 11/4". Produces burr-free cut with no shavings. Fits into pocket or pouch. Part No. CC125 Size 9" Std. Ctn. Qty. 12 w w w. c a r l o n . c o m Large Cutter For clean cuts of conduit 1/2" through 2". Part No. CC122 Std. Size Ctn. Qty. 17 1/2" 1 Flexible Raceway Accessories Tape Prelubricated, woven polyester tape made from low friction, high abrasion resistant yarns providing a low coefficient of friction. Tape is printed with sequential footage markings for accurate measurements. Part. No. Size Tensile Strength Reel Lengths TL14505 1/2" 1250 lbs. 5,000 ft. TL14510 1/2" 1250 lbs. 10,000 ft. TL38203 5/8" 1800 lbs. 3,000 ft. TL38265 5/8" 1800 lbs. 6,500 ft. TL38210 5/8" 1800 lbs. 10,000 ft. Other ropes and tapes are available. Consult your sales service location for additional information. Carlon Cement ® (MSDS sheets available at www.carlon.com) *Meets ASTM D2564 Medium Bodied Clear PVC Solvent Cement with dauber* Part No. Size Std. Ctn. Qty. VC9964 1/2 VC9963 Pint 24 VC9962 Quart 12 VC9961P Gallon 6 Pint 10 Recommended installation temperature Lap Shear @ 73˚F Viscosity at 75˚ as manufactured Recommended pipe application and sizes Set-up time (Evaporation Rate) Recommended for all grades and types of Carlon PVC conduit, duct, wireway and fittings, except Flex-Plus® Blue™ ENT (Electrical Nonmetallic Tubing.) Up through 6" diameter. 10˚-30˚F 30˚-50˚F 50˚-70˚F 70˚-90˚F Not recommended 40˚ to 100˚F 5-6 minutes 3-4 minutes 1-2 minutes 2 hrs. 350 psi 500-900 cps 16 hrs. 800 psi 72 hrs. 1,500 psi Recommended for all grades and types of Carlon PVC conduit, duct, wireway and fittings, except FlexPlus® Blue™ ENT (Electrical Nonmetallic Tubing.) Up through 6" diameter. 10˚-30˚F 30˚-50˚F 50˚-70˚F 70˚-90˚F 4-5 minutes 3-4 minutes 1-2 minutes 1/2-11/2 minutes -5˚ to 100˚F 2 hrs. 350 psi 400-700 cps 16 hrs. 800 psi 72 hrs. 1,500 psi Recommended for all grades and types of Carlon PVC conduit, duct, wireway and fittings, except FlexPlus® Blue™ ENT (Electrical Nonmetallic Tubing.) Up through 6" diameter. VOC emission of 490 grams/liter per the Bay and South Coast test method. 10˚-30˚F 30˚-50˚F 50˚-70˚F 70˚-90˚F Not recommended 40˚ to 100˚F 5-6 minutes 3-4 minutes 1-2 minutes 500-900 cps 2 hrs. 350 psi 16 hrs. 800 psi 72 hrs. 1,500 psi All-Weather “Quick-Set” Clear Solvent Cement with dauber* Part No. Size Std. Ctn. Qty. VC9984 1/2 VC9983 Pint 24 VC9982 Quart 12 VC9981P Gallon 6 Pint 10 Low VOC Gray PVC Solvent Cement with dauber* Part No. Size Std. Ctn. Qty. VC9LV4 1/2 VC9LV3 Pint 24 VC9LV2 Quart 12 Pint 10 w w w. c a r l o n . c o m 101 Innerduct Guide Carlon Innerduct Guide ® WHERE IS INNERDUCT INSIDE THE BUILDING OUTSIDE THE BUILDING General Purpose & Riser Plenum • Must be Listed • Plenum cable must be installed • Color: Industry standard=orange • Riser rated cable must be used in riser applications • Color: Industry standard=orange • Pull tape • Riser-Gard ® pre-installed in sizes 1/2" through 2" • Plenum-Gard ® product numbers: 1/2" CD4X1C 3/4" CE4X1C 1" CF4X1C 1 1 /4" CG4X1C 11/2" CH4X1C 2" CJ4X1C Pulled into a Conduit • HDPE True • Must be UL UL Listed BEING USED? product numbers: 3/4" DE4X1C 1" DF4X1C 11/4" DG4X1C 11/4" DH4X1C 2" DJ4X1C sized duct recommended 1.00" ID or 1.25" ID • Corrugated (Riser-Gard and HDPE) duct for newer conduit runs & shorter distance pulls • HDPE Solidwall for older conduit runs & longer distance pulls Plowed or Trenched • HDPE SDR sized duct recommended (11/4" or larger) • HDPE SDR 13 wall thickness for nonrocky soil conditions • HDPE SDR 11 wall thickness for rocky conditions • Riser-Gard approved for direct bury applications but NOT exposed applications NOTE: • Aerial HDPE for exposed applications • General Purpose product numbers: 1" BF4X1B 11/4" BG4X1B 11/4" BH4X1B 2" BJ4X1B Note: Options • Color • Striping • Factory installed pull lines • Segmented or paralleled reels • Pre-lubricated duct • HDPE innerduct will not meet code Specifying and installing UL Listed innerducts with the anticipation of future upgrades provides the building owner with a low cost solution for the removal of abandoned cables. 102 w w w. c a r l o n . c o m Section Carlon StructuredCable Management Systems ® w w w. c a r l o n . c o m 103 Structured Cable Management Systems 5. 1. 3. 4. 6. 2. 5. 104 Cable management systems that make installation faster and better. w w w. c a r l o n . c o m Structured Cable Management Systems 1. Dual Voltage Box/Bracket Why waste time mounting, then trying to line up separate high voltage and low voltage boxes, and still end up with something not quite right? Our Dual Voltage Box/Bracket lets you do it all in one fast, easy step with perfect alignment every time. Here’s a smart alternative where you would normally use separate high and low voltage boxes. Designed to fit a standard two-gang faceplate, this component combines an electrical box and low voltage bracket into a single unit for fast, easy installation. No alignment tools are required, and easy nail-on mounting provides precise placement and a professional finished appearance. Resi-Rings accept 3/4" Resi-Gard only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SC200DV Low Voltage Add-On Bracket 2. This low voltage bracket provides a low voltage outlet next to a previously installed high voltage outlet. Great for both new construction and rework, it attaches easily to most electrical boxes, and is designed to fit a standard twogang faceplate. Resi-Rings accept 3/4" Resi-Gard only . . . . . . . . . . . . .SC100SC 3. 1. 2. 3. Low Voltage Adjustable Brackets Our Low Voltage Adjustable Brackets are the perfect solution for tile, paneling, or stucco. A bracket allows for quick, easy stud mounting, and a turn of the screw adjusts to any wall thickness. It’s great for retrofit/ installation upgrades. Replace the single-gang bracket with a two-gang bracket, or switch services to a high-voltage Adjust-A-Box™ . . . SC100ADJC (shown) SC200ADJC Low Voltage Brackets 1. 2. 3. Our Low Voltage Adjustable Brackets simplify installation with tile, paneling, or stucco to save you time and effort. Just use the quick-mount bracket to clip it to the stud (1), add a screw for extra support if you want it (2), then use the adjustment screw to accommodate wall thickness (3). Also available in a two-gang version. Our Low Voltage Brackets are openbacked to easily accommodate the bend radiuses required for low voltage cabling and deep devices such as volume controls, while molded-in ports make it easy to connect flexible raceway for future-proofing. Or you can use them to tie off cable to the bracket. They can also be attached to wood or steel studs. 4. Here’s the fast installation choice where only low voltage is required. Designed to fit a standard one- or two-gang faceplate, these low voltage brackets feature an easy nail-on mounting or screw-in bracket, while a hard shell provides increased durability and no racking. SC100A – Accepts 3/4", 1", and 1-1/4" Resi-Gard SC200A (shown) – Accepts 3/4" Resi-Gard only 5. Attaching the Add-On Bracket is a “snap.” You just remove the back of the double-sided tape (1), clip the bracket in place (2), and press on the bracket to secure it against the box (3). Allows for the installation of most decora style yoke plates Resi-Gard® Flexible Raceway And Fittings Available in 5 sizes from 3/4" to 2", with factory installed pull tape in sizes 1" to 2", our Resi-Gard Flexible Raceway provides a main chase from the main distribution panel to a secondary hub in the attic or basement. Ideal for easy access to add cable or service upgrades, or leave empty for future expansion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .See page 100 for part numbers Low Voltage Divider Plate Our complete line of quick-connect couplings, adapters, cable clips, conduit clamps, and solvent cement make for quick, easy professional installation of Resi-Gard Flexible Raceway. What could be easier than converting one of our Carlon SuperBlue boxes for both high and low voltage use? Just slip the divider into place, and you’re ready to go. Great for situations requiring a dual voltage fire-rated box. 6. For applications where a combined high and low voltage closed back box is needed, such as placement in a firerated wall, we offer our Carlon SuperBlue™ two-, three-, and four-gang wiring boxes with a slip-in-place divider to give you the split box you need for the low voltage outlet . . . . . . . . SCDIV w w w. c a r l o n . c o m 105 SCMS – Resi-Gard and Fittings Resi-Gard Flexible Raceway ® Ideal for providing a main chase from the main distribution panel to a secondary hub in the attic or basement, Resi-Gard nonmetallic flexible raceway is available in 3/4" to 2" diameter sizes with factory installed pull tape in sizes 1" to 2". The raceway is hand bendable, lightweight and easily cut to length to reduce scrap. Bright orange color clearly signifies a low voltage installation. Standard Length Reels* Standard Length Coils Size E151168 FT-1 Pull Tape Part No. Coil Length Prod. Wt. (lbs.) Coil Size Pull Tape Part No. Reel Length Prod. Wt. (lbs.) Reel 3/4" Empty* SCE4X1-100 100 11.5 3/4" Empty SCE4X1-1000 1000 115.0 1" 900 lbs. SCF4X1C-100 100 17.9 1" 900 lbs. SCF4X1C-1500 1500 268.5 11/4" 900 lbs. SCG4X1C-100 100 21.5 2" 900 lbs. SCJ4X1C-500 500 133.5 11/2" 900 lbs. SCH4X1C-50 50 11.2 2" 900 lbs. SCJ4X1C-50 50 13.4 * Made to order *If installing own tape, a lubricated polyester is recommended. Resi-Gard Fittings ® A complete line of Carlon one-piece quick connect couplings, threaded adapters, and snap-in terminator adapters are available for quick, easy professional installation of Resi-Gard Flexible Raceway. LR92248 E86720 E32447 Size SCA240E 3/4" SCA240F 1" Std. Std. Ctn. Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.) 25 20 .783 .972 Quick Connect Threaded Adapter Size SCA243E 3/4" 25 SCA243F 1" 20 Std. Std. Ctn. Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.) Part No. Size SCE943G 11/4" 50 3 SCE943H 11/2" 25 2.5 SCE943J 2" 50 6.8 Standard Couplings* Std. Std. Ctn. Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.) Part No. LR31146 Male Terminal Adapter* Quick Connect Coupling Part No. Except where noted by Std. Std. Ctn. Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.) Part No. Size .633 SCE940G 11/4" 30 3.5 .778 SCE940H 11/2" 25 3.9 SCE940J 2" 30 5.2 * Must be cemented to Resi-Gard Flexible Raceway using ONLY Resi-Gard Solvent Cement ® Quick Connect Snap-In Adapter 106 Std. Std. Ctn. Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.) Part No. Size SCA253E 3/4" 25 .783 SCA253F 1" 20 .918 PVC Lock Nut w w w. c a r l o n . c o m Std. Std. Ctn. Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.) Part No. Size LT9LE 3/4" 700 4 LT9LF 1" 600 4 SCMS – Boxes and Brackets Structured Cabling Boxes and Brackets Carlon’s new and innovative family of Structured Cabling Boxes and Brackets for all your installation requirements. Dual Voltage Box/Bracket* Features: • Dual Voltage Capability • Accepts a two-gang face plate. • 3/4” Resi-Rings • Backless Design accommodates large/deep low voltage devices. Part No. SC200DV Size Volume 1-Gang 20.5 cu. in. • Eliminates cutting the backs off Electrical Boxes. • Accommodates bend radius requirements for low voltage cabling. • Provides ample space for installation. Std. Std. Ctn. Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.) 16 6.4 E42728 *U.S. Patent D463,376 SC200DV Low Voltage Add-On Bracket* Features: • Dual Voltage Capability accommodates high and low voltage devices in the same box. • Accepts a two-gang face plate. SC100SC Part No. Size SC100SC 1-Gang • Attaches to virtually any nonmetallic electrical box as long as there’s a side for the tape to stick to. • 3/4" Resi-Rings • Allows for the installation of most decora style yoke plates Std. Std. Ctn. Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.) 24 2.3 E216492 *U.S. Patent D459,312 U.S. Patent 6,710,245 Low Voltage Adjustable Brackets* Features: • Accommodates varying finished wall thicknesses – ideal for wood paneling, tile or stucco walls. • With the turn of a screw, adjust to any wall thickness. • Steel Mounting Bracket provides a secure mount. • Backless Design accommodates large/deep low voltage devices. • Eliminates cutting the backs off Electrical Boxes. Part No. SC100ADJC Size • Accommodates bend radius requirements for low voltage cabling. • Provides ample space for installation. • Removable Bracket and Interchangeable Mounting Bracket – upgrade from a one-gang to a two-gang anytime. Std. Std. Ctn. Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.) SC100ADJC 1-Gang 24 7.5 SC200ADJC 2-Gang 20 6.9 E216492 *U.S. Patent 5,289,934 w w w. c a r l o n . c o m 107 SCMS – Boxes and Brackets Low Voltage Brackets* Features: • Backless Design accommodates large/deep low voltage devices. • Eliminates cutting the backs off Electrical Boxes. • Accommodates bend radius requirements for low voltage cabling. • Provides ample space for installation. • Breakaway Drywall Support Flange provides easy alignment for 1/2" drywall. • Mount Flange for steel stud application • Screw mount option One-Gang Low Voltage Bracket: • Resi-Rings with Concentric Knockouts • Accepts 3/4", 1", and 1-1/4" Resi-Gard. • Horizontal Mounting Bracket SC100A Part No. Size • Bracket can be mounted horizontally on wood or steel studs. • Breakaway Vertical Mounting Flange • Breakaway feature allows the use of the Low Voltage Add-On Bracket. Std. Std. Ctn. Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.) SC100A 1-Gang 24 5.3 SC200A 2-Gang 24 7.7 E216492 (3/4" Resi-Rings) *U.S. Patent D457,140 D462,664 * D Lamson & Sessions SC200A U.S. Patent No. 6,812,405 Old Work Brackets Features: • Rectangular Flange for faster/easier installation. • Chamfered Corners – Prevents Racking. • Shallow Bracket – Less material, easier to work with. • Marking hole for wall opening. Size SC100RR 1-Gang 12 1.4 SC200RR 2-Gang 6 .9 (4" sq. 1/2" Raised Cover) SCDIV Std. Std. Ctn. Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.) 50 2.2 SuperBlue™ boxes For use with Carlon only (Refer to pages 79-81) ® 108 E216492 Mud Ring Part No. SCDIV Std. Std. Ctn. Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.) Part No. Low Voltage Divider Plate • Thinner Flange for less protrusion on the wall. • SINGLE GANG ONLY – Clamps stop at center point to prevent the bracket from twisting or bending out of the wall. w w w. c a r l o n . c o m Part No. Size SCA410 1-Gang Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.) 20 1.54 SCMS – Accessories Cable Clips Carlon’s cable clips with pre-installed nails provide fast and easy installation for either a single cable, 2-3 cables, or 1 bundled cable. Size Standard Bag Quantity Part No. Std. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.) Std. Ctn. Qty. 1/4" SC14CC 1 ea. (Equals one bag of 100 Clips 2.23 10 Bags of 100 1/2" SC12CC one bag 1 ea. (Equals of 25 Clips 2.31 10 Bags of 25 SC34CC one bag ea. (Equals of 10 Clips 2.96 20 Bags of 10 3/4" 1 Conduit Clamps Part No. 3/4" SCE977EC 1 ea. 1" SCE977FC 1 ea. 11/4" SCE977GC 1 ea. 11/2" SCE977HC 1 ea. 2" SCE977JC 1 ea. SC12CC SC14CC Carlon’s orange conduit clamps are designed to secure Resi-Gard raceway or bundled cable. Standard Bag Quantity Size SC34CC (Equals one bag of 5 Clamps (Equals one bag of 5 Clamps (Equals one bag of 5 Clamps (Equals one bag of 5 Clamps (Equals one bag of 5 Clamps Std. Ctn. Qty. Std. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.) 20 Bags of 5 1.5 12 Bags of 5 1.3 8 Bags of 5 1.1 6 Bags of 5 1.0 6 Bags of 5 1.5 NOTE: Each clamp requires 2 screws, 2 nuts, and/or 2 bolts Resi-Gard Solvent Cement ® Resi-Gard Solvent Cement is ideal for easy, tight installation of all Resi-Gard flexible nonmetallic raceway and fittings and accessories. Available in pint sizes with convenient brush top applicator. Part No. Std. Ctn. Qty. Std. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.) VC9963SC 24 28.6 Resi-Gard Cutters ® Carlon’s Kwikcut Cutter is ideal for fast, smooth field cuts for up to 1" diameter Resi-Gard nonmetallic flexible raceway. Carlon’s Large PVC Cutter is ideal for cuts up to 2" diameter nonmetallic rigid and flexible raceway. Small Cutter Large Cutter For fast, smooth field cuts of 1/2" through 1" innerduct. For clean cuts of conduit 1/2" through 2". Part No. Size Std. Ctn. Qty. Part No. Size Std. Ctn. Qty. CC120B 8" 10 CC122 171/2" 1 w w w. c a r l o n . c o m 109 SCMS – Adjustable Floor Brackets Low Voltage Adjustable Floor Bracket w/ Cover The Carlon Low Voltage Adjustable Floor Bracket is specifically designed for the low voltage, structured cabling market…the floor bracket is industry standard orange to identify low voltage applications, the open design provides the space needed for low voltage bend radius requirements, and the Leviton QuickPort® Quad 106® Insert provides up to four low voltage outlet ports. The Carlon Low Voltage Adjustable Floor Bracket is ideal for any residential or commercial low voltage application. The floor bracket also features a patented screw design allowing it to be adjusted to most finished floor heights by simply turning the screw clockwise or counterclockwise and adjusting flush to the floor. The floor bracket kit comes complete with a nonmetallic (white or ivory) or brass cover, a Leviton QuickPort Quad 106 Insert, new work and old work metal mounting brackets, and mounting screws. Carlon Structured Cable Management Systems…Your Total Systems Solution! Features: • White, Ivory, or Brass Cover • Orange – Identifies Low Voltage Installations • Open Design Floor Bracket – Accommodates Low Voltage Bend Radius Requirements • Patented Adjustable Screw – Bracket Adjusts to Most Finished Floor Depths • Leviton QuickPort Quad 106 Insert – Install up to 4 Low Voltage Inserts • Two-Door Design • C-UL-US Listed Installation: Screw in to adjust to height of flooring or carpet. Install clip over subfloor. Beautiful flush fit every time! Specifications: 110 Part No. Cover Std. Ctn. Qty. Std. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.) SC100FBWC Nonmetallic – White 8 5.62 SC100FBVC Nonmetallic – Ivory 8 5.62 SC100FBBC Brass 8 13.78 w w w. c a r l o n . c o m Carlon Nonmetallic Enclosures ® ® Circuit Safe NEMA Circuit Safe JIC Himeline HE Himeline HS Himeline HP Himeline HLA/HLS Himeline HLP Slack and Splice Enclosures ® ® ® ® ® ® w w w. c a r l o n . c o m 111 Circuit Safe® NEMA Enclosures Circuit Safe NEMA Enclosures LR96563 E110981 Features • Captive stainless steel cover screws. • Brass inserts for cover, mounting flanges and panel mounting screws. • Back panel provisions accept standard size panels. • Dove tailed corners for mounting panels or swing out panels at any depth. (Use optional adjustable back panel kit or swing out panel kit.) • Oil resistant continuous gasket. • Removable nonmetallic mounting rails included with factory assembled units. • Tapered edge keeps liquids away from door opening. • Ultraviolet stabilized for outdoor use. • Optional steel or PVC back panels available. Applications Manufactured from polycarbonate material (bodies and covers), Carlon® NEMA enclosures deliver high temperature stability (-30° F to 230° F ), exceptional corrosion resistance, and greater performance than traditional steel and stainless steel enclosures. Less than half the weight of metal enclosures, they‘re also easier to machine without fear of fracture and easier to install, while offering both a lower installed cost and longer service life. In addition, these attractive enclosures offer molded-in features not found in metal enclosures along with no rough edges, sharp corners, or burrs. Rated for use in all NEMA Type 1, 2, 3, 3S, 3X, 3SX, 4, 4X, 12, and 13 environments, Carlon NEMA enclosures meet or exceed both UL and CSA requirements. They are available in 10 different styles and 11 sizes from 6 x 4 x 4 to 16 x 14 x 6 with screw or hinged design, clear or opaque covers, and quick-release latches. 112 • Junction boxes • Terminal block enclosures • Motor control housings • Instrument cases • Electronic equipment cases • Splice and pull boxes • Pushbutton housings Standards • Meets NEMA Type 1, 2, 3, 3S, 3X, 3SX, 4, 4X, 12, 13 • Per UL 50, enclosures for electrical equipment. • CSA certified as indicated. w w w. c a r l o n . c o m Circuit Safe® NEMA Enclosures NEMA Enclosure Styles Circuit Safe® NEMA enclosures are available in three different cover options and a wide range of sizes. From our screw cover style enclosures to our hidden hinge cover style enclosures to our external hinge cover style enclosures, Carlon has a Circuit Safe NEMA enclosure to meet your application-specific need. Screw Cover Styles • Screw Cover • External Hinge • Hidden Hinge Cover Color Options • Opaque • Clear Material • Polycarbonate (Bases and Lids) External Hinge Cover Hidden Hinge Cover w w w. c a r l o n . c o m 113 Circuit Safe® NEMA Enclosures Screw-On Cover LR96563 Meets NEMA 1, 2, 3, 3S, 3X, 3SX, 4, 4X, 12 E110981 Factory Assembled Size Opaque Cover Clear Cover Opaque Cover Assembly* Clear Cover Assembly* Back Panels** Steel/PVC Std. Ctn. Qty. Std. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.) Opaque/Clear 6x4x4 NS644 NV644 JP64 / JP64P 1 Opa 1.8 / Clr 1.9 6x6x4 NS664 NV664 JP66 / JP66P 1 Opa 2.4 / Clr 2.4 8x6x4 NS864 NV864 JP86 / JP86P 1 Opa 2.9 / Clr 2.8 8x8x4 NS884 NV884 JP88 / JP88P 1 Opa 3.2 / Clr 3.3 10 x 8 x 4 NS1084 NV1084 JP108 / JP108P 1 Opa 4.0 / Clr 3.9 10 x 8 x 6 NS1086 NV1086 JP108 / JP108P 1 Opa 4.6 / Clr 4.5 10 x 10 x 6 NS10106 NV10106 JP1010 / JP1010P 1 Opa 5.3 / Clr 4.9 12 x 10 x 6 NS12106 NV12106 JP1210 / JP1210P 1 Opa 6.1 / Clr 5.2 12 x 12 x 6 NS12126 NV12126 JP1212 / JP1212P 1 Opa 6.8 / Clr 6.1 14 x 12 x 6 NS14126 NV14126 JP1412 / JP1412P 1 Opa 7.4 / Clr 7.0 16 x 14 x 6 NS16146 NV16146 JP1614 / JP1614P 1 Opa 9.2 / Clr 8.1 * Kitted Enclosures include body, lid and mounting rail kit. ** Order back panels separately. Individual Components Enclosure Size Enclosure Base* Std. Std. Ctn. Part Ctn. Wt. Nos. Qty. (lbs.) Enclosure Lids Opaque Lids Clear Lids Back Panels** Std. Ctn . Qty. Steel /PVC Part Nos. Std. Ctn Qty. 6x4x4 NP644B 18 21 NS64L NV64L 16 Opa 6.4 / Clr 5.7 JP64 / JP64P 1 6x6x4 NP664B 12 17 NS66L NV66L 12 Opa 6.2 / Clr 5.7 JP66 / JP66P 1 8x6x4 NP864B 12 18 NS86L NV86L 9 Opa 6 / Clr 4.4 JP86 / JP86P 1 8x8x4 NP884B 14 28 NS88L NV88L 18 Opa 14 / Clr 11.2 JP88 / JP88P 1 10 x 8 x 4 NP1084B 12 26 NS108L NV108L 12 Opa 13 / Clr 11 JP108 / JP108P 1 10 x 8 x 6 NP1086B 8 23 NS108L NV108L 12 Opa 13 / Clr 11 JP108 / JP108P 1 10 x 10 x 6 NP1010B 6 20 NS1010L NV1010L 11 Opa 14 / Clr 12 JP1010 / JP1010P 1 12 x 10 x 6 NP1210B 6 23 NS1210L NV1210L 12 Opa 15 / Clr 15 JP1210 / JP1210P 1 12 x 12 x 6 NP1212B 5 22 NS1212L NV1212L 10 Opa 15 / Clr 14 JP1212 / JP1212P 1 14 x 12 x 6 NP1412B 5 24 NS1412L NV1412L 5 Opa 9 / Clr 9 JP1412 / JP1412P 1 16 x 14 x 6 NP1614B 4 31 NS1614L NV1614L 5 Opa 11 / Clr 11 JP1614 / JP1614P 1 * Mounting rails are not included. See “Mounting Rails” listed in the Enclosure Accessories section. ** Order back panels separately. 114 Std. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.) w w w. c a r l o n . c o m Circuit Safe® NEMA Enclosures Screw-On Cover Specifications Enclosure With Clear Lid Opaque Lid Part Nos.* Part Nos.* A B Enclosure Size C D E F Enclosure Mounting Hole Spacing G H Panel Mounting Hole Spacing I J Back Panel Size K L Back Panel** Part Nos. Steel PVC NV644 NS644 6.40 4.40 4.49 3.98 5.13 7.69 6.75 2.00 4.25 2.25 4.88 2.88 JP64 JP64P NV664 NS664 6.40 6.40 4.49 3.98 5.13 7.69 6.75 4.00 4.25 4.25 4.88 4.88 JP66 JP66P NV864 NS864 8.40 6.40 4.49 3.98 5.13 9.69 8.75 4.00 6.25 4.25 6.75 4.88 JP86 JP86P NV884 NS884 8.40 8.40 4.49 3.98 5.13 9.69 8.75 6.00 6.25 6.25 6.75 6.88 JP88 JP88P NV1084 NS1084 10.40 8.40 4.49 3.98 5.13 11.69 10.75 6.00 8.25 6.25 8.75 6.88 JP108 JP108P NV1086 NS1086 10.40 8.40 6.49 5.98 7.13 11.69 10.75 6.00 8.25 6.25 8.75 6.88 JP108 JP108P NV10106 NS10106 10.40 10.40 6.49 5.98 7.13 11.69 10.75 8.00 8.25 8.25 8.75 8.88 JP1010 JP1010P NV12106 NS12106 12.40 10.40 6.49 5.98 7.13 13.69 12.75 8.00 10.25 8.25 10.75 8.88 JP1210 JP1210P NV12126 NS12126 12.40 12.40 6.49 5.98 7.13 13.69 12.75 10.00 10.25 10.25 10.75 10.88 JP1212 JP1212P NV14126 NS14126 14.40 12.40 6.49 5.98 7.13 15.69 14.75 10.00 12.25 10.25 12.75 10.88 JP1412 JP1412P NV16146 NS16146 16.40 14.40 6.49 5.98 7.13 17.69 16.75 12.00 14.25 12.25 14.75 12.88 JP1614 JP1612P * Packaged-To-Order Enclosures include body, lid and mounting rail kit. ** Order back panels separately. (10/32 – 3/8 Back Panel screws not supplied.) Mounting Rail Mounting Rail .44 w w w. c a r l o n . c o m Back Panel (order separately) .19 115 Circuit Safe® NEMA Enclosures Hidden Hinge Cover LR96563 Meets NEMA 1, 2, 3, 3S, 3X, 3SX, 4, 4X, 12 E110981 Factory Assembled Opaque Cover Clear Cover Size Opaque Cover Assembly* Clear Cover Assembly* Back Panels** Steel/PVC Std. Ctn. Qty. Std. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.) Opaque/Clear 6 x 4 x 5 (y) NH644 NI644 JP64 / JP64P 1 Opa 2.2 / Clr 2.8 6x6x5 NH664 NI664 JP66 / JP66P 1 Opa 2.7 / Clr 3.2 8x6x5 NH864 NI864 JP86 / JP86P 1 Opa 3.3 / Clr 3.8 8x8x5 NH884 NI884 JP88 / JP88P 1 Opa 3.8 / Clr 3.8 10 x 8 x 5 NH1084 NI1084 JP108 / JP108P 1 Opa 4.0 / Clr 4.5 10 x 8 x 7 NH1086 NI1086 JP108 / JP108P 1 Opa 5.2 / Clr 5.1 10 x 10 x 7 NH10106 NI10106 JP1010 / JP1010P 1 Opa 5.7 / Clr 5.8 12 x 10 x 7 NH12106 NI12106 JP1210 / JP1210P 1 Opa 6.9 / Clr 6.1 12 x 12 x 7 NH12126 NI12126 JP1212 / JP1212P 1 Opa 7.7 / Clr 7.2 14 x 12 x 7 NH14126 NI14126 JP1412 / JP1412P 1 Opa 8.3 / Clr 7.9 16 x 14 x 7 NH16146 NI16146 JP1614 / JP1614P 1 Opa 10.1 / Clr 9.6 * Packaged-To-Order Enclosures (except NI1084) include body, lid and mounting rail kit. ** Order back panels separately. (y) 6 x 4 x 5 size not available with quick-release latches. Individual Components Enclosure Size Enclosure Base* Enclosure Lids Std. Std. Ctn. Opaque Clear Std. Part Ctn. Wt. Lids Lids Ctn . Nos. Qty. (lbs.) Part Nos. Part Nos. Qty. Std. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.) Back Panels** Std. Steel /PVC Ctn Part Nos. Qty. 6 x 4 x 5(y) NP644B 18 21 NH64L NI64L 16 Opa 6.8 / Clr 6.3 NH64C 16 6 JP64 / JP64P 1 6x6x5 NP664B 12 17 NH66L NI66L 12 Opa 6.8 / Clr 6.3 NH66C 12 5 JP66 / JP66P 1 8x6x5 NP864B 12 18 NH86L NI86L 9 Opa 6.3 / Clr 5.7 NH86C 9 4 JP86 / JP86P 1 8x8x5 NP884B 14 28 NH88L NI88L 18 Opa 16 / Clr 15 NH88C 9 3.6 JP88 / JP88P 1 10 x 8 x 5 NP1084B 12 26 NH108L NI108L 12 Opa 13 / Clr 12 NH108C 12 7.8 JP108 / JP108P 1 10 x 8 x 7 NP1086B 8 23 NH108L NI108L 12 Opa 13 / Clr 12 NH108C 12 7.8 JP108 / JP108P 1 10 x 10 x 7 NP1010B 6 20 NH1010L NI1010L 11 Opa 14 / Clr 13 NH1010C 11 7.5 JP1010 / JP1010P 1 12 x 10 x 7(z) NP1210B 6 23 NH1210L NI1210L 12 Opa 17 / Clr 6 NH1210C 12 8 JP1210 / JP1210P 1 12 x 12 x 7(z) NP1212B 5 22 NH1212L NI1212L 10 Opa 17 / Clr 16 NH1212C 12 7.7 JP1212 / JP1212P 1 14 x 12 x 7(z) NP1412B 5 24 NH1412L NI1412L 5 Opa 10 / Clr 10 NH1412C 5 4.7 JP1412 / JP1412P 1 16 x 14 x 7(z) NP1614B 4 31 NH1614L NI1614L 5 Opa 13 / Clr 12 NH1614C 5 5.6 JP1614 / JP1614P 1 * Mounting rails are not included. See “Mounting Rails” listed in the Enclosure Accessories section. ** Order back panels separately. (y) 6 x 4 x 5 enclosures are not available with quick-release latches. (z) Sizes 12 x 10 and larger require two (2) latches per enclosure. 116 Collars Std. Std. Ctn. Part Ctn. Wt. Nos. Qty. (lbs.) w w w. c a r l o n . c o m Circuit Safe® NEMA Enclosures Hidden Hinge Cover Specifications Enclosure With Opaque Lid Clear Lid Part Nos.* Part Nos.* A B Enclosure Size C D E F Enclosure Mounting Hole Spacing G H Panel Mounting Hole Spacing I J Back Panel Size K L Back Panel** Part Nos. Steel PVC NH644 NI644 6.40 4.40 5.30 4.79 5.94 7.69 6.75 2.00 4.25 2.25 4.88 2.88 JP64 JP64P NH664 NI664 6.40 6.40 5.30 4.79 5.94 7.69 6.75 4.00 4.25 4.25 4.88 4.88 JP66 JP66P NH864 NI864 8.40 6.40 5.30 4.79 5.94 9.69 8.75 4.00 6.25 4.25 6.75 4.88 JP86 JP86P NH884 NI884 8.40 8.40 5.30 4.79 5.94 9.69 8.75 6.00 6.25 6.25 6.75 6.88 JP88 JP88P NH1084 NI1084 10.40 8.40 5.30 4.79 5.94 11.69 10.75 6.00 8.25 6.25 8.75 6.88 JP108 JP108P NH1086 NI1086 10.40 8.40 7.30 6.79 7.94 11.69 10.75 6.00 8.25 6.25 8.75 6.88 JP108 JP108P NH10106 NI10106 10.40 10.40 7.30 6.79 7.94 11.59 10.75 8.00 8.25 8.25 8.75 8.88 JP1010 JP1010P NH12106 NI12106 12.40 10.40 7.30 6.79 7.94 13.69 12.75 8.00 10.25 8.25 10.75 8.88 JP1210 JP1210P NH12126 NI12126 12.40 12.40 7.30 6.79 7.94 13.69 12.75 10.00 10.25 10.25 10.75 10.88 JP1212 JP1212P NH14126 NI14126 14.40 12.40 7.30 6.79 7.94 15.69 14.75 10.00 12.25 10.25 12.75 10.88 JP1412 JP1412P NH16146 NI16146 16.40 14.40 7.30 6.79 7.94 17.69 16.75 12.00 14.25 12.25 14.75 12.88 JP1614 JP1612P * Packaged-To-Order Enclosures (except NI1084) include body, lid and mounting rail kit. ** Order back panels separately. (10/32 – 3/8 Back Panel screws not supplied.) Mounting Rail A Mounting Rail .44 w w w. c a r l o n . c o m Back Panel (order separately) .19 117 Circuit Safe® NEMA Enclosures External Hinge Cover LR96563 Meets NEMA 1, 2, 3, 3S, 3X, 3SX, 4, 4X, 12 E110981 Factory Assembled Size Opaque Cover Clear Cover Opaque Cover Assembly* Clear Cover Assembly* Back Panels** Steel/PVC Std. Ctn. Qty. Std. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.) Opaque/Clear 6 x 4 x 4 (y) NJ644 NC644 JP64 / JP64P 1 Opa 1.9 / Clr 2 6x6x4 NJ664 NC664 JP66 / JP66P 1 Opa 2.4 / Clr 2.4 8x6x4 NJ864 NC864 JP86 / JP86P 1 Opa 2.9 / Clr 2.9 8x8x4 NJ884 NC884 JP88 / JP88P 1 Opa 3.3 / Clr 3.3 10 x 8 x 4 NJ1084 NC1084 JP108 / JP108P 1 Opa 4 / Clr 4 10 x 8 x 6 NJ1086 NC1086 JP108 / JP108P 1 Opa 4.6 / Clr 4.7 10 x 10 x 6 NJ10106 NC10106 JP1010 / JP1010P 1 Opa 5.6 / Clr 5.3 12 x 10 x 6 NJ12106 NC12106 JP1210 / JP1210P 1 Opa 6.3 / Clr 5.8 12 x 12 x 6 NJ12126 NC12126 JP1212 / JP1212P 1 Opa 6.9 / Clr 6.6 14 x 12 x 6 NJ14126 NC14126 JP1412 / JP1412P 1 Opa 7.7 / Clr 7 16 x 14 x 6 NJ16146 NC16146 JP1614 / JP1614P 1 Opa 8.2 / Clr 8 * Packaged-To-Order Enclosures include body, lid and mounting rail kit. ** Order back panels separately. (y) Quick-release latch not available in 6 x 4 x 4 size. Individual Components Enclosure Size Enclosure Base* Std. Std. Ctn. Part Ctn. Wt. Nos. Qty. (lbs.) Enclosure Lids Opaque Lids Clear Lids Back Panels** Std. Ctn . Qty. Std. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.) Std. Ctn Qty. 6 x 4 x 4 (y) NL644B 18 29 NJ64L NC64L 16 Opa 6.4 / Clr 4.2 JP64 / JP64P 1 6x6x4 NL664B 12 18 NJ66L NC66L 12 Opa 5.0 / Clr 5.9 JP66 / JP66P 1 8x6x4 NL864B 8 14 NJ86L NC86L 9 Opa 6 / Clr 5.3 JP86 / JP86P 1 8x8x4 NL884B 14 28 NJ88L NC88L 18 Opa 15 / Clr 13.5 JP88 / JP88P 1 10 x 8 x 4 NL1084B 12 32 NJ108L NC108L 12 Opa 13 / Clr 11.7 JP108 / JP108P 1 10 x 8 x 6 NL1086B 8 15 NJ108L NC108L 12 Opa 13 / Clr 11.7 JP108 / JP108P 1 10 x 10 x 6 NL1010B 6 20 NJ1010L NC1010L 11 Opa 14 / Clr 13 JP1010 / JP1010P 1 12 x 10 x 6(z) NL1210B 6 24 NJ1210L NC1210L 12 Opa 14 / Clr 15 JP1210 / JP1210P 1 12 x 12 x 6(y) NL1212B 5 21.8 NJ1212L NC1212L 10 Opa 16 / Clr 14 JP1212 / JP1212P 1 14 x 12 x 6(y) NL1412B 4 19 NJ1412L NC1412L 5 Opa 10 / Clr 9 JP1412 / JP1412P 1 16 x 12 x 6(y) NL1614B 4 31 NJ1614L NC1614L 5 Opa 13.5 / Clr 12 JP1614 / JP1614P 1 * Mounting rails are not included. See “Mounting Rails” listed in the Enclosure Accessories section. ** Order back panels separately. (z) Sizes 12 x 10 and larger require two (2) latches per enclosure. (y) Quick-release latch not available in 6 x 4 x 4 size. 118 Steel /PVC Part Nos. w w w. c a r l o n . c o m Circuit Safe® NEMA Enclosures External Hinge Cover Specifications Enclosure With Clear Lid Opaque Lid Part Nos.* Part Nos.* A B Enclosure Size C D E F Enclosure Mounting Hole Spacing G H Panel Mounting Hole Spacing I J Back Panel Size K L Back Panel** Part Nos. Steel PVC NC644 NJ644 6.40 4.40 4.49 3.98 5.13 7.69 6.75 2.00 4.25 2.25 4.88 2.88 JP64 JP64P NC664 NJ664 6.40 6.40 4.49 3.98 5.13 7.69 6.75 4.00 4.25 4.25 4.88 4.88 JP66 JP66P NC864 NJ864 8.40 6.40 4.49 3.98 5.13 9.69 8.75 4.00 6.25 4.25 6.75 4.88 JP86 JP86P NC884 NJ884 8.40 8.40 4.49 3.98 5.13 9.69 8.75 6.00 6.25 6.25 6.75 6.88 JP88 JP88P NC1084 NJ1084 10.40 8.40 4.49 3.98 5.13 11.69 10.75 6.00 8.25 6.25 8.75 6.88 JP108 JP108P NC1086 NJ1086 10.40 8.40 6.49 5.98 7.13 11.69 10.75 6.00 8.25 6.25 8.75 6.88 JP108 JP108P NC10106 NJ10106 10.40 10.40 6.49 5.98 7.13 11.69 10.75 8.00 8.25 8.25 8.75 8.88 JP1010 JP1010P NC12106 NJ12106 12.40 10.40 6.49 5.98 7.13 13.69 12.75 8.00 10.25 8.25 10.75 8.88 JP1210 JP1210P NC12126 NJ12126 12.40 12.40 6.49 5.98 7.13 13.69 12.75 10.00 10.25 10.25 10.75 10.88 JP1212 JP1212P NC14126 NJ14126 14.40 12.40 6.49 5.98 7.13 15.69 14.75 10.00 12.25 10.25 12.75 10.88 JP1412 JP1412P NC16146 NJ16146 16.40 14.40 6.49 5.98 7.13 17.69 16.75 12.00 14.25 12.25 14.75 12.88 JP1614 JP1614P * Packaged-To-Order Enclosures; include body, lid and mounting rail kit. ** Order back panels separately. (10/32 – 3/8 Back Panel screws not supplied.) Mounting Rail .88 Mounting Rail .44 w w w. c a r l o n . c o m Back Panel (order separately) .19 119 Section Quick Reference Screw-On Cover Style Complete Enclosures Individual Components (no Panel or Latches) Opaque Lid Clear Lid NS644 NV644 NS664 NV664 NS864 NV864 NS884 NV884 NS1084 NV1084 NS1086 NV1086 NS10106 NV10106 NS12106 NV12106 NS12126 NV12126 NS14126 NV14126 NS16146 NV16146 Body NP644B NP644B NP664B NP664B NP864B NP864B NP884B NP884B NP1084B NP1084B NP1086B NP1086B NP1010B NP1010B NP1210B NP1210B NP1212B NP1212B NP1412B NP1412B NP1614B NP1614B Lid NS64L NV64L NS66L NV66L NS86L NV86L NS88L NV88L NS108L NV108L NS108L NV108L NS1010L NV1010L NS1210L NV1210L NS1212L NV1212L NS1412L NV1412L NS1614L NV1614L Collar Mtg. Rails N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A NMK4V NMK4V NMK6V NMK6V NMK6V NMK6V NMK8V NMK8V NMK8V NMK8V NMK8V NMK8V NMK10V NMK10V NMK10V NMK10V NMK12V NMK12V NMK12V NMK12V NMK14V NMK14V Back Panels Steel PVC JP64 JP64 JP66 JP66 JP86 JP86 JP88 JP88 JP108 JP108 JP108 JP108 JP1010 JP1010 JP1210 JP1210 JP1212 JP1212 JP1412 JP1412 JP1614 JP1614 JP64P JP64P JP66P JP66P JP86P JP86P JP88P JP88P JP108P JP108P JP108P JP108P JP1010P JP1010P JP1210P JP1210P JP1212P JP1212P JP1412P JP1412P JP1614P JP1614P Latches (Qty. needed) Steel PVC N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A External Hinge Cover Style Complete Enclosures Individual Components (no Panel or Latches) Opaque Lid Clear Lid NJ644 NC644 NJ664 NC664 NJ864 NC864 NJ884 NC884 NJ1084 NC1084 NJ1086 NC1086 NJ10106 NC10106 NJ12106 NC12106 NJ12126 NC12126 NJ14126 NC14126 NJ16146 NC16146 120 Body Lid Collar Mtg. Rails NL644B NL644B NL664B NL664B NL864B NL864B NL884B NL884B NL1084B NL1084B NL1086B NL1086B NL1010B NL1010B NL1210B NL1210B NL1212B NL1212B NL1412B NL1412B NL1614B NL1614B NJ64L NC64L NJ66L NC66L NJ86L NC86L NJ88L NC88L NJ108L NC108L NJ108L NC108L NJ1010L NC1010L NJ1210L NC1210L NJ1212L NC1212L NJ1412L NC1412L NJ1614L NC1614L N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A NMK4V NMK4V NMK6V NMK6V NMK6V NMK6V NMK8V NMK8V NMK8V NMK8V NMK8V NMK8V NMK10V NMK10V NMK10V NMK10V NMK12V NMK12V NMK12V NMK12V NMK14V NMK14V w w w. c a r l o n . c o m Back Panels Steel PVC JP64 JP64 JP66 JP66 JP86 JP86 JP88 JP88 JP108 JP108 JP108 JP108 JP1010 JP1010 JP1210 JP1210 JP1212 JP1212 JP1412 JP1412 JP1614 JP1614 JP64P JP64P JP66P JP66P JP86P JP86P JP88P JP88P JP108P JP108P JP108P JP108P JP1010P JP1010P JP1210P JP1210P JP1212P JP1212P JP1412P JP1412P JP1614P JP1614P Latches (Qty. needed) Steel PVC SSLS (1) SSLS (1) SSLS (1) SSLS (1) SSLS (1) SSLS (1) SSLS (1) SSLS (1) SSLS (1) SSLS (1) SSLS (1) SSLS (1) SSLS (1) SSLS (1) SSLS (2) SSLS (2) SSLS (2) SSLS (2) SSLS (2) SSLS (2) SSLS (2) SSLS (2) NPL1S (1) NPL1S (1) NPL1S (1) NPL1S (1) NPL1S (1) NPL1S (1) NPL1S (1) NPL1S (1) NPL1S (1) NPL1S (1) NPL1S (1) NPL1S (1) NPL1S (1) NPL1S (1) NPL1S (2) NPL1S (2) NPL1S (2) NPL1S (2) NPL1S (2) NPL1S (2) NPL1S (2) NPL1S (2) Circuit Safe® NEMA Enclosures Quick Reference Hidden Hinge Cover Style Complete Enclosures Individual Components (no Panel or Latches) Opaque Lid Clear Lid NH644 NI644 NH664 NI664 NH864 NI864 NH884 NI884 NH1084 NI1084 NH1086 NI1086 NH10106 NI10106 NH12106 NI12106 NH12126 NI12126 NH14126 NI14126 NH16146 NI16146 Body Lid NP644B NP644B NP664B NP664B NP864B NP864B NP884B NP884B NP1084B NP1084B NP1086B NP1086B NP1010B NP1010B NP1210B NP1210B NP1212B NP1212B NP1412B NP1412B NP1614B NP1614B NH64L NI64L NH66L NI66L NH86L NI86L NH88L NI88L NH108L NI108L NH108L NI108L NH1010L NI1010L NH1210L NI1210L NH1212L NI1212L NH1412L NI1412L NH1614L NI1614L Collar NH64C NH64C NH66C NH66C NH86C NH86C NH88C NH88C NH108C NH108C NH108C NH108C NH1010C NH1010C NH1210C NH1210C NH1212C NH1212C NH1412C NH1412C NH1614C NH1614C Mtg. Rails NMK4V NMK4V NMK6V NMK6V NMK6V NMK6V NMK8V NMK8V NMK8V NMK8V NMK8V NMK8V NMK10V NMK10V NMK10V NMK10V NMK12V NMK12V NMK12V NMK12V NMK14V NMK14V w w w. c a r l o n . c o m Back Panels Steel PVC JP64 JP64 JP66 JP66 JP86 JP86 JP88 JP88 JP108 JP108 JP108 JP108 JP1010 JP1010 JP1210 JP1210 JP1212 JP1212 JP1412 JP1412 JP1614 JP1614 JP64P JP64P JP66P JP66P JP86P JP86P JP88P JP88P JP108P JP108P JP108P JP108P JP1010P JP1010P JP1210P JP1210P JP1212P JP1212P JP1412P JP1412P JP1614P JP1614P Latches (Qty. needed) Steel PVC SSLL (1) SSLL (1) SSLL (1) SSLL (1) SSLL (1) SSLL (1) SSLL (1) SSLL (1) SSLL (1) SSLL (1) SSLL (1) SSLL (1) SSLL (1) SSLL (1) SSLL (2) SSLL (2) SSLL (2) SSLL (2) SSLL (2) SSLL (2) SSLL (2) SSLL (2) NPL1L (1) NPL1L (1) NPL1L (1) NPL1L (1) NPL1L (1) NPL1L (1) NPL1L (1) NPL1L (1) NPL1L (1) NPL1L (1) NPL1L (1) NPL1L (1) NPL1L (1) NPL1L (1) NPL1L (2) NPL1L (2) NPL1L (2) NPL1L (2) NPL1L (2) NPL1L (2) NPL1L (2) NPL1L (2) 121 Circuit Safe® JIC Enclosures Circuit Safe JIC Enclosures Features • Hinge caps make covers captive. • Nonmetallic molded-in hinges on hinged models. • No rough corners, sharp edges, or burrs. • Nonconductive — eliminates danger of electrical shock. • Lid design provides greater usable internal volume. • Ample interior space for ease of wiring. • Fully gasketed. • Ultraviolet stabilized for outdoor use. Applications Manufactured from structural foam thermoplastic, Carlon® Circuit Safe® JIC enclosures provide high impact strength to eliminate dents and deformations along with high dielectric strength, excellent weathering capabilities, and excellent resistance to a wide range of corrosive agents, acids, alkalines, and salts. These UL approved and CSA recognized enclosures also withstand wet and dirty environments, while their thick wall construction make them a particularly good choice wherever condensation is a concern. Rated for use in Type 1, 3, 3S, 3X, 3SX, 4, 4X, 12, and 13 environments, Carlon Circuit Safe JIC enclosures are suited for virtually all indoor/outdoor industrial, MRO, and OEM applications. They are available in 10 sizes from 6 x 6 x 5 through 30 x 24 x 12 with a choice of screw or hinged design, opaque covers, or clear polycarbonate covers which protect devices from hostile environments while allowing monitoring of instrumentation and/or electrical functions. 122 • Instrument case. • Junction and terminal boxes. • Control and switching enclosures. • Splice and pull boxes. • Starter, pushbutton, and transformer housings. • Meter and transformer cabinets. Standards • Meets NEMA Types 1, 3, 3S, 3X, 3SX, 4, 4X, 12, 13 as indicated. • UL Listed per UL 50, enclosures for electrical equipment. • CSA certified. • JIC compliance. w w w. c a r l o n . c o m Circuit Safe® JIC Enclosures Hinged Cover LR31146 Meets NEMA 1, 3, 3S, 3X, 3SX, 4, 4X, 12, 13 E54381 Features • Nonmetallic mounting feet and all mounting hardware included. • White painted 14 gauge steel or 1/4" PVC back panel (order separately). • 304 (18-8) stainless steel screws (10-32 / 11/8"). • Lid design provides greater usable internal volume. • Completely nonmetallic hinges. • Brass screw inserts. • Temperature Range: -30° to 230°F • Material: polycarbonate molded base and cover. Factory Assembled Opaque Cover Part Nos. Clear Cover Part Nos. A Dimensions Internal D E F External B C Mounting G H Std. Ctn. Qty. (lbs.) Opaque/Clear Back Panel* Part Nos. Steel/PVC Panel Size Std. Ctn. Qty. (lbs.) Steel/PVC CJ665 CC665 6.50 6.50 6.69 6.00 6.00 5.45 9.00 4.00 1 (Opa 3.5) / 1 (Clr 3.1) JP66/JP66P 4.88 x 4.88 1 (1.0) / 1 (0.3) CJ863 CC863 8.50 6.50 4.49 8.00 6.00 3.25 11.00 4.00 1 (Opa 2.8) / 1 (Clr 3.1) JP86/JP86P 6.75 x 4.88 1 (1.0) / 1 (0.78) CJ1085 CC1085 10.50 8.50 6.69 10.00 8.00 5.45 13.00 6.00 1 (Opa 5.2) / 1 (Clr 5.2) JP108/JP108P 8.75 x 6.88 1 (1.5) / 1 (0.7) CJ12106 CC12106 12.50 10.50 7.69 12.00 10.00 6.45 15.00 8.00 1 (Opa 7.1) / 1 (Clr 8.4) JP1210/JP1210P 10.75 x 8.88 1 (2.0) / 1 (1.2) CJ14126 CC14126 14.50 12.50 7.72 14.00 12.00 6.48 17.00 10.00 1 (Opa 9.0) / 1 (Clr 8.6) CJ16147 CC16147 16.50 14.50 8.46 16.00 14.00 7.22 19.00 12.00 1 (Opa 10.6) / 1 (Clr 11.9) JP1614/JP1614P 14.75 x 12.88 1 (4.7) / 1 (2.3) JP1412/JP1412P 12.75 x 10.88 1 (3.2) / 1 (1.7) *Order back panels separately. Enclosures shipped with mounting feet, hinge caps and screws. For factory installed pad lockable latch, consult Customer Service for price and delivery. D A G O.312 TYP F C H E B w w w. c a r l o n . c o m 123 Circuit Safe® JIC Enclosures Screw-On Cover LR31146 Meets NEMA 1, 3, 3S, 3X, 3SX, 4, 4X, 12, 13 E54381 Features • Nonmetallic mounting feet and all mounting hardware included. • 304 (18-8) stainless steel screws (10-32 / 11/8"). • Brass screw inserts. • Clear polycarbonate cover available. • White painted 14 gauge steel or 1/4" PVC back panel (order separately). • Lid design provides greater usable internal volume. • Temperature Range: -30° to 230°F • Material: polycarbonate molded base and cover. Factory Assembled Opaque Cover Part Nos. Clear Cover Part Nos. Std. Ctn. Qty. (lbs.) Opaque/Clear Back Panel* Part Nos. Steel/PVC CS665 CV665 6.50 6.50 6.69 6.00 6.00 5.45 9.00 4.00 1 (Opa 2.7) / 1 (Clr 2.9) JP66/JP66P 4.88 x 4.88 1 (1.0) / 1 (0.3) CS863 CV863 8.50 6.50 4.49 8.00 6.00 3.25 11.00 4.00 1 (Opa 2.9) / 1 (Clr 2.9) JP86/JP86P 6.75 x 4.88 1 (1.0) / 1 (0.4) CS1085 CV1085 10.50 8.50 6.69 10.00 8.00 5.45 13.00 6.00 1 (Opa 5.0) / 1 (Clr 5.0) JP108/JP108P 8.75 x 6.88 1 (1.5) / 1 (0.7) CS12106 CV12106 12.50 10.50 7.69 12.00 10.00 6.45 15.00 8.00 1 (Opa 6.5) / 1 (Clr 7.2) JP1210/JP1210P 10.75 x 8.88 1 (2.0) / 1 (1.2) CS14126 CV14126 14.50 12.50 7.72 14.00 12.00 6.48 17.00 10.00 1 (Opa 8.0) / 1 (Clr 8.8) JP1412/JP1412P 12.75 x 10.88 1 (3.2) / 1 (1.7) CS16147 CV16147 16.50 14.50 8.46 16.00 14.00 7.22 19.00 12.00 1 (Opa 11.5) / 1 (Clr 10.8) JP1614/JP1614P 14.75 x 12.88 1 (4.7) / 1 (2.3) A Dimensions Internal D E F External B C Mounting G H *Order back panels separately. Enclosures shipped with mounting feet and panel mounting hardware. D A G O.312 TYP F C H E B 124 w w w. c a r l o n . c o m Panel Size Std. Ctn. Qty. (lbs.) Steel/PVC Circuit Safe® JIC Enclosures Medium Hinged Cover LR31146 Meets NEMA 1, 3, 3S, 3X, 3SX, 4, 4X, 12, 13 E54381 Features • Nonmetallic mounting feet and all mounting hardware included. • White painted 14 gauge steel or 1/4" PVC back panel (order separately). • 304 (18-8) stainless steel screws (10-32 / 11/8"). • Completely nonmetallic hinges. • Brass screw inserts. • Temperature Range: -40° to 185°F • Material: NORYL base and cover. Factory Assembled C Dimensions Internal D E 16.50 8.36 17.25 13.25 6.28 21.26 10.00 1 (15.1) NP2016/NP2016P 17 x 13.25 1 (7.0) / 1 (6.1) 20.50 16.50 10.36 17.25 13.25 8.28 21.26 10.00 1 (17.2) NP2016/NP2016P 17 x 13.25 1 (7.0) / 1 (6.1) C2016C4 20.50 16.50 12.36 17.25 13.25 10.28 21.26 10.00 1 (19.7) NP2016/NP2016P 17 x 13.25 1 (7.0) / 1 (6.1) C2420A4 24.50 20.50 8.36 21.25 17.25 6.28 25.26 14.00 1 (21.5) NP2420/NP2420P 21 x 17 1 (10.4) / 1 (4.7) C2420B4 24.50 20.50 10.36 21.25 17.25 8.28 25.26 14.00 1 (24) NP2420/NP2420P 21 x 17 1 (10.4) / 1 (4.7) C2420C4 24.50 20.50 12.36 21.25 17.25 10.28 25.26 14.00 1 (24.9) NP2420/NP2420P 21 x 17 1 (10.4) / 1 (4.7) C3024A4 30.50 24.50 8.36 27.25 21.25 6.28 31.26 18.00 1 (28.4) NP3024/NP3024P 27 x 21 1 (18.0) / 1 (9.8) C3024B4 30.50 24.50 10.36 27.25 21.25 8.28 31.26 18.00 1 (31.4) NP3024/NP3024P 27 x 21 1 (18.0) / 1 (9.8) C3024C4 30.50 24.50 12.36 27.25 21.25 10.28 31.26 18.00 1 (33.8) NP3024/NP3024P 27 x 21 1 (18.0) / 1 (9.8) Part Nos.* A External B C2016A4 20.50 C2016B4 Mounting G H F Std. Ctn. Qty. (lbs.) Back Panel* Part Nos. Steel/PVC Panel Size Std. Ctn. Qty. (lbs.) Steel/PVC *Enclosure only available with opaque hinged cover. Enclosures shipped with mounting feet, hinge caps and screws. **Order back panels separately. For factory installed pad lockable latch, consult Customer Service for price and delivery. O.312 TYP A D G F C H E B w w w. c a r l o n . c o m 125 Circuit Safe® JIC Enclosures Hinged Window Cover LR31146 Meets NEMA 1, 3, 3S, 3X, 3SX, 4, 4X, 12, 13 E54381 Features • Nonmetallic mounting feet and all mounting hardware included. • 304 (18-8) stainless steel screw (10-32 / 11/8"). • White painted 14 gauge steel or 1/4" PVC back panel (order separately). • Completely nonmetallic hinges. • Lid design provides greater usable internal volume. • Brass screw inserts. • Material: polycarbonate molded base and cover. Note: Window material 1/8" thick clear polycarbonate is permanently bonded to the cover. Factory Assembled Dimensions Internal E F G K Std. Ctn. Qty. (lbs.) Back Panel* Part Nos. Steel/PVC Panel Size Std. Ctn. Qty. (lbs.) Steel/PVC 4.70 4.70 1 (3.1) JP66/JP66P 4.88 x 4.88 1 (1.0) / 1 (0.3) 3.25 11.00 4.00 4.70 4.70 1 (3.2) JP86/JP86P 6.75 x 4.88 1 (1.0) / 1 (0.78) 5.45 13.00 6.00 8.70 6.70 1 (5.6) JP108/JP108P 8.75 x 6.88 1 (1.5) / 1 (0.7) 10.50 7.69 12.00 10.00 6.45 15.00 8.00 10.70 8.70 1 (7.4) JP1210/JP1210P 10.75 x 8.88 1 (2.0) / 1 (1.2) 14.50 12.50 7.72 14.00 12.00 6.48 17.00 10.00 12.70 10.70 1 (9) JP1412/JP1412P 12.75 x 10.88 1 (3.2) / 1 (1.7) 16.50 14.50 8.46 16.00 14.00 7.22 19.00 12.00 14.70 12.70 1 (9.3) JP1614/JP1614P 14.75 x 12.88 1 (4.7) / 1 (2.3) Part Nos. External C D A J665W 6.50 6.50 6.69 6.00 6.00 5.45 4.00 J863W 8.50 6.50 4.49 8.00 6.00 J1085W 10.50 8.50 6.69 10.00 8.00 J12106W 12.50 J14126W J16147W B 9.00 Mounting H J Enclosures shipped with mounting feet, hinge caps and screws. *Order back panels separately. For factory installed pad lockable quick-release latch, consult Customer Service for price and delivery. A D J A G O.312 TYP F K C H E B 126 w w w. c a r l o n . c o m B Circuit Safe® Pushbutton Enclosures Circuit Safe Pushbutton Enclosures Circuit Safe® nonmetallic pushbutton enclosures are molded from engineered thermoplastic material that is resistant to most corrosive agents. Whether predrilled 1-2-3 hole enclosures, blank cover enclosures or enclosures with multiple hole openings, Carlon's pushbutton enclosure series offers high impact strength, chemical resistance, high dielectric strength and excellent durability for the correct application. Features • Engineered thermoplastic base and cover. • 304 stainless steel screws. • Brass screw inserts. • High-impact strength. • Temperature range from -40° F to 185° F. Applications • Standard oil-tight pushbuttons, switches and pilot lights. • Conduit entries. • Junction boxes. • MRO and OEM applications. Standards • Standards vary by product. • Screw cover pushbutton enclosures with 1-2-3 hole openings are Listed per UL 50 for industrial controls. • Narrow profile blank screw cover enclosures are listed per UL 50 for industrial controls and meets NEMA Type 1, 3, 3S, 3X, 3SX, 4, 4X, 12, and 13. • Nonmetallic hinged cover enclosures with multiple hole openings are UL Listed. w w w. c a r l o n . c o m 127 Circuit Safe® Pushbutton Enclosures Screw Cover Enclosures with 1-2-3 Hole Openings LR31146 UL Listed per UL 50 for Industrial Controls E54381 Wall mount pushbutton enclosures are molded from gray, engineered thermoplastic material that is resistant to most corrosive agents. Universal pushbutton holes are designed to accommodate all standard oil-tight pushbuttons, switches and pilot lights. A grounding plate is included on the cover. Auxiliary devices must be rated for appropriate NEMA applications. Features • Brass screw inserts. • 304 (18-8) stainless screws (8-32 / 3/8"). • Temperature range from - 40˚F to 185˚F. • 30.5 mm keyed pushbutton holes.* • Material: nylon base and cover. • Integrally molded mounting flange. 30.5 mm Pushbutton Enclosures Part Nos. Style Inside Box Size AxBxC Mounting LxJ Overall Outside Including Mounting Bracket H x W x D F G R S CP100N One Opening 3.13 x 2.81 x 3 4 x 2.38 4.88 x 3.50 x 3.38 3.38 3.25 .63 2.5 12 8.90 CP200N Two Openings 5.38 x 2.81 x 3 6.25 x 2.38 7.13 x 3.50 x 3.38 5.63 3.25 .63 2.5 8 11.25 CP300N Three Openings 7.38 x 2.81 x 3 8.50 x 2.38 9.38 x 3.50 x 3.38 7.88 3.25 .63 2.5 6 7.60 * 22 mm Pushbutton holes available upon request. 1/4 Dia. Mtg. Hole 1.210 Dia. 128 Pieces/ Weight Pkg. (lbs.)/Unit w w w. c a r l o n . c o m Circuit Safe® Pushbutton Enclosures Narrow Profile Blank Screw Cover Enclosures for Small Instrumentation and Control Applications LR31146 E54381 UL Listed per UL 50 for Industrial Controls Meets NEMA 1, 3, 3S, 3X, 3SX, 4, 4X, 12, 13 Blank cover enclosures can be easily drilled with a standard hole saw for conduit entries and pushbuttons. Wall mount enclosures are molded from gray, engineered thermoplastic material and are resistant to most corrosive agents. Features • Brass screw inserts. • Material: nylon base and cover. • Integrally molded mounting flange. • 304 (18-8) stainless screws (10-32 / 3/8"). • Temperature range from - 40˚F to 185˚F. Blank Screw Cover Enclosures* Part Nos. Style Inside Box Size AxBxC Mounting LxJ Overall Outside Including Mounting Bracket H x W x D F G R S Pieces/ Weight Pkg. (lbs.)/Unit CP100NB Blank Cover 3.13 x 2.81 x 3 4 x 2.38 4.88 x 3.50 x 3.38 3.38 3.25 .63 2.5 12 9.60 CP200NB Blank Cover 5.38 x 2.81 x 3 6.25 x 2.38 7.13 x 3.50 x 3.38 5.63 3.25 .63 2.5 8 8.8 CP300NB Blank Cover 7.38 x 2.81 x 3 8.50 x 2.38 9.38 x 3.50 x 3.38 7.88 3.25 .63 2.5 6 8.20 * Special openings or positionings available on request. H w w w. c a r l o n . c o m 129 Circuit Safe® Pushbutton Enclosures Hinged Cover Enclosures with Multiple Hole Openings LR31146 E54381 Made from engineered thermoplastic material, these enclosures are ideal for applications that require high-impact strength, chemical resistance, high dielectric strength, and excellent weathering capabilities, including indoor/ outdoor industrial, MRO, and OEM applications. Nonmetallic hinges are an integral part of the mold. Hinge caps make cover captive and removable cover allows for easy field adjustment. Auxiliary devices must be rated for appropriate NEMA applications. Features • Nonmetallic mounting feet and all mounting hardware included. • White painted 14 gauge steel or 11/8" PVC back panel (order separately). • Material: engineered thermoplastic base and cover. • 304 stainless steel screws. • Brass screw inserts. • Lid design provides greater usable volume. • Completely nonmetallic hinges. • Temperature range from - 40˚F to 185˚F. Screw Cover Pushbutton Enclosures With Multiple 30.5 mm Openings* Part Nos. Inside Box size Openings Weight Qty. Panel Part Nos. Size Steel/PVC J665P 4 6 x 6 x 5.88 2.42 1 JP66 / JP66P 4.88 x 4.88 J863P 6 8 x 6 x 3.63 1.86 1 JP86 / JP86P 6.75 x 4.88 J1085P 9 10 x 8 x 5.88 3.59 1 JP108 / JP108P 8.75 x 6.88 J12106P 12 12 x 10 x 6.88 4.29 1 JP1210 / JP1210P 10.75 x 8.88 J14126P 20 14 x 12 x 6.88 7.19 1 JP1412 / JP1412P 12.75 x 10.88 J16147P 25 16 x 14 x 7.63 11.20 1 JP1614 / JP1614P 14.75 x 12.88 For enclosures larger than 25 position, please call Customer Service. * All Circuit Safe pushbutton enclosures are furnished with standard hole dimensions: 1 7/32" diameter with keyways at 12 o’clock and 3 o’clock. Special openings or positionings available on request. Accessories Gasketed Pushbutton Hole Plug 130 Part Number Size Standard Carton Qty. Standard Weight (lbs.) CP900 Standard PB hole 100 2.0 w w w. c a r l o n . c o m Circuit Safe® Enclosure Accessories Circuit Safe NEMA Accessories ® Mounting Rails* Mounting Rail Kits Part Number Size (in.) Std. Ctn. Qty. Weight (lbs.) NMK4V 4 25 5 NMK6V 6 24 7.7 NMK8V 8 24 10.25 NMK10V 10 20 13.26 NMK12V 12 20 11.4 NMK14V 14 25 17.76 *Mounting rails can be mounted on long or short side of enclosure. Does not apply to 16" enclosure. Panel Adjuster Kits Product Part Numbers Description Std. Ctn. Qty. Std. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.) Panel Adjuster Kit NBPADJ2 4 panel adjusters 4 #10-32 screws to mount panel 10 kits 2.07 180° Swing Out Panel Kit NBPSWG 4 panel adjusters 2 hinges 2 #10-32 screws to mount panel 10 kits 2.68 Swing Out Panel Adjuster Kit NBPSWG2 2 hinged adjusters 2 panel adjusters 4 #10-32 screws 10 kits 1.80 #10-32 Panel Thumb Screws Used on internal hinge door only. Part Number NBPTSK Description 2 #10-32 thumb screws 2 nonmetallic washers w w w. c a r l o n . c o m Std. Ctn. Qty. Std. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.) 10 kits 1.2 131 Circuit Safe® Enclosure Accessories Circuit Safe NEMA Accessories ® Latch Kits For NEMA hinged enclosures. Product Nonmetallic Quick-Release Latch Kit 132 Part Numbers NPL1L Description Quick-Release Latch Kit for use with hidden hinge enclosure for NH & NI Series Std. Ctn. Qty. 25 Std. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.) 2.00 Nonmetallic Quick-Release Latch Kit NPL1S Quick-Release Latch Kit for use with external hinge enclosure for NJ & NC Series 25 2.00 304 Stainless Steel Quick-Release Latch Kit SSLL Quick-Release Latch Kit for use with hidden hinge enclosure for NH & NI Series 25 4.27 304 Stainless Steel Quick-Release Latch Kit SSLS Quick-Release Latch Kit for use with external hinge enclosure for NJ & NC Series 25 3.41 w w w. c a r l o n . c o m Circuit Safe® Enclosure Accessories Circuit Safe JIC Accessories ® Mounting Feet For Circuit Safe Enclosures – Type CC, CJ, CS, CV, J Part No. Std. Ctn. Qty. Std. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.) CJB159* As required 0.04 *CJB159 nonmetallic mounting feet provide 1/4" standoff and may be used to mount enclosures in horizontal or vertical mode. They are shipped with all Circuit Safe JIC enclosures. No screws are provided when mounting feet are ordered separately. Hinge Caps* For Circuit Safe Enclosures – Type CC, CJ, J Part No. Std. Ctn. Qty. Std. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.) CH100R As required 0.03 *For Circuit Safe enclosures to secure covers to bases. Shipped as standard with hinge cover enclosure. JIC Installation Kits* Part No. Std. Ctn. Qty. Std. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.) CH208 1 Kit 0.25 *Installation kit is included as standard equipment with all JIC enclosures. Information listed here for purposes of additional purchase only. Kit includes 4 mounting feet, 8 hinge caps, and 8 screws. JIC Latch Kits* Part No. Std. Ctn. Qty. Std. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.) CJTL 1 Kit 0.25 Stainless steel. Kit includes latch and keeper. *Factory installed. Consult customer service for price and delivery. w w w. c a r l o n . c o m 133 Circuit Safe® Enclosure Accessories Circuit Safe NEMA and JIC Accessories ® Steel Back Panels* Steel back panels are white painted 14 gauge steel. Part Nos. Thickness (in.) Size (in.) Std. Ctn. Qty. Std. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.) JP64 14 gauge 4.88 x 2.88 1 0.6 JP66 14 gauge 4.88 x 4.88 1 1.0 JP86 14 gauge 6.75 x 4.88 1 1.0 JP88 14 gauge 6.75 x 6.88 1 1.2 JP108 14 gauge 8.75 x 6.88 1 1.5 JP1010 14 gauge 8.75 x 8.88 1 2.3 JP1210 14 gauge 10.75 x 8.88 1 2.7 JP1212 14 gauge 10.75 x 10.88 1 3.5 JP1412 14 gauge 12.75 x 10.88 1 3.8 JP1614 14 gauge 14.75 x 12.88 1 4.7 PVC Back Panels* PVC back panels are made from 1/4" PVC and meet UL94 V-O. Part Nos. Size (in.) Std. Ctn. Qty. Std. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.) JP64P 4 7⁄8 x 2 7⁄8 1 0.3 JP66P 4 7⁄8 x 4 7⁄8 1 0.3 JP86P 6 3⁄4 4 7⁄8 1 0.4 JP88P 6 3⁄4 x 6 7⁄8 1 0.5 JP108P 8 3⁄4 x 8 7⁄8 1 0.7 JP1010P 8 3⁄4 1 0.9 JP1210P 10 3⁄4 x 10 7⁄8 1 1.2 JP1212P 10 3⁄4 10 7⁄8 1 1.5 JP1412P 12 3⁄4 x 10 7⁄8 1 1.7 JP1614P 14 3⁄4 x 12 7⁄8 1 2.3 x x 8 7⁄8 x Medium NEMA Back Panels* Part Nos. Steel/PVC Size (in.) Std. Ctn. Qty. Std. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.) NP2016 / NP2016P 17 x 13 1 7.0 / 6.125 NP2420 / NP2420P 21 x 17 1 10.4 / 4.71 NP3024 / NP3024P 27 x 21 1 18.0 / 9.781 *Circuit Safe NEMA enclosures are not shipped with back panels which must be ordered separately. All accessories can be factory installed. Consult Customer Service for price and delivery. 134 w w w. c a r l o n . c o m Circuit Safe® Enclosure Accessories Circuit Safe NEMA and JIC Accessories ® Draining Device* For 3R Rating and condensation build-up. Part Number Standard Carton Qty. HPVEA9 1 Air Vents* NEMA 1 Rated only. Part Numbers Style Standard Carton Qty. HPVM25 For fitting outside of all enclosures 1 HPVM35 For fitting inside of all enclosures 1 Enclosure Ventilator* Allows any size enclosure to breathe, yet remains watertight. Part Number Standard Carton Qty. HVM27 1 *Factory installation available. w w w. c a r l o n . c o m 135 Circuit Safe® Enclosure Accessories Window Kits E110981 Except where noted by NEMA 4X Rated Window kits are easily field-installed. Nonmetallic construction and double gaskets ensure environmental integrity. For circuit breaker and other surface mounted instruments. Part Nos.* Size (in.) Std. Ctn. Qty. Std. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.) NI64W 6x4 1 .8 NI66W 6x6 1 .9 NI86W 8x6 1 1.17 NI88W 8x8 1 1.4 NI108W 10 x 8 1 1.5 NI1010W 10 x 10 1 1.82 NI1210W 12 x 10 1 2.12 NI1212W 12 x 12 1 2.65 NI1412W 14 x 12 1 2.67 NI1614W 16 x 14 1 3.10 All window kits can be factory installed to Carlon® enclosures. Consult factory for price and delivery. * Non-stock factory order only – consult Customer Service. Size Features • High-impact strength. • Excellent weathering capabilities. • High dielectric strength. • Corrosion resistant. • Suitable for indoor and outdoor use. • Fully gasketed. • Extended temperature range -30˚F to 230˚F. • Lightweight. Standards • UL Listed and meets NEMA Type 4X with the exception of NI1614W. All sizes are NEMA Type 12 rated. Applications • Instrument case. • Junction and terminal boxes. • Control and switching enclosures • Meter and transformer cabinets. • Small device enclosures. 136 A B C D E F 2.72 (69.1) 3.80 (96.5) NI64W 6.42 (163.1) 4.41 5.92 (112.0) (150.4) 3.92 (99.6) NI66W 6.42 (163.1) 6.42 5.92 (163.1) (150.4) 5.92 4.72 5.80 (150.4) (119.9) (147.3) NI86W 8.42 (213.9) 6.42 7.92 (163.1) (201.2) 5.92 4.72 5.80 (150.4) (119.9) (147.3) NI88W 8.42 (213.9) 8.42 7.92 (213.9) (201.2) 7.92 6.72 7.80 (201.2) (170.7) (198.1) NI108W 10.42 (264.7) 8.42 9.92 (213.9) (252.0) 7.92 6.72 7.80 (201.2) (170.7) (198.1) NI1010W 10.42 (264.7) 9.92 10.42 (264.7) (251.9) 9.80 8.72 9.92 (251.9) (221.5) (248.9) NI1210W 12.42 (315.5) 10.42 11.92 (264.7) (302.7) 8.72 9.80 9.92 (251.9) (221.5) (248.9) NI1212W 12.42 (315.5) 12.42 11.92 (315.5) (302.7) 11.92 10.72 11.80 (302.7) (272.3) (299.7) NI1412W 14.42 (366.3) 12.42 13.92 (315.5) (353.6) 11.92 10.72 11.80 (302.7) (272.3) (299.7) NI1614W 16.42 (417.1) 14.42 15.92 (366.3) (404.4) 13.92 12.72 13.80 (353.6) (323.1) (350.5) w w w. c a r l o n . c o m Himeline® Enclosures Himeline Enclosures HE, HS, HP, HLA/HLS Series Features • High-impact strength. • High dielectric strength. • Suitable for indoor and outdoor use. • Fully gasketed. • Lightweight. Applications • Instrument case. • Junction and terminal boxes. • Control and switching enclosures. • Meter and transformer cabinets. • Small device enclosures. Standards • Meets NEMA and IP standards as indicated in Carlon® Himeline® enclosures are the ideal alternative to expensive stainless steel enclosures. They have excellent corrosion resistant properties; are impervious to sunlight, dirt, and moisture. Available in four series (HE, HS, HP, and HLA/HLS), with sizes ranging from 4 x 3 x 2 through 50 x 40 x 17, these enclosures offer choices that include double doors, clear or opaque covers, hinged and screw versions, single or three point closure mechanisms, 4X windows, DIN rail mounting, and adjustable depth door in door option that allow you to customize your enclosures by separating power from communications. appropriate section. • UL Listed as indicated. • CSA certified as indicated. w w w. c a r l o n . c o m 137 Himeline® Enclosures – HE Series HE Series (Small Electronic Enclosures/Insulated Industrial Boxes – Except Hinged Boxes) Features • Hidden hinges open 185° for easy access. • M8x18 screws for back panel mounting (included). • Sealing gasket on all models. • Mounting plate available for specific sizes. • Hinged versions available (factory installed). *For more information contact your Carlon Sales Representative. • Optional internal/external hinges. • Enclosures attach directly or with wall brackets. Lid Options Material • Opaque – lids and bases - PVC • Clear – lids and bases - polycarbonate Standards • NEMA 4X Rated. • Meets IP 55. Opaque low lid. “BASIC” model. Transparent low lid. “C” models. Carlon® Himeline® HE Series Enclosures are small Electronic Enclosures/Insulated Industrial Boxes ranging in size from 4 x 3 x 2 to 13 x 11x 4. They have a high-impact, high dielectric resistance, and are lightweight, fully gasketed and suitable for indoor and outdoor applications. The HE Series Enclosures meet IP 55 and are NEMA 4X Rated. All these features combined make these enclosures the ideal alternative to expensive stainless steel enclosures. 138 w w w. c a r l o n . c o m Himeline® Enclosures – HE Series E54381 Except where noted by Opaque Cover Assembly HE432 HE443 HE533 HE743 HE974 HE1194 HE12105 HE14114 Clear Cover Assembly HE432C HE443C HE533C HE743C HE974C – HE1210C HE1411C Dimensions External Internal B C D E 2.96 2.29 4.14 2.76 4.14 2.60 3.90 3.90 2.92 2.84 5.12 2.72 4.14 3.23 6.46 3.90 6.62 4.18 8.43 6.38 8.66 4.14 7.48 9.81 9.97 4.53 11.82 9.45 11.02 4.14 12.92 10.16 A 4.33 4.14 5.32 6.70 8.66 10.63 12.33 13.78 Std. Ctn. Qty. 5 6 5 2 1 1 1 1 Std. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.) 1.1 3.1 2.4 1.2 1.1 2.7 3.0 4.0 Unit Wt. (lbs.) 5.2 7.5 6.3 12.4 – – – – Locking Screw Type Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Polyamide Polyamide Polyamide Polyamide Polyamide Accessories Mounting Plates To be fitted directly into the boxes with self-tapping screws included in the standard supply. Made of zinc coated steel, 1.5 mm thick. Part Number EMP743 EMP974 EMP1194 EMP1210 EMP1411 Air Vents* A 3.74 (95) 6.15 (156) 8.19 (208) 9.26 (235) 9.85 (250) Style Dimensions C 5.12 6.34 6.15 8.27 (130) (161) (156) (210) D 5.91 8.70 8.51 9.85 E 5.12 (130) (150) (221) (216) (250) Std.Ctn. Std.Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.) 10 10 10 8.5 10 13 5 4.1 5 3 Wall Mounting Bracket NEMA 1 Rated only. Part Numbers B 6.15 (156) 8.07 (205) 10.16 (258) 11.62 (295) 12.60 (320) Std. Ctn. Qty. HPVM25 For fitting outside of all enclosures 1 HPVM35 For fitting inside of all enclosures 1 Part Number HEWMB Enclosure Ventilator* Draining Device* Allows any size enclosure to breathe, yet remains watertight. For 3R Rating and condensation build-up. Part Number Std. Ctn. Qty. Part Number Std. Ctn. Qty. HVM27 1 HPVEA9 1 Std. Ctn. Qty. 1 Std. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.) .35 *Factory installation available. w w w. c a r l o n . c o m 139 Himeline® Enclosures – HS Series HS Series Screw-On Fastened and Hinged Cover Enclosures • Meets NEMA 1, 3, 3S, 4, 4X, 12, 13 • Meets IP 65 Features • Standard slotted locking screw. • High impact strength. • Chemical resistance. • High dielectric strength. • Excellent weathering capabilities. • Sealing gasket on all models. Applications • Junction boxes. • Terminal wiring boxes. • Instrument and control housings. • Small device enclosure applications. • Indoor or outdoor use. • Sunlight resistant. Standards • Meets NEMA 1, 3, 3S, 4, 4X, 12, 13 standards Himeline® HS Series enclosures are designed for use as junction boxes, terminal wiring boxes, instrument and control housings, and small device enclosure applications. Molded under high pressure, Himeline HS Series enclosures provide high-impact strength, chemical resistance, high dielectric strength, and excellent weathering capabilities. 140 as indicated. • UL Listed per UL 50, enclosures for electrical equipment. • CSA certified. • Meets IP 65. • UL Listed (E54381). Material • Opaque/Clear Lid – Polycarbonate • Base – Fiberglass Reinforced Polyester w w w. c a r l o n . c o m Himeline® Enclosures – HS Series HS Series Screw-On Fastened and Hinged Cover Enclosures Features LR701839 E54381 • Molded under high pressure. • High impact strength. • Chemical resistance. • High dielectric strength. • Excellent weathering capabilities. • Clear cover available. Specifications Opaque Clear Opaque Clear Screw-On Screw-On Hinged Hinged Cover Cover Cover Cover Part Nos. Part Nos. Part Nos. Part Nos. HH7A7C A External B C Internal D E F Opaque Wt. Clear Wt. (lbs.) each (lbs.) each Screw/ Screw/ Std. Hinged Hinged Pkg. HS7A7 HS7A7C HH7A7 10.63 7.09 7.09 6.26 9.80 6.54 10.7 / 7 HS11A7 HS11A7C HH11A7 HH11A7C 10.63 10.63 7.09 9.80 9.80 6.54 15.2 / 8.5 HS11B7 HS11B7C HH11B7 HH11B7C 14.17 10.63 7.09 9.80 13.35 6.54 HS11C7 HS11C7C HH11C7 HH11C7C 21.26 10.63 7.09 9.80 20.43 6.54 HS15C7 HS15C7C HH15C7 HH15C7C 21.26 14.17 7.09 13.35 20.43 6.54 17.7 / 11 HS21C7 HS21C7C HS11A9 10.9 / 6.2 4 Back Panel Part Nos. Std. Dimensions Thick- Wt. Ctn. HxW ness (lbs.) Qty. HS7ABP 5.51 x 9.05 .08 1.1 1 14 / 8 4 HS11ABP 9.05 x 9.05 .08 1.7 1 17 / 4 18 / 4 4 HS11BBP 9.05 x 12.60 .08 2.4 1 13 / 13 12.5 / 13 2 HS11CBP 9.05 x 19.68 .08 3.9 1 18 / 11 2 HS15CBP 12.60 x 19.68 .08 6.6 1 HH21C7 HH21C7C 21.26 21.26 7.09 20.43 20.43 6.54 12.5 / 13 12 / 13 1 HS21CBP 19.68 x 19.68 .08 8.8 1 HS11A9C HH11A9 HH11A9C 10.63 10.63 9.06 9.80 9.80 8.47 15 / 4 16.6/5 4 HS11ABP 9.05 x 9.05 .08 1.7 1 HS11B9 HS11B9C HH11B9 HH11B9C 14.17 10.63 9.06 9.80 13.35 8.47 20 / 6 19 / 6 4 HS11BBP 9.05 x 12.60 .08 2.5 1 HS11C9 HS11C9C HH11C9 HH11C9C 21.26 10.63 9.06 9.80 20.43 8.47 14 / 9 14 / 9 2 HS11CBP 9.05 x 19.68 .08 3.9 1 HS15C9 HS15C9C HH15C9 HH15C9C 21.26 14.17 9.06 13.35 20.43 8.47 18.5 / 11 19 / 11 2 HS15CBP 12.60 x 19.68 .08 6.6 1 HS21C9 HS21C9C HH21C9 HH21C9C 21.26 21.26 9.06 20.43 20.43 8.47 13 / 14 14 / 14 1 HS21CBP 19.68 x 19.68 .08 8.8 1 HS15D9 HS15D9C HH15D9 HH15D9C 28.35 14.17 9.06 13.35 27.52 8.47 13 / 13 13 / 13 1 HS15DBP 12.60 x 26.77 .10 9.5 1 HS21D9 HS21D9C HH21D9 HH21D9C 28.35 21.26 9.06 20.43 27.52 8.47 18 / 18 17 / 18 1 HS21DBP 19.68 x 26.77 .10 15.5 1 Back panels and mounting feet must be ordered separately. B C F .09 A .08 E .08 2.00 D Placement of part P/N HSEH Hinge Kit at top and bottom of long side of HH Series enclosures. .47 w w w. c a r l o n . c o m 141 Himeline® Enclosures – HS Series Accessories Thumb Screws – For Himeline HS Enclosures Part Numbers Standard Carton Qty. Standard Carton Wt. (lbs.). HSTS4 4 0.1 HSTS6 6 0.15 Mounting Feet – For Himeline HS Enclosures Part Numbers Description Std. Ctn. Qty. Std. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.) HSMFZ Zinc dichromated Steel 4/set 0.2 HSMFSS 304 Stainless Steel 4/set 0.2 Back Panels – For Himeline HS Enclosures* Metal back panels are white painted 14 gauge steel. Part Nos. Size (in.) Std. Ctn. Qty. Std. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.) HS7ABP 5.51 x 9.05 1 1.2 HS11ABP 9.05 x 9.05 1 2.0 HS11BBP 9.05 x 12.60 1 2.7 HS11CBP 9.05 x 19.68 1 4.3 HS15CBP 12.60 x 19.68 1 7.1 HS21CBP 19.68 x 19.68 1 9.6 HS15DBP 12.60 x 26.77 1 10.2 HS21DBP 19.68 x 26.77 1 16.6 *Himeline HS enclosures are not shipped with back panels. Order separately. PVC back panels available upon request. Consult Customer Service. Nonmetallic Carrying Handle Converts enclosures to portable units for meters and portable power. 142 Part Numbers Standard Carton Qty. HSCH 1 Standard Carton Wt. (lbs.). w w w. c a r l o n . c o m 0.2 Himeline® Enclosures – HS Series Accessories Draining Device* For 3R Rating and condensation build-up. Part Number Standard Carton Qty. HPVEA9 1 Air Vents* NEMA 1 Rated only. Part Numbers Style Standard Carton Qty. HPVM25 For fitting outside of all enclosures 1 HPVM35 For fitting inside of all enclosures 1 Enclosure Ventilator* Allows any size enclosure to breathe, yet remains watertight. Part Number Standard Carton Qty. HVM27 1 *Factory installation available. w w w. c a r l o n . c o m 143 Himeline® Enclosures – HP Series (Fiber Reinforced Polyester) HP Series Enclosures with Hinged Quick-Release Cover • Meets NEMA 1, 3, 3S, 4, 4X, 12, 13 • Meets IP 66 Features • Projections for affixing cover mounted panel. • Door locking mechanism convertible to key lock. • M8x18 studs for back panel mounting (included). • Hidden hinges open 185° for easy access. • Multipositional DIN rail fixing components. • Removable stainless steel hinge pins. • Single piece construction. • Opaque or tempered glass window option. • Steel, nonmetallic & slotted back panels Himeline® HP Series enclosures for medium sized devices and equipment provide superior performance as junction and terminal wiring boxes, and instrument and control housing applications. For indoor/outdoor industrial, MRO, and OEM applications. HP Series enclosures are resistant to corrosion, sunlight, chemicals, dirt, and moisture. Temperature range from -58° F to 320° F. available. • External & internal venting available. • Hinged variable height inner panel option. • Quick lock 1/4-turn entry. • Underside grid pattern on inner door panel. • Self-positioning panel depth adjusters. • Pole mounting kit. • Pedestal mounting capability. • Sunlight resistant. Applications • Junction boxes. • Terminal wiring boxes. • Instrument and control housing. • Indoor or outdoor use. Standards • NEMA Type 1, 3, 3S, 4, 4X, 12, 13. • UL Listed per UL 50, enclosures for electrical equipment. • CSA certified. • Meets IP 66. Material • Lids/Bases – Fiberglass reinforced polyester. 144 w w w. c a r l o n . c o m Himeline® Enclosures – HP Series (Fiber Reinforced Polyester) HP Series Enclosures with Hinged Quick-Release Cover LR701839 E54381 Specifications Enclosure With Std. Enclosure With Std. Window Opaque Cover Ctn. Wt. Clear Ctn. Wt. Dimension (lbs.) Window* (lbs.) (H x W) (in.) Part Nos. 11 x 7.87 Dimensions Internal D E F A 16.93 12.99 7.87 14.96 10.24 6.61 14.76 5.91 11.02 7.87 1 C Mounting G H Std. Ctn. Qty. External B Window J K HP1612B 11.04 HC1612B 12.5 HP2016B 16.80 HC2016B 17.2 14.96 x 11.81 20.87 16.93 7.87 18.90 14.17 6.61 18.70 9.84 14.96 11.81 1 HP2416C 21.13 HC2416C 24.12 18.89 x 11.81 25.47 17.17 9.84 22.83 14.17 8.35 22.64 9.84 18.90 11.81 1 HP3020D 32.28 HC3020D** 36.02 22.83 x 15.74 29.41 21.10 11.81 26.77 18.11 10.28 26.57 13.78 22.83 15.75 1 HP3325D 39.00 HC3325D** 43.12 26.77 x 19.68 33.35 25.04 11.81 30.71 22.05 10.28 30.51 17.72 26.77 19.69 1 * HC Enclosures are IP 65 Rated. Clear window is glass. ** This series of enclosures come standard with body, lid and mounting rail kit. B C E J D G A K F H Depth with back panel installed Hinged Internal Door • Internal fiberglass reinforced polyester door assembly. • Grid pattern on the inside for quicker positioning of equipment. • Quick locking 1/4-turn entry. Part Numbers in. (mm) in. B (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) Std. Ctn. Qty. Std. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.) PID1612 12.40 (315) 18.07 (205) 5.98 (152) 1.02 (26) 1 2.05 PID2016 16.34 (415) 12.00 (305) 5.98 (152) 1.02 (26) 1 3.15 PID2416 20.28 (515) 12.00 (305) 7.64 (194) 1.26 (32) 1 4.50 PID3020 24.21 (615) 15.94 (405) 9.61 (244) 1.26 (32) 1 6.50 PID3325 28.15 (715) 19.88 (505) 9.61 (244) 1.26 (32) 1 8.45 A C D w w w. c a r l o n . c o m 145 Himeline® Enclosures – HP Series Accessories Back Panels Dimensions A complete range of plates, which can be directly fixed to the enclosure supports or to the adjustable depth supports. Steel Back Panels Steel back panels are white painted 14 gauge steel. To Fit Enclosures Part Numbers Thickness in. (mm) Weight lbs. (kg) P in. S in. HP1612B PMM1612 .079 (2) 3.10 (1.6) 14.37 9.84 HP2016B PMM2016 .079 (2) 6.15 (2.5) 18.30 13.78 HP2416C PMM2416 .079 (2) 8.0 (3.1) 22.24 13.78 HP3020D PMM3020 .079 (2) 12.04 (4.6) 26.18 17.72 HP3325D PMM3325 .118 (3) 20.0 (9.9) 30.11 21.65 PVC Insulating Back Panels PVC back panels are made from 1/4" PVC and meet UL94 V-O. To Fit Enclosures Part Numbers Weight lbs. (kg) HP1612B PMB1612 1.10 HP2016B PMB2016 HP2416C P S in. (mm) in. (mm) (0.5) 14.37 (365) 9.84 (250) 2.65 (1.2) 18.30 (465) 13.78 (350) PMB2416 3.09 (1.4) 22.24 (565) 13.78 (350) HP3020D PMB3020 4.63 (2.1) 26.18 (665) 17.72 (450) HP3325D PMB3325 6.62 (3.0) 30.11 (765) 21.65 (550) Slotted Back Panels Zinc dichromated coated steel plates perforated for addition of electrical circuitry. To Fit Enclosures Part Numbers Weight lbs. (kg) HP1612B PMR1612 1.54 HP2016B PMR2016 HP2416C E (mm) in. (mm) (0.7) 13.74 (349) 9.8 (251) 2.87 (1.3) 17.72 (450) 13.82 (351) PMR2416 3.53 (1.6) 21.85 (555) 13.82 (351) HP3020D PMR3020 5.07 (2.3) 25.39 (645) 17.76 (451) HP3325D PMR3325 7.06 (3.2) 29.53 (750) 21.69 (551) Refer to the Enclosure Accessories section for back panel accessories. 146 D in. w w w. c a r l o n . c o m Himeline® Enclosures – HP Series Accessories Pole Mounting Set Part Numbers To Fit To Enclosures Standard Carton Quantity HPPF300 HP1612B 1 HPPF400 HP2016B HP2416C 1 HPPF500 HP3020D 1 HPPF600 HP3325D 1 35 mm Symmetrical DIN Rail Part Numbers To Fit To Enclosures Width (in.) Std. Ctn. Qty. HPCO300 HP1612B 11.02 1 HPCO400 HP2016B, HP2416C 14.96 1 HPCO500 HP3020D 18.90 1 Rail Mounting Insert Part Number Features Standard Carton Quantity HPRFK Fits all enclosures 1 Wall Mounting Set (includes brass inserts and installation tools) Part Number Standard Carton Quantity Standard Carton Weight (lbs.) HPWMF 4 0.1 Blanking Grommet To close off openings on enclosure backs. Part Numbers Fits Enclosure Sizes Description Std. Ctn. Qty. Std. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.) HPBNGB 16 x 12 and 20 x 16 Blanking Grommet Set of 4 1.00 HPBNGC 24 x 16, 30 x 20 and 33 x 25 Blanking Grommet Set of 4 1.00 w w w. c a r l o n . c o m 147 Himeline® Enclosures – HP Series Accessories Fixing Accessories For Slotted Plates Part Numbers FIXING NUT Type Of Thread Std. Ctn. Qty. FIXING BOLT WITH WASHER Part Length Std. Ctn. Numbers (in.) Qty. HPFA4 M4 100 HPFB104 .39 100 HPFA4 M4 100 HPFB164 .63 100 HPFA5 M5 100 HPFB125 .47 100 HPFA5 M5 100 HPFB185 .71 100 HPFA6 M6 100 HPFB126 .47 100 HPFA6 M6 100 HPFB186 .71 100 For slotted back panels, see page 34 Back Panel Depth Adjustable Supports Supports designed to fit 7.87" (200 mm), 9.84" (250 mm), 11.81" (300 mm) and 13.78" (350 mm) deep enclosures. Self-positioning slots allow for adjustment every .49" (12.5 mm). Made of zinc dichromated coated steel. To Fit Enclosures Part Numbers A in./mm B in./mm Standard Carton Quantity HP1612B & HP2016B HPLM200 HPLM200 5.98/152 3.90/99 1 set of 4 HP2416C HPLM250 8.07/205 4.13/105 1 set of 4 HP3020D & HP3325D HPLM300 HPLM300 10.04/255 8.07/205 1 set of 4 Pedestal Mount Part Number To Fit To Enclosures Standard Carton Qty. HPSFS1 HP2016B HP2416C 1 Draining Device* For 3R Rating and condensation build-up. Part Number Standard Carton Qty. HPVEA9 1 *Factory installation available. 148 w w w. c a r l o n . c o m Himeline® Enclosures – HP Series Accessories Air Vents* NEMA 1 Rated only. Part Numbers Style Standard Carton Qty. HPVM25 For fitting outside of all enclosures 1 HPVM35 For fitting inside of all enclosures 1 *Factory installation available. Enclosure Ventilator* Allows any size enclosure to Coupling Frame For Himeline HP Enclosures breathe, yet remains watertight. HP3020D and HP3325D Part Number Standard Carton Qty. Part Number Standard Carton Qty. HVM27 1 HPBU 1 *Factory installation available. Replacement Standard Handle Part Number Standard Carton Quantity Standard Carton Weight (lbs.) HPRSH 1 0.05 Locks For Himeline HP Enclosures Replacement Door Lock Cylinder Key Lock (Keyed Alike) Padlocking Service Part Number Std. Ctn. Qty. Part Number Std. Ctn. Qty. Part Number Std. Ctn. Qty. HPRLA 1 HPTPLM 1 HPPLH 1 For replacement handle, order HPRSH. For replacement key, order HPRKO. w w w. c a r l o n . c o m 149 Himeline® Enclosures – HLA/HLS Series (Fiber Reinforced Polyester) HLA/HLS Series Enclosures Features • Fiber reinforced polyester. • Temperature range of -58° to 302° F (-50° to 150° C). • Indoor/outdoor applications. • Superior strength. • High resistance to harsh environments. • Watertight gasket seal. • One- and two-door configurations. • Locking mechanism and hinge are outside gasketed area. • Floor or wall mounted. Carlon® Himeline® HLA/HLS Series Enclosures are large Fiber Reinforced Polyester Cabinets ranging in sizes 20 x 20 x 17 to 50 x 40 x 17 and 20 x 20 x 12 to 50 x 40 x 12, respectively. They have operating temperatures of -50° to 150° C and can accommodate large devices and equipment for a wide range of applications including junction and terminal wiring boxes, instruments, and control housings. They are ideal for indoor/outdoor industrial, MRO and OEM applications, and offer superior strength and high resistance to corrosion, moisture, dust, oil and UV light, enabling them to withstand the harshest of environments. The HLA/HLS Series Enclosures are fitted with a watertight gasket and are available in one-and two-door configurations. These cabinets have a closed top and bottom and the two-door version includes a central upright to maintain rigidity. Applications • Contain large devices and equipment. • Junction and terminal wiring boxes. • Instrument and control housings. Standards • IP 65 Rating (Single door versions only) • 4/4X Rated (Single door versions only) • UL Listed • CSA Certified To maintain the watertight seal, the locking mechanism is positioned outside the gasketed area. A wide variety of accessories are available such as steel and nonmetallic back panels, self-positioning panel depth adjusters, and ventilator kits. Carlon Enclosures…the ideal alternative to expensive stainless steel enclosures. 150 w w w. c a r l o n . c o m Himeline® Enclosures – HLA/HLS Series (Fiber Reinforced Polyester) HLA/HLS Series Single and Double Hinged Cover Enclosures with Latches One Door NEMA Types 1, 2, 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 5, 12, 13 LR96563 E54381 HLA One Door (17" Deep) Part No. H Dimensions W D Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn. Qty. Wt. HLA2020 20 20 17 1 38.3 HLA2030 20 30 17 1 53.9 HLA3020 30 20 17 1 53.9 HLA3030 30 30 17 1 60.7 HLA4020 40 20 17 1 63.1 HLA4030 40 30 17 1 81.0 HLA5020 50 20 17 1 78.7 HLA5030 50 30 17 1 96.7 HLS One Door (12" Deep) Two Door NEMA Types 1, 2, 12, 13 Part No. H Dimensions W D Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn. Qty. Wt. HLS2020 20 20 12 1 29.8 HLS2030 20 30 12 1 40.59 HLS3020 30 20 12 1 49.5 HLS3030 30 30 12 1 55.1 HLS4020 40 20 12 1 56.81 HLS4030 40 30 12 1 61.7 HLS5020 50 20 12 1 67.56 HLS5030 50 30 12 1 76.83 HLA Two Door (17" Deep) Part No. H Dimensions W D Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn. Qty. Wt. HLA30402 30 40 17 1 81.0 HLA40402 40 40 17 1 114.7 HLA40502 40 50 17 1 135.0 HLA50402 50 40 17 1 135.0 HLS Two Door (12" Deep) Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn. Qty. Wt. Part No. H Dimensions W D HLS30402 30 40 12 1 62.57 HLS40402 40 40 12 1 87.59 HLS40502 40 50 12 1 104.28 HLS50402 50 40 12 1 104.28 w w w. c a r l o n . c o m 151 Himeline® Enclosures – HLA/HLS Series (Fiber Reinforced Polyester) Accessories Nonmetallic Thermosetting Plastic (Bakelite) One Door Part No. Dimensions H W LP2020BP 15.4 14.8 1 2.1 LP3020BP* 25.2 14.8 1 3.0 LP3030BP 25.2 24.6 1 6.3 LP4020BP 35.0 14.8 1 5.2 LP4030BP 35.0 24.6 1 8.8 LP5020BP 44.3 14.8 1 6.7 LP5030BP 44.3 24.6 1 11.2 Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn. Qty. Wt. * Use Back Panel LP3020BP for Enclosures HLA2030, HLA3020, HLS2030 and HLS3020 Two Door Metal – Galvanized Steel Part No. Dimensions H W LP30402BP 25.2 34.4 1 8.8 LP40402BP 35.0 34.4 1 12.3 LP40502BP 35.0 44.3 1 16.1 LP50402BP 44.3 34.4 1 16.1 Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn. Qty. Wt. One Door Part No. Dimensions H W LA2020BP 15.4 14.8 1 5.6 LA3020BP* 25.2 14.8 1 8.6 LA3030BP 25.2 24.6 1 17.6 LA4020BP 35.0 14.8 1 14.6 LA4030BP 35.0 24.6 1 24.3 LA5020BP 44.3 14.8 1 19.4 LA5030BP 44.3 24.6 1 31.9 Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn. Qty. Wt. * Use Back Panel LA3020BP for Enclosures HLA2030, HLA3020, HLS2030 and HLS3020 Two Door 152 w w w. c a r l o n . c o m Part No. Dimensions H W LA30402BP 25.2 34.4 1 24.1 LA40402BP 35.0 34.4 1 33.8 LA40502BP 35.0 44.3 1 43.4 LA50402BP 44.3 34.4 1 43.7 Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn. Qty. Wt. Himeline® Enclosures – HLA/HLS Series (Fiber Reinforced Polyester) Accessories Mounting Feet Replacement Handle with Cylinder Key Lock Part No. HLAMFSS Std. Ctn. Qty. Std. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.) Part No. Std. Ctn. Qty. Std. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.) 1 ea. .6 HLATEL 1 ea. .41 (set of 4) Standard Replacement Bar Lock with Key Panel Adjuster Kit Part No. HLABPA4 Std. Ctn. Qty. Std. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.) Part No. Std. Ctn. Qty. Std. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.) 1 ea. .31 HLATD 1 ea. .21 (set of 4) Padlock Device Replacement Handle with Push Button Part No. Std. Ctn. Qty. Std. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.) Part No. Std. Ctn. Qty. Std. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.) HLAPAD 1 ea. .61 HLAHAN 1 .40 Air Vents* Draining Device* Part No. Std. Ctn. Qty. HPVEA9 1 Part No. For 3R Rating and condensation build-up. Std. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.) Style HPVM25 For fitting outside of all enclosures 1 HPVM35 For fitting inside of all enclosures 1 NEMA 1 Rated only. Enclosure Ventilator* *Factory installation available. Part No. HVM27 Std. Ctn. Qty. 1 Allows any size enclosure to breathe, yet remains watertight. w w w. c a r l o n . c o m 153 Himeline® Distribution Enclosures Distribution Enclosure and Pedestal Enclosure Features • High impact resistance • Nonconductive and noncorrosive. • Fits all type of electrical equipment • IP-43 Self-Ventilated. • IP-54 Watertight. • One and two door configurations. • Install directly on the ground or on a pedestal. • Removable inner hinges for great access. • Doors open 180° Pedestal Features • Can be direct buried. • Nonconductive and noncorrosive • Detachable upper front for easy access. • High impact resistance. • Auxiliary outlet on the side. • IP-43 Self-Ventilated. • IP-54 Watertight. • Floor or wall mountable. Carlon® Distribution Enclosures and Pedestals are designed to accommodate all types of electrical equipment for electrical distribution applications. The enclosure may be directly installed on the ground or on top of a pedestal, and the pedestal is approved for direct bury applications. Both are manufactured using fiber reinforced polyester to provide high impact resistance and allow effortless modifications. And each have an IP-43 SelfVentilated and IP-54 Watertight rating and a temperature range of -58°F to 302°F. 154 Material • Fiberglass Reinforced Polyester Applications w w w. c a r l o n . c o m Himeline® Distribution Enclosures Distribution Enclosure and Pedestal Specifications Enclosures Part No. No. of Doors No. of Locks A Height B Width C Depth Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.) 1 1 1 2 2 1 1 1 1 2 33.46 33.46 33.46 33.46 33.46 18.31 23.23 30.91 43.90 43.90 12.60 12.60 12.60 12.60 12.60 1 1 1 1 1 40.79 48.50 55.12 77.16 77.16 HLP3318 HLP3323 HLP3331 HLP33442 HLP33442L Pedestals Part No. HLPED3318 HLPED3323 HLPED3331 HLPED33442 A Height B Width C Depth Ctn. Weight Qty. (lbs.) 35.43 35.43 35.43 35.43 18.31 23.23 30.91 43.90 12.20 12.20 12.20 12.20 1 1 1 1 33.10 37.48 44.10 55.12 Mounting Plates Part No. # of Plates per Encl. D E Thickness Carton Qty. Weight (lbs.) 1 2 1 1 14.02 17.64 18.94 26.61 11.97 15.59 16.89 24.57 .20 .20 .20 .20 1 1 1 1 4.41 11.02 6.00 8.38 LA1412BP LA1816BP LA1916BP LA2725BP Accessories Gasket Part No. Size HxWxD Carton Qty. Weight (lbs.) HLP3318G HLP3323G HLP3331G HLP3344G 33 x 18 x 12 33 x 23 x 12 33 x 31 x 12 33 x 44 x 12 1 1 1 1 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 w w w. c a r l o n . c o m 155 Slack and Splice Enclosures Slack and Splice Enclosures Features • Slack and Splice Enclosures provide maximum protection of slack fiber and splice unit assemblies. • Eliminates need for difficult aerial and vault splicing. • Stores adequate slack fiber to facilitate splicing at ground level work station. • Enclosure sized to maintain minimum required radius of fiber optic cable. • Splice tube to accommodate industry standard splice and tray assemblies (Splice enclosure only). Carlon’s state-of-the-art modification capabilities allow for design of Slack and Splice Enclosures to meet specific application requirements. 156 w w w. c a r l o n . c o m Slack and Splice Enclosures Slack Enclosures Cable Retainer Clips Structural Foam Thermoplastic Enclosure Part Number SLK11 Hinged Cover for Easy Access Weatherproof Split Cable Grommets Slack Fiber Optic Cable Inside Box Size AxBxC 30 x 24 x 11 1/2 Box Opening ExF 27 1/4 x Dimensions K M N 21 1/4 10 1/4 10 1/2 1 SLK12 30 x 24 x 9 1/2 27 1/4 x 21 1/4 8 1/4 8 1/2 1 SLK21 24 x 20 x 11 1/2 211/4 x 17 1/4 10 1/4 10 1/2 1 SLK22 24 x 20 x 9 1/2 211/4 x 17 1/4 8 1/4 8 1/2 1 SLK31 20 x 16 x 11 1/2 17 1/4 x 13 1/4 10 1/4 10 1/2 1 SLK32 20 x 16 x 9 1/2 17 1/4 x 13 1/4 10 1/4 10 1/2 1 Aluminum Channel for Pole or Vault Wall Mounting 1/4" Thick UL Approved Gasket Splice Enclosures Cable Retainer Clips Hinged Cover for Easy Access Weatherproof Split Cable Grommets Weatherproof Splice Tube Structural Foam Thermoplastic Enclosure Slack Fiber Optic Cable Part Number Inside Box Size AxBxC Tube Size Box Opening ExF Dimensions K M N 10" 27 1/4 21 1/4 10 1/4 10 1/2 1 30 x 24 x 9 1/2 8" 27 1/4 x 21 1/4 8 1/4 8 1/2 1 SPL211 24 x 20 x 11 1/2 10" 211/4 x 17 1/4 10 1/4 10 1/2 1 SPL222 24 x 20 x 9 1/2 8" 211/4 x 17 1/4 8 1/4 8 1/2 1 SPL111 30 x 24 x 11 1/2 SPL122 x Splice Closure (Not Included) Aluminum Channel for Pole or Vault Wall Mounting w w w. c a r l o n . c o m 157 Enclosures Factory Modifications For All Enclosures Color Molded Enclosures All Circuit Safe® enclosures can be molded in a variety of colors. Minimum quantities for single shipment or releases against blanket orders are required. Painted/Silkscreened Enclosures Painted JIC enclosure with painted back panel. Installed clear cover with handle and quick-release latch. All enclosures can be painted, interior and exterior, or by special request. Enclosure covers can also be silkscreened on request. EMI/RFI Protection Color molded JIC unit with addition of window and pushbuttons. For applications where Radio Frequency Interference is a factor, the interior can be coated with an acrylic base paint with a nickel filler. Windows can be covered with fine copper mesh. Other Modifications Available Our factory is capable of modifying any of our enclosures to a customer’s specifications. Factory’s capabilities include: Molded junction box painted with addition of mounted in-use weatherproof cover. • Precision milling of button holes, windows, and pockets for keypad installations. • Hole tapping. • Ventilators. • Mounting bosses. • Access windows. • Hinged windows. • Mounted in use weatherproof covers. • Handles for portable units. • Latches. • Enclosure coolers. • Cylinder locking systems. • And more! Painted JIC enclosure with pocket installed in cover for control pad. 158 w w w. c a r l o n . c o m Enclosures General Information NEMA Types – Definitions Pertaining to Nonhazardous Locations Enclosures for Electrical Equipment An enclosure is a surrounding case constructed to provide protection from accidental contact with the enclosed equipment and to provide protection to the enclosed equipment from specified environmental conditions. A brief description of the more common types of enclosures used by the electrical industry follows. Type 1 Enclosure: Intended for indoor use primarily to provide protection against contact with enclosed equipment and a degree of protection against falling dirt. Type 2 Enclosure: Intended for indoor use primarily to provide a degree of protection against limited amounts of falling water and dirt. Type 3 Enclosure: Intended for outdoor use primarily to provide a degree of protection against wind-blown dust, rain, sleet and external ice formation. Type 3R Enclosure: Intended for outdoor use primarily to provide a degree of protection against falling rain, sleet and external ice formation. Type 3S Enclosure: Intended for outdoor use primarily to provide a degree of protection against wind-blown dust, rain, and sleet, and to provide for operation of external mechanism when ice laden. Type 3X Enclosure: Intended for outdoor use primarily to provide a degree of protection against wind-blown dust, rain, sleet, external ice formation, and corrosion. Type 3SX Enclosure: Intended for outdoor use primarily to provide a degree of protection against wind-blown dust, rain, sleet, and corrosion,and to provide for operation of external mechanism when ice laden. Type 4 Enclosure: Intended for indoor or outdoor use primarily to provide a degree of protection against wind-blown dust and rain, splashing water and hose-directed water. Type 4X Enclosure: Intended for indoor or outdoor use primarily to provide a degree of protection against corrosion, wind-blown dust and rain, splashing water and hose-directed water. Type 6 Enclosure: Intended for indoor or outdoor use primarily to avoid a degree of protection against contact with enclosed equipment, falling dirt, hose-directed water, entry of water during occasional temporary submersion at a limited depth and external ice formation. Type 6P Enclosure: Intended for indoor or outdoor use primarily to provide a degree of protection against contact with enclosed equipment, falling dirt, hose-directed water, entry of water during prolonged submersion at a limited depth and external ice formation. Type 12 Enclosure: Intended for indoor use primarily to provide a degree of protection against dust, falling dirt and dripping noncorrosive liquids. Type 13 Enclosure: Intended for indoor use primarily to provide a degree of protection against dust, spraying of water, oil and noncorrosive coolant. w w w. c a r l o n . c o m 159 Enclosures General Information International Standards IP Protection Classification Data The letters IP followed by three characteristic numbers symbolize the degree of protection. First Digit Second Digit Protection Against Solid Bodies Protection Against Liquids IP TTest IP T Test 0 0 No No protection protection 00 No protection protection No 1 Protectionagainst against Protected solid bodies bodies larger larger than solid than 50 (for mm example (for 50 mm example accidenaccidentally touchingtouching with tally withhand) the hand) the 1 1 Protection against Protected against vertical water drops drops (condensation) condensation 2 2 Protected Protected against against water drops at up to to 15° from 15° from the the vertical vertical 3 3 Protected rain at up against to 60° fromatthe rain upvertical to 60° from the vertical 4 4 Protected against against Protected water splashing from water splashing from all directions all directions 5 5 Protected against against Protected water sprayed from sprayed water a hose from allfrom a hose from all directions directions Protection against 2 2 Protected against solid bodies larger solid bodies larger than 12 12 mm mm (for (for than example example aa finger) finger) 3 3 Protected against solid bodies bodies larger larger solid than 2.5 2.5 mm mm (tools, (tools, than wires) wires) Protected against Protection against 4 Protectionagainst against Protected solid solid bodies bodies larger than than 11 mm mm (fine (tools, tools, small wires) small wires) 5 5 Protected Protectionagainst against dust (no harmful dust (no harmful deposits) deposits) 6 Complete Complete protection protection against dust against dust Protected against against Protected water projections water similarprojections to sea wave similar to sea wave splashes splashes 6 6 15 cm mini 7 7 Protected against against Protected the effect of the effector immersion immersion 1 m m 8 8 160 w w w. c a r l o n . c o m ...m Protected against against Protected effects of prolonged effects of prolonged immersion under immersion pressure under pressure Enclosures General Information Clearance Holes For Carflex® Fittings or PVC Male Terminal Adapters Carflex Fittings & PVC Male Terminal Adapters Trade Sizes Nominal Size (in.) Actual Size (in.) Actual Size (mm) 1⁄2 .875 .879 22.4 3⁄4 1.093 1.107 28.2 1 1.344 1.357 34.6 1 1⁄4 1.813 1.699 43.2 1 1⁄2 1.938 1.949 49.6 2 2.375 2.413 61.5 1⁄2 2.875 2.914 74.0 3.5 3.539 89.8 4 4.044 102.7 4 4.5 4.544 115.4 5 5.625 5.675 143.7 2 3 3 1⁄2 Engineering Properties Of Enclosures Property Thermal And Mechanical Temperature Range (°F) Specific Gravity (oz./in3) Thermal Conductivity (BTU • in/hr • ft 2 • °F) Heat Deflection Temperature @ 264 PSI (°F) Tensile Strength (PSI) Flexural Strength (PSI) Compressive Strength @ 10% Deformation (PSI) Impact Strength IZOD Notched (ft.lbs./in.) Water Absorption – 24 hrs. @ 73°F (%) Electrical Dielectric Strength (VOLTS/MIL.) Dielectric Constant 60 Hz 100 Hz 106 Volume Resistivity @ 73°F (OHM-CM) Arc Resistance (SEC) Test Method Opaque Polycarbonate Covers & Boxes Clear Polycarbonate Cover FRP ASTM D792 ASTM D177 ASTM D648 ASTM D638 ASTM D790 ASTM D695 ASTM D256 ASTM D570 -30° to 230° 1.20 1.35 265 8,800 13,500 12,500 12 0.15 -30° to 230° 1.20 1.35 260 9,000 14,000 12,500 12 0.15 -58° to 320° 1.79 1.68 392 13,000 19,000 24,000 12 0.17 ASTM D149 ASTM D150 380 380 467 3.0 2.96 >1016 120 3.0 2.96 >1016 120 2.0 x 1015 200+ ASTM D257 ASTM D495 w w w. c a r l o n . c o m 161 Enclosures General Information Chemical Resistance Data Environmental Resistance Table: E–Excellent, G–Good, L–Limited, U–Unsatisfactory IMPORTANT: These environmental resistance ratings are based upon tests where the specimens were placed in complete submergence in the reagent listed. Ratings listed in this chart apply to a 48-Hour exposure period. (The information in this chart is to be used ONLY as a guide in selecting equipment for appropriate chemical compatibility. Before permanent installation, test the equipment with the chemicals and under the specific conditions of your application.) Polycarbonate PVC Chemical Acetaldehyde Acetamide Acetate Solvent Acetic Acid Acetic Acid 20% Acetic Acid 80% Acetic Acid, Glacial Acetic Anhydride Acetone Acetyl Bromide Acetyl Chloride (dry) Acetylene Acrylonitrile Adipic Acid Alcohols:Amyl Alcohols:Benzyl Alcohols:Butyl Alcohols:Diacetone Alcohols:Ethyl Alcohols:Hexyl Alcohols:Isobutyl Alcohols:Isopropyl Alcohols:Methyl Alcohols:Octyl Alcohols:Propyl Aluminum Chloride Aluminum Chloride 20% Aluminum Fluoride Aluminum Hydroxide Aluminum Nitrate Aluminum Potassium Sulfate 10% Aluminum Potassium Sulfate 100% Aluminum Sulfate Amines Ammonia 10% Ammonia Nitrate Ammonia, anhydrous Ammonia, liquid Ammonium Acetate Ammonium Bifluoride Ammonium Carbonate Ammonium Caseinate Ammonium Chloride Ammonium Hydroxide Ammonium Nitrate Ammonium Oxalate Ammonium Persulfate Ammonium Phosphate, Dibasic Ammonium Phosphate, Monobasic Ammonium Phosphate, Tribasic Ammonium Sulfate Ammonium Sulfite Amyl Acetate Amyl Alcohol Amyl Chloride Aniline Aniline Hydrochloride Antifreeze Antimony Trichloride Aqua Regia (80% HCl, 20% HNO3) 162 Himeline HE Opaque Cover w/Base U U U U U L U U U U L E G E E U E G L E E E E E E E E E G E E E U G G E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E U E U L G E E L FRP Polycarbonate (Fiberglass Reinforced Circuit Safe NEMA Polyester) Circuit Safe JIC Noryl Himeline HE Himeline HS - Bases Circuit Clear Cover w/Base Himeline HP Safe Himeline HS Himeline HLA/HLS Medium Opaque w/Clear Lids Himeline HLP JIC L U G E G G U U U U U G E G E G E E G E E E E U U U U E U E E E U G U U E U E E E E E U E E L L E L L E E L L U U E - U E E E E U U U L U E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E U E E G E E E E E E E E E E E E U L U U E E U PVC Chemical Aromatic Hydrocarbons Arsenic Acid Arsenic Salts Asphalt Barium Carbonate Barium Chloride Barium Cyanide Barium Hydroxide Barium Nitrate Barium Sulfate Barium Sulfide Beer Beet Sugar Liquids Benzaldehyde Benzene Benzene Sulfonic Acid Benzoic Acid Benzol Benzonitrile Benzyl Chloride Bleaching Liquors Borax (Sodium Borate) Boric Acid Bromine Butadiene Butane Butanol (Butyl Alcohol) Butyl Amine Butyl Ether Butyl Phthalate Butylacetate Butylene Butyric Acid Calcium Bisulfate Calcium Bisulfide Calcium Bisulfite Calcium Carbonate Calcium Chlorate Calcium Chloride Calcium Hydroxide Calcium Hypochlorite Calcium Nitrate Calcium Oxide Calcium Sulfate Calgon Cane Juice Carbolic Acid (Phenol) Carbon Bisulfide Carbon Dioxide (dry) Carbon Dioxide (wet) Carbon Disulfide Carbon Monoxide Carbon Tetrachloride Carbon Tetrachloride (dry) Carbon Tetrachloride (wet) Carbonated Water Carbonic Acid Catsup Chloric Acid Chlorine (dry) w w w. c a r l o n . c o m Himeline HE Opaque Cover w/Base U E E E E E U E E G E E E U L E E E E E L L L L U E U E G E G E G L G G E G G E U U E E U E U E E E E U FRP (Fiberglass Reinforced Circuit Safe NEMA Polyester) Circuit Safe JIC Noryl Himeline HE Himeline HS - Bases Circuit Clear Cover w/Base Himeline HP Safe Himeline HS Himeline HLA/HLS Medium Opaque w/Clear Lids Himeline HLP JIC E U E E U U U E U U U G U E L U U G U U U U U U U L U U E E U U U E - E E U E E U L E E U E E E U L E E L E - U E E E E E E E E E G U E G G U E E E U U E U U E G U E E E E E E E E E E U E E U E U U U E E E U G Enclosures General Information Chemical Resistance Data Environmental Resistance Table: E–Excellent, G–Good, L–Limited, U–Unsatisfactory IMPORTANT: These environmental resistance ratings are based upon tests where the specimens were placed in complete submergence in the reagent listed. Ratings listed in this chart apply to a 48-Hour exposure period. (The information in this chart is to be used ONLY as a guide in selecting equipment for appropriate chemical compatibility. Before permanent installation, test the equipment with the chemicals and under the specific conditions of your application.) Polycarbonate PVC Chemical Chlorine Water Chlorine, Anhydrous Liquid Chloroacetic Acid Chlorobenzene (Mono) Chlorobromomethane Chloroform Chlorosulfonic Acid Chocolate Syrup Chromic Acid 10% Chromic Acid 30% Chromic Acid 5% Chromic Acid 50% Chromium Salts Citric Acid Citric Oils Clorox® (Bleach) Copper Chloride Copper Cyanide Copper Fluoborate Copper Nitrate Copper Sulfate >5% Copper Sulfate 5% Cresols Cresylic Acid Cupric Acid Cyclohexane Cyclohexanone Detergents Diacetone Alcohol Dichlorobenzene Dichloroethane Diesel Fuel Diethyl Ether Diethylamine Diethylene Glycol Dimethyl Aniline Dimethyl Formamide Diphenyl Oxide Dyes Epsom Salts (Magnesium Sulfate) Ethane Ethanol Ethanolamine Ether Ethyl Acetate Ethyl Benzoate Ethyl Chloride Ethyl Ether Ethylene Bromide Ethylene Chloride Ethylene Chlorohydrin Ethylene Diamine Ethylene Dichloride Ethylene Glycol Ethylene Oxide Fatty Acids Ferric Chloride Ferric Nitrate Ferric Sulfate Ferrous Chloride Himeline HE Opaque Cover w/Base E U G U U U U E E E U E G E E E E E E E U U E U U E U U U E U U L U U U G E E L U U U U U U U U U U U E U E E E E E FRP Polycarbonate (Fiberglass Reinforced Circuit Safe NEMA Polyester) Circuit Safe JIC Noryl Himeline HE Himeline HS - Bases Circuit Clear Cover w/Base Himeline HP Safe Himeline HS Himeline HLA/HLS Medium Opaque w/Clear Lids Himeline HLP JIC L U U U L E G L G U E U U E E U U E G U E U U U E U U G U U E G U U U U U U E U G L G E E E U E U E E U U L L L U E U E E E E E L G U U U E E U E U E E E E E E E E U E U U E E U E U U E E E E U E E U U U U U E E E E E E E PVC Chemical Ferrous Sulfate Fluoboric Acid Fluorine Fluosilicic Acid Formaldehyde 100% Formaldehyde 40% Formic Acid Freon 113 Freon 12 Freon 22 Freon TF Freon® 11 Fuel Oils Furan Resin Furfural Gallic Acid Gasoline (high-aromatic) Gasoline, leaded, ref. Gasoline, unleaded Gelatin Glucose Glue, P.V.A. Glycerin Glycolic Acid Grease Heptane Hexane Hydraulic Oil (Petro) Hydraulic Oil (Synthetic) Hydrazine Hydrobromic Acid 100% Hydrobromic Acid 20% Hydrochloric Acid 100% Hydrochloric Acid 20% Hydrochloric Acid 37% Hydrochloric Acid, Dry Gas Hydrocyanic Acid Hydrocyanic Acid (Gas 10%) Hydrofluoric Acid 100% Hydrofluoric Acid 20% Hydrofluoric Acid 50% Hydrofluoric Acid 75% Hydrofluosilicic Acid 100% Hydrofluosilicic Acid 20% Hydrogen Gas Hydrogen Peroxide 10% Hydrogen Peroxide 100% Hydrogen Peroxide 30% Hydrogen Peroxide 50% Hydrogen Sulfide (aqua) Hydrogen Sulfide (dry) Hydroquinone Hydroxyacetic Acid 70% Ink Iodine Iodine (in alcohol) Iodoform Isooctane Isopropyl Acetate Isopropyl Ether w w w. c a r l o n . c o m Himeline HE Opaque Cover w/Base E E U U E E E G E E G E E E U G E G L G E L E G E L G E E E G U E G E G E L G G L G E E E E E E G E G U L E E E E U G FRP (Fiberglass Reinforced Circuit Safe NEMA Polyester) Circuit Safe JIC Noryl Himeline HE Himeline HS - Bases Circuit Clear Cover w/Base Himeline HP Safe Himeline HS Himeline HLA/HLS Medium Opaque w/Clear Lids Himeline HLP JIC E L E E E E G G U E E E E E G U U U G U G U U U U E E E E E E G U U E E L L E E E E U E L E E - E E E E E E U U G G G U E G G U E E E G G G G E E E E E L U L U U G G E E E E E L U - 163 Enclosures General Information Chemical Resistance Data Environmental Resistance Table: E–Excellent, G–Good, L–Limited, U–Unsatisfactory IMPORTANT: These environmental resistance ratings are based upon tests where the specimens were placed in complete submergence in the reagent listed. Ratings listed in this chart apply to a 48-Hour exposure period. (The information in this chart is to be used ONLY as a guide in selecting equipment for appropriate chemical compatibility. Before permanent installation, test the equipment with the chemicals and under the specific conditions of your application.) Polycarbonate PVC Chemical Isotane Jet Fuel (JP3, JP4, JP5) Kerosene Ketones Lacquer Thinners Lacquers Lactic Acid Lard Lead Acetate Lead Nitrate Lead Sulfamate Lime Linoleic Acid Lithium Chloride Lithium Hydroxide Lubricants Lye: Ca(OH)2 Calcium Hydroxide Lye: KOH Potassium Hydroxide Lye: NaOH Sodium Hydroxide Magnesium Bisulfate Magnesium Carbonate Magnesium Chloride Magnesium Hydroxide Magnesium Nitrate Magnesium Oxide Magnesium Sulfate (Epsom Salts) Maleic Acid Malic Acid Manganese Sulfate Mayonnaise Melamine Mercuric Chloride (dilute) Mercuric Cyanide Mercurous Nitrate Mercury Methane Methanol (Methyl Alcohol) Methyl Acetate Methyl Acetone Methyl Alcohol 10% Methyl Bromide Methyl Butyl Ketone Methyl Cellosolve Methyl Chloride Methyl Dichloride Methyl Ethyl Ketone Methyl Isobutyl Ketone Methyl Isopropyl Ketone Methyl Methacrylate Methylamine Methylene Chloride Mineral Spirits Monochloroacetic acid Monoethanolamine Morpholine Motor oil Naphtha Naphthalene Natural Gas Nickel Chloride 164 Himeline HE Opaque Cover w/Base E L E U U U G E G E G G E U G G G E E G G E E E E E L U U E E E E G E U U E U E U U E U U U E U U E U G E U E E FRP Polycarbonate (Fiberglass Reinforced Circuit Safe NEMA Polyester) Circuit Safe JIC Noryl Himeline HE Himeline HS - Bases Circuit Clear Cover w/Base Himeline HP Safe Himeline HS Himeline HLA/HLS Medium Opaque w/Clear Lids Himeline HLP JIC E U U G U G E E G U E U U U E E E E E E E E E U G U G U U U U U U U L U U E G E E E E G E L E U E - U U U U U E E E E L E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E U U U U U E E U E U U E PVC Chemical Nickel Nitrate Nickel Sulfate Nitrating Acid (<15% HNO3) Nitrating Acid (>15% H2SO4) Nitrating Acid (_1% Acid) Nitrating Acid (_15% H2SO4) Nitric Acid (20%) Nitric Acid (50%) Nitric Acid (5-10%) Nitric Acid (Concentrated) Nitrobenzene Nitromethane Nitrous Acid Nitrous Oxide Oils:Aniline Oils:Citric Oils:Creosote Oils:Diesel Fuel (20, 30, 40, 50) Oils:Fuel (1, 2, 3, 5A, 5B, 6) Oils:Hydraulic Oil (Petro) Oils:Hydraulic Oil (Synthetic) Oils:Mineral Oils:Olive Oils:Orange Oils:Pine Oils:Rosin Oils:Silicone Oils:Transformer Oils:Turbine Oleic Acid Oleum 100% Oleum 25% Oxalic Acid (cold) Ozone Palmitic Acid Paraffin Pentane Perchloric Acid Perchloroethylene Petrolatum Petroleum Phenol (10%) Phenol (Carbolic Acid) Phosphoric Acid (>40%) Phosphoric Acid (crude) Phosphoric Acid (molten) Phosphoric Acid (_40%) Phosphoric Acid Anhydride Phosphorus Phosphorus Trichloride Photographic Developer Photographic Solutions Phthalic Anhydride Picric Acid Potash (Potassium Carbonate) Potassium Bicarbonate Potassium Bromide Potassium Chlorate Potassium Chloride Potassium Chromate w w w. c a r l o n . c o m Himeline HE Opaque Cover w/Base E E U U U U E G E G U G E E U G L G E E E G L L U L E G E L U U G G G G E L L G L U G G U G E U E E U U E E E E E E FRP (Fiberglass Reinforced Circuit Safe NEMA Polyester) Circuit Safe JIC Noryl Himeline HE Himeline HS - Bases Circuit Clear Cover w/Base Himeline HP Safe Himeline HS Himeline HLA/HLS Medium Opaque w/Clear Lids Himeline HLP JIC U E G G E L U U E G G E L E E E E U G U E E E U L E E E U E E E - G L E E L L E E E E G G E G U U U E U U E E E E E E E E U U U U E E E E E E E E E E E Enclosures General Information Chemical Resistance Data Environmental Resistance Table: E–Excellent, G–Good, L–Limited, U–Unsatisfactory IMPORTANT: These environmental resistance ratings are based upon tests where the specimens were placed in complete submergence in the reagent listed. Ratings listed in this chart apply to a 48-Hour exposure period. (The information in this chart is to be used ONLY as a guide in selecting equipment for appropriate chemical compatibility. Before permanent installation, test the equipment with the chemicals and under the specific conditions of your application.) Polycarbonate PVC Chemical Potassium Cyanide Solutions Potassium Dichromate Potassium Ferricyanide Potassium Ferrocyanide Potassium Hydroxide (Caustic Potash) Potassium Hypochlorite Potassium Iodide Potassium Nitrate Potassium Oxalate Potassium Permanganate Potassium Sulfate Potassium Sulfide Propane (liquefied) Propylene Propylene Glycol Pyridine Pyrogallic Acid Resorcinal Rosins Salicylic Acid Salt Brine (NaCl saturated) Sea Water Silicone Silver Bromide Silver Nitrate Soap Solutions Soda Ash (see Sodium Carbonate) Sodium Acetate Sodium Aluminate Sodium Benzoate Sodium Bicarbonate Sodium Bisulfate Sodium Bisulfite Sodium Borate (Borax) Sodium Bromide Sodium Carbonate Sodium Chlorate Sodium Chloride Sodium Chromate Sodium Cyanide Sodium Ferrocyanide Sodium Fluoride Sodium Hydrosulfite Sodium Hydroxide (20%) Sodium Hydroxide (50%) Sodium Hydroxide (80%) Sodium Hypochlorite (<20%) Sodium Hypochlorite (100%) Sodium Metaphosphate Sodium Metasilicate Sodium Nitrate Sodium Perborate Sodium Peroxide Sodium Polyphosphate Sodium Silicate Sodium Sulfate Sodium Sulfide Sodium Sulfite Sodium Tetraborate Sodium Thiosulfate (hypo) Himeline HE Opaque Cover w/Base E E E E E G E E E E E E G L U E L L G E E E E E E G G E E E E G E E E E E E L E E E E G E E E E G E E E E E E E FRP Polycarbonate (Fiberglass Reinforced Circuit Safe NEMA Polyester) Circuit Safe JIC Noryl Himeline HE Himeline HS - Bases Circuit Clear Cover w/Base Himeline HP Safe Himeline HS Himeline HLA/HLS Medium Opaque w/Clear Lids Himeline HLP JIC E U E E E L G U G E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E U U L E E U U E E L E E E E E E E E E U U U L U E U E - E E E E E E E E E E G E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E PVC Chemical Stannic Chloride Stannic Fluoborate Stannous Chloride Stearic Acid Stoddard Solvent Styrene Sulfate (Liquors) Sulfur Chloride Sulfur Dioxide Sulfur Dioxide (dry) Sulfur Hexafluoride Sulfur Trioxide Sulfur Trioxide (dry) Sulfuric Acid (<10%) Sulfuric Acid (10-75%) Sulfuric Acid (75-100%) Sulfuric Acid (cold concentrated) Sulfuric Acid (hot concentrated) Sulfurous Acid Tallow Tannic Acid Tanning Liquors Tartaric Acid Tetrachloroethane Tetrachloroethylene Tetrahydrofuran Tin Salts Toluene (Toluol) Trichloroacetic Acid Trichloroethane Trichloroethylene Trichloropropane Tricresylphosphate Triethylamine Trisodium Phosphate Turpentine Urea Uric Acid Varnish Vinegar Vinyl Acetate Vinyl Chloride Water, Acid, Mine Water, Deionized Water, Distilled Water, Fresh Water, Salt Whiskey & Wines White Liquor (Pulp Mill) White Water (Paper Mill) Xylene Zinc Chloride Zinc Hydrosulfite Zinc Sulfate w w w. c a r l o n . c o m Himeline HE Opaque Cover w/Base E E G L U G L E E G E E E E U U U E E E E L U U E U G L U U G E U U E U G U U G E E G G E E E U G E FRP (Fiberglass Reinforced Circuit Safe NEMA Polyester) Circuit Safe JIC Noryl Himeline HE Himeline HS - Bases Circuit Clear Cover w/Base Himeline HP Safe Himeline HS Himeline HLA/HLS Medium Opaque w/Clear Lids Himeline HLP JIC E E E U E E G U U L U U U U U U U E G E E E E U E E E U E L U E L E E E E E E E E U E E E E U U E E E E U E E E E E U U U U U U U E G E U E U E E E E E E E U G E E E 165 166 w w w. c a r l o n . c o m Carlon Conduit, Fittings and Accessories ® Schedule 40 & 80 Conduit Schedule 40 & 80 Elbows Junction Boxes FS Boxes Utility Conduit, Fittings & Elbows P&C Duct Telephone Duct P&C Flex PV-Mold Slip Meter Risers Split Duct Cement Spacers w w w. c a r l o n . c o m 167 Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit – Schedule 40 ® Carlon Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit (RNC), Fittings & Accessories Carlon® manufactures the most complete line of nonmetallic conduits and fittings in the electrical industry. Carlon Schedule 40 and Schedule 80 conduits are designed for use aboveground and underground as described in the National Electrical Code. Specify only Carlon conduits and fittings to insure raceway system integrity. Impact Resistant Carlon Schedule 40 and Schedule 80 nonmetallic conduits are resistant to sunlight and are listed for exposed or outdoor usage. The use of expansion fittings allows the system to expand and contract with temperature variations. Corrosion Resistant Carlon conduits and fittings are Features nonmetallic and will not rust or corrode. Carlon nonmetallic Schedule 40 and Schedule 80 conduits and elbows are manufactured to NEMA TC-2, Federal specification WC1O94A and UL 651 specifications. Fittings are manufactured to NEMA TC-3, Federal specification WC1094A and UL514B. Both conduit and fittings carry respective UL or ETL Listings and UL or ETL labels. Ease of Installation Nonmetallic conduits are 1/4 to 1/5 the weight of metallic systems, can be installed in less than half the time, and are easily fabricated on the job. Safety Nonmetallic conduits are nonconductive, assuring a safe system. Schedule 40 PVC Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit (RNC). (Heavy Wall EPC) Listed for underground applications encased in concrete or direct burial. Also for use in exposed or concealed applications aboveground. • Sunlight resistant • Rated for use with 90˚C conductors • Superior weathering characteristics ETL Listed to UL 651 in compliance to the NEC E35297 RUS Listed Schedule 40 Heavy Wall Part No. With Integral Bell* 10' 49005-010 49007-010 49008-010 49009-010 49010-010 49011-010 49012-010 49013-010 49014-010 49015-010 49016-010 20' 49007-020 49008-020 49009-020 49010-020 49011-020 49012-020 49013-020 49014-020 49015-020 49016-020 49017-010 49017-020 Nom. Size 1/2" 3/4" 1" 1 1 /4" 11/2" 2" 1 2 /2" 3" 31/2" 4" 5" 6" Std. Crate Qty. 10' 20' 6000' 4400' 8800' 3600' 7200' 3300' 6600' 2250' 4500' 1400' 2800' 930' 1860' 880' 1760' 1260' 630' 570' 1140' 380' 760' 260' 520' Wt. Per 100' 17 23 34 46 55 73 124 163 196 232 315 409 Dimensions O.D. I.D. .840 .622 1.050 .824 1.315 1.049 1.660 1.380 1.900 1.610 2.375 2.067 2.875 2.469 3.500 3.068 4.000 3.548 4.500 4.026 5.563 5.047 Wall .109 .113 .133 .140 .145 .154 .203 .216 .226 .237 .258 6.625 .280 6.065 Rigid nonmetallic conduit is normally supplied in standard 10' lengths, with one belled end per length. For specific requirements, it may be produced in lengths shorter or longer than 10', with or without belled ends. Use RNC Fittings with Schedule 40 and Schedule 80 Conduit. 168 Notes: 1. Special fittings and conduit sizes will be quoted on request. 2. DON’T FORGET TO ORDER CEMENT. 3. Carlon reserves the right to ship to the nearest unitized quantity. w w w. c a r l o n . c o m Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit – Schedule 80 Schedule 80 PVC Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit (RNC) (Extra Heavy Wall EPC-80) Listed for use in aboveground and belowground applications that are subject to physical damage. • Sunlight resistant • Rated for use with 90˚C conductors • Superior weathering characteristics • For use in areas subject to physical damage With Integral Bell* ETL Listed to UL 651 in compliance to the NEC E35297 RUS Listed Schedule 80 Extra Heavy Wall Part No. 10' 49405-010 49407-010 49408-010 49409-010 49410-010 49411-010 49412-010 49413-010 49415-010 49416-010 49417-010 20' 49405-020 49407-020 49408-020 49409-020 49410-020 49411-020 49412-020 49413-020 49415-020 – 49417-020 Nom. Size 1/2" 3/4" 1" 11/4" 11/2" 2" 21/2" 3" 4" 5" 6" 10' 6000' 4400' 3600' 3300' 2250' 1400' 930' 880' 570' 380' 260' Std. Crate Qty.Wt. Per 20' 100' 12000' 21 8000' 30 7200' 44 6600' 60 3600' 72 2800' 101 1880 154 1760' 210 1140' 308 – 428 520' 588 Dimensions O.D. I.D. .840 .546 1.050 .742 1.315 .957 1.660 1.278 1.900 1.500 2.375 1.939 2.875 2.323 3.500 2.900 4.500 3.826 5.563 4.813 6.625 5.761 Wall .147 .154 .179 .191 .200 .218 .276 .300 .337 .375 4.32 Rigid nonmetallic conduit is normally supplied in standard 10' lengths, with one belled end per length. For specific requirements, it may be produced in lengths shorter or longer than 10', with or without belled ends. Notes: 1. Special fittings and conduit sizes will be quoted on request. 2. DON’T FORGET TO ORDER CEMENT. 3. Carlon reserves the right to ship to the nearest unitized quantity. Use RNC Fittings with Schedule 40 and Schedule 80 Conduit. Support of Carlon Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit in Aboveground Installations Table 352.30(B), NEC Table 352.30(B) NEC shows the support requirements for Schedule 40 and Schedule 80 rigid PVC nonmetallic conduit. Plastic conduit should always be installed away from steam lines, etc. Support straps should allow for lineal movement caused by expansion and contraction. Maximum ambient temperature is 122°F (50°C). Maximum Spacing Between Supports (feet) 3 5 6 7 8 Acceptable Dimensions in Inches of Integral Bell per UL 651 A C B Trade Size 1/2 - 1 11/4 - 2 21/2 - 3 31/2 - 5 6 Trade Size 1/2 3/4 1 11/4 11/2 2 21/2 3 31/2 4 5 6 A At Entrance (in.) Maximum 0.860 1.074 1.340 1.689 1.930 2.405 2.905 3.530 4.065 4.565 5.643 6.708 Minimum 0.844 1.054 1.320 1.665 1.906 2.381 2.875 3.500 3.965 4.465 5.543 6.608 B At Bottom (in.) Maximum Minimum 0.844 1.056 1.320 1.667 1.906 2.381 2.883 3.507 4.007 4.506 5.583 6.644 0.828 1.036 1.300 1.643 1.882 2.357 2.853 3.477 3.977 4.476 5.523 6.584 w w w. c a r l o n . c o m C Nominal Bell Depth (in.) 1.375 1.500 1.750 1.875 2.750 3.250 3.250 3.875 3.875 4.625 5.625 6.375 169 Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit – Schedule 40 Elbows Schedule 40 Elbows Standard Radius ETL Listed to UL 651 in compliance to the NEC Available in plain and integral belled end for use with nonmetallic solvent weld fittings. Item 90° Elbow 45° Elbow 30° Elbow Plain End Part No. Belled End Part No. UA9AD UA9ADR-CAR UA9AE UA9AFR-CTN UA9AG UA9AH UA9AJ UA9AJ-CAR UA9AK-CAR UA9AL UA9AM UA9AN UA9AP UA9AR UA7AD UA7AE UA7AER-CAR UA7AF UA7AF-CAR UA7AG UA7AH UA7AJ UA7AJ-CAR UA7AK UA7AK-CAR UA7AL-CAR UA7AL-CAR UA7AM UA7AN UA7AP UA7AR UA6AD UA6AE UA6AF UA6AG UA6AH UA6AJ UA6AK UA6AL UA6AM UA6AN UA6AP UA6AR UA9ADB UA9ADB UA9AEB UA9AFB-CTN UA9AGB UA9AHB UA9AJB UA9AJB UA9AKB-CAR UA9ALB-CAR UA9AMB UA9ANB UA9APB UA9ARB UA7ADB UA7AEB UA7AEB UA7AFB UA7AFB UA7AGB UA7AHB UA7AJB UA7AJB-CAR UA7AKB UA7AKB-CAR UA7ALB UA7ALB-CAR UA7AMB UA7ANB UA7APB UA7ARB UA6ADB UA6AEB UA6AFB UA6AGB UA6AHB UA6AJB UA6AKB UA6ALB UA6AMB UA6ANB UA6APB UA6ARB Integral Belled End Dimensions A Trade Size 1/2" 3/4" B 1/2" 3/4" 1" 11/4" 11/2" 2" 2" 21/2" 3" 31/2" 4" 5" 6" 1/2" 3/4" 3/4" 1" 1" 11/4" 11/2" 2" 2" 21/2" 21/2" 3" 3" 31/2" 4" 5" 6" 1/2" 3/4" 1" 11/4" 11/2" 2" 21/2" 3" 31/2" 4" 5" 6" A At Entrance Max. Min. .860 1.074 0.844 1.054 50 25 25 25 20 25 20 5 10 1 1 1 1 1 50 25 15 20 15 20 20 20 4 20 5 5 5 1 1 1 1 50 25 25 20 25 20 10 1 1 1 1 1 Item 50 50 25 25 20 25 20 20 10 5 20 1 1 1 50 25 25 20 20 20 20 20 4 20 5 25 10 20 20 1 1 50 25 1 20 1 20 20 1 1 1 1 1 B At Bottom Max. Min. 0.844 1.056 0.828 1.036 221/2° Elbow 111/4° Elbow Belled End Part No. UA5AD UA5AE UA5AF UA5AG UA5AH UA5AJ UA5AK UA5AL UA5AM UA5AN UA5AP UA5AR UA3AD UA3AE UA3AF UA3AG UA3AH UA3AJ UA3AK UA3AL UA3AM UA3AN UA3AP UA3AR – – – – – UA5AJB – UA5ALB – UA5ANB UA5APB UA5ARB – – – – – – – – – UA3ANB – – Plain End Belled End Std. Std. Size Ctn. Qty. Ctn. Qty. 1/2" 1 1 1 1 1 25 20 5 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3/4" 1" 11/4" 11/2" 2" 21/2" 3" 31/2" 4" 5" 6" 1/2" 3/4" 1" 11/4" 11/2" 2" 21/2" 3" 31/2" 4" 5" 6" – – – – – 1 – 1 – 1 1 1 – – – – – – – – – 1 – – Standard Radius Elbow Dimensions 90° Elbow C Socket Depth Max. Min. 1.500 1.500 0.652 0.719 A B Min. (Radius) C Min. .840 4" 11/2" 1.050 41/2" 11/2" 17/8" Size 1/2" 3/4" 45° Elbow 1" 1.340 1.320 1.320 1.300 1.875 0.875 1" 1.315 11/4" 1.689 1.665 1.667 1.643 2.000 0.938 11/4" 1.660 71/4" 2" 1.062 11/2" 1.900 81/4" 2" 1.125 2" 2.375 91/2" 2" 21/2" 2.875 101/2" 3" 2" 1.930 2.405 1.906 2.381 1.906 2.381 1.882 2.357 2.000 2.000 21/2" 2.905 2.875 2.883 2.853 3.000 1.469 3" 3.530 3.500 3.507 3.477 3.125 1.594 3" 3.500 13" 3 1/8" 4.000 15" 3 1/4" 31/2" 4.065 3.965 4.007 3.977 3.250 1.687 31/2" 4" 4.565 4.465 4.506 4.476 3.375 1.750 4" 4.500 16" 3 3/8" 5" 5.643 5.543 5.583 5.523 3.625 1.937 5" 5.563 24" 3 5/8" 2.125 6" 6.625 30" 3 3/4" 6" 170 1/2" Plain End Part No. 53/4" 11/2" C Plain Belled End Std. End Std. Size Ctn. Qty. Ctn. Qty. E35297 6.708 6.608 6.644 6.584 3.750 w w w. c a r l o n . c o m Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit – Schedule 40 Elbows Schedule 40 Elbows Special Radius ETL Listed to UL 651 in compliance to the NEC *Consult factory for additional sizes/configurations Segment 90° Elbow Plain End Part No. Belled End Part No. Plain End Belled End Nom. Radius Std. Std. Diam. (in.) Ctn. Qty. Ctn. Qty. Segment 45° Elbow E35297 Plain Belled Plain End Belled End End End Nom. Radius Std. Std. Part No. Part No. Diam. (in.) Ctn. Qty. Ctn. Qty. UA9CF UA9CFB 1" 18" 1 1 UA7CF – 1" 18" 1 – UA9DF UA9DFB 1" 24" 1 1 UA7DF – 1" 24" 1 – UA9EF UA9EFB 1" 30" 1 1 UA7EF – 1" 30" 1 – – 1" 36" 1 – UA7FF – 1" 36" 1 – – UA9FF UA9HF 1" 48" 1 – UA7HF – 1" 48" 1 – UA9CG UA9CGB 11/4" 18" 1 1 UA7CG – 11/4" 18" 1 – UA9DG UA9DGB 11/4" 24" 1 1 UA7DG – 11/4" 24" 1 – UA9EG UA9EGB 11/4" 30" 1 1 UA7EG – 11/4" 30" 1 – UA9FG UA9FGB 11/4" 36" 1 1 UA7FG – 11/4" 36" 1 – 11/4" 48" 1 – UA7HG – 11/4" 48" 1 – UA9HG – UA9CH UA9CHB 11/2" 18" 1 1 UA7CH – 11/2" 18" 1 – UA9DH UA9DHB 11/2" 24" 1 1 UA7DH – 11/2" 24" 1 – UA9EH UA9EHB 11/2" 30" 1 1 UA7EH – 11/2" 30" 1 – UA9FHB 11/2" 36" 1 1 UA7FH UA7FHB 11/2" 36" 1 1 11/2" 48" 1 – UA7HH – 11/2" 48" 1 – UA9FH UA9HH – UA9CJ UA9CJB 2" 18" 1 1 – UA7BJB 2" 12" – 1 UA9DJ UA9DJB-UPC 2" 24" 1 1 UA7CJ UA7CJB 2" 18" 1 1 UA9EJ 1 UA9EJB 2" 30" 1 1 UA7DJ UA7DJB 2" 24" 1 UA9FJ-UPC UA9FJB 2" 36" 1 1 UA7EJ UA7EJB 2" 30" 1 1 UA9HJ 2" 48" 1 1 UA7FJ UA7FJB 2" 36" 1 1 UA9JJ UA9HJB 2" 72" 1 – UA7HJ UA7HJB 2" 48" 1 1 UA9CK UA9CKB 21/2" 18" 1 1 UA7SJ – 2" 150" 1 – UA9DK UA9DKB-UPC 21/2" 24" 1 1 UA7CK – 21/2" 18" 1 – UA9EKB 21/2" 30" 1 1 UA7DK UA7DKB 21/2" 24" 1 1 UA9FK-UPC UA9FKB 21/2" 36" 1 1 UA7EK – 21/2" 30" 1 – UA9HK UA9HKB 21/2" 48" 1 1 UA7FK UA7FKB 21/2" 36" 1 1 UA9CL UA9CLB 3" 18" 1 1 UA7HK – 21/2" 48" 1 – UA9DL UA9DLB-UPC 3" 24" 1 1 UA7CL UA7CLB 3" 18" 1 1 UA9EL UA9ELB 3" 30" 1 1 UA7DL UA7DLB 3" 24" 1 1 UA9FL UA9FLB 3" 36" 1 1 UA7EL UA7ELB 3" 30" 1 1 UA9HL UA9HLB 3" 48" 1 1 UA7FL UA7FLB 3" 36" 1 1 3" 60" 1 – – UA7HLB 3" 48" – 1 – UA9EK UA9IL – – UA9DM UA9DMB 31/2" 24" 1 1 UA7DM – 31/2" 24" 1 UA9EM UA9EMB 31/2" 30" 1 1 UA7EM – 31/2" 30" 1 – UA9FM UA9FMB 31/2" 36" 1 1 UA7FM – 31/2" 36" 1 – UA9HM UA9HMB 31/2" 48" 1 1 UA7DN UA7DNB 4" 24" 1 1 – UA9CNB 4" 18" – 1 UA7EN UA7ENB 4" 30" 1 1 UA9DN UA9DNB 4" 24" 1 1 UA7FN UA7FNB 4" 36" 1 1 UA9EN UA9ENB 4" 30" 1 1 UA7HN UA7HNB 4" 48" 1 1 UA9FN UA9FNB 4" 36" 1 1 – UA7NNB 4" 120" – 1 UA9HN UA9HNB 4" 48" 1 1 UA7SN UA7SNB 4" 150" 1 – UA9IN UA9INB 4" 60" 1 1 UA7EP UA7EPB 5" 30" 1 1 4" 72" 1 1 UA7FP UA7FPB 5" 36" 1 1 5" 30" 1 1 UA7HP UA7HPB 5" 48" 1 1 UA9JN – UA9EP UA9EPB UA9FP UA9FPB 5" 36" 1 1 – UA7IPB 5" 60" – 1 UA9HP UA9HPB 5" 48" 1 1 – UA7NPB 5" 120" – 1 UA9IP UA9IPB 5" 60" 1 1 – UA7SPB 5" 150" – 1 UA9FR UA9FRB 6" 36" 1 1 UA7FR UA7FRB 6" 36" 1 1 UA9HR UA9HRB 6" 48" 1 1 UA7HR UA7HRB 6" 48" 1 1 UA9IR UA9IRB 6" 60" 1 1 UA7FT – 8" 36" 1 – – UA9TRB 6" 180" – 1 UA7HT – 8" 48" 1 – 8" 48" 1 1 UA9HT – w w w. c a r l o n . c o m 171 Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit – Schedule 40 Elbows Schedule 40 Elbows Special Radius ETL Listed to UL 651 in compliance to the NEC E35297 *Consult factory for additional sizes/configurations Segment 30° Elbow Segment 111/4° Elbow 172 Plain Belled Plain End Belled End Std. End Nom. Radius Std. End Part No. Part No. Diam. (in.) Ctn. Qty. Ctn. Qty. Segment 221/2° Elbow Plain Belled Plain End Belled End Std. End Nom. Radius Std. End Part No. Part No. Diam. (in.) Ctn. Qty. Ctn. Qty. UA6CJ – 2" 18" 1 – UA5FF – 1" 36" 1 – UA6DJ UA6DJB 2" 24" 1 1 UA5FG – 11/4" 36" 1 – UA6FJ UA6FJB 2" 36" 1 1 UA5FH UA5FHB 11/2" 36" 1 1 UA6HJ UA6HJB 2" 48" 1 1 UA5CJ UA5CJB 2" 18" 1 1 UA6CK – 21/2" 18" 1 – UA5DJ UA5DJB 2" 24" 1 25 UA6DK – 21/2" 24" 1 – UA5EJ UA5EJB 2" 30" 1 1 UA6CL – 3" 18" 1 – UA5FJ UA5FJB 2" 36" 1 1 UA6DL UA6DLB 3" 24" 1 1 UA5HJ – 2" 48" 1 – UA6FL UA6FLB 3" 36" 1 1 UA5VJ – 2" 300" 1 – UA6HL UA6HLB 3" 48" 1 1 UA5CK – 21/2" 18" 1 – UA6DM – 31/2" 24" 1 – UA5DK – 21/2" 24" 1 – UA6FM – 31/2" 36" 1 – UA5EK – 21/2" 30" 1 – UA6HM – 31/2" 48" 1 – UA5FK – 21/2" 36" 1 – UA6DN – 4" 24" 1 – UA5HK – 21/2" 48" 1 – UA6FN UA6FNB 4" 36" 1 1 – UA5CLB 3" 18" 1 1 UA6HN UA6HNB 4" 48" 1 1 UA5DL UA5DLB 3" 24" 1 1 UA6FP UA6FPB 5" 36" 1 1 UA5EL UA5ELB 3" 30" 1 1 UA6HP UA6HPB 5" 48" 1 1 UA5FL UA5FLB 3" 36" 1 1 UA6FR UA6FRB 6" 36" 1 1 UA5HL – 3" 48" 1 – UA6HR UA6HRB 6" 48" 1 1 UA5VL – 3" 300" 1 – UA5DM – 31/2" 24" 1 – UA5EM – 31/2" 30" 1 – UA5FM – 31/2" 36" 1 – UA5HM – 31/2" 48" 1 – UA5DN UA5DNB 4" 24" 1 1 UA5EN UA5ENB 4" 30" 1 1 UA5FN UA5FNB 4" 36" 1 1 UA5HN UA5HNB 4" 48" 1 UA5IN – 4" 60" 1 – UA5JN – 4" 72" 1 – UA5SN UA5SNB 4" 150" 1 Plain Belled Plain End Belled End End End Nom. Radius Std. Std. Part No. Part No. Diam. (in.) Ctn. Qty. Ctn. Qty. UA3DJ UA3DJB 2" 24" 1 25 UA3FJ UA3FJB 2" 36" 1 1 UA3HJ – 2" 48" 1 – UA3HK – 21/2" 48" 1 – UA3DL UA3DLB 3" 24" 1 1 UA3FL UA3FLB 3" 36" 1 1 UA3HL – 3" 48" 1 – UA3DM – 31/2" 24" 1 – UA3HM – 31/2" 48" 1 – UA3DN UA3DNB 4" 24" 1 1 UA3FN UA3FNB 4" 36" 1 1 – UA3SNB 4" 150" – 1 UA3HN UA3HNB 4" 48" 1 1 UA3FP UA3FPB 5" 36" 1 1 UA3HP – 5" 48" 1 – – UA3UPB 5" 240" – 1 UA3FR UA3FRB 6" 36" 1 1 UA3HR – 6" 48" 1 – UA3FT – 8" 36" 1 – w w w. c a r l o n . c o m – UA5UNB 4" 240" – 1 – UA5VNB 4" 300" – 1 – UA5DPB 5" 24" 1 1 UA5EP UA5EPB 5" 30" 1 1 UA5FP UA5FPB 5" 36" 1 1 UA5HP UA5HPB 5" 48" 1 1 UA5IP – 5" 60" 1 – UA5SP – 5" 150" 1 – – UA5UPB 5" 240" – 1 – UA5VPB 5" 300" – 1 UA5FR UA5FRB 6" 36" 1 1 UA5HR UA5HRB 6" 48" 1 1 UA5IR – 6" 60" 1 – UA5RR – 6" 144" 1 – UA5SR – 6" 150" 1 – UA5VR – 6" 300" 1 – UA5FT – 8" 36" 1 – UA5HT – 8" 48" 1 – Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit – Schedule 80 Elbows Special Radius Schedule 80 Elbows Segment 90° Elbow Standard Radius Available in plain end only for use with nonmetallic solvent weld fittings. Item 90° Elbow 45° Elbow 30° Elbow 221/2° Elbow 111/4° Elbow Plain End Part No. UB9AD UB9AD-CAR UB9AE UB9AE-CAR UB9AF UB9AF-CAR UB9AG UB9AG-CAR UB9AH UB9AH-CAR UB9AJ UB9AJ-CAR UB9AK-CAR UB9AL-CAR UB9AN UB9AP UB9AR UB7AD UB7AE-UPC UB7AF-UPC UB7AG UB7AH UB7AH-CAR UB7AJ-UPC UB7AK UB7AL UB7AN UB7AP UB7AR UB6AD UB6AE UB6AF UB6AG UB6AH UB6AJ UB6AK UB6AL UB6AN UB6AP UB6AR Belled End Part No. – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – UB9APB Size 1/2" 1/2" 3/4" 3/4" 1" 1" 11/4" 11/4" 11/2" 11/2" 2" 2" 21/2" 3" 4" 5" 6" 1/2" 3/4" 1" 11/4" 11/2" 11/2" 2" 21/2" 3" 4" 5" 6" 1/2" 3/4" 1" 11/4" 11/2" 2" 21/2" 3" 4" 5" 6" – – – – – – – – – – UB7APB – – – – – – – – – – – – Plain End Belled End Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn. Qty. Qty. 50 – 25 – 25 – 15 – 25 – 10 – 20 – 5 – 25 – 5 – 20 – 5 – 10 – 5 – 1 – 1 1 1 – 50 – 25 – 20 – 20 – 20 – 5 – 20 – 20 – 1 – 1 – 1 1 1 – 50 – 25 – 25 – 5 – 25 – 20 – 1 – 1 – 1 – 1 – 1 – UB5AL – 3" 5 – UB5AN – 4" 1 – UB5AP UB5APB 5" 1 1 UB3AL – 3" 1 – UB3AR – 6" 1 – Flexible PVC Elbows • UL listed for exposed and direct burial applications in accordance with Article 356 of 2002 NEC • 0° - 90° bending and offset applications • O-ring seal for moisture tight connections • Maintains round shape throughout bend • Sunlight resistant • Non-corrosive – all PVC and Neoprene material • Fully assembled and ready to use Part No. Size Std. Ctn. Qty. Std. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.) Length Fully Assembled UAFAD 1/2" 8 1.6 8.5" UAFAE 3/4" 6 1.9 9.6" UAFAF 1" 6 2.4 11.9" Plain End Part No. UB9CF UB9DF UB9FF UB9HF UB9CG UB9DG UB9FG UB9HG UB9CH UB9DH-UPC UB9FH UB9HH UB9CJ UB9DJ-UPC UB9FJ UB9HJ UB9CK UB9DK-UPC UB9FK UB9HK UB9CL UB9DL UB9FL UB9HL UB9DN UB9FN UB9HN UB9NN UB9FP UB9HP UB9IP UB9FR UB9HR UB9IR 45° Elbow UB7CF UB7DF UB7FF UB7HF UB7DG UB7FG UB7HG UB7CH UB7DH UB7FH UB7HH UB7CJ UB7DJ UB7FJ UB7HJ UB7DK UB7FK UB7HK UB7CL UB7DL UB7FL UB7HL UB7DN UB7FN UB7HN UB7FP UB7HP UB7FR UB7HR UB7IR 30° Elbow UB6FN UB6FR – 221/2° Elbow – – – UB5DL – UB5DN – UB5FP 111/4° Elbow UB3FP w w w. c a r l o n . c o m Belled End Part No. – – – – – – – – – UB9DHB – – – UB9DJB UB9FJB – – UB9DKB UB9FKB – – UB9DLB UB9FLB – UB9DNB UB9FNB UB9HNB – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – UB7DHB – – – UB7DJB UB7FJB – UB7DKB – – – UB7DLB UB7FLB – UB7DNB UB7FNB – – – – – – – – UB5DHB UB5DJB UB5FJB UB5DKB UB5DLB UB5FLB UB5DNB UB5FNB – – Plain End Belled End Nom. Radius Std. Std. Diam. (in.) Ctn. Qty. Ctn. Qty. 1" 1" 1" 1" 11/4" 11/4" 11/4" 11/4" 11/2" 11/2" 11/2" 11/2" 2" 2" 2" 2" 21/2" 21/2" 21/2" 21/2" 3" 3" 3" 3" 4" 4" 4" 4" 5" 5" 5" 6" 6" 6" 1" 1" 1" 1" 11/4" 11/4" 11/4" 11/2" 11/2" 11/2" 11/2" 2" 2" 2" 2" 21/2" 21/2" 21/2" 3" 3" 3" 3" 4" 4" 4" 5" 5" 6" 6" 6" 4" 6" 11/2" 2" 2" 21/2" 3" 3" 4" 4" 5" 5" 18" 24" 36" 48" 18" 24" 36" 48" 18" 24" 36" 48" 18" 24" 36" 48" 18" 24" 36" 48" 18" 24" 36" 48" 24" 36" 48" 120" 36" 48" 60" 36" 48" 60" 18" 24" 36" 48" 24" 36" 48" 18" 24" 36" 48" 18" 24" 36" 48" 24" 36" 48" 18" 24" 36" 48" 24" 36" 48" 36" 48" 36" 48" 60" 36" 36" 24" 24" 36" 24" 24" 36" 24" 36" 36" 36" 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 – – – – 1 – 1 – 1 1 ETL Listed to UL 651 in compliance to the NEC E35297 – – – – – – – – – 1 – – – 1 1 – – 1 1 – – 1 1 – 1 1 1 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 1 – – – 1 1 – 1 – – – 1 1 – 1 1 – – – – – – – – 20 20 25 15 10 1 5 1 – – 173 Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit – Couplings Expansion Fittings E33447 (For Use with Schedule 40 & 80 Conduit) • Male terminal Adapter End design (1/2" – 2" NPT Threads, and 2 1/2" – 6" NPSC Threads). • Two O-Rings to prevent leakage. • Can be installed vertically or horizontally. Coupling End Part No. E945D E945E E945F E945G E945H E945J E945K E945L E945M E945N E945P E945R Male Terminal Adapter End Part No. E945DX E945EX E945FX E945GX E945HX E945JX E945KX E945LX E945MX E945NX E945PX E945RX Male terminal adapter end Size 1/2 3/4 1 11/4 11/2 2 21/2 3 31/2 4 5 6 Std. Ctn. Qty. 20 15 10 5 5 15 10 10 5 5 1 1 Travel Length (in.) 4" 4" 4" 4" 4" 8" 8" 8" 8" 8" 8" 8" Short Expansion Couplings (Expands to a maximum of 2") Part No. E955D E955E E955F E955G E955H E955J 174 All socket fittings should be attached Using Carlon solvent cement. Using Carlon fittings with Carlon nonmetallic conduit insures system integrity. Socket type for joining nonmetallic conduit. Size Std. Ctn. Qty. A E940D 1/2 150 .852 E940E 3/4 Part No. Coupling end Size 1/2 3/4 1 11/4 11/2 2 E32447 Except where noted by Standard Couplings E945 series expansion fittings are designed to compensate for length changes due to temperature variations in exposed conduit runs. • EXCLUSIVE Molded in Mid-point indicator on the piston. • EXCLUSIVE 2" Expansion Fitting with an 8" travel distance. • Two-piece molded design with lubricated seals for easier movement for the life of the product. • Ridges on the fitting for easier installation (Sizes 2" through 6" only). Couplings 100 Typical 1.064 B .836 C O.D. .728 17/64 11/16 11/2 .840 15/16 3/4 15/8 15/16 2 1.046 Typical E940F 1 50 1.330 1.310 1.210 15/8 E940G 11/4 30 1.677 1.655 1.535 163/64 1 21/8 E940H 11/2 25 1.918 1.894 1.755 2 15/64 11/8 23/8 E940J 2 30 2.393 2.369 2.190 2 47/64 13/16 21/2 E940K 21/2 20 2.890 2.868 2.688 35/16 133/64 33/16 E940K-CAR 21/2 4 2.890 2.868 2.688 35/16 133/64 33/16 E940L 25 3.515 3.492 3.375 3 31/32 13/4 313/32 3 3 5 3.515 3.492 3.375 3 31/32 13/4 313/32 E940M 31/2 20 4.015 3.992 3.780 4 9/16 13/4 35/8 E940N 4 15 4.515 4.491 4.265 5 3/32 1 25/32 33/4 E940N-CAR 4 5 4.515 4.491 4.265 5 3/32 1 25/32 33/4 E940P 5 8 5.593 5.553 5.097 61/4 15/16 4 1/16 E940R 6 5 6.658 6.614 6.115 71/2 23/16 4 5/8 E940L-CAR Special Long Line Couplings Part No. E941H E941J E941K E941L E941N E941PF E941RF Long Line Couplings E32447 Size 11/2 2 21/2 3 4 5 6 Std. Std. Ctn. Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.) 9 40 25 8 15 8 14 15 15 10 12 4 21 5 Std. Ctn. Qty. 40 40 25 15 10 6 L I.D. Fabricated Expansion Couplings Part No. E945KXL w w w. c a r l o n . c o m Size 21/2 Std. Ctn. Qty. 10 Travel Length (in.) 12 E33447 Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit – Adapters Couplings Adapters Special Long Line Couplings — Sleeve Couplings Female Adapters For adapting nonmetallic conduits to threaded fittings, metallic systems. Female threads on one end, socket end on other. Sleeve Coupling (For Repair Work) No Internal Stop Part No. E948H E948J E948K E948L E948N E948P E948R E948JR E948JS E948L12 E948L6 E948LS E948N12 E948N7 E948NS E948PS E948R10 E948R12 E948RS Size Std. Ctn. Qty. Std. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.) 25 25 25 25 10 14 6 15 25 1 15 25 10 15 10 1 6 6 1 6 5 16 13 8 33 16 8 6 1 15 17 28 25 15 2 25 25 2 11/2 2 21/2 3 4 5 6 2" (6" long) 2" (Sch. 40 Split Duct) 3" (12" long) 3" (6" long) 3" (Sch. 40 Split Duct) 4" (12" long) 4" (7" long) 4" (Sch. 40 Split Duct) 5" (Sch. 40 Split Duct) 6" (10" long) 6" (12" long) 6" (Sch. 40 Split Duct) Part No. E942D E942E E942F E942G E942H E942J E942K E942K-CAR E942L E942L-CAR E942M E942N E942N-CAR E942NX9* E942P E942R E942RX* *Consult factory for additional sizes Risers Schedule 40 E954HX 11/2 C B Typical .852 .836 1.064 1.046 1.330 1.310 1.677 1.655 1.918 1.894 2.393 2.369 2.890 2.868 2.890 2.868 3.515 3.492 3.515 3.492 4.015 3.992 4.515 4.491 4.515 4.491 (Call 5.593 5.553 6.658 6.614 (Call Min. Max. C T L D OD Typical 11/16 3/4 .620 17/64 19/16 13/16 3/4 .822 15/16 15/8 15/16 7/8 1.046 15/8 115/16 7/8 1.377 163/64 1 2 7/8 1.607 25/32 11/8 27/32 2.064 247/64 13/16 1 25/16 2.450 311/32 15/8 11/8 215/16 2.450 311/32 15/8 11/8 215/16 3.000 331/32 13/4 11/8 31/16 3.000 331/32 13/4 11/8 31/16 3.500 41/2 17/8 11/8 31/4 1 1 4.000 5 /64 2 1 /8 313/64 4.000 51/64 2 11/8 313/64 for information) 5.047 61/4 115/16 11/16 33/16 6.055 71/4 21/8 11/16 33/8 for information) For adapting nonmetallic conduits to boxes, threaded fittings, metallic systems. Male threads on one end, socket end on other. Part No. B A Size (Length) (Min.) A Male Terminal Adapters Std. Std. Ctn. Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.) 20 13 6 27 2 17 Size 21/2 6 8 Part No. Std. Size Ctn. Qty. 1/2 150 3/4 100 1 50 11/4 30 11/2 25 2 30 21/2 20 21/2 4 3 25 3 3 31/2 20 4 15 4 7 4 15 5 8 6 6 6 6 * Long Line Adapter Special Schedule 40 Swedge Couplings Part No. E442K E442R E442T E32447 Except where noted by Thread Std. Std. Ctn. Size Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.) 80.00 1.567 .950 11/2"NPT 1 3.8 E954J 2 60.00 2.024 .825 2"NPT 1 3.7 E954JX 2 80.00 2.024 .825 2"NPT 1 5.0 E954K 21/2 60.00 2.418 .812 21/2"NPSC 1 6.0 E954KX 21/2 80.00 2.418 .812 21/2"NPSC 1 8.4 E954L 3 60.00 3.012 .798 3"NPSC 1 8.7 E954LX 3 80.00 3.012 .798 3"NPSC 1 11.0 E943D E943E E943F E943G E943H E943J E943K E943K-CAR E943L E943L-CAR E943M E943N E943N-CAR E943P E943R Std. Size Ctn. Qty. 1/2 3/4 1 11/4 11/2 2 21/2 21/2 3 3 31/2 4 4 5 6 w w w. c a r l o n . c o m 150 125 50 50 25 50 25 5 45 5 30 20 20 5 10 A B Typical .852 1.064 1.330 1.677 1.918 2.393 2.890 2.890 3.515 3.515 4.015 4.515 4.515 5.593 6.658 .836 1.046 1.310 1.655 1.894 2.369 2.868 2.868 3.492 3.492 3.992 4.491 4.491 5.553 6.614 Min. D Max. OD .597 .800 1.018 1.332 1.566 2.000 2.376 2.376 2.954 2.954 3.440 3.940 3.940 4.815 5.860 11/8 111/32 15/8 21/32 2 5/32 2 21/32 3 5/16 3 5/16 4 4 41/2 53/32 53/32 61/4 71/2 C S Typical L 5/8 9/16 3/4 9/16 15/16 13/8 1 25/32 1 15/16 21/16 21/8 27/8 27/8 31/16 31/16 37/16 31/2 31/2 3 15/16 33/8 11/16 1 3/4 1 3/4 13/16 3/4 13/16 7/8 13/4 3 7/8 1 /4 115/16 7/8 115/16 7/8 2 7/16 17/8 7/8 2 3/8 7/8 2 3/8 21/3 1 23/8 1 175 Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit – Fittings & Accessories Adapters Reducers Box Adapters for nonmetallic Enclosures Adapts conduit to all electrical Fabricated Reducers Part No. E996D E996E E996F E996G E996H E996J E996K-CAR E996L E996L-CAR E996N Size Std. Ctn. Qty. Min D OD Typical Max X 100 100 100 50 50 25 10 20 5 10 .662 .824 1.049 1.380 1.610 2.067 2.469 3.068 3.068 4.026 .840 1.050 1.315 1.660 1.900 2.375 2.875 3.500 3.500 4.500 17/64 1 21/64 15/8 131/32 2 13/64 2 29/32 37/16 41/8 41/8 51/8 1/2 3/4 1 11/4 11/2 2 21/2 3 3 4 CM L Typical 23/32 27/32 25/32 29/32 61/64 11/16 1 3/16 11/4 17/8 2 2 21/2 13/32 11/4 13/8 17/16 115/16 2 1/16 2 1/16 21/4 Fabricated Reducers (Male x Male) Std. Ctn. Qty. E9842D 1 1/2 25 E9842E 2 3/4 25 Fits 3/4" sockets 2 1 Fits 1" sockets Std. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.) 28 E952LJ 3" x 2" 36 21 E952LK 3" x 21/2" 36 31 E952NL 4" x 3" 15 23 E952NM 4" x 31/2" 15 25 E952PN 5" x 4" 12 26 E952RP 6" x 5" 10 31 Plugs Reducer Plugs Threaded Adapters Size Std. Ctn. Qty. 48 Size Std. Ctn. Qty. Std. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.) E971C 3/4" x 1/2" 100 2 E971D 1" x 3/4" 100 3 Part No. Size Std. Ctn. Qty. Std. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.) P258H 11/2" 50 2 P258K 21/2" 25 1.5 Part No. Part No. Size 21/2" x 2" E952KJ enclosures by inserting adapter through knockout and cementing into Carlon couplings. Part No. E32447 Except where noted by Plugs (Polyethylene) Reducers Reducer Bushings For connecting different sizes of conduit. Bell x Spigot. Plugs with Pull Tabs (Polyethylene) Part No. E950ED E950FD-CAR E950FE E950GE-CAR E950GF E950HF-CAR E950HG-CAR E950JG-CAR E950JH-CAR E950KJ-CAR E950LJ-CAR E950LK E950NL 176 Size 3/4" Std. Ctn. L Qty. Typical 100 x 1/2" 1" x 1/2" 25 1" x 3/4" 100 11/4" x 3/4" 10 11/4" x 1" 50 11/2" x 1" 10 11/2" x 11/4" 10 2" x 11/4" 10 2" x 11/2" 10 21/2" x 2" 10 3" x 2" 10 3" x 21/2" 25 4" x 3" 25 15/32 111/32 111/32 115/32 115/32 119/32 119/32 13/4 13/4 25/32 21/8 115/16 23/4 A Typical C Typical 13/64 11/32 57/64 11/64 11/64 19/64 19/64 117/64 117/64 125/64 127/64 17/8 111/16 115/16 3/16 3/16 3/16 3/16 3/16 3/16 7/32 7/32 3/8 1/4 1/4 5/16 w w w. c a r l o n . c o m Size Std. Ctn. Qty. Std. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.) P258JT 2 60 3 P258LT 3 30 3 P258NT 4 48 8 P258PT 5 30 6 P258RT 6 30 9 Part No. Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit – Fittings & Accessories Caps Offsets Service Entrance Caps Meter Offset Part No. Size E998D E998E E998E-CAR E998F E998F-CAR E998G-CAR E998H-CAR E998J-CAR E998K-UPC E998L E998N 1/2 Std. Ctn. Qty. 5 20 5 15 5 5 5 5 2 2 2 3/4 3/4 1 1 11/4 11/2 2 21/2 3 4 Dimensions (in.) F G H .45 .45 .45 .59 .59 .74 .74 .83 1.70 1.70 2.25 .45 .45 .45 .58 .58 .71 .71 .78 1.31 1.31 1.88 – – – – – .50 .50 .56 1.00 1.00 1.31 A Offset E32447 Except where noted by Size E995G 11/4 15 0.758 4.230 E995G-CTN 11/4 6 0.758 4.230 2 8 0.684 4.270 E995J Part No. Size End Bells End Caps Part No. Size Std. Ctn. Qty. Std. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.) E958D 1/2 100 3 E958E 3/4 100 4 E958F 1 75 5 E958G 11/4 40 4 E958H 11/2 30 4 E958J 2 25 5 E958K 2 1/2 10 4 E958L 3 10 5 E958N 4 5 17 E958P 5 5 11 E958R 6 5 13 Part No. Size Std. Ctn. Qty. Std. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.) E935J 2 25 9 E935L 3 25 18 E935N 4 25 18 E935P 5 25 35 E935R 6 10 13 A Std. Std. Ctn. Qty. Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.) E994DR-CAR 1/2 25 3 E994ER-CAR 3/4 15 2 1 50 12 Part No. Size Std. Ctn. Qty. Std. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.) E997F E997F-CAR E997G E997G-CAR E997H E997H-CAR E997J E997J-CAR E997K E997K-CAR E997L E997L-CAR E997M E997N E997P E997R E997T 1 1 11/4 11/4 11/2 11/2 2 2 21/2 21/2 3 3 31/2 4 5 6 8 50 15 35 15 30 10 40 10 30 10 50 10 40 30 15 10 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 10 11 10 7.4 14.55 E994F End Bells Std. Ctn. Qty. Offset Part No. Fabricated End Bells Schedule 40 PVC Riser Caps w w w. c a r l o n . c o m Part No. E949J5 E949J6 E949JN E949JX E949LR E949N5 E949NR E949R5 E949RX Std. Std. Size Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.) 2" x 5" 50 10 2" x 6" 25 12 2" x 4" 25 7 2" x 8" 12 7 3" x 6" 20 21 4" x 5" 20 2 4" x 6" 15 21 27 12 6" x 5" 6" x 8" 6 17 177 Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit – Fittings & Accessories Washers Sleeves Flat Sealing Washer HOLFORM Concrete Sleeves E32447 Except where noted by ™ Where a waterproof termination is required into any enclosure (metallic or nonmetallic), install the neoprene washer over the threads of a terminal adapter before inserting into the enclosure. Use a standard locknut or threaded bushing to secure the assembly. Part No. Size Std. Ctn. Qty. E943DW 1/2 125 E943EW 3/4 125 E943FW 1 100 E943GW 11/4 50 E943HW 11/2 50 E943JW 2 25 HOLFORM nonmetallic concrete sleeve forms are the easy way to form holes in concrete. They install in seconds with nails, screws or staples and are easily removed. Concrete will not adhere to them. HOLFORMS are adjustable to any slab thickness. Lock Nuts PVC Lock Nut Part No. Size Std. Ctn. Qty. LT9LD 1/2 1200 LT9LE 3/4 700 LT9LF 1 600 Std. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.) Min. O.D. A B Std. Ctn. Qty. E92CSH 11/2 13/4 20 3 E92CSJ 2 2 13/32 25 6 E92CSL 3 3 13/32 25 8 E92CSN 4 4 13/32 18 8 E92CSP 5 5 13/32 15 8 E92CSR 6 6 13/32 12 8 Part No. Conduit Bodies Type X with Cover Four knock-out type socket openings, 90° spacing. Available with 1/2” or 3/4” socket outlets. Includes cover and gasket. Pull Elbows Access Pull Elbows Gasket included. Part No. E990D 178 Std. A B C D Size Ctn. Qty. Typical Typical Typical Typical 1/2 75 E990DR-CAR 1/2 25 E990E 3/4 E990ER-CAR 3/4 .852 .836 2.187 .718 Part No. Size E970CD E970CE 1/2 .852 .836 2.187 .718 50 1.064 1.046 2.531 .781 20 1.064 1.046 2.531 .781 3/4 Vol. Cu. In. Std. Ctn. Qty. 15.16 15.16 15 15 Supplied with 4 stainless steel cover screws. Diameter 4 1/8", Thickness 1/4". *Not designed for use with wiring devices or light fixtures. w w w. c a r l o n . c o m Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit – Conduit Bodies Conduit Bodies • Hubs are not threaded • Textured lids • Foam-in-place gasket Type LB Part No. E986D-CAR E986E-CAR E986F-CAR E986G-CAR E986H-CAR E986J E986K E986L E986M E986N Type LR Std. C Max. Size Ctn. Qty. Typical L1 1/2 3/4 1 11/4 11/2 2 21/2 3 31/2 4 11/16 10 10 10 5 5 10 4 4 4 4 29/32 29/32 13/32 13/32 15/32 15/8 15/8 125/32 125/32 4 5/16 6 9/32 6 9/32 7 31/32 7 31/32 9 31/32 14 7/8 14 7/8 17 23/32 17 23/32 L2 L3 Typical 3 7/32 5 9/32 5 9/32 6 13/32 6 13/32 8 13/32 13 1/4 13 1/4 15 7/8 15 7/8 31/16 4 25/32 4 25/32 6 6 7 1/4 1131/32 1131/32 14 17/64 14 17/64 Max Max Max. Vol. H Q W Cu. In. 15/16 111/32 125/32 13/4 125/32 13/4 2 5/16 21/2 2 5/16 21/2 2 9/16 35/32 33/4 4 11/32 33/4 4 11/32 4 7/16 511/32 4 7/16 511/32 11/2 2 1/32 2 1/32 2 3/4 2 3/4 3 15/32 4 5/8 4 5/8 5 21/32 5 21/32 4.0 12.0 12.0 32.0 32.0 63.0 210. 210. 390. 390. E988D-CAR E988E E988F-CAR E988G-CAR E988H-CAR E988J Std. Size Ctn. Qty. 1/2 3/4 1 11/4 11/2 2 5 20 10 5 5 5 C L1 L2 Q W Vol. Cu. In. 11/16 4 5/16 6 11/32 6 11/32 8 8 9 15/32 3 1/2 5 9/32 5 9/32 6 13/32 6 13/32 8 13/32 111/32 13/4 13/4 21/2 21/2 35/32 11/2 2 1/32 2 1/32 2 3/4 2 3/4 3 15/32 4.0 12.0 12.0 32.0 32.0 63.0 29/32 29/32 13/32 13/32 15/32 E987D-CAR E987E-CAR E987F-CAR E987G-CAR E987H-CAR E987J Std. C Size Ctn. Qty. Typical 1/2 3/4 1 11/4 11/2 2 Std. C Max. Size Ctn. Qty. Typical L1 E985D-CAR 1/2 E985E-CAR 3/4 E985F-CAR 1 E985G-CAR 11/4 E985H-CAR 11/2 E985J 2 10 10 10 5 5 10 11/16 29/32 29/32 13/32 13/32 15/32 4 5/16 6 9/32 6 9/32 731/32 731/32 99/32 L2 L3 Typical 3 7/32 5 9/32 5 9/32 6 13/32 6 13/32 8 13/32 Max. Max. Max. Vol. H Q W Cu. In. 3 1/16 15/16 111/32 4 25/32 125/32 13/4 4 25/32 125/32 13/4 6 25/16 21/2 6 25/16 21/2 71/4 29/16 35/32 11/2 2 1/32 2 1/32 2 3/4 23/4 315/32 4.0 12.0 12.0 32.0 32.0 63.0 Part No. E983D-CAR E983E-CAR E983F E983G E983H-CAR E983J Std. C Max. L2 L3 Size Ctn.Qty. Typical L1 Typical 1/2 3/4 1 11/4 11/2 2 10 10 20 10 4 10 11/16 29/32 29/32 13/32 13/32 15/32 4 11/16 6 7/8 6 7/8 8 21/32 8 21/32 105/16 3 7/32 5 9/32 5 9/32 6 13/32 6 13/32 8 13/32 211/32 4 7/16 37/16 4 21/64 4 21/64 55/32 Max Max Max. Vol. H Q W Cu. In. 15/16 111/32 11/2 125/32 13/4 2 1/32 125/32 13/4 2 1/32 2 5/16 21/2 2 3/4 2 5/16 21/2 2 3/4 2 9/16 35/32 3 15/16 4.0 12.0 12.0 32.0 32.0 63.0 Type LL Type C Part No. Part No. Type T Type E Part No. E42728 Except where noted by 10 10 10 5 4 15 11/16 29/32 29/32 13/32 13/32 15/32 L2 Max. L1 Typical 4 11/16 6 7/8 6 7/8 8 21/32 8 21/32 10 5/16 3 1/2 5 32/64 5 9/32 6 13/32 6 13/32 8 13/32 Max Q 111/32 13/4 13/4 21/2 21/2 35/32 Max. Vol. W Cu. In. 11/2 2 1/32 2 1/32 2 3/4 23/4 315/32 4.0 12.0 12.0 32.0 32.0 63.0 Part No. E984D-CAR E984E-CAR E984F-CAR E984G-CAR E984H-CAR E984J E984J-CAR Std. C Max. L2 L3 Size Ctn. Qty. Typical L1 Typical 1/2 3/4 1 11/4 11/2 2 2 w w w. c a r l o n . c o m 10 8 10 5 5 10 3 11/16 2 29/32 2 29/32 13/32 13/32 15/32 15/32 4 5/16 69/32 69/32 731/32 731/32 99/32 99/32 3 7/32 31/16 5 9/32 4 25/32 5 9/32 4 25/32 6 13/32 6 6 13/32 6 8 13/32 7 1/4 8 13/32 7 1/4 Max Max Max. Vol. H Q W Cu. In. 15/16 111/32 11/2 125/32 13/4 2 1/32 125/32 13/4 2 1/32 2 5/16 21/2 2 3/4 2 5/16 21/2 2 3/4 2 9/16 35/32 3 15/32 2 9/16 35/32 3 15/32 4.0 12.0 12.0 32.0 32.0 63.0 63.0 179 Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit – Junction Boxes Molded Nonmetallic Junction Boxes 6P Rated Except where noted by † E42728 It’s another first from Carlon® - the first nonmetallic junction boxes UL Listed with a NEMA 6P rating per Section 314.29, Exception of the National Electrical Code. Manufactured from PVC or PPO thermoplastic molding compound and featuring foam-in-place gasketed lids attached with stainless steel screws, these rugged enclosures offer all the corrosion resistance and physical properties you need for direct burial applications. Type 6P enclosures are intended for indoor or outdoor use, primarily to provide a degree of protection against contact with enclosed equipment, falling dirt, hosedirected water, entry of water during prolonged submersion at a limited depth, and external ice formation. • All Carlon Junction Boxes are UL Listed and maintain a minimum of a NEMA Type 4/4x Rating. • Parts numbers with an asterisk (*) are UL Listed and maintain a NEMA Type 6P Rating and Type 4/4X Rating. 180 Std. Ctn. Qty. Min AT Min. AB Min. B Min. C Ta Part No. Size in Inches HxWxD E989NNJ-CAR* E987N-CAR* †E989NNR-CAR* E989PPJ-CAR* E987R-CAR* E989RRR-UPC* E989N-CAR E989SSX-UPC E989UUN E989R-UPC 4x4x2 4x4x4 4x4x6 5x5x2 6x6x4 6x6x6 8x8x4 8x8x7 12 x 12 x 4 12 x 12 x 6 5 5 4 4 2 8 1 2 3 2 3 11/16 3 11/16 3 11/16 411/16 6 5 5 /8 8 7 21/32 115/8 1115/16 3 5/8 3 1/2 3 3/8 41/2 55/8 53/8 8 7 5/16 111/2 117/8 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 111/8 117/16 2 4 6 2 4 6 4 7 4 6 .160 .160 .160 .110 .190 .160 .185 .160 .160 .265 w w w. c a r l o n . c o m Tc Typical .155 .155 .200 .150 .190 .150 .190 .150 .150 .185 Material ThermoPVC plastic X X X X X X X X X X Std. Ctn. Wt. (Lbs.) 3 4 5 3 3 14 2 6 12 10 Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit – Switch Boxes Single Gang FS Boxes E42728 Type FSE Type FSS All sizes take standard covers and accessories or devices. Integral mounting feet provide easy mounting. All sizes take standard covers and accessories or devices. Detachable mounting feet provide easy mounting. For dead-end terminations. For multiple dead-end circuit terminations or where additional support is required in stub-up applications. Part No. Part No. E980DFN E980EFN Size 1/2 3/4 Vol. Cu. In. Std. Ctn. Qty. 19 10 19 10 E980FFN 1 19 18 E980FFN-CAR 1 19 10 Vol. Std. Size Cu. In. Ctn. Qty. E982DFN 1/2 19 10 E982EFN 3/4 19 10 E982FFN-CTN 1 19 8 Type FSCC All sizes take standard covers and accessories or devices. Detachable mounting feet provide easy mounting. Type FSC All sizes take standard covers and accessories or devices. Detachable mounting feet provide easy mounting. For multiple through circuit terminations or where additional support is required in stub-up applications. For through terminations. Part No. Size E981DFN 1/2 Part No. Vol. Std. Cu. In. Ctn. Qty. 19 Std. Vol. Size Cu. In. Ctn. Qty. 15 E979DFN-CAR 1/2 19 10 3/4 19 10 1 19 15 E981EFN 3/4 19 15 E979EFN-CAR E981FFN 1 19 18 E979FFN E981FFN-CAR 1 19 10 w w w. c a r l o n . c o m 181 Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit – Switch Boxes Single Gang FD Deep Device Boxes E42728 Type FD Type FDC All sizes take standard covers and accessories or devices. Integral mounting feet provide easy mounting. All sizes take standard covers and accessories or devices. Integral mounting feet provide easy mounting. For through terminations where large devices or additional wiring capacity is required. For terminations where hub requirements vary according to application – hubs easily made with flared wood bit or hole saw. Part No. Size E9801 N/A Vol. Std. Cu. In. Ctn.Qty. 25 10 Part No. Size E9811DN 1/2 25 10 E9811EN 3/4 25 10 E9811FN 1 25 10 Type FDE All sizes take standard covers and accessories or devices. Integral mounting feet provide easy mounting. For dead-end terminations where large devices or additional wiring capacity is required. 182 Part No. Size Vol. Std. Cu. In. Ctn. Qty. E9801DN 1/2 25 E9801EN 3/4 25 10 E9801FN 1 25 10 10 w w w. c a r l o n . c o m Vol. Std. Cu. In. Ctn. Qty. Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit – Switch Boxes & Covers Two Gang FS Boxes Type 2FSE Type 2FSC All sizes take standard covers and accessories or devices. Integral mounting feet provide easy mounting. E42728 All sizes take standard covers and accessories or devices. Integral mounting feet provide easy mounting. For dead-end terminations where two devices or additional wiring capacity is required. For through terminations where two devices or additional wiring capacity is required. Std. Vol. Cu. In. Ctn. Qty. Part No. Size E9812D 1/2 32 10 E9812E 3/4 32 10 E9812F 1 32 10 Type FS All sizes take standard covers and accessories or devices. Integral mounting feet provide easy mounting. Part No. Size Vol. Std. Cu. In. Ctn. Qty. E9802D 1/2 32 10 E9802E 3/4 32 10 E9802F 1 32 10 Blank Covers For terminations where hub requirements vary according to application - hubs easily made with flared wood bit or hole saw. Part No. Size E9802 N/A Single Gang Fits Carlon® single gang FS boxes. Supplied with stainless steel mounting screws and gasket. Vol. Std. Cu. In. Ctn. Qty. 32 10 Part No. Std. Std. Ctn. Ctn. Color Qty. Wt. (lbs.) E980CN-CAR Gray 12 1.60 E980CM-CAR White 12 1.60 Two Gang Fits Carlon® two gang FS boxes, other nonmetallic and metallic FS boxes. Supplied with stainless steel mounting screws and gasket. Part No. E9802CN-CAR w w w. c a r l o n . c o m Color Std. Ctn. Qty. Std. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.) Gray 10 2.17 183 Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit – Support Straps Snap Strap Conduit Support Straps ® Carlon’s Snap Strap® offers a unique support strap designed especially for the installation of PVC conduit. Also usable for installations of rigid steel. This high strength, nonmetallic clamp allows conduit to expand and contract freely, eliminating the bowing commonly seen from the expansion and contraction of conduit caused by varying temperature changes. Finished installations have a neat, attractive appearance on exposed applications. To be used in accordance with conduit spacing requirements per the NEC, Section 352.30. This part is not supplied with screws. • UV inhibited for use in direct sunlight B Single Mount Double Mount Single Mount Size: inches (mm) Std. Ctn. Qty. Std. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.) E978DC-CAR 1/2" 40 1 E978EC-CAR 3/4" 40 3 E978FC-CAR (21) 1" (27) 30 4 Std. Ctn. Qty. Std. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.) 15 4 15 5 10 5 Part No. (16) A B C D F G H J R 0.80 (20.3) 1.00 (25.4) 1.20 (30.5) .75 (1.90) .88 (22.4) 1.02 (25.9) 1.63 (41.4) 1.92 (48.7) 2.17 (55.1) 0.75 (19.1) 0.75 (19.1) 0.75 (19.1) .59 (14.9) .70 (17.8) .83 (21.1) .99 (25.1) 1.20 (30.4) 1.43 (36.3) 1.36 (34.5) 1.57 (39.9) 1.84 (46.7) .21 (5.33) .21 (5.33) .21 (5.33) 1.67 (42.4) 1.96 (49.8) 2.22 (56.3) A B C D F G H J R 1.66 (42.16) 1.92 (48.77) 2.34 (59.44) 2.75 (69.9) 3.05 (77.5) 3.50 (88.9) 3.23 (82.0) 3.53 (89.7) 4.00 (101.6) 1.00 (25.4) 1.00 (25.4) 1.00 (25.4) .95 (24.1) 1.08 (27.4) 1.31 (33.3) 1.78 (45.2) 2.04 (51.8) 2.48 (63.0) 2.15 (54.61) 2.40 (60.96) 2.86 (72.64) .218 (5.54) .218 (5.54) .218 (5.54) 3.28 (83.3) 3.58 (90.9) 4.06 (103.1) Double Mount Part No. E978GC-CAR E978HC-CAR E978JC-CAR 184 Size: inches (mm) 11/4" (35) 11/2" (41) 2" (53) w w w. c a r l o n . c o m Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit – Clamps Nonmetallic Clamps Nonmetallic clamps offer the same chemical resistance as Carlon nonmetallic conduits for a complete, corrosion resistant system. To be used in accordance with conduit spacing requirements per the NEC, Section 352.30. • UV inhibited for use in direct sunlight Conduit Clamp Conduit Clamps Part No. E977DC Size: inches (mm) Std. Ctn. Qty. Std. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.) 1/2" 100 A B C D E F G H J 1.2 0.892 (22.6) 1.71 (43.4) 2.16 (54.8) 0.50 (12.7) .14 (3.5) .42 (10.6) .866 (21.9) 1.04 (26.4) .260 (6.6) 100 1.4 1.102 (27.9) 1.97 (50.0) 2.40 (60.9) 0.50 (12.7) .14 (3.5) .525 (13.3) 1.076 (27.3) 1.255 (31.8) .260 (6.6) (16) E977EC 3/4" (21) E977FC 1" (27) 100 2 1.39 (35.3) 2.25 (57.1) 2.81 (71.3) 0.594 (15.0) .14 (3.5) .658 (16.7) 1.342 (34.0) 1.574 (39.9) .260 (6.6) E977GC 1 1/4" (35) 50 5 1.714 (43.5) 2.68 (68.0) 3.28 (83.3) .64 (16.2) .15 (3.8) .83 (21.0) 1.687 (42.8) 1.89 (48.0) .320 (8.1) E977HC 1 1/2" (41) 50 6 1.92 (48.7) 2.82 (71.6) 3.44 (87.3) .70 (17.7) .15 (3.8) .97 (24.6) 1.93 (49.0) 2.12 (53.8) .312 (7.9) E977JC 2" (53) 25 4.5 2.54 (64.5) 3.54 (89.9) 4.18 (106.1) .76 (19.3) .16 (4.0) 1.05 (26.6) 2.29 (58.1) 2.49 (63.2) .315 (8.0) E977KC-CAR 21/2" (63) 25 1.4 2.86 (72.6) 4.50 (114.3) 5.46 (138.7) 1.00 (25.4) .20 (5.08) 1.43 (36.3) 2.86 (72.6) 3.12 (79.2) .36 (9.14) E977LC-CAR 3" (78) 20 1.4 3.47 (88.2) 5.00 (127.0) 6.00 (152.4) 1.00 (25.4) .20 (5.08) 1.74 (44.3) 3.48 (88.4) 3.70 (94.0) .36 (9.14) E977NC-CAR 4" (103) 15 12.2 4.366 (110.9) 6.15 (156.2) 7.20 (182.9) 1.00 (25.4) .20 (5.08) 2.32 (58.8) 4.50 (114.3 4.70 (119.4) .36 (9.14) *Note: Some clamp applications require 2 screws, 2 nuts and 2 washers. w w w. c a r l o n . c o m 185 Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit – Technical Information Typical Properties of Conduit Raw Material Compound Thermal Co-efficient of Thermal Expansion-inch/inch/°F (properties @ 73.4°F) Heat Distortion °F at 264 psi Thermal Conductivity BTU (hr.) (ft.) (°F/in.) ASTM Test D696 Typical Values 3.38 x 10 -5 D648 N/A 160°F 1.3 Mechanical ASTM Test D792 D638 D256 D790 D695 D2240 Specific Gravity Tensile Strength (psi) @ 73.4°F Izod Impact ft lbs./in. of notch Flexural Strength (psi) Compressive Strength (psi) Hardness (Durometer D) B Electrical Dielectrical Strength volts/mil Dielectric Constant 60 CPS @ 30°C Power Factor 60 CPS @ 30°C ASTM Test D149 D150 D150 Typical Values 1.43 - 1.6 5,000-6,500 0.65 - 1.5 12,500 9,000 85 B Impedance (Volts lost per ampere per 100 feet) Typical Values 1100 4.00 1.93 3 90% P.F. 80% P.F. 1 90% P.F. 80% P.F. Steel Conduit .0118 .0123 .0136 .0142 ® .0105 .0106 .0121 .0122 Schedule 40 Using 250 KCmil Cu. conductor. comparable values for other conductor sizes. Wire Fill Maximum number of conductors in Schedule 40 PVC conduit Maximum number of conductors in Schedule 80 PVC conduit (Based on Table 1, Chapter 9 of the NEC) Type Letters THWN THHN FEP (14 thru 2) FEPB (14 thru 8) PFA (14 thru 4/0) PFAH (14 thru 4/0) Z (14 thru 4/0) XHHW (4 thru 500MCM) XHHW Conductor Size AWG, MCM 14 12 10 8 6 4 3 2 1 1/0 2/0 3/0 4/0 250 300 350 400 500 600 700 750 6 600 700 750 1/2 3/4 13 10 6 3 1 1 1 1 24 18 11 5 4 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 (Based on Table 1, Chapter 9 of the NEC) 1 39 29 18 9 6 4 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 5 Trade Size 11/4 11/2 2 21/2 69 94 154 51 79 114 164 32 44 73 194 19 22 36 51 11 15 26 37 7 9 16 22 6 8 13 19 5 7 11 16 3 5 9 12 3 4 7 10 2 3 6 8 1 3 5 7 1 2 4 6 1 1 3 4 1 1 3 4 1 1 2 3 1 1 1 3 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 9 13 21 30 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 31/2 4 160 71 57 35 29 25 18 15 13 11 9 7 6 5 5 4 3 3 2 47 3 3 2 106 76 47 39 33 25 21 17 14 12 10 8 7 6 5 4 4 3 63 4 4 3 136 98 60 51 43 32 27 22 18 15 12 11 9 8 7 5 5 4 81 5 5 4 41/4 5 6 8 Conductor Size AWG, MCM # 14 12 125 154 75 94 137 236 64 90 116 201 54 67 97 169 49 59 72 125 33 42 61 105 28 35 51 88 23 29 42 73 19 24 35 61 16 20 28 49 13 17 24 42 12 15 21 37 10 13 19 33 9 11 16 27 7 9 13 22 6 8 11 19 6 7 11 19 102 128 185 320 7 9 13 22 6 7 11 19 6 7 10 18 10 8 6 4 3 2 1 0 00 000 0000 Weight Comparison Carlon Schedule 40® rigid nonmetallic conduit compared to other rigid conduit in pounds per 100 feet (approx.) 186 Carlon Carlon Schedule 40® Schedule 80® Rigid Rigid Nom. Nonmetallic Nonmetallic Conduit Conduit Aluminum Size 1/2 18 22 27 3/4 23 29 36 53 43 35 1 70 60 11/4 48 11/2 57 72 86 2 76 100 116 183 153 21/2 125 239 212 164 3 31/2 198 288 4 234 310 340 5 317 431 465 612 592 412 6 Electrical Metallic Tubing (EMT) 30 46 66 96 112 142 230 270 350 400 Intermediate Metal Conduit (IMC) 57 78 112 114 176 230 393 483 561 625 Not Made Not Made Not Made Not Made 250 Rigid Metal Conduit (RMC) 79 105 153 201 246 334 527 690 831 982 1344 1770 300 350 400 500 600 700 w w w. c a r l o n . c o m THW THHN THW THHN THW THHN THW THHN THW THHN THW THHN THW THHN THW THHN THW THHN THW THHN THW THHN THW THHN THW THHN THW THHN ThW THHN THW THHN THW THHN THW THHN THW THHN THW 1/2 3/4 4 10 3 8 3 5 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 8 19 6 14 5 9 2 4 1 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 13 33 11 24 9 15 4 7 3 5 2 3 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Trade Size 11/4 11/2 2 24 34 57 58 81 135 20 28 47 43 60 100 16 22 37 27 38 64 8 11 19 13 18 31 6 8 14 9 13 22 4 6 10 6 8 13 4 5 9 5 7 11 3 4 8 4 5 9 1 3 5 3 4 7 1 2 4 2 3 6 1 1 4 1 3 5 1 1 3 1 2 4 1 1 3 1 1 3 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 1 21/2 3 4 5 82 128 194 0 67 105 183 144 0 54 85 148 92 143 28 44 77 121 45 70 123 195 20 32 56 88 32 50 88 140 15 24 42 66 20 31 54 86 13 20 36 57 17 26 46 73 11 17 31 49 14 22 38 61 8 13 22 35 10 16 28 45 7 11 19 30 8 13 24 38 6 9 16 26 7 11 20 32 5 8 14 22 6 9 16 26 4 6 11 18 5 8 14 22 3 5 9 14 4 6 11 18 3 4 8 13 3 5 9 15 2 4 7 11 3 4 8 13 1 3 6 10 2 4 7 12 1 3 5 8 1 3 6 10 1 1 4 7 1 3 5 8 1 1 3 6 Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit – Expansion and Contraction Expansion and Contraction Temperature Considerations for Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit Compensation for Linear Expansion Add 30°F to the estimated temperature range when conduit is installed in direct sunlight to allow for radiant heating. An expansion coupling consists of two sections of conduit, one telescoping inside another. When installing expansion couplings, alignment of piston and barrel is important. Be sure to mount expansion joint level for best performance. For a vertical run, the expansion coupling must be installed close to the top of the run with the barrel jointing down, in order that rain water does not run into the opening. The lower end of the conduit run must be secured at the bottom so that any length change due to temperature variation will result in an upward movement. Expansion Characteristics of PVC Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit Coefficient of Thermal Expansion = 3.38 x 10-5 in./in./°F Length Length Length Length Change in Change in Change in Change in inches per Temperature inches per Temperature inches per Temperature inches per 100 Ft. of Change in 100 Ft. of Change in 100 Ft. of Change in 100 Ft. of PVC Conduit Degrees F PVC Conduit Degrees F PVC Conduit Degrees F PVC Conduit 5 0.2 55 2.2 105 4.2 155 6.3 10 0.4 60 2.4 110 4.5 160 6.5 15 0.6 65 2.6 115 4.7 165 6.7 20 0.8 70 2.8 120 4.9 170 6.9 25 1.0 75 3.0 125 5.1 175 7.1 30 1.2 80 3.2 130 5.3 180 7.3 35 1.4 85 3.4 135 5.5 185 7.5 40 1.6 90 3.6 140 5.7 190 7.7 45 1.8 95 3.8 145 5.9 195 7.9 50 2.0 100 4.1 150 6.1 200 8.1 Solvent Weld Maximum Depth Mark The expansion joint must be installed to allow both expansion and contraction of the conduit run. The correct piston opening for any installation condition should use the following formula: O= Like all construction materials, PVC will expand or contract with variations in temperatures. The coefficient of linear expansion in PVC conduit is 3.38 x 10-5 in./in./°F as compared to 1.2 x 10-5 for aluminum and 0.6 x 10-5 for steel. An expansion coupling is needed whenever the change in length due to temperature variation will exceed 1/2 in. Temperature Change in Degrees F Determine the Piston Opening Where: O T max T inst. T E [ T max - T installed T = = = = = ] E Piston opening (in.) Maximum anticipated temperature of conduit (°F) Temperature of conduit at time of installation (°F) Total change in temperature of conduit (°F) Expansion allowance built into each expansion coupling (in.) Example 380 ft. of conduit is to be installed on the outside of a building exposed to the sun in a single straight run. It is expected that the conduit will vary in temperature from 0°F in the winter to 140°F in the summer (this includes the 30°F for radiant heating from the sun.) The installation is to be made at a conduit temperature of 90°F. From the table, a 140°F temperature change will cause a 5.7 in. length change in 100 ft. of conduit. The total change for this example is 5.7" x 3.8 = 21.67" which should be rounded to 22". The number of expansion couplings will be 22" x coupling range (4" for Carlon trade sizes 1/2" through 1-1/2", and 8" for sizes 2" through 6".) If the E945D coupling is used, the number will be 22" x 4 = 5.50 which should be rounded to 6. The coupling should be placed at 62 ft. intervals (380 x 6). the proper piston setting at the time of installation is calculated as explained above. O= [ 140 - 90 140 ] 4.0 = 1.4 in. Insert the piston into the barrel to the maximum depth. Place a mark on the piston at the end of the barrel. To properly set the piston, pull the piston out of the barrel to correspond to the 2.1 in. calculated above. See drawing at lower left. Summary 1. Anticipate expansion and contraction of PVC conduit in aboveground, exposed installation. 2. Use an expansion coupling when length change due to temperature variation will exceed 1/2". 3. PVC conduit expands 4.1" for each 100 feet of run and a 100°F temperature change. Solvent Weld 4. Align expansion coupling with the conduit run to prevent binding. 5. Follow the instructions to set the piston opening. Pipe strap should be anchored tightly to barrel Piston Opening Pipe strap mounted loosely to allow movement 6. Rigidly fix the outer barrel of the expansion coupling so it cannot move. Mount the conduit connected to the piston loosely enough to allow the conduit to move as the temperature changes. w w w. c a r l o n . c o m 187 Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit – Technical Information Corrosion Resistance of Carlon Schedule 40 and Schedule 80 PVC Conduit and Fittings Carlon Schedule 40 and Schedule 80 are generally acceptable for use in environments containing the chemicals below. These environmental resistance ratings are based upon tests where the specimens were placed in complete submergence in the reagent listed. Schedule 40 and Schedule 80 can be used in many process areas where Acetic Acid O-20% Acetic Acid 20-30% Acetic Acid 3O-60% Acetic Acid 80% Acetic Acid – Glacial Acetic Acid Vapors Acetylene Adipic Acid Alum Aluminum Chloride Aluminum Fluoride Aluminum Hydroxide Aluminum Oxychloride Aluminum Nitrate Aluminum Sulfate Ammonia-Dry Gas Ammonium Bifluoride Ammonium Carbonate Ammonium Chloride Ammonium Hydroxide 28% Ammonium Metaphosphate Ammonium Nitrate Ammonium Persulfate Ammonium Phosphate – Neutral Ammonium Sulfate Ammonium Sulfide Ammonium Thiocyanate Amyl Alcohol Anthraquinone Anthraquinonesulfonic Acid Antimony Trichloride Aqua Regia Arsenic Acid 80% Arylsulfonic Acid Barium Carbonate Barium Chloride Barium Hydroxide Barium Sulfate Barium Sulfide Beet – Sugar Liquor Benzine Sulfonic Acid 10% Benzoic Acid Bismuth Carbonate Black Liquor (Paper Industry) Bleach – 12.5% Active CL2 Borax Boric Acid Brine Breeder Pellets – Dane. Fish Bromic Acid Bromine – Water Butane Butadiene 188 Butyl Alcohol Butyl Phenol Butylene Butyric Acid Calcium Bisulfite Calcium Carbonate Calcium Chlorate Calcium Chloride Calcium Hydroxide Calcium Hypochlorite Calcium Nitrate Calcium Sulfate Carbonic Acid Carbon Dioxide Gas – Wet Carbon Dioxide – Aqueous Solution Carbon Monoxide Caustic Potash Caustic Soda Chloracatic Acid Chloral Hydrate Chlorine Gas (Dry) Chlorine Gas (Moist) Chlorine Water Chlorosulfonic Acid Chrome Alum Chromic Acid 10% Chromic Acid 30% Chromic Acid 40% Chromic Acid 50% Citric Acid Copper Chloride Copper Cyanide Copper Fluoride Copper Nitrate Copper Sulfate Cottonseed Oil Cresylic Acid 50% Crude Oil – Sour Crude Oil – Sweet Demineralized Water Dextrin Dextrose Diglycolic Acid Disodium Phosphate Ethyl Alcohol Ethylene Glycol Fatty Acids Ferric Chloride Ferric Nitrate Ferric Sulfate Ferrous Chloride Ferrous Sulfate chemicals not on this list are manufactured or used because worker safety requirements dictate that any air presence or splashing be at a very low level. If there are any questions for specific suitability in a given environment, prototype samples should be tested under actual conditions. Fluorine Gas – Wet Fluorine Gas – Dry Fluoroboric Acid Fluorosilicic Acid Formaldehyde Formic Acid Fructose Gallic Acid Gas – Coke Oven Gas – Natural (Dry) Gas – Natural (Wet) Gasoline – Sour Gasoline – Refined Glucose Glycerine (Glycerol) Glycol Glycolic Acid Green Liquor (Paper Industry) Heptane Hexanol, Tertiary Hydrobromic Acid 20% Hydrochloric Acid 0% - 25% Hydrochloric Acid 25% - 40% Hydrocyanic Acid or Hydrogen Cyanide Hydrofluoric Acid 10% Hydrofluorosilicic Acid Hydrogen Phosphide Hydrogen Sulfide – Dry Hydrogen Sulfide – Aqueous Solution Hydroquinone Hydroxylamine Sulfate Iodine Kerosene Lactic Acid 28% Lauric Acid Lauryl Chloride Lauryl Sulfate Lead Acetate Lime Sulfur Linoleic Acid Linseed Oil Lubricating Oils Magnesium Carbonate Magnesium Chloride Magnesium Hydroxide Magnesium Nitrate Magnesium Sulfate Maleic Acid Malic Acid Mercuric Chloride Mercuric Cyanide w w w. c a r l o n . c o m Mercurous Nitrate Mercury Methyl Sulfate Methylene Chloride Mineral Oils Naphthalene Nickel Chloride Nickel Nitrate Nitric Acid, Anydrous Nitric Acid 20% Nitric Acid 40% Nitric Acid 60% Nitrobenzene Nitrous Oxide Oils and Fats Oils – Petroleum – (See Type) Oleic Acid Oxalic Acid Palmitic Acid 10% Perchloric Acid 10% Phenylhydrazine Hydrochloride Phosgene, Gas Phosphoric Acid – 0-25% Phosphoric Acid – 25-50% Phosphoric Acid – 50-85% Photographic Chemicals Plating Solutions Potassium Bicarbonate Potassium Bichromate Potassium Borate Potassium Bromide Potassium Carbonate Potassium Chloride Potassium Chromate Potassium Cyanide Potassium Dichromate Potassium Ferricyanide Potassium Ferrocyanide Potassium Fluoride Potassium Hydroxide Potassium Nitrate Potassium Perborate Potassium Perchlorite Potassium Permanganate 10% Potassium Persulfate Potassium Sulfate Propane Propyl Alcohol Silicic Acid Silver Cyanide Silver Nitrate Silver Plating Solutions Sodium Acetate Sodium Arsenite Sodium Benzoate Sodium Bicarbonate Sodium Bisulfate Sodium Bisulfite Sodium Bromide Sodium Chlorate Sodium Chloride Sodium Cyanide Sodium Dichromate Sodium Ferricyanide Sodium Ferrocyanide Sodium Fluoride Sodium Hydroxide Sodium Hypochlorite Sodium Nitrate Sodium Nitrite Sodium Sulfate Sodium Sulfide Sodium Sulfite Sodium Thiosulfate (Hypo) Stannic Chloride Stannous Chloride Stearic Acid Sulfur Sulfur Dioxide – Gas Dry Sulfur Trioxide Sulfuric Acid – 0-10% Sulfuric Acid – 10-75% Sulfuric Acid – 75-90% Sulfurous Acid Tannic Acid Tanning Liquors Tartaric Acid Titanium Tetrachloride Triethanolamine Trimethyl Propane Trisodium Phosphate Turpentine Urea Vinegar Whiskey White Liquor (Paper Industry) Wines Zinc Chloride Zinc Chromate Zinc Cyanide Zinc Nitrate Zinc Sulfate Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit – Specification Format Suggested Format for Specifying Carlon Nonmetallic Conduit, Conduit Fittings and Junction Boxes A. The Carlon rigid nonmetallic conduit system shall be installed as indicated on the drawings and as specified herein. B. All wiring shall be installed in Carlon rigid nonmetallic conduit. All conduit shall be secured by means of proper fittings. All fittings shall be Carlon. C. Carlon outlet boxes, fittings and junction boxes shall be used for all outlets, pull boxes and junction points. (Lighting fixtures shall not be supported or hung from PVC junction boxes but be supported in position by other means.) D. Exposed conduits shall be mounted securely by suitable hangers or straps with the maximum spacing of points of supports not greater than indicated by Section 352.30 of the NEC. E. Except where embedded in concrete or direct buried, Carlon conduit shall be supported to permit adequate lineal movement to allow for expansion and contraction of conduit due to temperature change. F. For aboveground installations where temperature change in excess of 14°C (25°F) is anticipated, expansion joints shall be installed. See Table 352.44(A) NEC for expansion characteristics. G. Proper care shall be taken when field bending is employed to maintain the internal diameter and wall thickness of the conduit. w w w. c a r l o n . c o m 189 Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit – Utility Non-UL Listed Heavy Wall Rigid Schedule 40 Utility Conduit Non-UL Listed • Rated for 90°C conductors or cable • For direct earth burial and concrete encasement, specifically designed for the power utility specifications. With Integral Bell* Part No. 20' 10' 59610-020 59610-010 59611-020 59611-010 59612-020 59612-010 59613-020 59613-010 59615-020 59615-010 59616-020 59616-010 59617-020 59617-010 59618-020 59618-010 Std. Crate Qty. 20' 10' 4500' 2250' 2800' 1400' 1860' 930' 1760' 880' 1140' 570' 760' 380' 520' 260' 300' 150' Dimensions O.D. I.D. 1.900 1.610 2.375 2.067 2.875 2.469 3.500 3.068 4.500 4.026 5.563 5.047 6.625 6.065 8.625 7.981 Nom. Size 1/2" 2" 2 1/2" 3" 4" 5" 6" 8" Wall .145 .154 .203 .216 .237 .258 .280 .322 Wt. Per 100' 56 75 124 172 244 331 430 647 *Limited geographical area Dimensions in Inches of Utility Conduit Integral Bells A Trade Size 11/2 2 21/2 3 4 5 6 8 C B A At Entrance B At Bottom Maximum Minimum Maximum Minimum 1.926 2.405 2.911 3.543 4.549 5.619 6.692 8.692 1.916 2.395 2.901 3.533 4.539 5.609 6.682 8.682 1.911 2.386 2.887 3.513 4.514 5.578 6.641 8.614 1.901 2.376 2.877 3.503 4.504 5.568 6.631 8.631 C Nominal Bell Depth 2.750 3.250 3.250 3.875 3.875 4.625 5.625 6.375 Deep Socket Schedule 40 Utility Elbows with Integral Belled Ends Segment 90° Elbow 45° Elbow 190 Part No. UC9BHB UC9DHB UC9FHB UC9BJB UC9DJB UC9FJB UC9HJB UC9DKB UC9FKB UC9DLB UC9FLB UC9DNB UC9FNB UC9HNB UC9FRB UC9HRB UC7FHB UC7FJB UC7CKB UC7FKB UC7FLB UC7FNB UC7HNB UC7HRB UC7ITB Std. Nom. Radius Std. Ctn. Ctn. Wt. Qty. (lbs.) Diameter (in.) 11/2" 11/2" 11/2" 2" 2" 2" 2" 21/2" 21/2" 3" 3" 4" 4" 4" 6" 6" 11/2" 2" 21/2" 21/2" 3" 4" 4" 6" 8" 12" 24" 36" 12" 24" 36" 48" 24" 36" 24" 36" 24" 36" 48" 36" 48" 36" 36" 18" 36" 36" 36" 48" 48" 60" 20 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 25.00 2.13 3.05 1.44 2.82 4.14 5.15 5.00 7.15 6.57 9.15 10.59 13.64 17.72 25.80 32.24 1.74 2.07 2.27 4.12 5.00 8.15 9.36 17.19 33.00 Std. Radius Std. Ctn. Ctn. Wt. (in.) Qty. (lbs.) Segment Part No. Nom. Diameter 22 1/2° Elbow UC5CKB 21/2" 18" 1 1.45 UC5FKB 21/2" 36" 1 2.49 UC5FNB 4" 36" 1 5.18 UC5FRB 6" 36" 1 11.82 UC5HNB 4" 48" 1 5.57 Dimensions in Inches of Utility Elbows Bells A C B Trade Size 11/2 2 1 2 /2 3 4 5 6 8 w w w. c a r l o n . c o m A At Entrance B At Bottom C Nominal Bell Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. 1.926 2.405 2.911 3.543 4.549 5.619 6.692 8.692 1.916 2.395 2.901 3.533 4.539 5.609 6.682 8.682 1.900 2.381 2.875 3.500 4.500 5.563 6.625 8.641 1.888 2.357 2.861 3.484 4.482 5.543 6.603 8.631 2.750 2.875 3.125 3.125 3.750 4.250 5.250 6.250 2.500 2.625 2.875 2.875 3.500 4.000 5.000 6.000 Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit – Utility Non-UL Listed Non-UL Listed Elbows – Long Belled 221/2° Elbow Part Number 45° Elbow 90° Elbow Nom. Diameter Radius (In.) Std. Ctn. Qty. Std. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.) UC5FRBLB 6" 36 1 9.6 UC7CJBLB UC7DJBLB UC7DLBLB UC7DNBLB UC7DPBLB UC7FJBLB UC7FLBLB UC7FNBLB UC7FPBLB UC7FRBLB UC7HJBLB UC7HLBLB UC7HNBLB UC7HPBLB UC7HRBLB UC7CJBLB UC7DJBLB UC7DLBLB UC7DNBLB UC7DPBLB UC7FJBLB UC7FLBLB UC7FNBLB UC7FPBLB UC7FRBLB UC7HJBLB UC7HNBLB UC7HPBLB UC7HRBLB 2" 2" 3" 4" 5" 2" 3" 4" 5" 6" 2" 3" 4" 5" 6" 2" 2" 3" 4" 5" 2" 3" 4" 5" 6" 2" 4" 5" 6" 18 24 24 24 24 36 36 36 36 36 48 48 48 48 48 18 24 24 24 24 36 36 36 36 36 48 48 48 48 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1.3 1.4 5.0 5.8 8.5 2.2 5.2 7.8 11.1 9.6 2.8 6.6 9.7 13.7 18.1 1.3 1.4 5.0 5.8 8.5 2.2 5.2 7.8 11.1 9.6 2.8 9.7 13.7 18.1 Integral Belled End Dimensions A B C Trade Size 1 - 11/2" 2" 2 - 21/2" 3" 4" 5" 6" A At Entrance (in.) B At Bottom (in.) Maximum Minimum Maximum Minimum 1.924 2.399 2.897 3.523 4.524 5.603 6.669 1.912 2.387 2.883 3.507 4.506 5.583 6.647 1.900 2.375 2.875 3.500 4.500 5.563 6.625 1.888 2.363 2.861 3.484 4.482 5.543 6.603 w w w. c a r l o n . c o m C Nominal Bell Depth (in.) 2 3/4" 3 1/4" 3 1/4" 4" 4 3/4" 5 3/4" 6 1/4" 191 P&C® Duct Carlon® P&C® Duct Carlon P&C (Power & Communications) Duct and fittings are designed and formulated specifically for concrete encased and direct burial applications of power utility primaries, secondaries, street lighting and distribution systems. Carlon P&C Duct complies with NEMA Standard TC-6 & 8, and ASTM F-512 for utility duct. Both EB and DB duct are rated for use with 90°C conductors. P&C Duct fittings comply with NEMA TC-9 Standard. Carlon Telephone Duct complies with NEMA TC-10. Bellcore CAO 8546, GT8343, and other applicable telephone standards. Advantages: • Manufactured for high modulus C-250 compound • High impact strength • Excellent structural strength • Superior load bearing • Multiple duct banks can be pre-assembled and lowered into trench • No special cutting or tapering devices required • Provides easy bending around obstructions minimizing the need for special angle couplings and sweeps • Superior aging and weathering characteristics Features: • Heat resistant • Fire resistant • Conforms to NEMA Standard TC-6 & 8 and ASTM Standard F-512 for utility duct* • Carlon P&C Duct Type EB-20 is ETL Listed • Low coefficient of expansion • Continuous rigid control • Smooth inner wall and smooth transition between joints Engineering Features: Chemical Inertness resists water absorption and is totally immune to galvanic or electrolytic attacks. Solvent Cemented Joints provide leakproof duct runs tested at 25 psi. This type of joint eliminates the need for costly mechanical rodding procedure. Carlon P&C Duct can be rodded pneumatically. 192 w w w. c a r l o n . c o m P&C® Duct – Type EB ® ® Carlon P&C Duct Type EB RUS Listed Carlon nonmetallic P&C Duct Type EB is manufactured from Carlon’s exclusive high modulus C-600 compound, developed especially for power and communications applications, and is designed for use in concrete encased installations. Type EB is rated for 90°C Cable. P&C Duct Type EB-20 ETL Listed to UL 651A in compliance to the NEC Nom. Size Meets NEMA Standard TC-6 & 8 EB-20/ASTM F-512 Part Number 10' 20' Std. Crate Qty. 10' 20' Approx. Wt. per 100 ft. O.D. *Min. Wall 2 – 48711-020 – 2,800 36 2.375 .060 3 – 48713-020 – 2,000 59 3.500 .061 4 48715-010 48715-020 570 1,140 98 4.500 .082 5 48716-010 48716-020 380 760 148 5.563 .103 6 48717-010 48717-020 260 520 212 6.625 .125 *Min. wall thickness relates to 500,000 modulus Note: One belled end per 20' length P&C Duct Type EB-35 Heavy Wall Meets NEMA Standard TC-6 & 8 EB-35/ASTM F-512 Nom. Size Part Number 10' 20' Std. Crate Qty. 10' 20' Approx. Wt. per 100 ft. O.D. *Min. Wall 2 – 68711-020 – 2,800 39 2.375 .060 3 – 68713-020 – 2,000 72 3.500 .076 4 – 68715-020 – 1,140 116 4.500 .100 5 68716-010 68716-020 380 760 177 5.563 .126 6 – 68717-020** – 520 251 6.625 .152 *Min. wall thickness relates to 500,000 modulus **Special order item Note: One belled end per 20' length Use DB Sweeps with EB Duct. w w w. c a r l o n . c o m 193 P&C® Duct – Type DB Carlon P&C Duct Type DB ® ® RUS Listed P&C Duct Type DB-60 Carlon nonmetallic P&C Duct Type DB is manufactured from Carlon’s exclusive high modulus C-600 compound, developed especially for power and communications applications, and is designed for use in direct burial or concrete encased installations. Type DB is rated for 90°C Cable. Trenching: Trench should be graded true and free from stones and soft spots. Backfill should also be free of stones and be firmly tamped around the sides of the conduit, to develop maximum supporting strength. Tamping on top of the conduit is not recommended. Meets NEMA Standard TC-6 & 8 DB-60/ASTM F-512 Nom. Size Part Number Std. Crate Qty. Approx. Wt. per 100 ft. O.D. *Min. Wall 2 48811-020 2,800 38 2.375 .060 3 48813-020 2,000 81 3.500 .092 31/2 48814-020 2,000 108 4.000 .107 4 48815-020 1,140 133 4.500 .121 5 48816-020 760 202 5.563 .152 6 48817-020 520 288 6.625 .182 *Min. wall thickness relates to 500,000 modulus Note: One belled end per 20' length P&C Duct Type DB-120 Heavy Wall Meets NEMA Standard TC-6 & 8 DB-120/ASTM F-512 Backfill: In rocky soil where it is impossible to have an even trench bottom, a selected backfill should be put in before laying the conduit. Selected backfill (not tamped) at least 6" over the top of the conduit is recommended. After final backfill is placed, tamping may be used to finish the grade. The method of direct burial varies with soil condition, load conditions, and engineering preferences. A common practice is to lay one tier at a time, backfill, and repeat with the desired spacing of ducts being made as ducts are layered. Many companies have used the heavier wall Type DB-120 in a duct-to-duct formation. Where limited loads occur, this type of installation has proven satisfactory. 194 Nom. Size Part Number 10' 20' Std. Crate Qty. 10' 20' Approx. Wt. per 100 ft. O.D. *Min. Wall 1 – 48808-020 – 8,000 18 1.315 .060 11/2 – 48810-020 – 4,500 28 1.900 .060 2 – 68811-020 – 2,800 47 2.375 .077 3 – 68813-020 – 2,000 99 3.500 .118 4 – 68815-020 – 1,140 165 4.500 .154 5 – 68816-020 – 760 251 5.563 .191 6 68817-010 68817-020 260 520 356 6.625 .227 *Min. wall thickness relates to 500,000 modulus Note: One belled end per 20' length w w w. c a r l o n . c o m P&C® Duct – Special California Type DB-100 RUS Listed Carlon Special California Rigid Nonmetallic DB-100 P&C Duct & Sweeps ® Carlon DB-100 nonmetallic P&C Duct Type DB is manufactured to NEMA Standard TC-6 & 8 and to specifications that exist within the State of California, and is designed for use in direct burial or concrete encased installations. Rated for use with 90°C cable. P&C Duct Type DB-100 P&C Duct Type DB-100 DWP Approved Meets NEMA Standard TC-6 & 8 and ASTM F-512 Meets NEMA Standard TC-6 & 8 and ASTM F-512 Approx. Wt. per 100 ft. O.D. *Min. Wall Nom. Size Part Number Std. Crate Qty. Approx. Wt. per 100 ft. Nom. Size Part Number Std. Crate Qty. 4 68915-020 1,140 154 4.500 .155 3 68913D-020 2,000 95 4.500 .155 5 68916-020 760 237 5.563 .192 4 68915D-020 1,140 156 5.563 .192 6 68917-020 520 337 6.625 .229 5 68916D-020 760 237 6.625 .229 *Min. wall thickness relates to 500,000 modulus Note: One belled end per 20' length O.D. *Min. Wall *Min. wall thickness relates to 500,000 modulus DB-100 Sweeps – Belled *Consult factory for additional sizes 111/4° Sweep – 150" Radius 90° Sweep – 48" Radius Part No. PE9HN PE9HP Size 4" 5" Std. Ctn. Qty. 1 1 45° Sweep – 150" Radius Part No. PE7SP Size 5" Part No. PE3SP Size 5" Std. Ctn. Qty. 1 111/4° Sweep – 150" Radius Std. Ctn. Qty. 1 (Segmented sweeps) w w w. c a r l o n . c o m Part No. PE3SNS PE3SPS PE3SRS Size 4" 5" 6" Std. Ctn. Qty. 1 1 1 195 P&C® Duct – DB-60 Sweeps DB-60 Sweeps *Consult factory for additional sizes/configurations 196 Radius Std. (in.) Ctn. Qty. Segment Part No. Size 90° Sweep PF9CH 11/2" 18" 1 PF9CJ 2" 18" PF9CL 3" PF9CN Radius Std. (in.) Ctn. Qty. Part No. Size PF7CF 1" 18" 1 1 PF7CH 11/2" 18" 1 18" 1 PF7CJ 2" 18" 1 4" 18" 1 PF7CL 3" 18" 1 PF9DF 1" 24" 1 PF7DF 1" 24" 1 PF9DH 11/2" 24" 1 PF7DH 11/2" 24" 1 PF9DJ 2" 24" 1 PF7DJ 2" 24" 1 PF9DL 3" 24" 1 PF7DL 3" 24" 1 PF9DN 4" 24" 1 PF7DN 4" 24" 1 PF9DP 5" 24" 1 PF7FF 1" 36" 1 PF9FF 1" 36" 1 PF7FH 11/2" 36" 1 PF9FJ 2" 36" 1 PF7FJ 2" 36" 1 PF9FL 3" 36" 1 PF7FL 3" 36" 1 PF9FN 4" 36" 1 PF7FN 4" 36" 1 PF9FP 5" 36" 1 PF7FP 5" 36" 1 PF9FR 6" 36" 1 PF7FR 6" 36" 1 PF9HL 3" 48" 1 PF7HJ 2" 48" 1 PF9HN 4" 48" 1 PF7HL 3" 48" 1 PF9HP 5" 48" 1 PF7HN 4" 48" 1 PF9HR 6" 48" 1 PF7HP 5" 48" 1 PF9IL 3" 60" 1 PF7HR 6" 48" 1 PF9IN 4" 60" 1 PF7IL 3" 60" 1 PF9IP 5" 60" 1 PF7IP 5" 60" 1 PF9IR 6" 60" 1 PF7NN 4" 120" 1 PF9SH 11/2" 150" 1 PF7SH 11/2" 150" 1 PF9SJ 2" 150" 1 PF7SJ 2" 150" 1 PF9SL 3" 150" 1 PF7SL 3" 150" 1 PF9SR 6" 150" 1 PF7SN 4" 150" 1 PF9VL 3" 300" 1 PF7SP 5" 150" 1 PF9VN 4" 300" 1 PF7SR 6" 150" 1 PF9VP 5" 300" 1 PF7VN 4" 300" 1 PF7VP 5" 300" 1 PF7VR 6" 300" 1 Segment 45° Sweep w w w. c a r l o n . c o m P&C® Duct – DB-60 Sweeps DB-60 Sweeps *Consult factory for additional sizes/configurations Segment Part No. Size Radius (in.) Std. Ctn. Qty. 30° Sweep PF6CJ PF6CL PF6DL PF6DN PF6DP PF6CH PF6FJ PF6FL PF6FN PF6FR PF6HJ PF6HN PF6HP PF6HR PF6IN PF6IP PF6SJ PF6SN PF6SP PF6VJ PF6VN PF6VR PH5DL PF5DN PF5DP PF5FF PF5FL PF5FN PF5FP PF5FR PF5HL PF5HN PF5HR PF5IJ PF5IL PF5IP PF5IR PF5SL PF5SN PF5SP PF5SR PF5VN PF5VP PF5VR 2" 3" 3" 4" 5" 11/2" 2" 3" 4" 6" 2" 4" 5" 6" 4" 5" 2" 4" 5" 2" 4" 6" 3" 4" 5" 1" 3" 4" 5" 6" 3" 4" 6" 2" 3" 5" 6" 3" 4" 5" 6" 4" 5" 6" 18" 18" 24" 24" 24" 30" 36" 36" 36" 36" 48" 48" 48" 48" 60" 60" 150" 150" 150" 300" 300" 300" 24" 24" 24" 36" 36" 36" 36" 36" 48" 48" 48" 60" 60" 60" 60" 150" 150" 150" 150" 300" 300" 300" 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 221/2° Sweep Segment 111/4° Sweep w w w. c a r l o n . c o m Part No. Size Radius (in.) Std. Ctn. Qty. PF3CJ 2" 18" 1 PF3CL 3" 18" 1 PF3DF 1" 24" 1 PF3DH 11/2" 24" 1 PF3DP 5" 24" 1 PF3FJ 2" 36" 1 PF3FL 3" 36" 1 PF3FN 4" 36" 1 PF3FP 5" 36" 1 PF3FR 6" 36" 1 PF3HL 3" 48" 1 PF3HN 4" 48" 1 PF3HP 5" 48" 1 PF3HR 6" 48" 1 PF3IJ 2" 60" 1 PF3IR 6" 60" 1 PF3SJ 2" 150" 1 PF3SN 4" 150" 1 PF3SP 5" 150" 1 PF3SR 6" 150" 1 PF3VJ 2" 300" 1 PF3VL 3" 300" 1 PF3VN 4" 300" 1 PF3VP 5" 300" 1 197 P&C® Duct – DB-120 Sweeps DB-120 Sweeps *Consult factory for additional sizes/configurations 198 Radius Std. (in.) Ctn. Qty. Segment Part No. Size 90° Sweep PH9CJ 2" 18" 1 PH9CL 3" 18" PH9CN 4" PH9DJ Radius Std. (in.) Ctn. Qty. Part No. Size PH7CJ 2" 18" 1 1 PH7CL 3" 18" 1 18" 1 PH7CN 4" 18" 1 2" 24" 1 PH7DJ 2" 24" 1 PH9DL 3" 24" 1 PH7DL 3" 24" 1 PH9DN 4" 24" 1 PH7DN 4" 24" 1 PH9DP 5" 24" 1 PH7DP 5" 24" 1 PH9FJ 2" 36" 1 PH7FJ 2" 36" 1 PH9FL 3" 36" 1 PH7FL 3" 36" 1 PH9FN 4" 36" 1 PH7FN 4" 36" 1 PH9FP 5" 36" 1 PH7FP 5" 36" 1 PH9FR 6" 36" 1 PH7FR 6" 36" 1 PH9HJ 2" 48" 1 PH7HJ 2" 48" 1 PH9HL 3" 48" 1 PH7HL 3" 48" 1 PH9HN 4" 48" 1 PH7HN 4" 48" 1 PH9HP 5" 48" 1 PH7HP 5" 48" 1 PH9HR 6" 48" 1 PH7HR 6" 48" 1 PH9IJ 2" 60" 1 PH7IJ 2" 60" 1 PH9IL 3" 60" 1 PH7IL 3" 60" 1 PH9IN 4" 60" 1 PH7IP 5" 60" 1 PH9IR 6" 60" 1 PH7IR 6" 60" 1 PH9OJ 2" 66" 1 PH7SJ 2" 150" 1 PH9SJ 2" 150" 1 PH7SN 4" 150" 1 PH9SL 3" 150" 1 PH7SP 5" 150" 1 PH9SN 4" 150" 1 PH7SR 6" 150" 1 PH9SP 5" 150" 1 PH9SR 6" 150" 1 PH9VN 4" 300" 1 PH9VP 5" 300" 1 PH9VR 6" 300" 1 Segment 45° Sweep w w w. c a r l o n . c o m P&C® Duct – DB-120 Sweeps DB-120 Sweeps Note: For Nom. Diameter of 1": use 1" DB-60 Sweeps For Nom. Diameter of 11/2": use 11/2" DB-60 Sweeps *Consult factory for additional sizes/configurations Segment 30° Sweep 221/2° Sweep Radius Std. (in.) Ctn. Qty. Size PH3CJ 2" 18" 1 1 PH3CN 4" 18" 1 18" 1 PH3DJ 2" 24" 1 2" 24" 1 PH3DN 4" 24" 1 PH6DN 4" 24" 1 PH3DP 5" 24" 1 PH6DP 5" 24" 1 PH3FJ 2" 36" 1 PH6FJ 2" 36" 1 PH3FL 3" 36" 1 PH6FL 3" 36" 1 PH3FN 4" 36" 1 PH6FN 4" 36" 1 PH3FP 5" 36" 1 PH6FP 5" 36" 1 PH3FR 6" 36" 1 PH6FR 6" 36" 1 PH3HN 4" 48" 1 PH6HN 4" 48" 1 PH3IN 4" 60" 1 PH6HR 6" 48" 1 PH3IP 5" 60" 1 PH6IN 4" 60" 1 PH3IR 6" 60" 1 PH6SL 3" 150" 1 PH3SJ 2" 150" 1 PH5CJ 2" 18" 1 PH3SL 3" 150" 1 PH5CL 3" 18" 1 PH3SN 4" 150" 1 PH5CN 4" 18" 1 PH3SP 5" 150" 1 PH5DJ 2" 24" 1 PH3SR 6" 150" 1 PH5DL 3" 24" 1 PH3VR 6" 300" 1 PH5DP 5" 24" 1 PH5FJ 2" 36" 1 PH5FL 3" 36" 1 PH5FN 4" 36" 1 PH5FP 5" 36" 1 PH5HL 3" 48" 1 PH5HN 4" 48" 1 PH5HP 5" 48" 1 PH5HR 6" 48" 1 PH5IJ 2" 60" 1 PH5IL 3" 60" 1 PH5IR 6" 60" 1 PH5SN 4" 150" 1 PH5SP 5" 150" 1 PH5SR 6" 150" 1 PH5VJ 2" 300" 1 PH5VN 4" 300" 1 Size PH6CJ 2" 18" 1 PH6CL 3" 18" PH6CN 4" PH6DJ Segment Radius Std. (in.) Ctn. Qty. Part No. Part No. 111/4° Sweep w w w. c a r l o n . c o m 199 P&C® Duct Fittings Couplings 5° Angle Coupling BxB (Bell x Bell) (Use same type fittings for Type EB and DB) Part No. E2440NF E2440PF E2440RF Sleeve Coupling (for repair work) No internal stop Coupling Part No. E200J E200L E200M E200N E200P E200R Size 2" 3" 3 1/2" 4" 5" 6" Std. Ctn. Qty. 30 25 20 15 8 5 Part No. E940H E940J E940K E240L E240N E240P E240RF Size 11/2" 2" 21/2" 3" 4" 5" 6" Std. Ctn. Qty. 25 30 20 30 15 20 5 Part No. E245J E245N E245P E245R Size 11/2" 2" 1 2 /2" 3" 4" Std. Ctn. Qty. 40 25 15 15 10 (Bell x Spigot) 200 Part No. E244J E244L E244NF E244NF5 (short) E244PF E244PF5 (short) E244RF E244RF5 (short) Size 2" 3" 4" 4" 5" 5" 6" 6" C 2.13 3.25 3.50 1.87 4.13 2.00 5.13 2.25 Std. Ctn. Qty. 15 5 15 25 10 20 5 10 Std. Ctn. Qty. 20 10 10 5 Plug Part No. P258H P258K Size 11/2" 21/2" Std. Ctn. Qty. 50 50 Size 2" 3" 4" 5" 6" Std. Ctn. Qty. 60 30 48 30 30 Plug with Pull Tab Part No. P258JT P258LT P258NT P258PT P258RT *Sizes 11/2"- 21/2" order part numbers E941_ 5° Angle Coupling BxS Size 2" 4" 5" 6" Plugs Long Line Coupling Part No. E941H E941J E941K E241L E241N Std. Ctn. Qty. 15 10 5 5° Angle Coupling BxB (Swedged) *Sizes 11/2"- 21/2" order part numbers E940_ *Consult factory for additional sizes Size 4" 5" 6" Swedge Coupling Part No. E242J Size 2" Std. Ctn. Qty. 48 5° Angle Coupling S x S w w w. c a r l o n . c o m Part No. Size Std. Ctn. Qty. E2440N5 E2440P5 4" 5" 15 20 P&C® Duct Fittings Adapters End Bells Male Adapter Part End Bell No. E943F E943H E943J E943L-CAR E943N-CAR E943P E943R Size 1" 1 1 /2" 2" 3" 4" 5" 6" Std. Ctn. Qty. 50 25 50 5 5 5 10 Size 1" 1 1 /2" 2" 3" 4" 5" 6" Std. Ctn. Qty. 15 10 10 10 30 15 10 Molded End Bell Female Adapter Part No. E942F E942H E942J E942L-CAR E942N-CAR E942P E942R Part No. E997F-CAR E997H-CAR E997J-CAR E997L-CAR E997N E997P E997R Size 1" 1 1 /2" 2" 3" 4" 5" 6" Std. Ctn. Qty. 50 25 30 3 7 8 6 (For use with P&C Duct only) Part No. E297J E297L E297N E297P Size 2" 3" 4" 5" Std. Ctn. Qty. 40 50 30 15 Size 2" x 4" 3" x 6" 4" x 10" 5" x 8" 5" x 10" 6" x 5" 6" x 10" Std. Ctn. Qty. 25 20 15 10 10 10 6 Fabricated End Bell (For use with P&C Duct only) Reducers *Consult factory for additional sizes Part No. E297JN E297LR E297NT E297PS E297PT E297RF E297RT Swedge Reducer (Male x Male) Part No. E252LJ E252NJS E252NL E252PN E252RNS E252RP Size 3" x 2" 4" x 2" 4" x 3" 5" x 4" 6" x 4" 6" x 5" Std. Ctn. Qty. 50 25 25 20 6 10 Long Length End Bell P&C Duct Markers Part No. E297RR Cable Marker Part No. E299JM E299JP E299JR E299LF E299LR E299NX7 Size 2" x 42" 2" x 56" 2" x 78" 3" x 36" 3" x 60" 4" x 84" Std. Ctn. Qty. 1 1 1 1 1 1 w w w. c a r l o n . c o m Std. Size Ctn. Qty. 6"(6" long) 10 Note: for manhole terminations 201 Telephone Duct – Type B, C & D Telephone Duct Type B Carlon® Telephone Duct Type B is designed for use in concrete encased installations. Type B duct meets the requirements of NEMA TC-10 and conforms to Bellcore CAO8546. RUS Listed Telephone Duct Type B Nom. Size Part Number Std. Approx. Wt. *Min. Crate Qty. per 100 ft. O.D. Wall 4" 68315-020 (Grey) 1260 100 4.350 .090 4" 68315W-020 (White) 1260 100 4.350 .095 Telephone Duct Type B Heavy Wall Nom. Size Part Number Std. Approx. Wt. *Min. Crate Qty. per 100 ft. O.D. Wall 4" 68415-020 (Grey) 1260 100 4.350 .100 4" 68415W-020 (White) 1260 100 4.350 .100 min. wall to meet performance criteria (500,000 modulus * Estimated compound NOTE: One Belled End per 20' length (for concrete encasement only) RUS Listed Telephone Duct Type C Carlon® Telephone Duct Type C is designed for direct burial or concrete encased applications. Type C duct complies with NEMA Standard TC-10 and Bellcore CAO8546. Telephone Duct Type C One belled end per 20' length Nom. Size Part Number Std. Approx. Wt. *Min. Crate Qty. per 100 ft. O.D. Wall 4" 68515-020 (Grey) 1260 151 4.350 .150 4" 68515W-020 (White) 1260 151 4.350 .150 * Estimated min. wall to meet performance criteria Telephone Duct Type D RUS Listed White Only (Carlon® Telephone Duct Type D is designed to be used in exposed applications.) Telephone Duct Type D Nom. Size Part Number 4" 68615-020 (White) Std. Approx. Wt. *Min. Crate Qty. per 100 ft. O.D. Wall 1260 * Estimated min. wall to meet performance criteria 202 w w w. c a r l o n . c o m 150 4.350 .160 Telephone Duct Sweeps RUS Listed Telephone Duct Sweeps Manufactured from Heavy Wall “C” Duct 30° Sweep • Size: 4 inches. • Each sweep is furnished with a belled end. • Straight end length 3". 90° Sweep 45° Sweep Part No. (Gray) TP9CN TP9DN TP9FN TP9HN TP9IN TP9JN TP9MN TP9NN TP9SN TP9TN TP9UN (White): TW9DN TW9FN TW9HN TW9IN TW9JN TW9MN TW9NN TW9SN TW9TN Bend Radius 1'6" 2' 3' 4' 5' 6' 9' 10' 12'6" 15' 20' Std. Ctn. Qty. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2' 3' 4' 5' 6' 9' 10' 12'6" 15' 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Part No. (Gray) TP7DN TP7FN TP7HN TP7ON TP7IN TP7JN TP7MN TP7NN TP7RN TP7SN TP7TN TP7UN (White): TW7DN TW7FN TW7HN TW7ON TW7IN TW7JN TW7MN TW7NN TW7RN TW7SN TW7TN Bend Radius 2' 3' 4' 4'6" 5' 6' 9' 10' 12' 12'6" 15' 20' Std. Ctn. Qty. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2' 3' 4' 4'6" 5' 6' 9' 10' 12' 12'6" 15' 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 221/2° Sweep 111/4° Sweep Part No. Gray TP6FN TP6HN TP6JN TP6NN TP6RN TP6SN TP6TN (White): TW6FN TW6HN TW6JN TW6MN TW6NN TW6RN TW6SN TW6TN Bend Radius 3' 4' 6' 10' 12' 12'6" 15' Std. Ctn. Qty. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3' 4' 6' 9' 10' 12' 12'6" 15' 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Part No. (Gray) TP5DN TP5FN TP5HN TP5IN TP5JN TP5MN TP5RN TP5SN TP5TN TP5UN TP5VN (White): TW5DN TW5FN TW5HN TW5JN TW5MN TW5SN Bend Radius 2' 3' 4' 5' 6' 9' 12' 12'6" 15' 20' 25' Std. Ctn. Qty. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2' 3' 4' 6' 9' 12'6" 1 1 1 1 1 1 Part No. (Gray) TP3DN TP3FN TP3HN TP3IN TP3JN TP3SN (White): TW3DN TW3FN TW3HN Bend Radius 2' 3' 4' 5' 6' 12'6" Std. Ctn. Qty. 1 1 1 1 1 1 2' 3' 4' 1 1 1 E-Bends – Riser Ells 90° Sweep w w w. c a r l o n . c o m Part No. (Gray Only) TA9ENT (Belled End) TA9FN (Plain End) TA9FNT (Belled End) TA9FNTL (Belled End-Long) Bend Radius Std. Ctn. Qty. 2' 6" 3' 3' 3' 1 1 1 1 203 Telephone Duct Fittings & Accessories Couplings Plugs Sleeve Coupling Plug with Pull Tab Part No. For Repair Work: E900N E900NU E900NW (White) No internal stop Size 4"x 6" 4"x 12" 4"x 6" Part No. P258 NTB Std. Ctn. Qty. Std. Ctn. Qty. 50 25 10 25 Split Sleeve Couplings: E900NS 4" 25 E900NS8 (White) 4"x 8" 15 E900NSW (White) 4" 25 E900PS 5" 15 For Type D Duct Applications Only: E900DN (White) 4" 25 Molded Coupling End Bells Square to Round Part No. E903N Size 4" Sq. Std. Ctn. Qty. 4 Size 4" Std. Ctn. Qty. 10 Molded End Bell Internal Stop Part No. E908N Size 4" Size 4" Part No. E917N Std. Ctn. Qty. 25 Straight End Bell 5° Angle Coupling Part No. E914N Size 4" Part Std. No. Size Ctn. Qty. E907N 4" (5" long, 5.5" flare) 10 E907NY 4" (9" long, 5.75" flare) 1 (Designed for use with a coupling.) Std. Ctn. Qty. 15 Split End Bell (PVC) Part No. E9098NS E9098PS 204 w w w. c a r l o n . c o m Size 4" 5" Std. Ctn. Qty. 1 1 Telephone Duct Fittings & Accessories Adapters P&C Duct Adapter ® Adapts Telephone Duct to P&C Duct (IPS) Internal Adapter Part No. E913N E913NF Adapts Telephone Duct to Fiber Transite MCD Part No. E901N Size 4" Std. Ctn. Qty. 24 Split: E901NS 4" 24 Adapts threaded metal pipe to Telephone Duct Size 4" P&C Duct Reducer ® Std. Ctn. Qty. 10 Adapts Telephone Duct to P&C Duct (IPS) Part No. E908NM Square Clay Tile Adapter Part Std. No. Size Ctn. Qty. Adapts Clay to Telephone Duct: E904M 3 1/4" to 4"x 18" 10 E904M12 3 1/4" to 4"x 12" 10 1 1 E904M8 3 /4" to 4"x 8 /2" 12 E904MM 3 1/2" to 31/2"x 18" 12 E904MX 3" to 4"x 18" 10 E904N 3 1/2" to 4"x 18" 10 E904N12 3 1/2" to 4"x 12" 12 E904N24 3 1/2" to 4"x 24" 10 E904N8 3 1/2" to 4"x 8" 10 Split Square Adapter: E904MS 3 1/4" x 4" 10 1 10 3 /2" to 4"x 18" E904NS Cast Iron Adapter Adapts Telephone Duct to Cast Iron Bends Part No. E906N Size 4" Std. Ctn. Qty. 1 Size 4" to 3 1/4" Size 4" to 3 1/2" Std. Ctn. Qty. 15 Wyes Wye Branch For starting lateral runs: Part No. E916N E916NW (White) Size 4" 4" Std. Ctn. Qty. 1 1 4" 4" 1 5 Split: E916NS E916NSW (White) Expansion Joints Expansion Joint - Type D Round Clay Tile Adapter Part No. E923NM Std. Ctn. Qty. 15 15 Reducers Female Adapter Part No. E902N Size 4" 4" Part No. E905N E905NL (Long) Size 4" 4" Std. Ctn. Qty. 5 1 Std. Ctn. Qty. 10 w w w. c a r l o n . c o m 205 P&C® Duct and Telephone Duct – Specification ® Physical Properties of P&C Duct by ASTM Test Methods Property Tensile strength, psi Modulus of elasticity in tension, psi Flexural strength, psi Deflection temp under load at 265 psi deg. C Coefficient of thermal expansion in/in/°F Coefficient of static friction Typical Values P&C® Duct Telephone Duct 4,800 4,800 500,000 500,000 11,000 11,000 72°C 72°C -5 3.30 x 10 3.30 x 10-5 .20 .20 ASTM No. D638 D638 D790 D648 D696 Collapse Pressure of Telephone Duct Materials (PSI) Collapse Pressure of P&C Duct Materials (PSI) 2" EB-20 2" EB-35 2" DB-60 2" DB-120 3" EB-20 3" EB-35 3" DB-60 3" DB-120 4" EB-20 4" EB-35 4" DB-60 4" DB-120 – – – – – – – – – – – – 11.2 11.2 11.2 26.6 6.6 8.2 15.2 34.0 6.7 9.2 17.0 36.6 5" EB-20 5" EB-35 5" DB-60 5" DB-120 – – – – 5.9 10.3 18.9 38.2 6" EB-20 6" EB-35 6" DB-60 6" DB-120 – – – – 6.1 11.2 19.6 38.0 Type B Duct Type C Duct Type D Duct – – – 9.2 36.6 36.6 Performance Properties of P&C Duct as Indicated per NEMA Standard TC-6 & 8 and ASTM F-512 Pipe Stiffness lb/in/in Minimum Impact Resistance at 0°C (32°F) ft • lbf Minimum Pipe Stiffness (F/ y), all sizes Conduit Series EB-20 EB-35 DB-60 DB-100 DB-120 20 35 60 100 120 Nominal Size EB-20 EB-35 1 11/2 2 3 31/2 4 5 6 – – 20 20 20 25 30 40 – – 20 30 35 40 55 75 Conduit Series DB-60 DB-100 – 10 20 40 50 60 85 120 DB-120 – – – 45 60 70 100 135 10 15 25 50 65 80 110 150 Performance Properties of Telephone Duct as Indicated per NEMA Standard TC-10 Minimum Impact Resistance at 32°C Pipe Stiffness F/ y lb/in/in 206 Nominal Size B-Duct HWB C-Duct D-Duct B-Duct ft. lb. C-Duct ft. lb. D-Duct ft. lb. All 30 40 120 120 25 50 50 w w w. c a r l o n . c o m P&C® Duct and Telephone Duct – Installation ® Typical Installation Practices for P&C Duct Type EB RUS Listed and Telephone Duct Type B Trenching: Pressure Grouting: Whenever possible the walls of the trench for P&C Duct should act as forms for concrete encasement. The trench should be made no wider than necessary to provide the nominal size concrete thickness. Duct spacing, both vertical and horizontal, is accomplished with the use of Carlon PVC Snap-Loc® Spacers. Recommended interval between spacer assemblies is 8 to 10 feet. This technique is used for ducts in a casing or bored construction. Hydraulic pressure exceeding 25 psi is common and thus dictates the use of a P&C Duct Type DB-120 or a Schedule 40® product. (See collapse pressure chart). Hydraulic pressure from grouting is a function of the line pressure at the nozzle and back pressure created by pumping. If the exhaust nozzle isn’t withdrawn properly, the back pressure will rapidly build and equal the line pressure. Depending on the type casing and pumping distance, line pressures will go up to 90 psi. Terminating: Hydraulic Pressure: Duct Spacing: For smooth cable pulling and properly engineered terminations into manholes, Carlon P&C Duct end bells should be used. Concrete: The concrete used with P&C Duct should be 3/8" aggregate with a nominal compressive strength of 2,500 lbs. per square inch. The slump should be at the upper end of the range, preferably 7 to 8 inches. It should have just enough slump to flow to the bottom of the formation and yet not be so wet as to cause the ducts to float. In placing concrete around P&C Duct, adjust the delivery chute so the fall of the concrete into the trench is minimal. Use a splash board to divert the flow of concrete away from the trench sides and avoid dislodging soil and stones. The primary consideration for duct selection is the height of the duct bank. Since concrete exerts a force of 1.03 psi per foot of height, to determine the correct duct selection, consider the following examples: 1. 16 way duct bank, 5" conduit, 4 x 4 configuration with 3" separation, and 3" concrete cover Concrete Height – 4 x 5.563" + 4 x 3 = 22.5 + 12" = 34.2" Hydraulic Pressure – (34.2"/12) x 1.03 = 2.9 psi In this instance the maximum force on the bottom ducts would be 2.9 psi, therefore, 5" EB-20 would be a satisfactory choice. 2. 16 way duct bank, 5" conduit, 8 x 2 configuration with 3" separation, and 3" concrete cover. Concrete Height – 8 x 5.563" + 8 x 3 = 44.5 + 24" = 68.5" Hydraulic Pressure — (68.5"/12) x 1.03 = 5.9 psi In this instance the hydraulic force is equal to the theoretical collapse pressure of 5" EB-20, therefore, the use of 5" EB-35 or DB-60 would be a satisfactory choice. Another alternative would be to use a sequential pour technique. Pour approximately 1/2 the height, allow the concrete to set-up, and then pour the remaining distance. Using this method, 5" EB-20 would be satisfactory, since the hydraulic pressure has been reduced by 50%. w w w. c a r l o n . c o m 207 P&C® Duct and Telephone Duct – Expansion & Contraction Expansion & Contraction When duct temperature variations are anticipated during the installation of Carlon P&C® Duct and Telephone Duct, allow extra duct footage at each tie-in for contraction. Terminated duct runs should be covered with backfill from tie-in point toward the end of the duct run. If the trench must be left open, don’t terminate the run. All plastic duct may expand or contract as concrete is poured and cured. When placing concrete encasement, always encase from one end of the duct section toward the other end of the section, to allow the free end to move. Never encase from each end of the section toward the center. The coefficient of thermal expansion of Carlon P&C Duct and Telephone Duct is 3.30 x 10-5 in/in/°F. The following chart indicates what expansion or contraction can be expected at various temperature changes. Expansion/Contraction Chart Bridge Crossings and Exposed Applications Type D Telephone Duct is designated specifically for use in bridge crossings and exposed applications. Using the expansion/contraction chart, calculate the number of expansion joints required. Expansion joints provide a 6" allowance for expansion/contraction. Utilize one expansion 208 joint for each 100 feet of exposed length for most installations. The duct should be free to move during expansion/contraction; the barrel should be securely clamped and the piston should be aligned properly with the barrel for easy movement. w w w. c a r l o n . c o m P&C Flex® Carlon P&C Flex Corrugated Flexible Conduit Non-UL Listed ® ® Round Wooden Reel Part No. 11810-250 11810T-250 (Tape) 11811-250 11811T-250 (Tape) Size Std. Ctn. Qty. Std. Ctn. Wt./Reel (lbs.) I.D. O.D. 1 1/2" 1 1/2" 2" 2" 250 Ft. 250 Ft. 250 Ft. 250 Ft. 78.5 110.0 129.5 131.5 1.570 1.570 2.045 2.045 1.900 1.900 2.375 2.375 Edge Brace Reel Carlon P&C Flex nonmetallic corrugated flexible conduit is designed specifically for power and communications applications when protecting or replacing cable. Produced to IPS dimensions, Carlon P&C Flex is grey in color and formulated for sunlight resistance. The corrugated design of P&C Flex provides maximum flexibility for easy handling and installation. It is perfect for a wide range of applications from underground residential communication raceway to under bridge or roadway conduit. P&C Flex provides adaptability in the field since it may be used with existing conduits, couplings, adapters, end bells and plugs in virtually any configuration. • Storage: -4°F to 158°F • Handling: -4°F to 104°F Part No. 11808-5200 11809-4500 11810-4500 11810T-2300 (Tape) 11811-700 11811-1100 11811-2500 11812-250 11812AG-001 11813-250 11813-500 11813-750 11813-1200 11815-250 11815-800 Size Std. Ctn. Qty. Std. Ctn. Wt./Reel (lbs.) I.D. O.D. 1" 11/4" 11/2" 11/2" 2" 2" 2" 2 1/2" 2 1/2" 3" 3" 3" 3" 4" 4" 5200 Ft. 4500 Ft. 4500 Ft. 2300 Ft. 700 Ft. 1100 Ft. 2500 Ft. 250 Ft. 1300 Ft. 250 Ft. 500 Ft. 750 Ft. 1200 Ft. 250 Ft. 800 Ft. 1144 927 1148 405 280 270.60 1005 172 658 248 193 724 1122 323.5 811 1.000 1.340 1.570 1.570 2.045 2.045 2.045 2.469 2.469 3.068 3.068 3.068 3.068 4.026 4.026 1.315 1.660 1.900 1.900 2.375 2.375 2.375 2.875 2.875 3.500 3.500 3.500 3.500 4.500 4.500 Size Std. Ctn. Qty. Std. Ctn. Wt./Reel (lbs.) I.D. O.D. 1" 1" 1-1/4" 1-1/2" 2" 3" 4" 2700 ft. 5200 ft. 4500 ft. 4500 ft. 2500 ft. 1200 ft. 800 ft. 1.000 1.000 1.340 1.570 2.045 3.068 4.026 1.315 1.315 1.660 1.900 2.875 3.500 4.500 Detectable Tape Part No. 11808D-2700 11808D-5200 11809D-4500 11810D-4500 11811D-2500 11813D-1200 11815D-800 Performance Properties 1" Stiffness F/ y at 5% deflection Impact Strength (Ft./Lbs.) 72° Impact Strength (Ft./Lbs.) 32° Minimum Bending Radius (inches) Conduit Tensile Strength 500 40 8 6 300 w w w. c a r l o n . c o m 1 1/4" 1 1/2" 200 40 8 6 400 200 50 15 7 500 500 1144 927 1148 1005 1122 1007 2" 2 1/2" 200 50 25 8 700 130 130 90 70 120 140 35 60 60 12 15 18 1000 1500 2000 3" 4" 209 P&C Flex® Installation & Fittings P&C Flex Corrugated Flexible Conduit Installation Techniques ® top of the conduit is recommended. After final backfill is placed, taming may be used to finish the grade. SECURE END STRETCH DUCT IN ONE DIRECTION AWAY FROM SECURED END 3. Duct Placement SPOT BACKFILL KEEP BENDS AS GRADUAL AS POSSIBLE Duct may be unreeled directly into trench or along side trench and subsequently placed in trench. After placing in trench, secure one end and stretch it by hand to take up the slack. Spot backfill to hold in position. Do not use mechanical stretching equipment. 1. Trenching 4. Changes in Direction Trench should be graded true and free from stones or soft spots. Backfill should also be free of stones and be firmly tamped around the sides of the conduit, to develop maximum supporting strength. Tamping on top of the conduit is not recommended. 2. Backfill In rocky soil where it is impossible to have an even trench bottom, a selected backfill should be put in before laying the conduit. Selected backfill (not tamped) at least 6" over the P&C Flex Conduit Fittings Avoid unnecessary turns, dips, or changes in direction. Keep bends as gradual as possible to assure ease of cable pull-in after duct installation. 5. Pneumatic Rodding All commonly used vacuum or pressure can be used to rod P&C Flex. The line carrier (mouse, puck, rocket) should be soft, flexible material designed to fit snugly into duct without interference. 6. Mechanical Rodding All commonly used mechanical rodding equipment can be used to rod P&C Flex. The tip should have a ball-type arrangement to keep rod from catching in the convolutions on the inside of duct. ® Couplings Part No. E940H E940J E940K-CAR E940L-CAR E940M E940N-CAR Plugs Bell Ends (Schedule 40) 210 Size 1 1/2" 2" 2 1/2" 3" 31/2" 4" Std. Ctn. Qty. 25 30 4 5 20 5 Std. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.) 4 5 2 3 13 4 Part No. P258H P258JT P258K P258LT P258NT Size 11/2" 2" 21/2" 3" 4" Std. Ctn. Qty. 50 60 25 30 48 Std. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.) 2 3 2 3 8 Part No. E997H-CAR E997J-CAR E997K-CAR E997L-CAR E997M E997N Size 1 1/2" 2" 21/2" 3" 3 1/2" 4" Std. Ctn. Qty. 10 10 10 10 40 30 Std. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.) .9 1.2 1.9 2.1 10.2 10.7 Female Adapters Part No. E942H E942J E942K-CAR E942L-CAR E942M E942N-CAR Size 11/2" 2" 21/2" 3" 31/2" 4" Std. Ctn. Qty. 25 30 4 3 20 7 Std. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.) 3 6 1.4 1.5 12 5 Terminal Adapters Part No. E943H E943J E943K-CAR E943L-CAR E943M E943N-CAR Size 11/2" 2" 21/2" 3" 31/2" 4" Std. Ctn. Qty. 25 5 5 5 30 5 Std. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.) 3 7 1.2 2 14 3 w w w. c a r l o n . c o m PV-Mold® RUS Listed Carlon PV-Mold Nonmetallic Pole Riser System ® ® Carlon PV-Mold is a nonmetallic pole riser system designed to protect communications power cable installed on poles. Features: • Meets or exceeds requirements outlined in the National Electric Safety Code (NESC). • Designed in accordance with NEMA TC-19 specifications. • Ultraviolet, cold temperature and corrosive atmosphere resistant. • Schedule 40 wall meets Schedule 80 PVC conduit impact requirements per NEMA TC-19. • No grounding required. • Belled end fits over each added section or conduit. • Flame retardant. • Requires no maintenance. • PV-Mold acts as an insulator against electrical shock. • Interchangeable parts and accessories to match the needs of specific requirements. Flanged Overall Length 10 Feet, Including Bell Size 1" 1 1/2" 2" 3" 4" 5" 6" Depth of Bell 2 - 2 1/4" 2 - 2 1/4" 2 - 2 1/4" 3 - 3 1/4" 4 - 4 1/4" 4 - 4 1/2" 5 - 5 1/2" Steel U-Guard requires grounding strapping and does not have belled ends. PV-Mold has belled ends, flanged design and does not require grounding. Standard Duty Part No. 59208N 59211N 59213N 59215N 59216N Size 1" 2" 3" 4" 5" Std. Std. Ctn. Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.) 294 1059 136 726 66 761 65 910 30 515 Actual Impact @ 0˚C 20 Pound Tup 40 Ft.-Lbs. 100 Ft.-Lbs. 110 Ft.-Lbs. 110 Ft.-Lbs. 110 Ft.-Lbs. Dimensions A B C 0.100" 1 5/8" 2 3/8" 0.100" 2 3/8" 4 1/2" 0.150" 3 1/2" 6" 0.150" 4 1/2" 6 1/2" 0.150" 5 1/2" 7 1/2" H 1 5/8" 2 3/8" 3 1/2" 4 1/2" 5 1/2" 0.145" 1 29/32" 0.154" 2 3/8" 0.216" 31/2" 0.237" 4 1/2" 0.258" 5 1/2" 0.280" 6 5/8" 1 29/32" 2 3/8" 3 9/32" 4 1/2" 5 1/2" 6 5/8" Heavy Duty Schedule 40 59010N 59011N 59013N 59015N 59016N 59017N 1 1/2" 2" 3" 4" 5" 6" 200 136 66 65 30 30 1142 1214 937 1621 870 1160 3 1/2" 4 1/2" 6" 6 1/2" 7 1/2" 8 3/4" 100 Ft.-Lbs. 150 Ft.-Lbs. 150 Ft.-Lbs. 260 Ft.-Lbs. 260 Ft.-Lbs. 260 Ft.-Lbs. Slots are 1/2" from side to side, and allow for expansion and contraction. Slot Dimensions: for sizes 2" through 6" are 5/16" wide, 3/4" long. Slot Dimensions: for 1" and 11/2" are 3/16" wide, 3/4" long. Extra Heavy Duty Schedule 80 59411N 59413N 2" 3" 136 66 1549 1495 0.218" 0.300" 2 3/8" 3 1/2" 4 1/2" 6" 2 3/8" 300 Ft.-Lbs. 3 1/2" 525 Ft.-Lbs. Slot Spacing: 18" from center, beginning 6" from end. w w w. c a r l o n . c o m 211 PV-Mold® Installation & Fittings PV-Mold System Accessories ® Polyethylene Vented Boots and Adapters Adapters Vented Boots Part Dimensions No. Size A B C E938JR 2" x 6" 20.50 5.38 6.14 E938NT 4" x 8" 21.00 15.00 11.31 Std.Ctn. Std.Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.) 4 13.58 4 16.67 D 6.88 9.76 Part Dimensions Std.Ctn. Std.Ctn. No. Size A B C D E Qty. Wt. (lbs.) E938NRR 4" x 6" 20.87 16.57 12.87 11.68 11.43 1 7 Note: 1. A field cut may be needed to accommodate different boot or adapter to Carlon U-Mold size combinations. 2. Recommendation: 2 sets of mounting holes per boot/fitting. To add mounting holes, use a 3/8" drill bit and drill out where needed. 3. When 3" or smaller conduit is being used, it’s recommended that the bottom (largest section) of the boot or adapter section be buried 2" to 3" below ground surface. Std.Ctn. Std.Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.) 8 10.57 6 8.00 Part Dimensions Std.Ctn. Std.Ctn. No. Size A B C D E Qty. Wt. (lbs.) E939NRT 4" x 6" 19.75 4.25 12.50 8.50 7.40 1 5 Installation is easy with PV-Mold pole risers: Size/Description 2"x 2" Sch. 80 Double Belled Coupling Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn Qty. Wt. (lbs.) 10 9 Duct to Riser Fitting Part No. E939NL E939N D 5.07 7.13 1. Install ventilator or duct to riser fittings at the base of the pole. 2. Nail backing plate sections to the surface of the pole. Three nail holes are provided in each section. Place the “U” sections over the cable and backing plate, with belled end at the bottom, and attach using 1/4" lag bolts. Couplings Part No. E966JJ Part Dimensions No. Size A B C E939JN 2" x 4" 11.00 6.75 5.88 E939NR 4" x 6" 11.00 6.75 7.08 Size 4" x 3" 4" x 4" Std. Ctn. Qty. 15 15 Std. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.) 5.6 5.3 Flanged Exclusive Bell End For easy and quick installation. (No additional coupler required.) 10' Lengths Safe and light for easy handling during installation. Backing Plate Provides cable isolation from the pole. Two Riser Fittings Available Duct to riser fitting Adapts duct to PV-Mold. Backing Plate Part No. 59111 59113 59115 59116 59117 212 Size 2" 3" 4" 5" 6" Dimensions B C 1/16" 13/16" 2 1/8" 1/16" 1 5/16" 3 1/8" 1/16" 1 5/16" 4 1/8" 1/16" 3 1 /4" 5 1/4" 1/16" 5 1 /8" 6 1/16" A Std. Ctn. Qty. 1 1 1 1 1 Std. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.) 1.2 1.5 3.0 3.1 4.2 w w w. c a r l o n . c o m Ventilator Fitting Used for a “chimney” effect to cool cable and increase ampacity. PV-Mold® Installation Instructions Field Installation Instructions for Carlon PV-Mold Adapters For Adapters (E939JN, E939NR, E939NRT) E939JN E939JN To transition from 4" Conduit to 2" PV-Mold Place Adapter over conduit, attach to pole using the top and bottom mounting holes, place PV-Mold over top section of Adapter and secure PV-Mold to pole. To transition from 4" Conduit to 3" PV-Mold Measure 6.3" up from bottom (large end) of adapter and cut. Assemble to pole as described above. To transition from 3" Conduit to 2" PV-Mold* Measure 4.75" up from bottom (large end) of adapter and cut. Assemble to pole as described above. E939NR To transition from 5" Conduit to 4" PV-Mold Place Adapter over conduit, attach to pole using the top and bottom mounting holes, place PV-Mold over top section of Adapter and secure PV-Mold to pole. E939NR To transition from 6" Conduit to 5" PV-Mold Measure 7.25" up from bottom (large end) of adapter and cut. Assemble to pole as described above. To transition from 5" Conduit to 5" PV-Mold* Measure 4.5" down from the top of adapter and cut. Assemble to pole as described above. *For these transitions it is not necessary to cut the Adapter if desired. If the Adapter is not modified, it is recommended that the bottom 3" of the Adapter be buried below grade. E939NRT To transition from 6” Conduit to 4” PV Mold Place Adapter over conduit and attach to pole using the top and bottom mounting holes. Place PV Mold over top section of Adapter and secure PV Mold to pole E939NRT To transition from 6” Conduit to 5” PV Mold Measure 5.25” down from the top of the adapter and cut. Assemble to pole as described above. To transition from 6” Conduit to 6” PV Mold Measure 9.5” up from the bottom of the adapter and cut. Assemble to pole as described above. w w w. c a r l o n . c o m 213 PV-Mold® Installation Instructions Field Installation Instructions for Carlon PV-Mold Vented Boots For Vented Boots (E938JR, E938NT, E938NRR) E938JR E938JR To transition from 6" or smaller Conduit to 2" PV-Mold Place Vented Boot over conduit, attach to pole using the top and bottom mounting holes, place PV-Mold over top section of Vented Boot and secure PV-Mold to pole. It is recommended that for conduit sizes smaller than 6" the bottom 3" of the Boot be buried below grade. To transition from 6" or smaller Conduit to 3" and larger PV-Mold For 3" PV-Mold: Measure 3.75" from the TOP of the Boot and cut. Place the Boot over the Conduit and attach to the pole. Place belled end of PV-Mold over the top end of the boot and secure. For 4" and 5" PV-Mold: Measure 12" up from the BOTTOM of the Boot and cut. Place the Boot over the conduit and attach to the pole. Place the Belled end of the PV-Mold AGAINST the top edge of the vent protrusion and secure to the pole. For 6" PV-Mold: Measure 12" up from the BOTTOM of the Boot and cut. Place the Boot over the conduit and attach to the pole. Place the Belled end of the PV-Mold OVER the vent protrusion and secure to the pole. E938NT 5 inch 6 inch To transition from 6" to 8" Conduit to 4" PV Mold Place Boot over conduit and attach to the pole using the mounting holes. Place PV Mold over top section of Vented Boot and secure to the pole. It is recommended that for conduit sizes smaller than 8", the bottom 3" of the boot be buried below grade. The E938NT can also be used to transition multiple smaller conduits to PV Mold. E938NT ADDITIONAL PV-MOLD COMPONENTS To transition directly from conduit to PV-Mold use Duct to Riser Fittings E939NL Transitions 4" Conduit to 3" PV-Mold E939N Transitions 4" Conduit to 4" PV-Mold When additional insulation is required between the pole and cables, use PV-Mold Backing Plates: 59111 59113 2" 3" 59115 59116 4" 5" 59117* 6" *Indicates non-stock factory Made-to-order items E938NRR To transition from 6" or smaller conduit to 4" PV Mold Place Vented Boot over conduit and attach to pole using the top and bottom mounting holes. Place PV Mold over top section of Vented Boot and secure PV Mold to pole To transition from 6" or smaller conduit to 5" PV Mold Measure 4.125" down from the top of the vented boot and cut. Assemble to pole as described above. To transition from 6" or smaller conduit to 6" PV Mold Measure 8.25" down from the top of the vented boot and cut. Assemble to pole as described above. 214 w w w. c a r l o n . c o m E938NRR Slip Meter Risers Slip Meter Risers Carlon® Slip Meter Risers are designed for use in electrical service entrance applications. They provide solutions for applications requiring a non-rigid connection, with incoming service conduit diameters ranging from 2" to 4". The Slip Meter Risers are fitted with a terminal adapter for easy installation at the service entrance location, and provide a low-cost method to comply with NEC 300.5(J), which requires protection for buried cables in areas subject to ground movement due to frost or trench settling. Features: • Designed to provide faster and easier underground service entrance installations. • Provides cable protection from ground movement. • Accommodates incoming service conduit diameters ranging from 2" to 4". • Fitted with Terminal Adapters for easy installing. • Allows ground water in raceway system to drain. • Complies with NEC 300.5(J) w w w. c a r l o n . c o m 215 Slip Meter Risers Slip Meter Riser Specifications C Thread Size Std. Carton Qty. Std. Carton Wt. (lbs.) 2.024 .825 2" NPT 20 46 24.00 2.024 .825 2" NPT 1 2.2 2 1/2" 24.00 2.418 .812 2 1/2" NPSC 10 28 E954LXX 3" 24.00 3.012 .798 3" NPSC 10 35 E954LXS (split) 3" 24.00 3.012 .798 3" NPSC 10 36 E954NXX 4" 24.00 5.060 .773 4" NPSC 5 23 Part Number Size A Length B (Minimum) E954JXX 2" 24.00 E954JXS (split) 2" E954KXX Article 300 Wiring Methods (J) Ground Movement. Where direct buried conductors, raceways, or cables are subject to movement by settlement or frost, direct buried conductors, raceways, or cables shall be arranged to prevent damage to the enclosed conductors or to equipment connected to the raceways. 216 (FPN): This section recognizes “S” loops in underground direct burial to raceway transitions, expansion joints in raceway risers to fixed equipment, and, generally, the provision of flexible connections to equipment subject to settlement or frost heaves. w w w. c a r l o n . c o m Split Duct ® Carlon Split Duct Carlon Split Duct is the fast and easy way to repair broken ductwork without the costly cutting and resplicing of your conductors. Our unique tongue-and-groove design leads the industry in providing a strong, rigid solution for duct repair situations. The interlocking design allows the split duct sections to be staggered and butted together. Joints may be sealed with tape and reinforced with plastic or metallic straps to produce a rigid, stable unit. Manufactured from a compound designed specifically for power and telecommunications applications, Carlon Split Duct exhibits superior impact strength and ultraviolet resistance. The fast and easy method of installing duct around existing cable for repair and temporary installations. Available in 2" through 6" diameters, this product line also contains couplings and sweeps necessary to complete the system. Recommended Installation Procedure 1. Place one 10-foot Split Duct section under cable. 2. In order to stagger joints, saw another section in half (about 5 feet long). 3. Place 5-foot sectIon over cable and snap the two sections together. 4. Place strap about one foot from the end and another strap about a foot from the joint where the ends of the top sections will butt. 5. Place another 10-foot Split Duct section over the open half of the bottom section, butt the ends tightly together and snap the sections together. 6. Place a length of tape around both sections of the Split Duct to cover the butted joint. 7. Place a strap about one foot beyond the taped joint. 8. Lay another length of Split Duct underneath cable, butt together, tape the butted joint and strap one foot on each side of the joint. 9. Repeat procedure. w w w. c a r l o n . c o m 217 Split Duct Split Duct Split Sleeve Coupling For joining Split Duct to existing duct. Split Sleeve Coupling Split Duct Part Number Description Std. Std. Ctn. Ctn. Qty. Wt.(lbs.) O.D. Part Number 2" 2 1/2" 3" 31/2" 4" 5" 6" Schedule 40 Split Duct Schedule 40 Split Duct Schedule 40 Split Duct Schedule 40 Split Duct Schedule 40 Split Duct Schedule 40 Split Duct Schedule 40 Split Duct 700 460 500 290 290 230 130 564 572 857 569 701 751 548 2.375 2.875 3.500 4.000 4.500 5.563 6.625 2" 4" Schedule 80 Split Duct Schedule 80 Split Duct 700 290 749 922 2.375 4.500 E200JS6 E200KS7 E200LS7 E200LSS E200MS8 E200NS8 E200NSS E200PS8 E200PS9 E200RS1 Schedule 80 49411SD-010 49415SD-010 2" 21/2" 3" 3" 31/2" 4" 4" 5" 5" 6" Split Coupling Split Coupling Split Coupling Split Coupling Split Coupling Split Coupling Split Coupling Split Coupling Split Coupling Split Coupling 6" 7" 7" 6.5" 8" 8" 6" 8" 9" 10" 1 1 1 2 1 1 2 1 1 1 25 25 25 25 25 15 25 15 8 6 9 21 17 10 20 16 17 25 12 17 C Duct Split Coupling C Duct Split Coupling 8" 6" 1 1 15 25 19 24 C Duct C Duct 68515SD-010 Description Schedule 40 and 80 Schedule 40 49011SD-010 49012SD-010 49013SD-010 49014SD-010 49015SD-010 49016SD-010 49017SD-010 Size Std. Std. Ctn. Ctn. Wt. length Split Qty. (lbs.) 4" C Duct Split Duct 320 614 E900NS8 (White) 4" E900NSW (White) 4" 4.350 Split Duct Sweeps Segment Part No. 45° Sweep UA7DJSD UA7FJSD UA7FLSD UA7HJSD UA7HLSD UA7IJSD UA7ILSD UA7INSD UA5INSD UA3IJSD UA3ILSD UA3INSD Split Duct Sweeps 221/2° Sweep 111/4° Sweep Nom. Size Radius (in.) Std.Ctn. Qty. Std. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.) 2" 2" 24" 36" 1 1 1.4 2.1 3" 2" 3" 2" 3" 4" 4" 2" 3" 4" 36" 48" 48" 60" 60" 60" 60" 60" 60" 60" 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 4.7 2.7 6.1 3.2 7.2 10.2 6.1 1 3.6 5.1 Two 45° Elbows may be segmented for 90°. 218 w w w. c a r l o n . c o m Tel-Gard™ Pre-Lubricated Conduit RUS Listed Carlon Tel-Gard Pre-Lubricated Conduit ® ™ Carlon offers factory applied lubricant, field tested and proven. Increase the pulling distance – reduce the cost... and the mess. Designed specifically for copper, coax and fiber optic cabling. Tel-Gard is pre-lubricated at the factory to ensure a consistent and even coating compared to field applied lubricant. Features: • Entire duct run is thoroughly lubricated • Applied lubricant exceeds Bellcore minimum co-efficient of friction requirements using TR-TSY-000356 test procedure using MDPE FO cable Non-lubricated .31 Tel-Gard™ Pre-lubricated .068 • Reduce risk of pulling tension damage to cable • Increase pulling distance between pull points • Reduce expense of field applying lubricant • Will not evaporate, enhancing repullability • Will not stress crack cable • Compatible with other field applied lubricants if mixed Calculated using MDPE F/O cable (Wgt.= .11 lbs./ft.) Tel-Gard™ Prelubricated PVC Conduit Part No Description Nom. Size Min. I.D. Max O.D. Stiffness Wgt. per 100 Length Std. Crate Qty. C-Duct Meets NEMA TC-10 68515WL-020 Type C Direct Bury White 4" 4.020 4.350 120 145 20' 1260' 68515PL-020 Type C Direct Bury Grey 4" 4.020 4.350 120 145 20' 1260' High Performance Exceeds NEMA TC-6 & 8 59810L-020 Type High Performance DB Grey 11/2" 1.657 1.900 600 40 20' 3600' 59813L-020 Type High Performance DB Grey 3" 3.136 3.500 310 123 20' 2000' Tel-Gard™ Prelubricated PVC Bends DB120 – Grey Type C – White Segment Part No. Nom. Size 90° Sweep TW9DNL TW9FNL TW9HNL TW7DNL TW7FNL TW6TNL TW5DNL 4" 4" 4" 4" 4" 4" 4" 45° Sweep 30° Sweep 221/2° Sweep Std. Radius (in.) Ctn. Qty. 24" 36" 48" 24" 36" 180" 24" 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Segment Part No. Nom. Size 90° Sweep PH9DJL 2" 24" 1 PH9FJL 2" 36" 1 PH9DLL 3" 24" 1 PH9FNL 4" 36" 1 w w w. c a r l o n . c o m Radius Std. (in.) Ctn. Qty. 219 Cement Carlon Cement ® (MSDS sheets available at www.carlon.com ) Recommended Lap Shear installation temperature @ 73˚F Viscosity at 75˚ as manufactured Recommended pipe application and sizes Set-up time (Evaporation Rate) Recommended for all grades and types of Carlon PVC conduit, duct, wireway and fittings, except Flex-Plus® Blue™ ENT (Electrical Nonmetallic Tubing.) Up through 6" diameter. 10˚-30˚F 30˚-50˚F 50˚-70˚F 70˚-90˚F Not recommended 40˚ to 100˚F 5-6 minutes 3-4 minutes 1-2 minutes 2 hrs. 350 psi 16 hrs. 800 psi 72 hrs. 1,500 psi 500-900 cps Recommended for all grades and types of Carlon PVC conduit, duct, wireway and fittings, except FlexPlus® Blue™ ENT (Electrical Nonmetallic Tubing.) Up through 6" diameter. 10˚-30˚F 30˚-50˚F 50˚-70˚F 70˚-90˚F Not recommended 40˚ to 100˚F 5-6 minutes 3-4 minutes 1-2 minutes 2 hrs. 350 psi 16 hrs. 800 psi 72 hrs. 1,500 psi 500-900 cps Recommended for all grades and types of Carlon PVC conduit, duct, wireway and fittings, except FlexPlus® Blue™ ENT (Electrical Nonmetallic Tubing.) Up through 6" diameter. 10˚-30˚F 30˚-50˚F 50˚-70˚F 70˚-90˚F 4-5 minutes 3-4 minutes 1-2 minutes 1/2-11/2 minutes -5˚ to 100˚F 2 hrs. 350 psi 16 hrs. 800 psi 72 hrs. 1,500 psi 400-700 cps 10˚-30˚F 30˚-50˚F 50˚-70˚F 70˚-90˚F 4-5 minutes 3-4 minutes 1-2 minutes 1/2-11/2 minutes 4˚ to 100˚F 2 hrs. 350 psi 16 hrs. 800 psi 72 hrs. 1,500 psi 400-700 cps 10˚-30˚F 30˚-50˚F 50˚-70˚F 70˚-90˚F Not recommended 40˚ to 100˚F 5-6 minutes 3-4 minutes 1-2 minutes 2 hrs. 350 psi 16 hrs. 800 psi 72 hrs. 1,500 psi 500-900 cps Medium Bodied Clear PVC Solvent Cement with dauber Part No. Size Std. Ctn. Qty. VC9964 1/2 Pint 10 VC9963 Pint 24 VC9962 Quart 12 VC9961P Gallon 6 Medium Bodied Gray PVC Solvent Cement with dauber* Part No. VC9924-24 VC9923 VC9922 VC9941P Std. Size Ctn.Qty. 1/2 Pint 24 Pint 24 Quart 12 Gallon 6 All-Weather “Quick-Set” Clear Solvent Cement with dauber* Part No. VC9984 Std. Size Ctn. Qty. 1/2 Pint 10 VC9983 Pint 24 VC9982 Quart 12 VC9981P Gallon 6 All-Weather ENT Blue “Quick-Set” Solvent Cement with brush* Part No. VC9992 Size Std. Ctn. Qty. Quart 12 Low VOC Gray PVC Solvent Cement with dauber* Part No. Size Std. Ctn. Qty. VC9LV4 1/2 Pint 10 VC9LV3 Pint 24 VC9LV2 Quart 12 Required for use with Flex-Plus® Blue™ ENT (Electrical Nonmetallic Tubing), Riser-Gard®, P&C Flex®, and Carlon PVC fittings. Up through 4" diameter. Recommended for all grades and types of Carlon PVC conduit, duct, wireway and fittings, except FlexPlus® Blue™ ENT (Electrical Nonmetallic Tubing.) Up through 6" diameter. VOC emission of 490 grams/liter per the Bay and South Coast test method. Clear Primer with dauber 220 Std. Ctn. Qty. Part No. Size VC9903 Pint 24 VC9902 Purple: Quart 12 VC9932 Quart 12 Recommended for use with Carlon cement and all types and sizes of Carlon WireSafe® wireway. N/A 5˚ to 100˚F N/A *Meets ASTM D2564 *No daubers for gallon cans w w w. c a r l o n . c o m N/A Cement Cement Joints Carlon nonmetallic products are joined by means of solvent cement joints. Sizes 1/2" through 1 1/2" should be cut square (using a fine tooth handsaw) and deburred. For sizes 2" through 6" a miter box or similar saw guide should be utilized to keep the material steady. After cutting and deburring, wipe ends clean of dust, dirt and shavings. Joining process as follows: Be sure that conduit end is clean and dry. Apply coat of Carlon Solvent Cement (use dauber) to end of conduit, the length of the socket to be attached. Push conduit firmly into fitting while rotating conduit slightly about one-quarter turn to spread cement evenly. Allow joint to set approximately 10 minutes. Carlon recommends the use of Carlon cement for proper solvent cement joints. Since this cement is prepared particularly for our product compounds and tolerances, we cannot guarantee joints assembled with cement materials supplied by other manufacturers. Regular grade grey solvent cement will accommodate most application situations being of a general purpose nature. In situations requiring an extremely fast-setting joint, (low temperature or difficult installation conditions) Carlon All Weather Quick-Set Cement is recommended. Standard grade clear cement is recommended for noncritical utility applications where gap filling and leak testing are not required. Average number of joints per can Pipe size 1/2 3/4 1 11/4 11/2 2 21/2 3 31/2 4 5 6 1/2 Pint 140 90 70 50 37 20 17 15 13 12 9 6 Pint 275 180 140 100 75 40 35 30 27 25 19 12 Quart 550 360 280 200 150 80 70 60 54 50 38 24 Gallon 2,200 1,440 1,120 800 600 320 280 240 216 200 150 95 Average shelf-life of all Carlon cement is 24 months (unopened cans stored below 80˚F.) All Carlon cements are specially formulated to be used with Carlon PVC products, and do not require primers when parts are clean of dirt and moisture. Cementing PVC Conduit: 1. Make square saw cut with fine tooth saw. 2. Deburr and round inside edge of the cut end. 3. Clean socket ID and spigot OD of dirt and moisture. 4. Apply a uniform coat of cement to spigot end and push onto socket bottom, rotating 1/4 turn. 5. Allow time to set before disturbing. This will depend upon temperature. Cementing PVC Conduit for Submerged Areas Requiring Air or Water Tightness: 1. Follow the procedure to the left for cementing conduit. 2. Test workmanship by conducting a low pressure air (3.0 - 5.0 psi) test after system is installed and cemented joints are set. 3. Plug and block ends to prevent movement prior to pressurization. 4. Check for leaks with soap solution. 5. Even low pressure air can cause high thrust loads and caution must be observed. w w w. c a r l o n . c o m Cementing ENT for Concrete -Tight Applications: 1. Use Carlon Socket tight fittings or couplings. 2. Do not use chemical primer or cleaner. 3. Apply a light uniform coat of cement, labeled for use with ENT. 4. A brush shall be used to apply the cement. 5. Brush excess cement out of ENT grooves 6. Promptly insert ENT into fitting while cement is wet, until the fitting stop is reached, and give 1/4 turn. 7. Do not disturb until the joint is set. 221 Conduit Termination, Cutting and Joining Fittings and Adapters for Terminating Carlon Schedule 40 and Schedule 80 Rigid Conduit Terminating Carlon Schedule 40 and Schedule 80 rigid conduit is quick and easy utilizing either of the methods indicated below. Terminations may be made in any electrical box or enclosure using standard size knock-outs or drilled holes. PVC Conduit Cutters Small Cutter For fast, smooth field cuts of 1/2" through 1" Schedule 40 and 80 rigid conduit, Flex-Plus® Blue™ ENT, and Carflex® liquidtight flexible nonmetallic conduit. Part No. CC120B Method 1. Permanent Termination Std. Size Ctn. Qty. 8" 10 Medium Cutter PVC Conduit E940 Coupling E996 Box Adapter Apply solvent cement to shoulder and shank of box adapter and insert through knock-out from inside the enclosure. Push coupling over the shank of the box adapter, tight against the enclosure wall. Rotate the coupling about one-half turn while installing, and hold in position for a few seconds to permit setting of solvent cement. The coupling is now ready for the conduit to be installed. Only the shoulder of the box adapter extends inside the enclosure. E943 Terminal Adapter Part No. CC125 Std. Ctn. Qty. 12 PVC Cutter For clean cuts of conduit 1/2" through 2". Locknut or Bushing E943_W Flat Washer or “O” Ring If watertight construction is required, place flat washer over the threads of the terminal adapter, securely against the shoulder. Insert the adapter threads through knock-out and secure using either a standard locknut or threaded bushing. If watertight construction is not required, eliminate flat washer. 222 Size 9" Std. Part No. Size Ctn. Qty. CC122 17 1/2" 1 Method 2. Separable Termination PVC Conduit Hand held cutter makes fast square, smooth field cuts on Schedule 40 and 80 conduit from 1/2" through 1 1/4". Produces burr-free cut with no shavings. Fits into pocket or pouch. w w w. c a r l o n . c o m EZ BEND™ Conduit Bending Equipment EZ BEND™ Conduit Bender, Jr. EZ BEND Conduit Bending Equipment ™ A practical, convenient portable conduit bender for 1/2" through 2" diameter nonmetallic conduit allows bends up to 14" radius and to 90° elbows. The EZ BEND Conduit Bender, Jr. is a timesaving, easy-to-carry unit featuring a bracket to store the power cord, a carrying handle, and a clasped cover. The unit operates on a standard 20 amp, 120 V circuit. Dimensions: 71/2" x 81/2" x 31" Operating Temperature: 180° - 200°F Std. Std. Ctn. Part No. Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.) G280J 1 14 For field bending of small and large diameter nonmetallic conduit, the easy answer is Carlon EZ BEND* conduit bending equipment. • Lightweight • Portable • Fast, Simple and Safe • Less expensive than factory bends • Includes complete instructions and a convenient bending chart Carlon’s EZ BEND Conduit Bending Equipment is designed with the electrical contractor in mind. The completely portable and fully encased EZ BEND benders and plug kits can be transported from job to job without damage or harm to the equipment. Additionally, the heavy duty construction and integrity of Carlon’s EZ BEND Conduit Bending Equipment ensures that it will last for years to come. *EZ BEND is a registered trademark of Bradshaw Manufacturing, Inc. Field Bending Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit 1. Heating Conduit section to be bent must be heated evenly over the entire length of the curve. Carlon offers EZ BEND electric heaters designed specifically for the purpose, in sizes to accommodate all conduit diameters. These devices employ infra-red heat energy which is most quickly absorbed by the conduit. Small sizes are ready to bend after a few seconds, while larger diameters require two or three minutes, or more, depending on conditions. The use of torches or other flame-type devices is not recommended. PVC conduit exposed to excessively high temperatures may take on a brownish color. Sections showing evidence of such scorching should be discarded. Minimum practice is required to master the three steps in bending nonmetallic conduits and ducts. 2. Forming The Bend 1/2" thru 1 1/2" Diameters – When properly heated the conduit is very flexible and can be shaped to almost any configuration. The conduit is then cooled by sponging with water, and the bend is ready to install. 2" and Larger Diameters – Larger sizes of conduits and ducts require internal support to prevent “crimping” or deforming during the bending process. Bending plugs are inserted in each end of the conduit section before heating. The plugs expand to provide an airtight seal. (Note: Carlon does not offer bending plugs.) 3. Cooling As the conduit is heated, the retained air expands, and the increased internal pressure allows the conduit to be bent without deforming. The conduit must be cooled before the plugs are removed. For an immediate cool and set, sponge with cold water. Special Bends For “blind” bends or for compound turns in a conduit run, the heated conduit may be solvent cemented in place while still flexible. w w w. c a r l o n . c o m 223 Rope & Tape Rope (Conduit Pulling Lines for Conductors or Fiber Optics) White Diamond Braid Rope This rope is constructed of polyethylene over polyester, designed specifically for fiber-optic pulling. The polyethylene jacket gives the “slippery” feel that gives less drag in pulling through conduit. Available in standard 5,000 foot and 10,000 foot reels. Recommended Approximate Avg. Working Load Tensile Part Reel (lbs.) No. Length Diameter (lbs.) 1/4" SB14105 5,000 ft. 260 1700 Std. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.) 100 Tape Prelubricated, woven polyester tape made from low friction, high abrasion resistant yarns providing a low coefficient of friction. Tape is printed with sequential footage markings for accurate measurements. Part No. TL14505 TL14510 TL38203 TL38265 TL38210 Size 1/2" 1/2" 5/8" 5/8" 5/8" Tensile Strength 1250 lbs. 1250 lbs. 1800 lbs. 1800 lbs. 1800 lbs. Reel Lengths 5,000 ft. 10,000 ft. 3,000 ft. 6,500 ft. 10,000 ft. Other ropes and tapes are available. Consult your sales service location for additional information. 224 w w w. c a r l o n . c o m Snap-Loc Spacers ® ® Carlon Snap-Loc Spacers NEW 8" Spa ! cers Carlon Snap-Loc duct spacers provide stability, consistent separation and relieve direct stress for duct materials encased in concrete, and direct bury applications. Carlon Snap-Loc Spacers provide: • A side dovetail rail and groove design allowing for side-by-side interchangeability of conduit spacer sizes while maintaining horizontal stability. • Locking key ways incorporated into intermediate spacers eliminate the need for costly top spacers in each size. The locking key ways provide for the use of a beaded strap that secures the top section of conduit. Rebar Holder • 1" and 2" Snap-Loc Reducers allow fixturing of 1" or 2" conduit inside larger spacers. Snap-Loc® Reducer Beaded Strap & Locking Key Way • The Snap-Loc Rebar Holder provides stabilization on large banks of spacers. Nonmetallic Snap-Loc Spacers are designed specifically for use with nonmetallic duct, with maximum O.D. dimensions as specified in NEMA TC-2, TC-6 & 8, TC-10 and ASTM F512. The innovative vertical and horizontal interlocking Snap-Loc design has tapered joining slots with maximum tolerances for easy job site assembly. IMPORTANT: 1. The use of duct spacers for direct burial may result in excessive point deflections unless proper design engineering is applied, such as the proper compaction of the appropriate backfill material. 2. Carlon is NOT responsible for Snap-Loc Spacers used in direct bury applications... design engineers and contractors are responsible for the design of the installation. w w w. c a r l o n . c o m 225 Snap-Loc Spacers Dimensions – Intermediate Spacers Dimensions – Base Spacers Part No. S288JHN S288JJN S288JLN S288LHN S288LJN S288LLN S288NFN S288NHN S288NJN S288NLN S288PHN S288PJN S288PLN S288RHN S288RJN S288RLN S288SHN S288SJN Size* 2x11/2 2x2 2x3 3x11/2 3x2 3x3 4x1 4x11/2 4x2 4x3 5x11/2 5x2 5x3 6x11/2 6x2 6x3 8x11/2 8x2 A 4.25 4.25 4.25 4.81 4.81 4.81 5.31 5.31 5.31 5.31 5.84 5.84 5.84 6.38 6.38 6.38 7.38 7.38 C 4.12 4.62 5.62 5.25 5.75 6.75 5.75 6.25 6.75 7.75 7.31 7.81 8.81 8.38 8.88 9.88 10.30 10.76 Std. D (Dia.) Ctn. Qty. 2.50 100 2.50 100 2.50 100 3.63 90 3.63 80 3.63 60 4.63 70 4.63 50 4.63 50 4.63 60 5.69 50 5.69 60 5.69 50 6.75 50 6.75 50 6.75 40 8.75 30 8.75 30 Part No. S289JHN S289JJN S289JLN S289LHN S289LJN S289LLN S289NFN S289NHN S289NJN S289NLN S289PHN S289PJN S289PLN S289RHN S289RJN S289RLN S289SHN S289SJN Size* 2x11/2 2x2 2x3 3x11/2 3x2 3x3 4x1 4x11/2 4x2 4x3 5x11/2 5x2 5x3 6x11/2 6x2 6x3 8x11/2 8x2 B 3.88 4.38 5.38 5.01 5.51 6.51 5.51 6.01 6.51 7.51 7.07 7.57 8.57 8.14 8.64 9.64 10.14 10.64 C 4.12 4.62 5.62 5.25 5.75 6.75 5.75 6.25 6.75 7.75 7.31 7.81 8.81 8.38 8.88 9.88 10.30 10.76 Std. D (Dia.) Ctn. Qty. 2.50 120 2.50 100 2.50 80 3.63 100 3.63 80 3.63 60 4.63 70 4.63 60 4.63 60 4.63 50 5.69 50 5.69 50 5.69 30 6.75 50 6.75 40 6.75 30 8.75 30 8.75 30 *First number indicates trade size of duct, second number indicates separation between conduits or ducts. Accessories Hole Dia. = .688 min. .750 max. 15" in length Snap-Loc® Reducer Part No. S287F S287J Size 1" 2" Beaded Strap Rebar Holder Std. Ctn. Qty. 100 100 Part No. S258RH Specifications Std. Ctn. Qty. 100 Part No. S28612 Std. Ctn. Qty. 100 Suggested Specification C B A (Duct) (Conduit) bank shall be encased in concrete with at least three inches of concrete at the top and bottom and two inches on each side. A horizontal and vertical separation between the ducts of ____* inches shall be maintained by installing Carlon high impact spacers with horizontal and vertical locking intervals of ____** feet. *Standard Separations of 1", 11/2", 2", and 3" are available. **Preferred interval between spacer assemblies is 8 to 10 feet. 3" Standard for all Base Spacers Installation note The Spacers and Rebar Holder are designed with a dovetail tongue and groove feature for easy installation. If required to permanently fix the position of a group of Spacers and/or Rebar Holder, the following are recommended procedures: 1. Use Carlon Quick-set Cement glue during assembly or spot glue after assembly to secure. 2. During assembly, deform the edge of the tongue or groove portion of the dovetail slide with a pair of pliers or similar tool. This deformation will create an interference, restricting movement. 3. An assembled system may be wired together for additional support. 226 w w w. c a r l o n . c o m IMPORTANT: 1. The use of duct spacers for direct burial may result in excessive point deflections unless proper design engineering is applied, such as the proper compaction of the appropriate backfill material. 2. Carlon is not responsible for Snap-Loc Spacers used in direct bury applications... design engineers and contractors are responsible for the design of the installation. Snap-N-Stac™ Combo Spacers Carlon® Snap-N-Stac™ Combo Spacers Carlon® Snap-N-Stac™ Combo Underground Duct Spacers are specifically designed to replace the two-piece base and intermediate spacer system, by combining the conventional base and intermediate spacer into a single unit! Manufactured out of highly engineered thermoplastic material, Snap-N-Stac Spacers are strong, durable and able to withstand the rigors of concrete construction. They feature an innovative horizontal and EXCLUSIVE Vertical locking system and can be used as either a base or intermediate spacer. Patent Pending Installations Carlon Snap-N-Stac Spacers are available in duct sizes 2", 4" and 6" and can be installed horizontally, vertically or turned up-right for unique duct bank configurations. This NEW one-piece design makes underground duct bank installations faster and easier than the conventional two-piece system– saving material and labor costs. Horizontal Locking Carlon® Snap-N-Stac Combo Spacers...The IDEAL Solution for Underground Duct Bank Installations. Features: • Conventional Base and Intermediate Spacer in a Single Unit! • EXCLUSIVE Vertical Locking System • Horizontal Locking System • Installs Horizontally or Turned Upright • Molded-In Rebar Holder • Available in 2", 4" or 6" Duct Sizes • Reducer to Accommodate Smaller Duct Sizes • Can Be Used as Either an Intermediate or Base Spacer • Spacers Interlock Horizontally Regardless of Size • Nonmetallic, Noncorrosive, Nonconductive • Strong and Durable • Easy to Handle • Fast Installation Vertical Interlocking w w w. c a r l o n . c o m With Reducer Free Standing 227 Snap-N-Stac™ Combo Spacers Specifications Std. Carton Qty. Std. Carton Wt. (lbs.) Part Number Description SP2W20-2 2" Two-Way Snap-N-Stac Spacer - 2" Separation 56 28.5 SP2W30-2 2" Two-Way Snap-N-Stac Spacer - 3" Separation 40 23.8 SP4W15-2 4" Two-Way Snap-N-Stac Spacer - 1-1/2" Separation 26 18.3 SP4W20-2 4" Two-Way Snap-N-Stac Spacer - 2" Separation 24 18.8 SP4W30-2 4" Two-Way Snap-N-Stac Spacer - 3" Separation 20 17.6 SP6W20-2 6" Two-Way Snap-N-Stac Spacer - 2" Separation 12 12.8 SP6W30-2 6" Two-Way Snap-N-Stac Spacer - 3" Separation 12 14.1 S287F 1" Snap-Loc Reducer 100 2.1 S287J 2" Snap-Loc Reducer 100 4.8 S28612 Beaded Strap 100 0.4 How to Interpret the Part Number Position 1 Position 2 Duct Size Position 3 Duct-To-Duct Spacing Horizontal and Vertical Position 4 Horizontal Duct Positions Product Type SP = Spacer 2W = 2" Width 15 = 1-1/2" 2 = Two 4W = 4" Width 20 = 2" 6W = 6" Width 30 = 3" Technical Information Part Number Duct Size 228 Duct OD Duct-To-Duct Spacing Horizontal Duct Positions Vertical Horizontal Center-To-Center Spacing Vertical Bottom of Trench to Bottom of Horizontal Duct Bottom of Trench to Center of Bottom Duct Overall Length SP2W20-2 2" 2.375 2 2 2 4.38 4.38 3.13 4.25 8.75 SP2W30-2 2" 2.375 2 3 3 5.38 5.38 4.13 5.25 10.75 SP4W15-2 4" 4.5 2 1.5 1.5 6 6 3.38 5.56 12 SP4W20-2 4" 4.5 2 2 2 6.5 6.5 3.88 6.06 13 SP4W30-2 4" 4.5 2 3 3 7.5 7.5 4.88 7.06 15 SP6W20-2 6" 6.625 2 2 2 8.62 8.62 4.13 7.38 17.25 SP6W30-2 6" 6.625 2 3 3 9.62 9.62 5.13 8.38 19.25 w w w. c a r l o n . c o m Snap-N-Stac™ Combo Spacers – Installation Installation Instructions IMPORTANT: 1. Snap-N-Stac Spacers should be used in concrete encased applications only. 2. The use of duct spacers for direct burial may result in excessive point deflections unless proper design engineering is applied, such as the proper compaction of the appropriate backfill material. 3. Carlon is NOT responsible for Snap-N-Stac Spacers used in direct bury applications…design engineers and contractors are responsible for the design of the installation. Vertical Interlocking Slide spacers together “Feet Facing Feet.” Feet Facing Feet Opposite w w w. c a r l o n . c o m 229 Snap-N-Stac™ Combo Spacers – Installation Installation Instructions Vertical Free Standing Reducer Modifications If spacers are installed using free standing method, it is recommended to install the spacer on the upper row mid-way between the two spacers on the bottom row. 1" & 2" Snap-Loc Reducers allow fixturing of 1" and 2" conduit inside of larger spacers. Odd numbers of ducts are accommodated by staggering two-way spacers. Transition To Various Duct Sizes Install spacers side-by-side by inserting the male adapter into the female adapter. Note: All Snap-N-Stac spacers are designed to interlock horizontally, regardless of size. 230 w w w. c a r l o n . c o m Carlon Bore-Gard and Boreable Multi-Gard Raceway ® ® ® Bore-Gard Schedule 40 Bore-Gard Schedule 80 Boreable Multi-Gard Type 40 w w w. c a r l o n . c o m 231 Bore-Gard® Trenchless Raceway Carlon Bore-Gard Trenchless Raceway ® ® Carlon’s PVC Bore-Gard conduit eliminates the costly problems of HDPE pipe on a reel such as reel handling, fusion welding, uncoiling and wasted pipe, safety hazards and additional job site labor. Bore-Gard is designed and proven to meet the rigorous requirements of horizontal directional drilling for electrical and datacom applications and is available in Heavywall Schedule 40 or Extra Heavywall Schedule 80 conduit. The unique design incorporates a water-tight seal and locking ring that enables fast, cement-free assembly, strong enough for 1000 foot bores. Short lengths of 10 and 20 feet fit into the tightest spaces and can be easily transported to the job site. Simplify trenchless installations and lower your costs with Bore-Gard. RUS Listed Precision engineered design has matching grooves and nylon locking strap to provide a secure connection. Positive stop automatically aligns strap grooves. Triple-lobed gasket designed to provide ease of assembly and a watertight seal. Insertion depth indicator tells at a glance if pipe ends are inserted to the correct depth. Heavy walls and deep insertion make the joint immune to the effects of normal bending. The belled end will not snag when pulled into a bore. Features: • Easy to handle 10 and 20 foot lengths • For bores up to 1000 feet • Fast easy assembly • Strong water-tight joints without cement • Fits standard rigid nonmetallic conduit • All nonmetallic construction • Superior crush and stiffness over HDPE • Eliminates the need for chains and backing plate installation Schedule 80 - Extra Heavywall • Type: Schedule 40 - Heavywall • Sizes: Schedule 40 - 3", 4", 5", & 6" Schedule 80 - 3" & 4" fittings Locking ring enables fast, cement-free assembly. 232 Slide locking ring into the joint. w w w. c a r l o n . c o m Fully assembled, the locking ring provides strong water-tight joints without cement. Boreable Multi-Gard® Carlon Boreable Multi-Gard ® ® Carlon’s PVC Boreable Multi-Gard conduit combines a strong boreable outerduct with the convenience of a Multi-Cell conduit. Boreable Multi-Gard utilizes leading technology from Carlon’s PVC ® Bore-Gard Trenchless Raceway, offering a field-proven design. Bores up to 500 feet can be achieved without labor-intensive operations. Lengths of 20 feet fit into tight spaces often encountered on underground boring job sites. Precision engineered design has matching grooves and nylon locking strap to provide a secure connection. Positive stop automatically aligns strap grooves. Factory installed innerducts eliminate post bore installations. Heavy walls and deep insertion make the joint immune to the effects of normal bending. Experience the strength and convenience of Carlon Boreable Multi-Gard. The belled end will not snag when pulled into a bore. Triple-lobed gasket designed to provide ease of assembly and a watertight seal. Features: • Withstands pulling and bending forces of directional drilling • Fast assembly • Eliminates labor related to gluing and screwing joints together • For bores up to 500 feet • Innerducts: 3-way or 4-way • Easy to handle 20 foot lengths • Type: Type 40 PVC outerduct • Size: 4" • Prelubricated innerducts Factory installed innerducts provide immediate post bore cable installation w w w. c a r l o n . c o m • Strong water-tight joints without cement • Fits standard Schedule 40 fittings • Compatible with MultiGard Type 40 PVC products Designed to meet all your cable needs. 233 Bore-Gard® Statue of Liberty Carlon® Bore-Gard ® was the product of choice when additional conduit was considered necessary for future utilities and cables on Liberty Island. Horizontal Directional Drilling was the preferred method of installation because it minimized any disruption to the island’s pristine environment. Bore-Gard is a PVC trenchless raceway specifically designed for Horizontal Directional Drilling. Bore-Gard is seal rated for 75psi, keeping drilling fluid and underground water out. It has a strong, cement-free joint, making installations fast and easy. It comes in convenient 10 ft. and 20 ft. lengths and is strong enough for 1000 ft. bores. 234 w w w. c a r l o n . c o m Bore-Gard® /Boreable Multi-Gard® Assembly ® Bore-Gard Assembly Trim spigot end before attaching pulling eye. 1. Position Bore-Gard with the print line facing up. 2. Remove plastic locking strap and set it aside. 3. Remove end caps. On first stick only, trim spigot end of Bore-Gard at the groove before attaching the pulling eye/gripping attachment. 4. Insert pulling eye into spigot end of Bore-Gard. Attach the next piece of Bore-Gard. Tighten pulling eye so that it expands against interior of the conduit. 5. Tighten pulling eye so that it expands against the interior of the conduit. Use of sleeve over O.D. of conduit is recommended. 8. Slide the plastic locking strap into slot on the side of the bell. Push the strap in completely. It is not necessary to remove or cover the handle on the strap. 6. The installer should use appropriate instrumentation to insure that maximum pull rating is not exceeded. 9. Repeat with remaining sections as space allows. 10. Bore-Gard is now ready for installation. 7. Take next piece of Bore-Gard (10' or 20') and insert spigot end into belled end of the first piece until the insertion line is no longer visible. For additional information on the Bore-Gard® line of products, request Frequently Asked Questions about Bore-Gard, BGFAQ; Bore-Gard Technical Reference Guide, BGTRG; Ten Reasons to Buy Bore-Gard, BG10REA and the Bore-Gard six minute Video, BGVID. All of these materials are available direct from Carlon or from your local Carlon representative. ® Boreable Multi-Gard Assembly 1. Position Boreable Multi-Gard with the print line facing up. 2. Remove plastic locking strap and set it aside. 3. Seal off lead end to keep out drilling fluid. 4. Attach 4" Kellems Grip over lead end. Note: Internal pulling eye cannot be used due to innerduct interference. 5. The installer should use appropriate instrumentation to insure that the maximum pull rating is not exceeded. 6. Take next piece of Boreable Multi-Gard and insert spigot end into belled end of the first piece until the insertion line is no longer visible. NOTE: Innerducts need to be aligned before insertion 7. Slide the plastic locking strap into slot on the side of the bell. Push strap in completely. It is not necessary to remove or cover the handle on the strap. 8. Repeat with remaining sections as space allows. 9. Pull into bored hole. Terminate into man holes. 10. Boreable Multi-Gard is now ready for duct proofing and cable installation. For more information on Carlon’s Multi-Gard ® System, request catalog number 2B21. ® ® Bend Radius for Bore-Gard & Boreable Multi-Gard Minimum Bend Radius: Turns in a bore path should be made gradually. Bore-Gard and Boreable Multi-Gard have a minimum bend radius of 65'. Bending more than this recommended limit will stress the joint. The drawing below illustrates the 65' bend radius. To obtain a 90° turn you will require 65' of forward distance in any directional plane. Note: Successful directional drilling, reaming and pipe installation are influenced by numerous factors including the reamed diameter, pull rate, fluid chemistry, fluid flow rate, drill rod diameter, soil conditions, equipment performance and condition, and operator experience. All manufacturers’ equipment recommendations and training should be followed for successful drilling results. w w w. c a r l o n . c o m Bore-Gard is flexible enough to be pulled around a building. 235 Bore-Gard® /Boreable Multi-Gard® Specifications Bore-Gard® Specifications Except where noted by † Except where noted by 164 164 234 234 317 317 418 418 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 20 20 40 40 60 60 80 80 4" Sch. 80 Bore-Gard 4" Sch. 80 Bore-Gard 3" Sch. 80 Bore-Gard 3" Sch. 80 Bore-Gard 10 20 10 20 9'6" 19'6" 9'6" 19'6" 4.50 4.50 3.50 3.50 3.8 3.8 2.8 2.8 260 520 350 700 56 28 56 28 14,560 14,560 19,600 19,600 308 308 210 210 Min. Bend Radius (ft.) Insertion Force (lbs.) Wt. per 100 ft. (lbs.) Feet per Truckload Description Part No. † BG480SP-010 † BG480SP-020 † BG380SP-010 † BG380SP-020 Dimensions I.D. (in.) Pkg. Qty. (ft./bundle) Bundles per Truckload Schedule 80 • RUS Listed Typical Crush lbs. (@ 30% deflection) 19,600 19,600 14,560 14,560 9,200 9,200 8,000 8,000 65 65 65 65 75 75 75 75 75 75 75 75 7,000 7,000 8,700 8,700 11,300 11,300 14,000 14,000 1,225 1,225 1,075 1,075 950 950 950 950 75 75 75 75 12,000 12,000 10,000 10,000 40 40 20 20 1,000 1,000 900 900 850 850 850 850 Typical Crush lbs. (@ 30% deflection) UL Std. 651 & NEMA TC2 Min. Crush (lbs.) 56 28 56 28 40 20 40 20 Joint Pull Rating (lbs.) Dimensions O.D. (in.) 350 700 260 520 230 460 200 400 Seal Pressure Rating (P.S.I.) 3.0 3.0 4.0 4.0 5.0 5.0 6.0 6.0 Min. Bend Radius (ft.) Insertion Force (lbs.) Seal Pressure Rating (P.S.I.) 3.50 3.50 4.50 4.50 5.56 5.56 6.625 6.625 Wt. per 100 ft. (lbs.) Dimensions I.D. (in.) 9'6" 19'6" 9'6" 19'6" 9'6" 19'6" 9'6" 19'6" Feet per Truckload Dimensions O.D. (in.) 10 20 10 20 10 20 10 20 Pkg. Qty. (ft./bundle) Bundles per Truckload Lay Length 3" Sch. 40 Bore-Gard 3" Sch. 40 Bore-Gard 4" Sch. 40 Bore-Gard 4" Sch. 40 Bore-Gard 5" Sch. 40 Bore-Gard 5" Sch. 40 Bore-Gard 6" Sch. 40 Bore-Gard 6" Sch. 40 Bore-Gard Overall Length (ft.) BG340SP-010 BG340SP-020 BG440SP-010 BG440SP-020 BG540SP-010 BG540SP-020 BG640SP-010 BG640SP-020 Overall Length (ft.) Lay Length Part No. Description • RUS Listed Joint Pull Rating (lbs.) Schedule 40 UL Std. 651 & NEMA TC2 Min. Crush (lbs.) *U.S. Patent 6,789,629 2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 Accessories Gaskets Locking Straps Pulling Eyes These high-quality pulling eyes have a permanent outer sleeve and a seal on pipe O.D. Part No. Description Package Dimensions (in.) Package Weight (lbs.) Package Type Size Part No. BG3PE BG4PE BG5PE BG6PE 3" Pulling Eye 4" Pulling Eye 5" Pulling Eye 6" Pulling Eye 10"x 4"x 4" 17"x 6"x 6" 16"x 7 3/4"x 73/4" 191/2"x 81/4"x 81/4" 8 26 37 63 Carton Carton Crate Crate 3" 4" 5" 6" GSUP3 GSUP GSUP5 GSUP6 Std. Ctn. Qty. Part No. 1 1 1 1 HBOR3 HBOR HBOR5 HBOR6 Std. Ctn. Qty. 1 1 1 1 Boreable Multi-Gard Specifications Dimensions O.D. (in.) Innerduct Dimensions I.D. (in.) Pkg. Qty. (ft./bundle) Bundles per Truckload Feet per Truckload Wt. per 100 ft. (lbs.) Min. Bend Radius (ft.) Seal Pressure Rating (P.S.I.) Maximum Pull Rating (lbs.) 3-way Boreable Multi-Gard 20 4.50 1.50 520 28 14,560 561 65 75 5000 MFSS4B-020 4-way Boreable Multi-Gard 20 4.50 1.19 520 28 14,560 565 65 75 5000 Description MFSS3B-020 Part No. Length (ft.) ® Steel Mesh Grip part no. MAG4 is recommended to be used as pulling attachment for Boreable Multi-Gard ®. 236 w w w. c a r l o n . c o m Carlon Multi-Gard Multi-Cell Raceway ® ® PVC Fiberglass Galvanized Steel PVC-Coated Galvanized Steel EMT – Electrical Metallic Tubing w w w. c a r l o n . c o m 237 Multi-Gard® PVC Carlon® Multi-Gard PVC Multi-Gard PVC is a multi-cell raceway system specifically designed for use in direct bury and concrete encased applications. Multi-Gard PVC is available in Type C, Type 40 and Type 80 outer shells with 3-way or 4-way innerduct configurations. Multi-Gard PVC is manufactured in convenient 20ft. lengths for easy handling and transportation, and is ideal for jetting or pulling cable. Applications: Outdoor Direct Bury and Concrete Encasement Wall Types: Type C, Schedule 40 and Schedule 80 Innerducts: 3-Way 1 1/2" or 4-Way 1 1/4" Installation Method: Trenching, Plowing, Concrete Encased NOTE: Always install Bell End onto Spigot End Features • Pre-lubricated innerducts provide very low coefficient of friction for easy pulls, and PVC innerducts expand and contract at the same rate as outerduct. • Anti-reversing gaskets on coupling body allow for easy joining. Eliminates need for cementing joints. • Jettable using high speed air blowing systems. • O-ring gasket at base of bell reduces risk of water entering system. • Inward tapering holes on coupling body give quick and easy innerduct alignment. • Print line on outer duct states “Install Print Line Up” to keep system straight during installation. • Marked innerduct and marked hole on coupling body ensure proper innerduct alignment and allow crews to work from opposite directions. • 6" deep bell provides strong joint for field bends. • Internal spacers maintain straight innerduct path. • End caps are provided on each 20 ft. section. • Staging materials to job site is simplified. • Patented flexible bends allow changes in direction. Technical Information • Joint Tensile: Approx. 500 lbs. (for reference only) • 3,500 ft. maximum for Jetting 238 w w w. c a r l o n . c o m RUS Listed Multi-Gard® PVC 20' Lay Length PVC Multi-Cell With Bell Part No. Description Bell (A) MXSS4S-020 4-Way Type C 4.67 4.35 1.31 MXSS3S-020 3-Way Type C 4.67 4.35 MFSS4S-020 4-Way Type 40 5.00 MFSS3S-020 3-Way Type 40 MDSS4S-020 MDSS3S-020 Except where noted by Outerduct Innerduct Innerduct (B) O.D. I.D. Pkg. Qty. Wt. per 100 ft. 1.19 1060' 245 1.66 1.50 1060' 256 4.50 1.31 1.19 960' 338 5.00 4.50 1.66 1.50 960' 348 4-Way Type 80 5.50 4.75 1.31 1.19 760' 450 3-Way Type 80 5.50 4.75 1.66 1.50 760' 460 Standard Multi-Gard supplied with grey and one white tracer innerduct. Custom Orders: * Custom innerduct colors available upon request * Minimum order quantity required * Custom orders non-returnable, non-refundable and non-cancelable PVC Multi-Cell Fixed Bends With Bell Multi-Gard fixed bends use the same coupling design as straight sections. All bends are provided with engineered plastic innerducts to avoid rope burn-through. These fixed bends are jettable. Part No. Description Innerduct I.D. Pkg. Qty. M_ _ _ N4S 4-Way Fixed Bend 1.19 1 M_ _ _ N3S 3-Way Fixed Bend 1.50 1 Pos. 1 Product M = Multi-Cell Pos. 2 Outerduct X = Type C F = Type 40 D = Type 80 Pos. 3 Degree(A) 3 = 11 1/4 5 = 22 1/2 7 = 45˚ 9 = 90˚ Pos. 4 Radius(R) F = 3ft. H = 4ft. J = 6ft. M = 9ft. Pos. 5 O.D. N = 4" Pos. 6 Innerducts 4 = 4 -Way 3 = 3-Way Pos. 7 Innerduct Wall Type S = Smooth PVC Multi-Cell Flexible Bends With Bell Multi-Gard flexible bends use a patented design capable of a 4' minimum bend radius and use the same coupling design as straight sections and fixed bends. All bends are provided with an exclusive, patented engineered plastic innerducts to avoid rope burn-through. NOTE: After positioning the bend in its application, it is necessary to cut off the excess innerduct material flush to pipe and deburr both the I.D. and O.D. of the innerduct to remove snags. Part No. Description Innerduct I.D. Pkg. Qty. M_F_4 4-Way Flexible Bend 1.19 1 M_F_3 3-Way Flexible Bend 1.50 1 M _ F _ 4J 4-Way Flexible Bend 1.19 1 M _ F _ 3J 3-Way Flexible Bend 1.50 1 Pos. 1 Product M = Multi-Cell Pos. 2 Pos. 3 Outerduct Bell Description F = Flexible X = Type C F = Type 40 D = Type 80 Pos. 4 Degree and Radius B = 126" (Length) 4' x 90˚ C = 192" (Length) 6' x 90˚ Pos. 5 Innerducts 4 = 4-Way 3 = 3-Way Pos. 6 J = Jettable w w w. c a r l o n . c o m 239 Multi-Gard® PVC – Accessories Terminators Pass-through Standard Termination kits allow for sealing inner and outerducts. Each kit contains innerduct sealing plugs with rope tie. Standard terminators allow for end terminations, and pass-through (jet-through) terminators allow for bridging innerducts across a vault to allow for unassisted pulling (or jetting) of cable through the vault. Box terminators allow end terminations into above ground cabinets. Part No. M_T_ _ Pos. 1 Product M = MultiCell Pkg. Qty. Description Terminator M – T 14 Jet-through 1 Pos. 2 Pos. 3 Outerduct Description X = Type C T = Terminator F = Schedule 40 D = Schedule 80 M – T 23 Pos. 4 Type 1 = Standard w/ plugs 2 = Pass-through w/ plugs 6 = Enclosure Termin. w/ plugs 9 = Jetting Termin. w/ plugs Pos. 5 Innerducts 3 = 3-Way 4 = 4-Way Couplings M – T 93 Standard Couplings are provided in standard sleeve for joining two uninstalled plain ends and slip couplings for male/male connections and repair of unoccupied Multi-Gard. PVC expansion couplings are listed on page 227. Part No. M _ CC _ Pos. 1 Product M = MultiCell Pkg. Qty. Description Standard Sleeve Coupling Pos. 2 Outerduct X = Type C F = Schedule 40 D = Schedule 80 1 Pos. 3 Description C = Standard Coupling Pos. 4 Type C = Coupling Pos. 5 Innerducts 3 = 3-Way 4 = 4-Way M – CC4 Transition Adapters • Spigot to Spigot Transition adaptors allow different outerducts to be coupled together while maintaining same innerduct. Part numbers configured from smaller duct to larger duct. Part No. Description Pkg. Qty. M _ A __ Transition Adapter 1 Pos. 1 Product M = Multi-Cell 240 Pos. 2 Outerduct (A) X = Type C PVC F = Schedule 40 PVC D = Schedule 80 PVC Pos. 3 Description A = Adapter Pos. 4 Pos. 5 Outerduct (B) Innerducts E = EMT 3 = 3-Way R = Galv. Steel 4 = 4-Way B = F/G BR H = F/G HW S = F/G Std. F = Schedule 40 PVC D = Schedule 80 PVC X = Type C PVC P = PVC-Coated Steel w w w. c a r l o n . c o m M –A–4 Multi-Gard® PVC – Accessories Expansion Joints Expansion Joints allow for thermal expansion and contraction of outerduct. Fiberglass expansion joints are recommended every 150 feet on bridge crossing applications. * Must use Split Stop Rings with Expansion Joints Part No. M _ EC _ Pos. 1 Product M = Multi-Cell Pkg. Qty. Description Expansion Joint 1 Pos. 2 Pos. 3 Outerduct Description X = Type C PVC E = Expansion Joint F = Schedule 40 PVC D = Schedule 80 PVC Pos. 4 Type C = Coupling Pos. 5 Innerducts 4 = 4-Way 3 = 3-Way Split Stop Ring Use split stop rings on either side of support anchors to keep Multi-Gard stationary. * Must use Split Stop Rings with Expansion Joints Part No. Description Pkg. Qty. Wt. ea. MFSSR Schedule 40 Split Ring 1 .51 MDSSR Schedule 80 Split Ring 1 .73 Repair Kits – 10 Ft. Repair kits allow for Multi-Gard repair without disrupting a live cable. Part No. Pkg. Qty. Description M _ R _ 4S 4-Way 10 ft. Repair - Cable installed 1 M _ R _ 3S 3-Way 10 ft. Repair - Cable installed 1 Pos. 1 Product M = Multi-Cell Pos. 2 Outerduct Pos. 3 Pos. 4 Pos. 5 Description No. of Cables Innerducts Pos. 6 Innerduct Wall Type X = Type C F = Schedule 40 R = Repair S = Smoothwall 1 = 1 Cable 2 = 2 Cables 3 = 3 Cables 4 = 4 Cables 4 = 4-Way 3 = 3-Way M – R –3 Spare Spacers Part No. Description Std. Ctn. Qty. Std. Ctn. Wt. MAES4 4-way end spacers 1 ea. = 5 spacers 3.5 MAES3 3-way end spacers 1 ea. = 5 spacers .6 w w w. c a r l o n . c o m 241 Multi-Gard® PVC – Assembly / Field Cuts Assembly 1 . Distribute Multi-gard sections along 2 . Remove protective cap and the sides of the trench with male ends pointing towards starting vault entrance. install Multi-Gard terminator on male end. Install first section into vault opening or enclosure making sure the print line is on the top stating “INSTALL PRINT LINE UP.” (See next page for terminations.) 3. Each consecutive 20' section can now be placed by inserting the male end into the gasketed belled end 1/2" to the gasket depth. Make sure the print line is upright. (If not, rotate the outer duct until it is.) Now push the sections together with a firm push until belled end seats against insertion line. Field Cuts Joining Male and Female Ends 1 . Lay the Multi-Gard sections side by side and mark the male end at the base of the bell on the female end. Make a straight cut using a standard carpenter saw. 3. Raise both ends and align the innerducts 2 . A spare spacer may be installed to align the innerducts if they seem loose. on the male end into the coupling body on the female end. Lower both ends and the innerducts will automatically return to their original position as the joints are forced together. Joining Two Male Ends FIGURE 1 FIGURE 3 FIGURE 2 M – CC4 1 . Flush cut Multi-Gard sections “A” + “B” as shown in figure 1. Slide outerduct sleeve over Multi-Gard section “B” as shown in figure #2. Insert end spacer into Multi-Gard plain end (chamfer side in) as shown in figure #2. Press couplings onto innerducts of Multi-Gard section “B” as shown in figure #3. 242 2 . Align innerducts on Multi-Gard section “A” with couplings on section “B”. Solvent cement each coupling for air tight seal and push until both ends are flush. Apply solvent cement to both ends of Multi-Gard and slide sleeve until it is centered on both sections. w w w. c a r l o n . c o m Multi-Gard® PVC – Terminations Terminations 5. 1. Standard Terminators (Type 1) allow Multi-Gard to be terminated into a standard pre-cast termination. 1. Remove watertight plugs in order to assure total insertion of the Multi-Gard innerducts. 2. Install terminators into male end of Multi-Gard to full depth. 3. Replace watertight plugs into the terminator and tighten. 4. Insert prepared male end into the pre-cast terminator with print line facing upward. Solvent cement into place. 5. Use shim enclosed for terminator requiring a connection of Type C (4.35 O.D.) into a Type 40 (4.50 O.D.) termination. 2. Use a Type 1 Standard Terminator also at an entrance where a pre-cast terminator is not available or a knockout is used: 1. Insert the male end section of Multi-Gard 4 inches past the inside wall of the vault with print line facing upward. 2. Remove the protective cap from the male end of the Multi-Gard. 3. Remove the watertight plugs and insert the terminator to full depth. 4. Install bell fitting over the end of Multi-Gard using solvent cement, and replace plugs. 5. Slide Multi-Gard section until bell fitting is flush with inside, and then seal entrance as required by job specifications. 3. Use a Type 6 Enclosure Terminator at entrances into metal or non-metallic enclosures above ground. 1. Remove watertight plugs in order to assure total insertion of the Multi-Gard innerducts. 2. Install terminators into male end of Multi-Gard to full depth. 3. Replace watertight plugs into the terminator and tighten. 4. Install threaded adapter over end of Multi-Gard using solvent cement. Insert adapter through enclosure hole and provide 4" locking ring. 5. Use shim enclosed for terminator requiring a connection of type C (4.35 O.D.) termination. The pass-through terminator is designed to allow for continuous ducts through the vault or hand hole for cable pulling. 1. Install terminator into vault following steps 1 through 5 for standard Type 1 terminator. 2. Cut innerduct of pass through kit 10" longer than the width of the manhole. Add spacers as needed. 3. Upon completion, remove the watertight plugs and install innerducts to traverse manhole/handhole by cutting to length inserting into one side of handhole and raising or bowing center of innerduct span to insert into the pass-through terminator on the opposite side. (See pass-through kits on page 276.) 6. 4. Use split plugs for sealing Multi-Gard cells where cable has been installed. (See page 274) w w w. c a r l o n . c o m Use the jet terminator for jetting operations. 1. Remove watertight plugs in order to assure to total insertion. 2. Apply standard grade solvent cement (VC9962) to male end of Multi-Gard. Install jet terminator to insertion line. 3. Replace watertight plugs into terminator and tighten. 4. Apply standard grade solvent cement to terminator male end and insert into pre-cast bell end. (Install PVC bell fitting in kit if precast bell end is not available). 5. Use shim enclosed for terminator requiring a connection of Type C (4.35" O.D.) into a Type 40 (4.50" O.D.) termination. 6. Measure between ends of terminators on opposite ends of vault, and cut innerduct to length. 7. Solvent cement each coupling into place or use mechanical coupling rated for use with high speed air blowing systems. 243 Multi-Gard® PVC – Installation Trenching All PVC Trenching installation allows Multi-Gard to be placed in the trench one section at a time or over the trencher for continuous feed. Open trenching with Type C Multi-Gard is recommended for direct burial or concrete encased applications. Features Procedures • Install one section at a time. Paved Areas In paved areas, the surface should be carefully cut to prevent unnecessary excessive width at the top of the trench and help reduce the amount of surface to be repaved. • Multiple-cells are installed as soon as product is placed. • Economical installation with installation speed as fast as the trencher. • Easy installation with standard equipment. • Gasketed coupling body prevents conduit pulling apart during installation. • Industry standard outer duct in Type C is suitable for direct burial. • Type 40 outershell and Type 80 outershell are available where extra protection is necessary. • Spacers inside outershell allow PVC innerduct internal movement allowing for more flexibility. 244 Trench Width For economical operation, particularly where paving is involved, the trench width should be no greater than is needed to provide adequate working space. Generally, this dimension is controlled by the types of excavating equipment used. As a minimum, the trench must be 5 inches wider than the width of the conduit structure where backfill will be used and 3 inches wider where concrete encasement will be used. Individual job specifications will dictate trench width. Trench Bed Grade and level the trench bed. Where necessary, provide sand and/or other granular backfill as bedding material so the conduit will be evenly supported over the length of each section. Assembly On Top Of The Trench After preparing the trench, the Multi-Gard can be assembled on top of the ground outside of the trench by following the directions described on page 5. Once joined together, the Multi-Gard can then be laid gently into the trench. Backfill according to the job specifications. Trench Feeding Multi-Gard Using Rollers This procedure involves assembling the Multi-Gard above the ground. After the first four or five lengths are assembled, place on top of the trenching machine. The remainder of the duct can be attached to the first section and assembled ahead of the trencher on the ground directly above the intended place for the trench. As the trencher advances forward, the Multi-Gard will lay itself into the trench behind. Once placed in the trench, backfill according to the job specification. w w w. c a r l o n . c o m Multi-Gard® PVC – Repairs Repairing Vacant Multi-Gard 1. Cut out the damaged section and insert a belled short section (4" shorter than damaged section) of Multi-Gard onto either one of the ends (section A). 2. Apply 2" of cement on ends of spigots of coupling body, press couplings onto spigots. 3. Slide innerduct sleeve over Multi-Gard plain end (section A). Insert end spacer into MultiGard plain end (section B). M – SC4 Slip Coupling 4. Insert female end of slip coupling into Multi-Gard plain end (section A). Align sections A and B. Apply cement to couplings. Slide slip coupling back onto innerducts in Multi-Gard (section B) until seated. 5. Apply cement to both plain ends of Multi-Gard and slide sleeve until centered on both sections. Repairing Multi-Gard Containing Cable(s) 1. Carefully cut out damaged section up to 10 feet. Larger sections can be accommodated using multiple repair kits. 2. Install the 4" split sleeve couplings over the existing Multi-Gard. Slide the smaller split couplings onto the individual innerduct, fitting the cable into the split coupling. Repeat this process on opposite side. Carefully insert the cable(s) into the split corrugated innerduct. 3. Install corrugated innerduct and remaining smooth innerduct into couplings by raising in the center and guiding them into their respective openings. Install the spacers to evenly support the innerduct. 4. Lay one piece of split duct under the repaired section. Install the other piece of split duct onto the first piece and strap or tape in place. Apply cement onto each end and slide the slip sleeves until centered on both sections. Backfill according to job specifications. w w w. c a r l o n . c o m 245 Multi-Gard® PVC – Repair Kits Repair Kits 3 4 1 3 1 6 2 2 5 Repairing Multi-Gard with Damaged Cables 1 E940F PVC Coupling Couples PVC innerduct with solvent cement for empty cells (standard grade qt. cement #VC9962). 2 MAFPG7 Fiber Optic Simplex Plug (cable O.D. range .57 - .65) Seals innerduct with cable installed. 3 MAQPG2 Quadplex Plug (4 holes each) Seals outershell and innerduct 4 48808DK PVC Pass-through Kit (4 x 20' lengths) 20 foot lengths can be cut to length for continuous empty innerduct. 5 Underground Vault & Lid needed Choose size & construction based on dimensions of splice cases and weight requirements. (Allow 12" on either side of splice for bending innerduct) 6 Splice Case Repair Kit Instructions: 1. Dig around break area enough to allow vault to drop over the repair area and rest level when the mouseholes have been cut away for the duct. 2. Cut away and remove outer shell and any damaged inner-ducts, being careful to protect any exposed cables. 3. Cut back the outer duct to allow approximately 6" of inner-duct exposed. 4. Install the splice case per manufacturer’s or customer’s specifications, allowing enough cable slack so no tension is felt. 246 5. Install the quad plugs (Item #3) and single plugs (Item #2) in duct containing cable. 6. Install pass-through ducts (Item #4) with coupling (Item #1) sealing with solvent cement. 7. Set the enclosure base over the entire package and place cover on enclosure. 8. Refill hole as required. w w w. c a r l o n . c o m Multi-Gard® Fiberglass Carlon® Multi-Gard® Fiberglass Multi-Gard is a multi-cell raceway manufactured in 20 ft. lengths with pre-installed, pre-lubricated innerducts. The pre-installed innerduct design feature eliminates the need of pulling innerducts through existing pipe, which saves valuable time and money. Applications: Outdoor (UV Resistant) Bridge Crossings, Areas Subject to Physical Damage Wall Types: Standard, Heavy or Bullet Resistant Innerducts: PVC 3-Way 1 1/2" or 4-Way 1 1/4" Features • Pre-lubricated PVC innerducts reduce coefficient of friction for easy cable pulling. • Anti-reversing gaskets on coupling body allow easy push in – hard to pull out sealing system. • O-ring gasket at base of bell reduces risk of water entering system. • Inward tapering holes on coupling body give quick and easy innerduct alignment. • Marked innerduct and marked hole on coupling body ensure proper innerduct alignment. • Deep bell provides strong joint. • Internal spacers keep innerducts straight. • Staging materials to job site is simplified. • Standard Wall .070" provides basic mechanical and UV protection. • Heavy Wall .090" provides enhanced mechanical protection where physical abuse might be experienced. • Bullet Resistant .250" provides heavy duty protection. • Lightweight construction for easy handling. Technical Information • Joint Tensile: Approx. 500 lbs. (for reference only) • 3,500 ft. Maximum for Jetting • 20' overall stick length Assembly Instructions 1. Place plain end of one 20' section into gasketed coupling body 1/2" to the gasket depth of another 20' section. 2. Check for alignment and apply epoxy to outside of plain end. 3. Push sections together with a firm push by hand until plain end seats fully into belled end. w w w. c a r l o n . c o m 247 Multi-Gard® Fiberglass 20' Overall Length Fiberglass Multi-Cell With Bell Part No. Description Wall Thickness Bell (A) Dim. Outerduct (B) Dim. Innerduct Innerduct Dim. Dim. O.D. I.D. Wt. per Pkg. 100 ft. Qty. (lbs.) MSSS4S-020 4-Way Standard .070 4.31 4.14 1.31 1.19 1140' 240 MSSS3S-020 3-Way Standard .070 4.31 4.14 1.66 1.50 1140' 253 MHSS4S-020 4-Way Heavy Wall .090 4.39 4.18 1.31 1.19 1140' 338 MHSS3S-020 3-Way Heavy Wall .090 4.39 4.18 1.66 1.50 1140' 340 MBSS4S-020 4-Way Bullet Res. .250 5.00 4.25 1.31 1.19 1140' 450 MBSS3S-020 3-Way Bullet Res. .250 5.00 4.25 1.66 1.50 1140' 450 Standard Multi-Gard supplied with grey and one white tracer innerduct. Custom Orders: * Custom innerduct colors available upon request * Minimum order quantity required * Custom orders non-returnable, non-refundable and non-cancelable Fiberglass Multi-Cell Fixed Bends with Bell Multi-Gard fixed bends use the same coupling design as straight sections. All bends are provided with engineered plastic innerducts to avoid rope cut-through into adjacent innerducts. Part No. Description Innerduct I.D. Pkg. Qty. M __ HN4S 4-Way Fixed Bend 1.19 I.D. 1 M __ HN3S 3-Way Fixed Bend 1.50 I.D. 1 Pos. 1 Pos. 2 Product Outerduct M = Multi-Cell S = Standard H = Heavy wall B = Bullet Res. Pos. 3 Pos. 4 Degree (A) Radius 3 = 111/4˚ H = 4 ft. 5 = 221/2˚ 7 = 45˚ 9 = 90˚ Pos. 5 O.D. N = 4" Pos. 6 Pos. 7 Innerducts Innerduct Wall Type 4 = 4-Way S = Smoothwall 3 = 3-Way Epoxy Kits Apply epoxy to plain end and bell before insertion for a water tight joint and to avoid joint pull-out. Part No. Description Pkg. Qty. Wt. ea. MA30EK 30 oz. w/mixing tip 1 2.50 Pipe Size 2" 3" 4" 5" 6" 248 # Joints per 30 oz. Kit 30 24 18 12 10 w w w. c a r l o n . c o m Multi-Gard® Fiberglass – Accessories Terminators Standard Termination kits allow for sealing inner and outerducts. Each kit contains innerduct sealing plugs with tie rope. Standard terminators allow for end terminations. Part No. Description Pkg. Qty. Wt. Ea MXT1 _ Terminator 1 1.5 Pos. 1 Product M = Multi-Cell Pos. 2 Pos. 3 Outerduct Description X = Standard T = Terminator Pos. 4 Type 1 = Standard w/ plugs Pos. 5 Innerducts 3 = 3-Way 4 = 4-Way MXT14 Couplings Couplings are provided in standard sleeve for joining two uninstalled plain ends and slip couplings for repair of unoccupied Multi-Gard. Part No. Description Pkg. Qty. M _ CC _ Standard Sleeve Coupling 1 Pos. 1 Product M = Multi-Cell Pos. 2 Outerduct S = Std. wall .070 H = Hvy. wall .090 B = B. res. .250 Pos. 3 Description C = Standard Pos. 4 Type C = Coupling Pos. 5 Innerducts 3 = 3-Way 4 = 4-Way Standard M – CC4 Transition Adapters • Spigot to Spigot Transition adapters allow different outerducts to be coupled together while maintaining same innerduct. (See PVC section for transitioning to PVC Multi-Gard.) Pkg. Part No. Description Qty. M _ A __ Pos. 1 Product M = Multi-Cell Transition Adapters Pos. 2 Outerduct X = Type C PVC F = Schedule 40 PVC D = Schedule 80 PVC Pos. 3 Description A = Adapter 1 Pos. 4 Pos. 5 Outerduct Innerducts E = EMT 3 = 3-Way R = Galv. Steel 4 = 4-Way B = F/G BR H = F/G HW S = F/G Std. F = Sch. 40 PVC D = Sch. 80 PVC X = Type C PVC P = PVC Coated Steel M – AR4 Spare Spacers Part No. Description Std. Ctn. Qty. Std. Ctn. Wt. MAES4 4-way end spacers 1 ea. = 5 spacers 3.5 MAES3 3-way end spacers 1 ea. = 5 spacers .6 w w w. c a r l o n . c o m 249 Multi-Gard® Fiberglass – Accessories Expansion Joints Expansion Joints allow for thermal expansion and contraction of outerduct. Fiberglass expansion joints are recommended every 150 feet on bridge crossing applications. * Must use Split Stop Rings with Expansion Joints Part No. Description M _ EC _ Expansion Joints Pos. 1 Product M = Multi-Cell Pos. 2 Outerduct S = Standard H = Heavy Wall B = Bullet Res. Pkg. Qty. 1 Pos. 3 Description E = Expansion Pos. 4 Type C = Coupling Pos. 5 Innerducts 4 = 4-Way 3 = 3-Way Split Stop Ring Use split stop rings on either side of support anchors to keep Multi-Gard stationary. * Must use Split Stop Rings with Expansion Joints 250 Pkg. Qty. Wt. Ea Standard Wall Split Ring 1 .50 MSSRH Heavy Wall Split Ring 1 .50 MBSSR Bullet Resistant Split Ring 1 1.75 Part No. Description MSSR w w w. c a r l o n . c o m Multi-Gard® Galvanized Steel/PVC-Coated Carlon® Multi-Gard® Galvanized Steel/PVC-Coated Steel Multi-Gard is a multi-celled raceway system designed for bridge applications and other areas requiring heavy duty protection. Steel Multi-Gard is manufactured in 10 ft. lengths with pre-installed, pre-lubricated, smoothwall PVC innerducts. Applications: Areas subject to physical damage – vandalism & crush. Bridge crossings Innerducts: PVC 3-Way 1 1/2" or 4-Way 1 1/4" Features • Pre-lubricated PVC innerducts for very low co-efficient of friction and lay straight for long pulls. • Pre-installed reverse spin coupling allows coupling Multi-Gard together without turning pipe. • 3 set screws keep coupling from backing off, before and after installation. • Standard sweeps and terminators. • Patented flexible bend. • Conforms to NEC Article 300.22 and NFPA 90A for installation of communication cables inside buildings. • All bends have “cut-through” resistant innerducts in bends to avoid rope cutting into adjacent occupied innerduct. • Accessories such as pull line and line blowing kits available. • Gasketed coupling body and PVC innerducts are designed to handle jetting equipment or line blowing. Assembly Instructions 1. Remove cap and loosen set screws on coupling. Spin back to allow for insertion. Technical Information 2. Insert male into female end and spin coupling forward to bottom out. • Joint Tensile: Approx. 500 lbs. (for reference only) • 3,500 ft. Maximum for Jetting • 10 ft. lay lengths standard 3. Check for alignment of marked innerduct and marked hole. 4. Tighten set screws. w w w. c a r l o n . c o m 251 Multi-Gard® Galvanized Steel 10' Lay Length – Steel Multi-Celled with Spin Coupling Part No. Description Coupling Outerduct O.D. Dim. Innerduct Dim. O.D. Innerduct Dim. I.D. Pkg. Qty. Wt. per 100 ft. MRSS4S-010 4-Way Galvanized Steel 5.00 4.50 1.315 1.19 170 1130 MRSS3S-010 3-Way Galvanized Steel 5.00 4.50 1.660 1.50 170 1130 MPSS4S-010 4-Way PVC Coated Steel 5.00 4.50 1.315 1.19 170 1200 MPSS3S-010 3-Way PVC Coated Steel 5.00 4.50 1.660 1.50 170 1200 Standard Multi-Gard supplied with grey and one white tracer innerduct. Galvanized Steel Multi-Cell Fixed Bends With Spin Coupling Multi-Gard fixed bends use the same coupling design as straight sections. All bends are provided with engineered plastic innerducts to avoid rope cut-through into adjacent innerducts. Part No. Description Innerduct I.D. Pkg. Qty. MR _ HN4S 4-Way Fixed Bends 1.19 1 MR _ HN3S 3-Way Fixed Bends 1.50 1 Pos. 1 Product M = Multi-Cell Pos. 2 Outerduct R = Galvanized Steel P = PVC Coated Steel Pos. 3 Degree(A) 3 = 111/4˚ 5 = 221/2˚ 7 = 45˚ 9 = 90˚ Pos. 4 Radius(R) H = 4 ft. F = 3 ft. Pos. 5 O.D. N = 4" Pos. 6 Innerducts 4 = 4-Way 3 = 3-Way Pos. 7 Innerduct Wall Type S = Smooth PVC Coated Flexible Steel Bends With Spin Coupling Multi-Gard flexible bends use a patented design capable of a 4' minimum bend radius and use the same coupling design as straight sections and fixed bends. All bends are provided with engineered plastic innerducts to avoid rope cut-through into adjacent innerducts. NOTE: After positioning the bend in its application, it is necessary to cut off the excess innerduct material flush to pipe and deburr both the I.D. and O.D. of the innerduct to remove snags. 252 Part No. Description Innerduct I.D. MRFB4 4-Way Flexible Bend 1 MRFB3 3-Way Flexible Bend 1 w w w. c a r l o n . c o m Multi-Gard® Galvanized Steel – Accessories Terminators Galvanized Steel Termination kits allow for sealing inner and outerducts. Each kit contains innerduct sealing plugs with rope tie. Standard terminators allow for end terminations. Part No. Description Pkg. Qty. Wt. Ea. MFT14 4-Way Standard Terminator GS 1 1.5 MFT13 3-Way Standard Terminator GS 1 1.5 MFT14 Deflection Joint Couplings are provided in standard sleeve for joining two uninstalled plain ends and slip couplings for repair of unoccupied Multi-Gard. Part No. Description Pkg. Qty. Wt. Ea. MROS _ Deflection Joint 1 25 lbs. Pos. 1 Product M = Multi-Cell Pos. 2 Outerduct R = Galv. Steel Pos. 3 Description O = Offset/ Deflection Pos. 4 Outerduct S = Standard Pos. 5 Innerduct 4 = 4-Way 3 = 3-Way Expansion Joints Expansion Joints allow for thermal expansion and contraction of outerduct. Steel expansion joints are recommended every 150 feet on bridge crossing applications. Part No. Description Pkg. Qty. Wt. Ea. MREC4 4-Way 8" Stroke 1 42 MREC3 3-Way 8" Stroke 1 42 Spare Spacers Part No. Description Std. Ctn. Qty. Std. Ctn. Wt. MAES4 4-way end spacers 1 ea. = 5 spacers 3.5 MAES3 3-way end spacers 1 ea. = 5 spacers .6 w w w. c a r l o n . c o m 253 Multi-Gard® Galvanized Steel – Accessories Transition Adapters • Spigot to Spigot Transition adaptors allow different outerducts to be coupled together while maintaining same innerduct. Part numbers configured from smaller duct to larger duct. Part No. Description Pkg. Qty. M _ A __ Transition Adapter 1 Pos. 1 Product M = Multi-Cell Pos. 2 Outerduct (A) X = Type C PVC F = Schedule 40 PVC D = Schedule 80 PVC Pos. 3 Description A = Adapter Pos. 4 Pos. 5 Outerduct (B) Innerducts E = EMT 3 = 3-Way R = Galv. Steel 4 = 4-Way B = F/G BR H = F/G HW S = F/G Std. F = Schedule 40 PVC D = Schedule 80 PVC X = Type C PVC P = PVC Coated Steel Field Bendable Sweeps 254 Part No. Description Pkg. Qty. MRSS4SFB-010 4-Way Field Bendable Sweep - 10 ft. 1 MRSS3SFB-010 3-Way Field Bendable Sweep - 10 ft. 1 w w w. c a r l o n . c o m M –A–4 Multi-Gard® EMT Carlon® Multi-Gard® EMT Multi-Gard EMT is a multi-cell conduit system for use inside buildings. It has pre-installed PVC innerducts, comes in 10 ft. lengths, and has a gasketed coupling body. Applications: Indoor – Inside Buildings Innerducts: 3-Way 1 1/2" or 4-Way 1 1/4" Features • 10' lengths with set screw couplings. • Standard sweeps and terminators • Transition adapters available such as EMT to Type C Multi-Gard. • PVC innerducts lay straight for longer pulls. • PVC innerducts are pre-lubricated for longer pulls. • All metallic components are UL Listed and conform to meet NEC Article 300.22 and NFPA 90A for installation of communication cables inside buildings. • All bends have “cut through” resistant innerducts to avoid rope cutting into adjacent occupied innerduct. • Accessories such as line blowing kits and pull line available. Assembly Instructions Technical Information 1. Remove cap and loosen set screws on open end of coupling. • Joint Tensile: Approx. 500 lbs. (for reference only) • 3,500 ft. Maximum for Jetting • 10 ft. lay lengths standard 2. Insert male end of conduit into female coupling, checking for alignment of marked innerduct into marked hole. 3. Tighten set screws. w w w. c a r l o n . c o m 255 Multi-Gard® EMT 10' Lay Length EMT Multi-Cell with Set Screw Coupling Part No. Description Outerduct Dim. O.D. Outerduct Innerduct Dim. I.D. Dim. O.D. MESS4S-010 4-Way 4.50 4.33 MESS3S-010 3-Way 4.50 4.33 Innerduct Dim. I.D. Pkg. Qty. Wt. per 100 ft. 1.32 1.19 170' 555 1.66 1.50 170' 555 Fixed Bends EMT Multi-Cell with Set Screw Coupling Multi-Gard fixed bends use the same coupling design as straight sections. All bends are provided with engineered plastic innerducts to avoid rope cut-through into adjacent innerducts. Part No. Description Pkg. Qty. Wt. Ea. (lbs.) ME9FN4S 4-Way 90˚x36" Radius 1 39 ME7FN4S 4-Way 45˚x36" Radius 1 20 ME9FN3S 3-Way 90˚x36" Radius 1 39 ME7FN3S 3-Way 45˚x36" Radius 1 20 Field Bendable Sweeps Multi-Gard flexible bends use a patented design capable of a 4' minimum bend radius and use the same coupling design as straight sections and fixed bends. All bends are provided with engineered plastic innerducts to avoid rope cut-through into adjacent innerducts. NOTE: After positioning the bend in its application, it is necessary to cut off the excess innerduct material flush to pipe and deburr both the I.D. and O.D. of the innerduct to remove snags. Part No. Pkg. Qty. Description MESS4SFB-010 4-Way EMT Field Bendable Sweep - 10 ft. 1 MESS3SFB-010 3-Way EMT Field Bendable Sweep - 10 ft. 1 Terminators for EMT Multi-Gard Part No. Description Pkg. Qty. Wt. Ea. (lbs.) MET64 4-Way Standard Enclosure Terminator 1 2.5 MET63 3-Way Standard Enclosure Terminator 1 2.5 Spare Spacers 256 Part No. Description Std. Ctn. Qty. Std. Ctn. Wt. MAES4 4-way end spacers 1 ea. = 5 spacers 3.5 MAES3 3-way end spacers 1 ea. = 5 spacers .6 w w w. c a r l o n . c o m Multi-Gard® Performance Specifications Part 1 General 1.02 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION: Industry standard communication outerducts and innerducts meeting the performance requirements of this specification. Fixed and flexible bends allow for changes in direction. A gasketed coupling mechanism shall be provided with self-aligning tapered holes in straight sections, bends, and terminators for field assembly without lubricant. 1.01 SCOPE: Multiple Celled raceway systems, such as Multi-Gard manufactured by Carlon Telecom Systems (1-800-3-CARLON), utilizing prelubricated PVC innerducts for installation of voice, data, video, and other low voltage cabling. Different outershells are provided for routing cabling through direct bury, concrete encased, normal above ground, and heavy duty above ground applications. Part 2 Product 2.01 MATERIALS A. Outerducts 1. PVC outerduct shall have print line stating “INSTALL PRINTLINE UP” and be available in the following: a. Type C U.L. listed for direct burial and concrete encasement. b. Type 40 U.L. listed for direct burial and concrete encasement. c. Type 80 for heavy traffic direct burial and physical abuse above ground. 2. Fiberglass reinforced epoxy shall be available in the following: a. .070 Standard Wall for basic mechanical and UV protection above ground. b. .090 Heavy Wall provides enhanced mechanical protection where physical abuse might be experienced. c. .250 Bullet Resistant provides heavy duty protection. 3. Galvanized steel shall be available in the following: a. Type 40 Hot dipped inside and out for above ground applications such as bridge abutment walls. Threads shall be on both ends. Spin Coupling shall have 3 set screws set 120˚ apart to stabilize coupling. Threads shall be coated with Zinc Oxide metalizing. b. U.L. listed EMT outershell and couplings for inside building applications including Plenums, Risers, and General Purpose areas. B. Outerduct Performance Requirements Min. stiffness lb/in/in at 72˚ F Min. O.D. Impact values ft/lbs. at 72˚ F Type C PVC Type 40 Type 80 SW Fiberglass HW BR EMT Steel GRC 100 370 Crush 2000 40 90 N/A N/A N/A 4.35" 4.50" 4.75" 4.14" 4.18" 4.50" 4.50" 4.50" 100 220 525 50 80 N/A N/A N/A Max. joint insertion force 80 lbs. 80 lbs. 80 lbs. 80 lbs. 80 lbs. 80 lbs. 80 lbs. 80 lbs. Max. joint separation force 200 lbs. 200 lbs. 200 lbs. 200 lbs. 200 lbs. 200 lbs. Mechanical Mechanical Min. joint water infiltration 11 PSI 11 PSI 11 PSI N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A Min. lay length 20' 20' 20' 20' 20' 20' 10' 10' Flexible bend min. radius 4' 4' 4' 4' 4' 4' 4' 4' C. Innerducts 1. Innerducts in straight lengths shall be Prelubricated PVC. One white innerduct shall be under the print line with other innerducts being gray. Multi-Cell can be assembled from different directions without “mirror” effect. Multi-colored innerducts may also be provided (3-cell white/gray/orange) (4-cell white/gray/orange/green). 2. Innerducts in all bends shall not cut through when subjected to a 1/4" polyprolene rope pulled at 100 ft/min at 450 lb. tension for 100 minutes tested in accordance with Bellcore TR-TSY-000356 procedures. 3. A non-cemented spacer system shall hold the 4-cell innerducts in a square configuration and 3-cell innerducts in a triangular configuration. D. Innerduct Performance Requirements Min. stiffness lb/in/in at 122˚ F Air burst pressure rating COF requirements TSY-356 Cut-through testing TSY-356 (in bends) 4-way 3-way 170 200 PSI Pass .06 - .09 Pass 100 min. 140 200 PSI Pass .06 - .09 Pass 100 min. w w w. c a r l o n . c o m 257 Multi-Gard® Performance Specifications 2.03 BENDS AND ACCESSORIES A. Bends Type C Fixed bend radius available Flexible bend 10' 1/2" PVC Type 40 Type 80 SW Fiberglass HW BR GRC EMT 4' 4' 4' 4' 3' 3', 4', 6', 9' 3', 4', 6', 9' 3', 4', 6', 9' length Flexible bend 16' length Steel 4' x 90˚ 4' x 90˚ 4' x 90˚ Use GRC Use GRC Use GRC 4' x 90˚ (12') Use GRC 9' x 90˚ 9' x 90˚ 9' x 90˚ Use GRC Use GRC Use GRC 4' x 90˚ (12') Use GRC B. Accessories 1. Slip couplings to allow male/male connections. 2. Termination kits for vaults, handholes, enclosures, pass-through and jet-through applications. 3. Repair kits for future repair of empty or occupied duct. 4. Drop kits for future dropping of empty or occupied duct. 5. Line blowing kits with missiles. 6. 1700 lb. Slick braid rope, 1130 lb. poly rope, twisted blow line, and 1250 lb. polyester woven tape. Part 3 General 3.01 DELIVERY, STORAGE, HANDLING A. All materials shall be furnished by same manufacturer. B. Local personal field support shall be available. C. Product application assistance shall be provided by manufacturer as needed. D. All flexible bends must be shipped in protective shipping containers. E. Manufacturer shall supply installation instructions. Feature Multi-Gard Pre-lubricated PVC Innerducts Yes Assembles without lubricant Yes Type C, Type 40, Type 80 Yes Fiberglass in .070, .090, .250 Yes EMT for Inside Building Yes Galvanized Steel with Reverse Spin Coupling/ PVC Coated Galvanized Yes Flexible Sweeps capable of 4' bend radius Yes Engineering Assistance Yes Local Training and Assistance Yes 20 Foot Lay Lengths Yes Local Stock Yes U.L. Listed Yes Recommended for Boring Yes Watertight Yes Holds 120 PSI for Jetting Yes No Solvent Cement Required Yes (Except in Boring and Jetting Applications) Pulling Planner for Pull Point location Yes Drawings on Disk Yes Multi-Gard® Gards Your Networks! 258 w w w. c a r l o n . c o m Multi-Gard® Cost Comparison Chart Multi-Gard Saves You Money! Multi-Gard® vs. Conduit and Pulled Innerduct Cost Comparison 800' 1500' 1500' 1500' Cost of Raceway and Pulling 3 x 1.25" Innerducts Material Qty. 4" Conduit Type C 90˚ x 48" Pull Boxes Terminators Plugs Pulling Eyes 5,300' 2 5 8 24 3 Pulling Harness Innerduct Lubricant Cement Reel Disposal 1 16,000 16,000 10 qt. 3 Mid. Assist. Equip. Total Labor .75 per ft. 15.00 each 300.00 each 25.00 each 2.00 each 60.00 each 3975 30 1500 200 48 180 same for both same for both 50.00 /ea. same for both same for both 10.00 ea. 60.00 each .30 per ft. .02 per ft. 4.00 qt. 25.00 each 60 4800 320 40 75 10.00 ea. 16,000' x .25 /ft. 2.00 per 100 ft. 5,300 20' = 265 x .25 /ea. 10.00 /ea. 10 4000 320 66 30 5,300 x 530 5236 Cost 2 x 8 hrs. 100.00 hr. 800 12028 Cost Total 250 30 .10 /ft. 17264 * Carlon can also help determine handhole/manhole placement with Pull-Gard™ cable pulling software. Call 1-800-322-7566. 800' 4500' PASS-THROUGH Cost of Multi-Gard with 3 x 1.5" Innerducts or 4 x 1.19" Innerducts Pre-installed Material Qty. Cost Total Labor Multi-Gard® Type C 90 x 48" 5,300 2 2.50 per ft. 75.00 each 13250 150 same Pull Boxes Term. w/ Plugs Term. Pass Thru Pre-Lubricant Mid. Assist. Equip. 3 2 4 300.00 each 35.00 each 60.00 each Included Not Required 900 70 240 N/C N/C 14610 Cost Total 50 /ea. 150 -0.10 /ft. -0530 680 same same 5300 x 15290 Additional Benefits of Using Multi-Gard: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Eliminates the need to place innerducts into an empty conduit. Multi-Gard contains factory installed innerducts. Multi-Gard factory pre-installed PVC innerducts provide a straight path for the placement of cable. Reduced installation cost. The cost of installing innerducts is eliminated and innerduct waste is eliminated. Multi-Gard prelubrication formula provides the lowest coefficient of friction available. The Multi-Gard gasketed coupler system eliminates cementing sections except when boring or jetting. Multi-Gard patented fixed bends and flexible bends incorporate “cut-through” resistant innerducts. Pre-installed engineered plastic innerducts prevent pull lines from cutting into the innerduct sidewall when pulling around bends. Bends 7. 8. 9. 10. containing HDPE or PVC innerducts do not have the same resistance to cut-through. Open the trench just once. Multi-Gard allows customers additional cells to upgrade their Telecom Network System. Multi-Gard factory installed innerducts allow more innerducts to be placed inside the 4" conduit (4 x 1.19" and 3 x 1.50"). When placing innerducts you are limited to (3 x 1.25" or 2 x 1.5") on many systems. Multi-Gard factory installed innerducts avoid the risk of “neckdown”. Neck-down occurs when innerducts are pulled past their tensile strength, causing the plastic to stretch out. All material arrives on the job site at the same time! Crews can begin assembly without waiting for additional material to deliver. After installing Multi-Gard there are no empty reels to return or dispose. w w w. c a r l o n . c o m 259 And The Winner Is... Multi-Gard® Multi-Cell Conduit System A major telephone company sponsored a competition to compare and evaluate the two leading multi-cell conduit systems currently available in the communications industry. Under the supervision of the telephone company, an independent contractor was hired to install the two multi-cell conduit systems meeting standard installation requirements. Additionally, a consultant was retained by the telephone company to monitor the test pulls and prepare a product evaluation for each multi-cell conduit system. The following information was compiled from the consultant’s report. Values stated were derived from actual field measurements or calculated from field measurements. Carlon’s multi-cell conduit system, Multi-Gard®, offered smooth wall PVC innerducts with factory applied silicone lining. The competitor’s multi-cell conduit system offered a longitudinal ribbed polyethylene, silicone lined innerduct product. The installation layout selected for the trial consisted of a 4,900-foot section that included numerous horizontal and vertical directional changes, eight manholes, and a road bore. Additionally, record-breaking rainfall made the competition even more intense. The cable selected for the trial consisted of a six pair, copper cable with a low density polyethylene jacket. This particular cable was selected because it is approximately the same weight and diameter as many fiber-optic cables. The low density polyethylene jacket placed the evaluation under the worst possible coefficient of friction conditions. Carlon’s Multi-Gard system successfully completed the trial pull with the test cable. The competitor’s system could not. A 1/4" composite rope (braided polyethylene over braided polyester) was blown into the innerduct of Carlon’s Multi-Gard. The force required to pull the rope through the 4,900 feet was 27 pounds. This force was measured after the rope rested in the flooded innerduct for more than 10 hours. The test cable required a maximum pull force of 440 pounds to complete the 4,900 feet trial. At 4,173 feet into the pull, the cable jacket yielded and the pull came to a stop. The basket grip was re-installed on the cable and only 267 pounds of force was required to start the cable moving. Using the values measured and the tension forecasting software provided by the consultant, the coefficient of friction was calculated as follows: Pull Rope .09 Test Cable .18 Cable B .13 Just One More Example Of How You Can’t Beat The System! 260 w w w. c a r l o n . c o m Carlon Intra-Gard Multi-Cell Raceway ® ® ® 4-Way Intra-Gard 6-Way Intra-Gard Hybrid Intra-Gard Accessories ® ® w w w. c a r l o n . c o m 261 4-Way, 6-Way & Hybrid Intra-Gard® Carlon® Intra-Gard® is a multi-cell raceway system used in direct bury and concrete encased applications. IntraGard ducts are pre-lubricated, eliminating the need for field applied lubricants and reducing the coefficient of friction, thus allowing for longer cable pulls. Intra-Gard is available in Type C and Schedule 40 wall types and is manufactured with extended length bell ends to facilitate assembly and ensure joint integrity. Factory installed spacers provide proper spacing and alignment throughout the system. And for precise 20' lay lengths, Intra-Gard is supplied in 20'3" sticks. Features: • Pre-lubricated ducts – reduces coefficient of friction, thus allowing longer cable pulls • Meets Bellcore GR356-CORE coefficient of friction requirements Calculated using MDPE F/O cable (Wgt.= .11 lbs./ft.) • Schedule 40 and Type C wall types Applications • Factory installed spacers • Multiple color configurations available for easy duct identification • Extended length bell ends available on request • Standard colors – white and grey Schedule 40 Type C • Direct bury • Concrete encased • Concrete encased • Direct bury Standard - Two Color 4-Way Intra-Gard Maximum Minimum O.D. I.D. Wall Thickness Min. Max. Wall type Part Number Color Schedule 40 I 4SFG-020 1 White, 3 Grey 1.67 1.34 .13 .15 Schedule 40 I 4SFGG-020 1 White, 3 Green 1.67 1.34 .13 .15 Type C I 4SXG-020 1 White, 3 Grey 1.67 1.46 .08 .10 11/2" Schedule 40 I 41540-020 1 White, 3 Grey 1.91 1.57 .15 .17 Type C I 415C-020 1 White, 3 Grey 1.90 1.66 .10 .12 2" Schedule 40 I 42240-020 1 White, 3 Grey 2.38 2.02 .15 .17 Type C I 422C-020 1 White, 3 Grey 2.38 2.16 .08 .11 11/4" Multi-Color Options Wall type Color Max. O.D. Min. I.D. 1.67 1.34 Wall Thickness Min. Max. .13 .15 Schedule 40 I 4SFGB-020 Grey, White, Red & Orange Schedule 40 I 4SFGA-020 Orange, Green, Blue & Yellow 1.67 1.34 .13 .15 Schedule 40 I 4SFG6-020 Green, Yellow, Red & Black 1.67 1.34 .13 .15 Schedule 40 I 4SFG4-020 Grey, White, Green & Orange 1.67 1.34 .13 .15 Schedule 40 I 4SFG5-020 Grey, White, Blue & Orange 1.67 1.34 .13 .15 11/2" Schedule 40 I 41540MC-020 Grey, White, Blue & Orange 1.91 1.57 .15 .17 Type C I 415CMC-020 Grey, White, Blue & Orange 1.90 1.66 .10 .12 2" Schedule 40 I 42240MC-020 Grey, White, Blue & Orange 2.38 2.02 .15 .17 Type C I 422CMC-020 2.38 2.16 .08 .11 11/4" 262 Part Number Grey, White, Blue & Orange w w w. c a r l o n . c o m 4-Way, 6-Way & Hybrid Intra-Gard® 6-Way Intra-Gard Standard - Two Color 11/4" 2" Maximum Minimum O.D. I.D. Wall Thickness Min. Max. Wall type Part Number Color Schedule 40 I 6SFG-020 1 White, 5 Grey 1.67 1.34 .13 .15 Type C I 6SXG-020 1 White, 5 Grey 1.67 1.46 .08 .10 Schedule 40 I 62240-020 1 White, 5 Grey 2.38 2.02 .15 .17 Type C I 622C-020 1 White, 5 Grey 2.38 2.16 .08 .11 4-Way Hybrid 2" & 11/4" Multi-Color Options Standard - Two Color Wall type Part Number Color Wall type Part Number Color Schedule 40 I41240-020 1 White, 3 Grey Schedule 40 I41240MC-020 Grey, White, Blue & Orange Type C Type C Grey, White, Blue & Orange I412C-020 1 White, 3 Grey I412CMC-020 Specifications Wall Type Max. O.D. Min. I.D. Wall Thickness Min. Max. 11/4" Schedule 40 1.67 1.34 .13 .15 Type C 1.67 1.46 .08 .10 2" Schedule 40 2.38 2.02 .15 .17 Type C 2.38 2.16 .08 .11 Shipping Quantities Type All products within the Intra-Gard® system are supplied with protective dust caps, ensuring system reliability for current and future cable installations. Pallet Qty. Truck Load 4-way 11/4" 1,200 ft. 14,400 ft. 4-way 11/2" 1,200 ft. 14,400 ft. 1,200 ft. 14,400 ft. 4-way 2" 6-way 11/4" 6-way 2" 4-way Hybrid 2" x 11/4" 720 ft. 8640 ft. 720 ft. 8640 ft. 1,200 ft. 14,400 ft. Unloading When unloading Intra-Gard from the delivery truck, mechanical equipment should be used. If possible, distribute the Intra-Gard along the route of the trench site as it is unloaded. w w w. c a r l o n . c o m 263 Intra-Gard® Accessories Fixed Elbows Intra-Gard® elbows are available in 3' and 4' radii and 11 1/4°, 221/2°, 45° and 90° angles of curvature. They are manufactured with system compatible bell and spigot ends, are pre-lubricated, grey in color, and shipped with dust caps. 4-Way - 11/4" 6-Way - 11/4" Wall Type Part No. Angle Radius Length Schedule 40 Schedule 40 Schedule 40 Schedule 40 Schedule 40 Schedule 40 Schedule 40 Schedule 40 Type C Type C Type C Type C Type C Type C Type C Type C I F9HG4 I F9FG4 I F7HG4 I F7FG4 I F5HG4 I F5FG4 I F3HG4 I F3FG4 I X9HG4 I X9FG4 I X7HG4 I X7FG4 I X5HG4 I X5FG4 I X3HG4 I X3FG4 90° 90° 45° 45° 221/2° 221/2° 111/4° 111/4° 90° 90° 45° 45° 221/2° 221/2° 111/4° 111/4° 48" 36" 48" 36" 48" 36" 48" 36" 48" 36" 48" 36" 48" 36" 48" 36" 81" 81" 43" 43" 26" 26" 15" 15" 81" 81" 43" 43" 26" 26" 15" 15" Wall Type Part No. Angle Radius Length Schedule 40 Schedule 40 Schedule 40 Schedule 40 Schedule 40 Schedule 40 Schedule 40 Schedule 40 Type C Type C Type C Type C Type C Type C Type C Type C I F9HG6 I F9FG6 I F7HG6 I F7FG6 I F5HG6 I F5FG6 I F3HG6 I F3FG6 I X9HG6 I X9FG6 I X7HG6 I X7FG6 I X5HG6 I X5FG6 I X3HG6 I X3FG6 90° 90° 45° 45° 221/2° 221/2° 111/4° 111/4° 90° 90° 45° 45° 221/2° 221/2° 111/4° 111/4° 48" 36" 48" 36" 48" 36" 48" 36" 48" 36" 48" 36" 48" 36" 48" 36" 81" 81" 43" 43" 26" 26" 15" 15" 81" 81" 43" 43" 26" 26" 15" 15" Hybrid – 2" & 1 1/4" Wall Type Part No. Angle Radius Length Schedule 40 I 4129040 90° 36" 39" Schedule 40 I 4124540 45° 36" 67" Hybrid 4-Way Part No. Nom. Size Part No. 11/4" I 4 I SG 2" & 11/4" I 4H I SG 11/2" I 4 I SG15 2" I 4 I SH Nom. Size 264 w w w. c a r l o n . c o m Intra-Gard® Accessories End Bell Terminator Ring Manhole Terminator or Handhole Entrance At the manhole or handhole entrance, the ideal termination procedure is to use commercially available industry standard Type C duct end bell (4.35") precast into the manhole or handhole wall. To properly seal the Intra-Gard® at its termination points, Intra-Gard manhole terminator rings are available as a 1" thick disk designed to properly space the innerducts and fit into a 4.35" O.D. (Part #IRS4 .) 1. Start by removing the protective caps from the male ends of the pipes and then align the ducts with the Intra-Gard terminator spacer ring and insert spigot ends through holes provided. 2. Insert prepared male end into the precast terminator. The terminator should be solvent cemented into the precast terminator or sealed around outside of the entrance as required by the job specifications. 3. Duct plugs should be used (MAEPG3) after installation on empty ducts to avoid water and dust infiltration. Terminator Ring Part No. Description I RS4 4-Way 11/4" Terminator Ring * Manhole terminator sold separately Other Type Entrances 1. Where a knockout is used, the procedure starts with inserting the male end of the section of pipe four inches past the inside wall of the manhole or handhole. Remove the protective caps from the ends of the pipe, insert terminator and align the ducts with Intra-Gard terminator ring. Seal around entrance as required by the job specifications. 2. A pass through terminator may be secured into wall of manhole or handhole either directly into precast terminator or grout in place if knockout is used. Upon completion of conduit placement, install ducts to traverse manhole/handhole by cutting to length, inserting into one side of handhole, and raising or bowing center of duct span to insert in the pass through terminator on the other side. 3. Pass through application may be accomplished by installing a long line coupling (E600G) onto each duct entering the vault. Couplings should then be solvent cemented onto each remaining duct of Intra-Gard. w w w. c a r l o n . c o m 265 Intra-Gard® Installation Installation Instructions When handling Intra-Gard®, care must be taken to avoid striking the ends against hard surfaces. This can cause damage from impact or crushing of the end of the conduit. Assembly In Trench 1. In the trench, set the first layer of ducts by inserting the male ends into the female ends on the sections previously placed. Remove the protective caps as the sections of pipe are about to be joined together, and make sure the matching colors are aligned. 2. 3. 266 A thin coating of Carlon Quick Set Cement should be applied to the inside surface of the sockets lightly enough to prevent the formation of a bead of cement at the interior shoulder of the sockets. Then, apply in the same manner to the spigot ends of the conduits to the depth of the socket. Immediately after applying the coat of cement to the conduit, insert the spigot ends into the sockets. w w w. c a r l o n . c o m Duct Proofing Use appropriate seal-off kit (Reference pg. 9 for Line Blowing Kits). For maximum line blowing potential, use air compressor at 175 CFM (125 PSI Max.) 1. Slide pull line through opening in threaded nozzle end of seal-off. Attach blowing missile to pull line. 2. Insert blowing missile into individual duct and insert threaded end of seal-off into duct to assure minimal air loss. 3. Attach seal-off to air compressor with air release lever in off position. Hold seal off firmly in hands. 4. Open lever quickly making sure slight tension is on to prevent pull line from packing. CAUTION SHOULD BE EXERCISED AT THE EXIT POINT FOR MISSILE TO AVOID INJURY. Blow pull line in all ducts to ensure no blockages are present. Intra-Gard® Field Cuts Field Cuts Joining a Male/Female Connection 1. The pipes should be laid side by side and the male end marked at the base of the bell on the female end. 2. Make a straight through cut on the male end using a standard carpenter’s saw. Deburr the ends of the cut pipe. Joining Two Male Ends 3. Apply Carlon Quick Set Cement in a thin uniform coating to the inside surface of the sockets and raise both ends and align the ducts on the male ends to the bells on the female end. 4. Once the ducts are aligned with their sockets, lower both of the pipes. The ducts will be automatically returned to their original position as the joints are forced together. 1. The pipes should be laid side by side, marked and flush cut to butt up against each other. Deburr the ends of the cut pipe and install a spare spacer if needed, and use standard couplings. 2. Place each individual coupling onto ducts using Carlon Quick Set Cement. 3. Lift sections to align each coupling with other ducts. 4. Lower both sections to a level position. ® Repairing Intra-Gard Once Installed Repairing Intra-Gard Housing a Cable 1. Carefully cut out the damaged section of the Intra-Gard. 2. Where cable is installed, slide the split couplings onto Repair sections may use a standard 20' length of lntra-Gard with sockets and cut to length. Repairing Damaged Intra-Gard That Is Vacant 1. Cut out damaged section making a flush cut on both sides and deburr all pipes. 2. Measure damaged section and new section wIth a socket and measure from base of socket and cut flush. Intra-Gard couplings are installed onto the individual ducts of the section in the ground. 3. Install new section in trench by first applying Carlon Quick Set Cement and pushing sockets onto either spigot ends. 4. Line up ducts with couplings and raise or bow center of duct span, apply cement and slip ducts into couplings. 3. 4. 5. each individual duct, fitting the cable into the grooved coupling passage. Repeat the process on the other side. Carefully insert the cable into the split duct. Push the split duct into the split coupling at both ends. Wrap all slit areas with sealing tape or shrink wrap, etc. as recommended by specifier to seal out water. Install stop coupling onto other vacant ducts with Carlon Quick Set Cement and install the ducts into the other openings of the couplings with cement. Ensure the duct system is straight and even before encasing in soil. w w w. c a r l o n . c o m 267 Carlon Intra-Gard Quote Request ® Date: ® Needed By: Destination: Customer: Account Number: Rep Agency: Market: Total Quantity Feet: Power Telecommunication Target Price: Competitors Price: Quoted Price: Quoted Terms: Freight Terms: Valid Until: Quoted By: 4-Way Intra-Gard Standard - Two Color 11/4" 11/2" 2" 6-Way Intra-Gard Multi-Color Options Qty. Wall type Standard - Two Color Wall type Part No. Schedule 40 I4SFG-020 Schedule 40 I4SFGG-020 Type C I4SXG-020 Schedule 40 I4SFG6-020 Schedule 40 I41540-020 Schedule 40 I4SFG4-020 Type C I415C-020 Schedule 40 I4SFG5-020 Schedule 40 I42240-020 Type C I422C-020 11/4" Qty. Schedule 40 I4SFGB-020 Schedule 40 I4SFGA-020 11/2" Schedule 40 Type C 2" Part No. 90° IF9HG4 Qty. Type C Part No. 48" IX9HG4 Angle 90° 90° 48" IX9HG6 90° 48" 90° 36" IX9FG6 90° 36" IF7HG6 45° 48" IX7HG6 45° 48" IF7FG6 45° 45° IX9FG4 90° 36" IX7HG4 45° 48" 36" IX7FG6 IX5HG6 221/2° 48" 221/2° 36" IX5FG6 221/2° 36" 36" IF3HG6 111/4° 48" IX3HG6 111/4° 48" 111/4° 36" 111/4° 36" 45° 36" IX7FG4 45° 36" 221/2° 48" IX5HG4 221/2° 48" 48" 36" IX3HG4 111/4° 48" IX3FG4 111/4° 36" Pull Line Part No. Standard - Two Color Wall type Part No. I41240-020 Type C I412C-020 IF3FG6 IX3FG6 36" Accessories 4-Way Hybrid 2" & 11/4" Intra-Gard Schedule 40 221/2° IF5FG6 Qty. 48" 48" IF7FG4 IX5FG4 Qty. IF5HG6 221/2° IF5HG4 36" Part No. Angle Radius IF9FG6 36" IF3FG4 Type C Qty. IF9HG6 Radius 48" 111/4° I622C-020 Part No. Angle Radius 90° 111/4° I62240-020 Type C Fixed Elbows - 6 Way 11/4" 45° IF3HG4 2" I422CMC-020 IF9FG4 221/2° I6SXG-020 Schedule 40 I415CMC-020 IF7HG4 IF5FG4 Type C Qty. Schedule 40 I42240MC-020 Type C Radius 11/4" Schedule 40 Schedule 40 Angle Part No. I6SFG-020 I41540MC-020 Fixed Elbows - 4 Way 11/4" Part No. Wall type Schedule 40 Line Blowing Accessories Plugs Qty. Part No. Qty. Part No. Qty. Qty. Multi-Color Options Wall type Part No. Schedule 40 I41240MC-020 Type C I412CMC-020 Qty. Warning Tape Spacers Part No. Qty. Part No. Cutters Qty. Part No. Qty. Fixed Elbows - Hybrid 2" & 11/4" Wall type Part No. Schedule 40 I4129040 Angle Radius 90° 36" Schedule 40 I4124540 45° 36" Qty. NOTE: Please fill in desired part number and quantities. Fax completed Quote Request to your Local Carlon Representative. Visit www.carlon.com to locate a Carlon Representative. 268 w w w. c a r l o n . c o m Carlon High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) Conduit ® Telecommunication, Electrical, and Power Utility Solutions: Smooth Wall Ribbed Wall UL Listed Micro-Gard™ Mini-Duct Aerial Aerial Figure 8 Corrugated Toneable Accessories MEMBER Plastics Pipe Institute (PPI) www.plasticpipe.org w w w. c a r l o n . c o m 269 Smoothwall HDPE Conduit Smoothwall HDPE is a nonmetallic flexible raceway manufactured from High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) for use in underground and innerduct applications. Applications: Underground (direct bury), or placed inside existing duct (innerduct) Smoothwall offers superior protection, increases pathways of existing duct systems, allows extra channels for future cabling needs, and is ideal for jetting cable. Available in a wide range of sizes, colors, and options, Carlon HDPE is the only cable management system you need. Installation methods: Plowing, open/continuous trench, directional boring or pulled through existing conduits. Smooth Interior Wall Smoothwall is ideal for jetting cable Smoothwall Options • Sizes 1/2" - 16" • Multiple colors and stripes • Factory installed pull lines • Sequentially marked footage • Up to four colors of equal lengths paralleled or segmented on one reel • Pre-lubricated option • Toneable Duct – copper conductor within the wall of duct. Used to locate buried conduit. (see page 274) Directional Boring Open Trench Reference Plastics Pipe Institute PE Pipe Handbook for installation and engineering recommendations. (www.plasticpipe.org) 270 w w w. c a r l o n . c o m Solidwall HDPE Conduit Custom Orders Orders are not returnable * Custom lengths are available in minimum order quantities specified on page 294 Custom * How to Build a Part Number: Product Size Type Wall Options A = HDPE 2 = 1/2" 3 = 3/4" 5 = 1" 6 = 1-1/4" 9 = 1-1/2" 13 = 2" 14 = 2-1/2" 15 = 3" 16 = 4" 17 = 4.75" 18 = 5" 22 = 6" 23 = 7" 24 = 8" 25 = 10" 26 = 12" 27 = 14" 28 = 16" C = Smooth/Smooth 4 = SCH 40 N = None D = Lube Duct 5 = SCH 80 6 = SDR 11 9 = SDR 13.5 13 = SDR 15.5 14 = SDR 17 16 = SDR 21 22 = SDR 7 24 = SDR 9 26 = SIDR 11.5 27 = SIDR 11.5 True 29 = SIDR 15 34 = SIDR 7 36 = SIDR 9 37 = SIDR 9 True 42 = TC-7A 45 = True 11 46 = True 9 Splits Color Stripes Tape 1 = 1 Way Single 2 = 2 Way Segmented 3 = 3 Way Segmented 4 = 4 Way Segmented 5 = 2 Way Parallel 6 = 3 Way Parallel 7 = 4 Way Parallel 12 = 2 Way Compart 13 = 3 Way Compart 14 = 4 Way Compart A = Black B = Blue C = Brown D = Buff E = Grey F = Green G = Lilac H = Lt. Green J = Orange K = Red L = Terra Cotta M = White N = Yellow NN = None 3A = Black Stripes 3B = Blue Stripes 3C = Brown Stripes 3D = Buff Stripes 3E = Grey Stripes 3F = Green Stripes 3G = Lilac Stripes 3H = Lt. Green Stripes 3J = Orange Stripes 3K = Red Stripes 3L = Terra Cotta Stripes 3M = White Stripes 3N = Yellow Stripes A = Empty 1500 B = 1130 lbs. Polyester Tape (Equals 1500 Feet) C = 1250 lbs. Polyester Tape D = 1500 lbs. Polyester Tape E = 1800 lbs. Polyester Tape G = 200 lbs. Polyester Tape J = 2500 lbs. Polyester Tape K = 400 lbs. Detect. Polyester Tape T = 1250 lbs. Poly Metric Tape V = 1250 lbs. Detectable 22G Poly Tape Standard Length – Reels and Coils 1" 11/4" 11/2" Length Standard Length – Reels and Coils Color Part No. Type Wall Pull Tape Polyester Woven Reel Size Reel Length (ft.) Wt./Ea. (lbs.) Color Part No. Type Wall Pull Tape Polyester Woven Reel Size Reel Length (ft.) Wt./Ea. (lbs.) Orange A5C6N1JNNA7000 S/S SDR 11 Empty 72x45x24 7000 1517 Orange A13C4N1JNNC2500 S/S Sch 40 1250 lb. 82x45x40 2500 1410 Orange A5C6N1JNNB7000 S/S SDR 11 1130 lb. 72x45x24 7000 1576 Grey A13C6N1ENNA4000 S/S SDR 11 Empty 96x45x32 4000 2747 Orange A5C9N1JNNB250 S/S SDR 13.5 1130 lb. Coil 250 42 Black A13C6N1ANNA4000 S/S SDR 11 Empty 96x45x32 4000 2747 Orange A5C9N1JNNB500 S/S SDR 13.5 1130 lb. Coil 500 84 Orange A13C6N1JNNA4000 S/S SDR 11 Empty 96x45x32 4000 2747 Orange A5C9N1JNNB1800 S/S SDR 13.5 1130 lb. 48x30x24 1800 382 Black 3 RD A13C9N1A3KA4000 S/S SDR 13.5 Empty 96x45x32 4000 2319 Orange A5C9N1JNNA7000 S/S SDR 13.5 Empty 72x45x24 7000 1278 Black A13C9N1ANNA4000 S/S SDR 13.5 Empty 96x45x32 4000 2319 Orange A5C9N1JNNB7000 S/S SDR 13.5 1130 lb. 72x45x24 7000 1337 Orange A13C9N1JNNA4000 S/S SDR 13.5 Empty 96x45x32 4000 2319 Orange A6C6N1JNNA5000 S/S SDR 11 Empty 82x45x30 5000 1742 Black A15C9N1ANNA1000 S/S SDR 13.5 Empty 96x45x68 1000 1364 Orange A6C6N1JNNB5000 S/S SDR 11 1130 lb. 82x45x30 5000 1784 Orange A15C9N1JNNA1000 S/S SDR 13.5 Empty 96x45x68 1000 1364 Orange A6C9N1JNNB250 S/S SDR 13.5 1130 lb. Coil 250 66 Black A16C6N1ANNA766 S/S SDR 11 Empty 102x45x68 766 2022 Orange A6C9N1JNNB500 S/S SDR 13.5 1130 lb. Coil 500 132 Orange A16C6N1JNNA766 S/S SDR 11 Empty 102x45x68 766 2022 Orange A6C9N1JNNC2500 S/S SDR 13.5 1250 lb. 66x45x30 2500 793 Black A16C9N1ANNA766 S/S SDR 13.5 Empty 102x45x68 766 1727 Orange A6C9N1JNNA5000 S/S SDR 13.5 Empty 82x45x30 5000 1481 Orange A16C9N1JNNA766 S/S SDR 13.5 Empty 102x45x68 766 1727 2" 3" 4" Orange A6C9N1JNNB5000 S/S SDR 13.5 1130 lb. 82x45x30 5000 1523 Orange A16C26N1JNNC700 S/S SIDR 11.5 1250 lb. 102x45x68 700 1746 Orange A6C9N1JNNA8000 S/S SDR 13.5 Empty 96x45x32 8000 2271 Grey A17C9N1ENNA700 S/S SDR 13.5 Empty 102x45x68 700 2171 Orange A6C9N1JNNB8000 S/S SDR 13.5 1130 lb. 96x45x32 8000 2338 Orange A17C9N1JNNA700 S/S SDR 13.5 Empty 102x45x68 700 2171 Orange A9C6N1JNNA5000 S/S SDR 11 Empty 96x45x32 5000 2246 Grey A18C9N1ENNA480 S/S SDR 13.5 Empty 114x45x85 480 1842 Orange A9C9N1JNNA5000 S/S SDR 13.5 Empty 96x45x32 5000 1904 Black A18C9N1ANNA480 S/S SDR 13.5 Empty 114x45x85 480 1842 Orange A9C9N1JNNB5000 S/S SDR 13.5 1130 lb. 96x45x32 5000 1946 Grey A22C9N1ENNA450 S/S SDR 13.5 Empty 120x45x85 450 2296 Black A22C6N1ANNA450 S/S SDR 11 Empty 120x45x85 450 2669 Black A22C9N1ANNA450 S/S SDR 13.5 Empty 120x45x85 450 2296 4 3/4" 5" 6" w w w. c a r l o n . c o m 271 ID Ribbed Wall HDPE Conduit ID Ribbed Wall HDPE is a nonmetallic flexible raceway manufactured from High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) for use in underground and innerduct applications. Applications: Underground (direct bury), or placed inside existing duct (innerduct) Ribbed Wall offers superior protection, increases pathways of existing duct systems, allowing extra channels for future cabling needs. Available in a wide range of sizes, colors, and options, Carlon HDPE is the only cable management system you need. Installation methods: Plowing, open/continuous trench, directional boring or pulled through existing conduits. ID Ribbed Interior Wall Ribbed Wall is ideal for pulling or jetting cable. Interior ribs reduce surface contact with cable during installation. Ribbed Wall Options • Sizes 1/2" - 6" • Multiple colors and stripes • Factory installed pull lines • Sequentially marked footage • Up to four colors of equal lengths paralleled or segmented on one reel • Pre-lubricated • Toneable Duct – copper conductor within the wall of duct. Used to locate buried conduit. (see page 274) 272 Directional Boring Open Trench w w w. c a r l o n . c o m ID Ribbed Wall HDPE Conduit Custom Orders Orders are not returnable * Custom Custom lengths are available in minimum order quantities specified on page 294 * How to Build a Part Number: Product Size Type Wall Options Splits Color Stripes Tape Length A = HDPE 2 = 1/2" B = Smooth Out/Ribbed In 4 = SCH 40 N = None 1 = 1 Way Single A = Black NN = None A = Empty 1500 5 = SCH 80 D = Lube Duct 2 = 2 Way Segmented B = Blue 3A = Black Stripes B = 1130 lbs. Polyester Tape (Equals 1500 Feet) 3 = 3/4" 5 = 1" 6 = SDR 11 3 = 3 Way Segmented C = Brown 3B = Blue Stripes C = 1250 lbs. Polyester Tape 6 = 1-1/4" 9 = SDR 13.5 4 = 4 Way Segmented D = Buff 3C = Brown Stripes D = 1500 lbs. Polyester Tape 9 = 1-1/2" 13 = SDR 15.5 5 = 2 Way Parallel E = Grey 3D = Buff Stripes E = 1800 lbs. Polyester Tape 13 = 2" 14 = SDR 17 6 = 3 Way Parallel F = Green 3E = Grey Stripes G = 200 lbs. Polyester Tape 14 = 2-1/2" 16 = SDR 21 7 = 4 Way Parallel G = Lilac 3F = Green Stripes J = 2500 lbs. Polyester Tape 15 = 3" 22 = SDR 7 12 = 2 Way Compart H = Lt. Green 3G = Lilac Stripes K = 400 lbs. Detect Polyester Tape 16 = 4" 24 = SDR 9 13 = 3 Way Compart J = Orange 3H = Lt. Green Stripes T = 1250 lbs. Poly Metric Tape 17 = 4.75" 26 = SIDR 11.5 14 = 4 Way Compart K = Red 3J = Orange Stripes V = 1250 lbs. Detectable 22G Poly Tape 18 = 5" 27 = SIDR 11.5 True L = Terra Cotta 3K = Red Stripes 22 = 6" 29 = SIDR 15 M = White 3L = Terra Cotta Stripes 34 = SIDR 7 N = Yellow 3M = White Stripes 36 = SIDR 9 3N = Yellow Stripes 37 = SIDR 9 True 42 = TC-7A 45 = True 11 46 = True 9 w w w. c a r l o n . c o m 273 Toneable HDPE Conduit Toneable HDPE Duct incorporates a patented design using bare solid copper conductor wire within the duct wall underneath a LDPE or HDPE stripe providing easy access to the conductor wire for grounding and coupling applications. Allows detectability and toning isolation of empty duct structures as well as ducts with dielectric fiber installations using conventional transmission, receiving, and locating equipment. *Patent Pending Application: Underground (direct bury) Installation methods: Plowing, directional boring, or open/continuous trench. Standard metal and nonmetallic coupling methods allow conduit detectability and nonmetallic toneable pressure couplings allow detection/toning isolation of conduit. Complete system of conduit and couplings provides the solution to finding buried occupied or non-occupied conduits. Toneable Options • Industry standard conduit sizes 1/2"– 4" • Solid bare copper tone wire • Use Conventional locating devices • Tone wire easily accessible for coupling and grounding • Standard/compression couplings available (page 292) • Allows isolation tone and/or detection • Suitable for direct bury, bore, trench applications • Single color stripe option Directional Boring Open Trench Reference Plastics Pipe Institute PE Pipe Handbook for installation and engineering recommendations. (www.plasticpipe.org) 274 w w w. c a r l o n . c o m Toneable HDPE Conduit Specifications Conductor Data AWG Resistivity Elongation Minimum Wall Thickness Custom Orders # 18 Solid Bare Copper 6.39 OHMS per 1,000 ft. 10% min. .12 inches #22 Solid Bare Copper 16.2 OHMS per 1,000 ft. 32% min. .14 inches Orders are not returnable * Custom Custom reel lengths are available in minimum order quantities of 25,000 ft. or min. set up charge * How to Build a Part Number: Product Size Type Wall A = HDPE 2 = 1/2" 3 = 3/4" B = Smooth Out/ 4 = SCH 40 Ribbed In 5 = SCH 80 5 = 1" C = Smooth/ Options Splits Stripe (one) Tape Length A = Black B = Blue NN = None 1A = Black Stripe 1500 (Equals 1500 Feet) 6 = SDR 11 3 = 3 Way Segmented C = Brown 1B = Blue Stripe A = Empty B = 1130 lbs. Polyester Tape 9 = SDR 13.5 4 = 4 Way Segmented 5 = 2 Way Parallel D = Buff E = Grey 1C = Brown Stripe 1D = Buff Stripe C = 1250 lbs. Polyester Tape 13 = 2" 14 = 2-1/2" 15 = 3" 6 = 3 Way Parallel 7 = 4 Way Parallel 12 = 2 Way Compart F = Green G = Lilac H = Lt. Green 1E = Grey Stripe 1F = Green Stripe 1G = Lilac Stripe D = 1500 lbs. Polyester Tape E = 1800 lbs. 16 = 4" 13 = 3 Way Compart 14 = 4 Way Compart J = Orange K = Red L = Terra Cotta M = White N = Yellow 1H = Lt. Green Stripe 1J = Orange Stripe 1K = Red Stripe 1L = Terra Cotta Stripe 1M = White Stripe 1N = Yellow Stripe Polyester Tape G = 200 lbs. Polyester Tape J = 2500 lbs. Polyester Tape T = 1250 lbs. Poly Metric Tape 6 = 1-1/4" 9 = 1-1/2" Smooth J = Toneable/18G 1 = 1 Way Single G = Toneable/22G 2 = 2 Way Segmented Color w w w. c a r l o n . c o m 275 Cable In Duct HDPE Conduit Features Assembly Upon Request • Cables preinstalled in HDPE - eliminating the need to pull cables. • Standard wall thicknesses of TC7 Type A, TC7 Type B (SDR 13.5), Schedule 40 and Schedule 80 • UL Listed duct assembly (upon request) • Manufactured in accordance to NEC Articles 352 and 354. • Conduit sequentially marked • Prelubricated during assembly process • Conforms to electrical industry specifications Specifications 1.0 General 2.0 Material Carlon HDPE Power Cable In Duct is manufactured to the following various industry standards and specifications for dimensional requirements. ASTM F 2160 Solid Wall High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) Conduit Based on Controlled Outside Diameter (OD). ASTM D 3485 Standard specification for Smoothwall Coilable Polyethylene (PE) Conduit (duct) for preassembled wire and cable. ASTM D 3035 Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe (SDR) Based on Controlled Outside Diameter. NEMA TC-7 Smooth Wall Coilable Polyethylene Electrical Plastic Conduit. UL 651B Continuous length HDPE Carlon duct is manufactured from a suitable thermoplastic polymer conforming to the minimum standard of PE334470E/C as defined in ASTM D3350. (see table 1) Carlon® High Density Polyethylene duct is manufactured in the following configuration: Smoothwall – Smooth Interior and Smooth Exterior wall. 3.0 Product Description Polyethylene duct extruded as coilable tubing for use as a single or multiple raceway assembly. The conduit assembly may be direct buried, encased in concrete and used as innerducts. Table 1 – Resin Properties The resin properties shall meet or exceed the values listed below for HDPE. ASTM Test Description D-1505 D-1238 D-790 D-638 D-1693 D-746 Density g/CM 3 Melt Index, g/10 min Condition E Flexural Modulus, MPa (PSI) Tensile strength at yield (psi) Environmental Stress Crack Resistance Condition B,F10 Brittleness Temperature Values HDPE TC7 Type A Nom. Size 1" Nom. OD .941 - .955 .05 - .50 80,000 min. 3000 min. 96 hrs. min. -75˚C Schedule 40 Nom. ID Min. Wall Conduit Wt/ 100 Ft. Max Cable Diameter* 1 2 3 4 Nom. Size Nom. OD Nom. ID Min. Wall Conduit Wt/ 100 Ft. Max Cable Diameter* 1 2 3 4 1.315 1.165 .075 12.64 0.842 0.456 0.422 0.366 1" 1-1/4" 1.660 1.460 .100 21.19 1.057 0.572 0.530 0.459 1-1/4" 1.660 1.380 .140 29.31 0.990 0.535 0.497 0.430 1-1/2" 1.900 1.670 .115 27.89 1.210 0.654 0.607 0.526 1-1/2" 1.900 1.610 .145 35.00 1.158 0.626 0.581 0.503 2" 1.315 1.049 .133 21.68 0.749 0.405 0.376 0.325 2.375 2.085 .145 43.93 1.512 0.818 0.758 0.657 2" 2.375 2.067 .154 46.92 1.490 0.806 0.747 0.647 2-1/2" 2.875 2.469 .203 73.69 1.792 0.969 0.899 0.778 2-1/2" 2.875 2.469 .203 74.00 1.783 0.964 0.894 0.774 3" 3.068 .216 96.37 2.228 1.205 1.117 0.968 3" 3.040 .216 97.31 2.213 1.197 1.110 0.961 3.500 Schedule 80 TC7 SDR 13.5 Type B Nom. Size Nom. OD Nom. ID 3.500 Conduit Wt/ Min. Wall 100 Ft. Max Cable Diameter* 1 2 3 4 Nom. Size Conduit Wt/ 100 Ft. Max Cable Diameter* 1 2 3 Nom. OD Nom. ID Min. Wall 1.315 .957 .179 27.66 0.682 0.369 0.342 0.296 4 1.315 1.121 .097 16.05 0.810 0.438 0.406 0.352 1" 1-1/4" 1.660 1.414 .123 25.68 1.024 0.554 0.513 0.445 1-1/4" 1.660 1.278 .191 38.11 0.914 0.494 0.459 0.397 1-1/2" 1.900 1.618 .141 33.70 1.172 0.634 0.588 0.509 1-1/2" 1.900 1.500 .200 46.30 1.075 0.581 0.539 0.467 2" 2.375 2.023 .176 52.58 1.467 0.793 0.736 0.637 2" 2.375 1.939 .218 64.08 1.393 0.753 0.699 0.605 2-1/2" 2.875 2.449 .213 76.41 1.755 0.949 0.880 0.762 2-1/2" 2.875 2.323 .276 97.59 1.668 0.902 0.837 0.724 3" 2.982 .259 114.04 2.158 1.167 1.082 0.937 3" 2.900 .300 130.92 2.085 1.128 1.046 0.906 1" 3.500 3.500 The number of conductors and cables shall not exceed that permitted by the percentage fill specified in Table 1, Chapter 9 of the National Electrical Code. 276 w w w. c a r l o n . c o m Micro-Gard™ Mini-Duct HDPE Conduit RUS Listed Micro-Gard™ mini-ducts are designed to be jetted or pulled into conduit and used in micro-cable installation. Features & Benefits • 10 mm, 12 mm, and 16 mm sizes • Low coefficient of friction for easy jetting or pulling of cable • High tensile strength material allows for longer pulling distances, reducing installation costs • Variety of stripes for identification and paralleling available - makes product easier to install • Sequential footage markings • Pre-installed pull line optional (10 mm ID and larger) • High burst pressure rated material for jetting installation • UV-formulated material for outside storage conditions • System includes: Duct, Couplings, Terminations, Pulling Eyes, Pulling Harness and Cutters Specifications Resin properties shall meet or exceed the values listed below for high density polyethylene (HDPE): Description Density Melt Index Flexural Modulus Tensile Strength at yield (2 in/min) Tensile Strength at break (2 in/min) Environmental Stress Crack Resistance (Condition C) Brittleness Temperature ASTM Test method D4883 D1238 D790 D638 D638 D1693 D746 Typical Values HDPE English Units SI Units – 0.944 g/cc – 12.5 g/10 min. 120,000 psi 827 Mpa 3300 psi 22.8 Mpa 4500 psi 31.0 Mpa >2000 hrs >2000 hrs <-180° F <-118° C Mini-Duct Dimensions Nominal Size O.D. x I.D. mm inch 10 / 8 0.394 x 0.315 12 / 10 0.472 x 0.394 16 / 12 0.630 x 0.472 Outside Diameter Tolerance +/- mm +/- inch 0.1 0.004 0.1 0.004 0.1 0.004 Wall Thickness & Tolerance mm +/- inch 1 +0/-0.1 0.039 +0/-0.004 1 +0/-0.1 0.039 +0/-0.004 2 +0/-0.1 0.078 +0/-0.004 Inside Diameter Minimum mm inch 7.9 0.312 9.9 0.390 11.9 0.470 Standard Weight lbs./100 ft. 1.77 2.08 5.59 Mini-Duct Performance Nominal Size O.D. x I.D. mm inch 10 / 8 0.394 x 0.315 12 / 10 0.472 x 0.394 16 / 12 0.630 x 0.472 Bend Radius Minimum mm inch 200 7.88 240 9.45 320 12.60 Safe Tensile Pull Maximum lbs Newtons 128 569 195 867 371 1650 Sustained Pressure Maximum psi BAR 316 22 388 27 450 31 Burst Pressure Minimum psi BAR 700 48 900 62 1000 68.9 Crush Strength ≤ 4% O.D. lbs kg 200 90 300 136 500 226 Sliding Coefficient of Friction ≤ 0.10 Dimension and Performance Notes: 10 / 8 mm size recommended for jetting. 12 / 10 mm size recommended for jetting or pulling. w w w. c a r l o n . c o m 277 Micro-Gard™ Mini-Duct HDPE Conduit Maximum Number of Mini-Ducts per Conduit & Wall SDR 13.5 RUS Listed SDR 11 Conduit Size 3/4" 1" 1 1/4" 1 1/2" 2" 16 mm 0 1 2 3 5 12 mm 1 2 4 5 9 10 mm 2 4 6 8 13 16 mm 0 1 2 3 5 12 mm 1 2 4 5 9 10 mm 2 3 6 8 13 Schedule 40 Conduit Size 3/4" 1" 1 1/4" 1 1/2" 2" 16 mm 0 1 2 3 4 12 mm 1 2 4 5 8 10 mm 2 3 5 7 11 16 mm 0 1 2 2 4 12 mm 1 1 3 4 8 10 mm 1 2 5 7 12 Schedule 80 Conduit Size 3/4" 1" 1 1 /4" 1 1/2" 2" Conduit Size 3/4" 1" 1 1 /4" 1 1/2" 2" Micro-Gard ™ Part Number Configuration: Product Size Type Wall Options *Splits Color **Stripes Pull Line Length M = Micro-Gard 51 = 10/8 mm 54 = 12/10 mm 58 = 16/12 mm C = Smooth / Smooth 3 = Standard D = Pre-Lubricated 1 = 1 Duct 5 = 2 Ducts 6 = 3 Ducts 7 = 4 Ducts 8 = 5 Ducts A = Black NN = None 3B = Blue 3C = Buff 3E = Gray 3F = Green 3G = Lilac 3J = Orange 3K = Red 3M = White 3N = Yellow A = Empty Z = ***600 lb. Polyester Woven Tape 5000 = 5000 ft. * Paralleled ** Stripes on Black only *** 10 mm ID and larger Packaging Configuration Single Duct: Parallel Duct: One size of mini-duct on a single reel Same size mini-duct, in a mix of 2 to 5 duct configurations, on a single reel. Note: To calculate parallel-duct footage, deduct 3% per duct from the single-duct footage. Micro-Gard™ mini-ducts are shipped on disposable wooden reels: Reel Size: 35" Flange x 32" Outer Width 278 Nominal Size (mm) Part Number Description Single Duct (ft) Single Duct (meter) Total Weight (lbs) 10 / 8 M51C3D1A3J13000 10/8 MM MICRO PE S/S BLK 3 ORG PL 13,000 3,962 285 12 / 10 M54C3D1A3J9000 12/10 MM MICRO PE S/S BLK 3 ORG PL 9,000 2,743 242 16 / 12 M58C3D1A3J5000 16/12 MM MICRO PE S/S BLK 3 ORG PL 5000 1,524 335 w w w. c a r l o n . c o m Micro-Gard™ Mini-Duct HDPE Conduit – Accessories RUS Listed Couplings & End Caps Micro-Gard push-on couplings and end caps allow each end of Micro-Gard to be easily pushed into place. No tools required. Push-on couplings and end caps can be used multiple times while maintaining original performance. Couplings Part No. MPCC10 MPCC12 MPCC16 Description 10 mm O.D. Push-On Coupling 12 mm O.D. Push-On Coupling 16 mm O.D. Push-On Coupling Std. Pkg. Qty. Wt. Ea. (lbs.) 5 0.12 5 0.15 5 0.25 Description 10 mm O.D. Push-On End Cap 12 mm O.D. Push-On End Cap 16 mm O.D. Push-On End Cap Std. Pkg. Qty. Wt. Ea. (lbs.) 5 0.065 5 0.090 5 0.150 End Caps Part No. MPEC10 MPEC12 MPEC16 Plug Caps (Not for pressure seals) Part No. MPPC8 MPPC10 MPPC12 Description 8 mm O.D. Plug Cap 10 mm O.D. Plug Cap 12 mm O.D. Plug Cap Conduit Application Use with 10 mm O.D. Conduit Use with 12 mm O.D. Conduit Use with 16 mm O.D. Conduit Std. Pkg. Qty. Wt. Ea. (lbs.) 5 0.040 5 0.055 5 0.090 All Micro-Gard™ Couplings and End Caps meet or exceed the following performance specifications: Pull-Out Conduit Size 10 / 8 12 / 10 16 / 12 lb 146 139 175 kg 66 63 79 Sustained Pressure PSI BAR 125 8.6 125 8.6 125 8.6 Quick Burst PSI BAR 175 12 175 12 175 12 Cutters & Pulling Devices Duct Cutters • Nylon handles and high grade steel blade allow single or multiple cuts with simple squeeze and rotate method for 10 - 16 mm sizes. • All fittings are designed to reduce risk of restriction at coupling or termination point. Part No. CC120B Description Duct Cutter – 10mm to 16mm diameter Std. Ctn. Qty. 10 Wt. Ea. (lbs.) 3.51 Multiple Micro-Gard Pulling Harness: Each 2-Duct segment is detachable. Part No. MAPH6 Description 2 to 6-way Adjustable Pulling Harness Std. Ctn. Qty. 1 Wt. Ea. (lbs.) 0.27 Std. Ctn. Qty. 1 Wt. Ea. (lbs.) 0.13 Multiple Micro-Gard Pulling Eye Part No. MAPE1012 Description Universal Pulling Eye w w w. c a r l o n . c o m 279 UL Listed HDPE Conduit UL Listed HDPE is a nonmetallic flexible raceway manufactured from High Density Polyethylene (HDPE), offering a protective pathway for cables and wires, and is used in underground or innerduct applications. Applications: Applications: Underground (direct bury), or placed inside existing duct (innerduct). Ideal for use in parking lots, traffic lights, etc. Installation methods: Plowing, open/ continuous trench, directional boring or pulled through existing conduit. UL Listed HDPE conduit is compliant with the 2005 NEC Articles 300 and 353 (2002 NEC Articles 300 and 352), and is listed to UL 651B. Its high tensile strength-to-weight ratio, superior crush resistance, and low coefficient of friction when installing cable makes it ideal for directional boring. *Refer to UL 651B standards/specifications for dimensional requirements. UL Listed Options • Wall type/sizes: Schedule 40 Schedule 80 EPEC-B (SDR 13.5) 1" – 4" 2" – 6" 2" – 6" • Multiple colors and stripes • Sequentially marked footage • Available in smoothwall only • Available with pre-installed conductors as nonmetallic underground conduit with conductors (NUCC) per Article 354 of the 2002 NEC, UL File 195593. Directional Boring Open Trench • Conforms to NEMA TC-7 Smoothwall Coilable PE Electrical Plastic Conduit Reference Plastics Pipe Institute PE Pipe Handbook for installation and engineering recommendations. (www.plasticpipe.org) 280 w w w. c a r l o n . c o m E191470 UL Listed HDPE Conduit Custom Orders Orders are not returnable * Custom Custom lengths are available in minimum order quantities specified on page 294 * How to Build a Part Number: Product Size Type Wall Options Splits Color Stripes Tape U = UL Listed 5 = 1" 6 = 1-1/4" 9 = 1-1/2" 13 = 2" 15 = 3" 16 = 4" 18 = 5" 22 = 6" C = Smooth/Smooth 4 = SCH 40 1" – 4" 5 = SCH 80 2" – 6" 9 = SDR 13.5 2" – 6" N = None D = Lube Duct 1 = 1 Way Single 2 = 2 Way Segmented 3 = 3 Way Segmented 4 = 4 Way Segmented 5 = 2 Way Parallel 6 = 3 Way Parallel 7 = 4 Way Parallel 12 = 2 Way Compart 13 = 3 Way Compart 14 = 4 Way Compart A = Black B = Blue C = Brown D = Buff E = Grey F = Green G = Lilac H = Lt. Green J = Orange K = Red L = Terra Cotta M = White N = Yellow NN = None 3A = Black Stripes 3B = Blue Stripes 3C = Brown Stripes 3D = Buff Stripes 3E = Grey Stripes 3F = Green Stripes 3G = Lilac Stripes 3H = Lt. Green Stripes 3J = Orange Stripes 3K = Red Stripes 3L = Terra Cotta Stripes 3M = White Stripes 3N = Yellow Stripes A = EMPTY 1500 B = 1130 lbs. Polyester Tape (Equals 1500 Feet) C = 1250 lbs. Polyester Tape D = 1500 lbs. Polyester Tape E = 1800 lbs. Polyester Tape G = 200 lbs. Polyester Tape J = 2500 lbs. Polyester Tape K = 400 lbs. Detect Polyester Tape T = 1250 lbs. Poly Metric Tape V = 1250 lbs. Detectable 22G Poly Tape Length Standard Length – Reels and Coils Color Part No. Type Wall Pull Tape Polyester Woven Grey U5C4N1ENNB250 S/S Sch 40 1130 lb. Coil 250 53 Grey U5C4N1ENNB500 S/S Sch 40 1130 lb. Coil 500 106 Grey U5C4N1ENNB1800 S/S Sch 40 1130 lb. 48 x 30 x 24 1800 461 Grey U5C4N1ENNB7000 S/S Sch 40 1130 lb. 72 x 45 x 24 7000 1647 Grey U6C4N1ENNB250 S/S Sch 40 1130 lb. Coil 250 72 Grey U6C4N1ENNB500 S/S Sch 40 1130 lb. Coil 500 143 Grey U6C4N1ENNB1400 S/S Sch 40 1130 lb. 48 x 45 x 30 1400 401 Grey U6C4N1ENNB5000 S/S Sch 40 1130 lb. 82 x 45 x 30 5000 1641 11/2" Grey U9C4N1ENNB5000 S/S Sch 40 1130 lb. 96 x 45 x 30 5000 1948 2" Grey U13C6N1ENNA4000 S/S SDR 13.5 Empty 96 x 45 x 32 4000 2319 3" Grey U15C9N1ENNA1000 S/S SDR 13.5 Empty 96 x 45 x 68 1000 1364 Grey U16C9N1ENNA766 S/S SDR 13.5 Empty 102 x 45 x 68 766 1727 Grey U16C9N1ENNA1000 S/S SDR 13.5 Empty 114 x 45 x 68 1000 2193 5" Grey U18C9N1ENNA480 S/S SDR 13.5 Empty 114 x 45 x 68 480 1842 6" Grey U22C9N1ENNA450 S/S SDR 13.5 Empty 120 x 45 x 85 450 2296 1" 11/4" Reel Size Reel/Coil Length (ft.) Wt./E a (lbs.) 4" w w w. c a r l o n . c o m 281 Aerial HDPE Conduit Aerial HDPE is a nonmetallic flexible raceway manufactured from High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) with a carbon black additive to provide U.V. protection in aerial environments. Aerial duct offers superior cable protection against damage caused by rodents, projectile objects such as rocks and gun pellets, and harsh weather conditions. And because of its strength and durability, it can withstand the expansion and contraction caused by seasonal weather changes. • HDPE: Applications: Aerial environments. Used when rocky terrain makes buried duct difficult, or in plant/campus environments expecting frequent changes. ASTM 1248 Type III Grade P34 Category 5 Class C • Ultraviolet: Minimum 2% carbon black Installation method: Designed to be lashed to existing support strands. Aerial Options • Sizes 1"– 2" • Wall Type: SDR 13.5, SDR 11, and corrugated • Factory installed tape • Solidwall or corrugated • Pre-lubricated option • Sequentially marked footage Custom Orders Aerial Lashing: Aerial Duct is lashed to existing cable support wire using cable lashing equipment. Orders are not returnable * Custom Custom lengths are available in minimum order quantities specified on page 294 * How to Build a Part Number: 282 Product Size E = Aerial 5 = 1" B = Smooth Out/Ribbed In 6 = 1-1/4" C = Smooth/Smooth 9 = 1-1/2" D = Corrugated 13 = 2" Type Wall Options Splits Color Stripes Tape Length 2 = None - Corr 6 = SDR 11 9 = SDR 13.5 N = None D = Lube Duct 1 = 1 Way Single 2 = 2 Way Partitioned 3 = 3 Way Partitioned 4 = 4 Way Partitioned 5 = 2 Way Parallel 6 = 3 Way Parallel 7 = 4 Way Parallel A = Black NN = None A = Empty B = 1130 lbs. Polyester Tape C = 1250 lbs. Polyester Tape D = 1500 lbs. Polyester Tape E = 1800 lbs. Polyester Tape J = 2500 lbs. Polyester Tape T = 1250 lbs. Poly Metric Tape 1500 (Equals 1500 Feet) w w w. c a r l o n . c o m Aerial Figure-8 HDPE Conduit HDPE Aerial Figure-8 is a nonmetallic flexible raceway with a Class A galvanized support strand. It’s manufactured from High Density Polyethylene (HDPE), which contains a carbon black additive to provide U.V. protection in aerial environments. Figure-8 duct offers superior cable protection against damage caused by rodents, projectile objects such as rocks and gun pellets, and harsh weather conditions with a one-step installation process. And because of its strength and durability, it can withstand the expansion and contraction caused by seasonal weather changes. Strand 6.6M 1/4" Extra high strength strand Class A galvanized with flooding compound 10.0M 3/8" Extra high strength strand Class A galvanized with flooding compound • HDPE: Applications: Aerial environments. Used when rocky terrain makes buried duct difficult, or in plant/campus environments expecting frequent changes. Installation method: Attaches directly to pole using a 3-bolt mounting clamp. ASTM 1248 Type III Grade P34 Category 5 Class C • Ultraviolet: Minimum 2% carbon black Aerial Figure-8 Options • Product Weight: 6.6M Figure 8 10.0M Figure 8 .429 lbs/ft .507 lbs/ft • Spans/Tensile Strength: 6.6M: 225 ft. 10M: 500 ft. 6740 lbs. 15,400 lbs. • Size 11/4" • Wall Type: SIDR 9 True • 6.6M or 10.0M strands • Factory installed tape • Pre-installed Cable-In-Conduit • Ribbed or smooth interior walls • Pre-lubricated option • Sequentially marked footage Custom Orders Aerial Hanging: Figure-8 Duct has a choice of two integrated mounting strands that attach directly to poles using 3-bolt mounting clamps, and Carlon stripping/cutting tools. Orders are not returnable * Custom Custom lengths are available in minimum order quantities of 1000 ft. or min. set up charge * How to Build a Part Number: Product Size Type Wall S = Figure 8 - 6.6mm T = Figure 8 - 10mm 6 = 1-1/4" B = Smooth Out/Ribbed In 37 = SIDR 9 True C = Smooth/Smooth Options Splits N = None 1 = 1 Way D = Lube Duct Single Color Stripes Tape Length A = Black NN = None A = Empty B = 1130 lbs. Polyester Tape C = 1250 lbs. Polyester Tape D = 1500 lbs. Polyester Tape E = 1800 lbs. Polyester Tape J = 2500 lbs. Polyester Tape T = 1250 lbs. Poly Metric Tape 2500 (Equals 2500 Feet) NOTE: Standard Lengths 2500 ft. and 5000 ft. w w w. c a r l o n . c o m 283 Corrugated HDPE Conduit Corrugated HDPE is manufactured from High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) and is intended for innerduct applications. It’s ideal for pulls under 1000 ft. and is designed to reduce surface contact when pulling cable. And because this product is lightweight and offers maximum flexibility, installation in small or restricted locations is made easier. HDPE corrugated duct is available in sizes 1" through 2" and is offered in a variety of colors. Custom options are also available to satisfy the requirements of most installations. Applications: Placed inside existing ducts (innerduct). PE Corrugated Options Installation method: Pulled through existing conduit. • Sizes 1" through 2" • Sequentially marked footage • Multiple colors and stripes • Factory installed pull tape Specifications Installation temperature range: -20°F to 122°F Handling: -20°F to 104°F Nom. Size Nom. ID Nom. OD Min. Wall 1" 1.049 1.340 .035 Wt/ 100 Ft. Stiffness (5%) lb/in/in Min Bend Radius Pull Tensile 10.6 65 14" 261 lbs. 1-1/4" 1.250 1.565 .035 11.2 108 5" 319 lbs. 1-1/2" 1.500 1.825 .035 18.0 83 6" 384 lbs. 2" 2.000 2.425 .035 20.8 70 5-1/2" 493 lbs. Pulled through existing conduits 284 w w w. c a r l o n . c o m Corrugated HDPE Conduit Standard Length – Reels Color 1" 11/4" 11/2" 2" Part No. Standard Length – Coils Nom. I.D. Nom. O.D. Pull Tape Reel Size Reel Length (ft.) Wt. per 100 ft. (lbs.) Nom. I.D. Nom. O.D. Pull Tape Box Size Reel Length (ft.) Wt. per 100 ft. (lbs.) 1.049 1.340 Empty COIL 250/Split 12.5 Orange A5D2E1JNNA250B 1.049 1.340 Empty 34-14-34 250/Split 12.5 Orange A5D2S1JNNB250 1.340 1130 lb. COIL 250 12.5 Color Part No. Orange A5D2S1JNNB1000 1.049 1.340 1130 lb. 48-30-24 1000 12.5 Orange A5D2S1JNNB1800 1.049 1.340 1130 lb. 48-30-24 1800 12.5 Orange A5D2S1JNNB2000 1.049 1.340 1130 lb. 48-41-24 2000 12.5 Orange A5D2S1JNNB2700 1.049 1.340 1130 lb. 48-41-24 2700 12.5 Orange A5D2S1JNNB5000 1.049 1.340 1130 lb. 66-41-24 5000 12.5 Orange A5D2S1JNNB6500 1.049 1.340 1130 lb. 72-41-24 6500 12.5 Orange A5D2S1JNNB7000 1.049 1.340 1130 lb. 72-45-24 7000 12.5 Orange A5D2S1JNNB8000 1.049 1.340 1130 lb. 82-41-24 8000 12.5 Orange A5D2S1JNNB500B 1.049 1.340 1130 lb. 39-15-39 Orange A6D2S1JNNB1000 1.250 1.565 1130 lb. 48-30-24 1000 14.4 Orange A6D2E1JNNA250 1.250 1.565 Empty Orange A6D2S1JNNB1600 1.250 1.565 1130 lb. 48-41-24 1600 14.4 Orange A6D2E1JNNA250B 1.250 1.565 Empty Orange A6D2S1JNNB2500 1.250 1.565 1130 lb. 66-41-24 2500 14.4 Orange A6D2S1JNNB4000 1.250 1.565 1130 lb. 66-41-24 4000 14.4 Orange A6D2S1JNNB250 1.565 1130 lb. Orange A6D2S1JNNB5000 1.250 1.565 1130 lb. 72-41-24 5000 14.4 Orange A6D2S1JNNB6000 1.250 1.565 1130 lb. 82-41-24 6000 14.4 Orange A6D2S1JNNB7000 1.250 1.565 1130 lb. 84-45-24 7000 14.4 Orange A9D2S1JNNB1000 1.500 1.825 1130 lb. 66-41-24 1000 17.8 Orange A9D2S1JNNB2200 1.500 1.825 1130 lb. 66-41-24 2200 17.8 Orange A9D2S1JNNB2900 1.500 1.825 1130 lb. 72-41-24 2900 17.8 Orange A9D2S1JNNB4000 1.500 1.825 1130 lb. 82-41-24 4000 17.8 Orange A13D2S1JNNB500 2.000 2.425 1130 lb. 48-30-24 500 25.0 Orange A13D2S1JNNB750 2.000 2.425 1130 lb. 48-41-24 750 25.0 Orange A13D2S1JNNB1000 2.000 2.425 1130 lb. 66-41-24 1000 25.0 Orange A13D2S1JNNB1500 2.000 2.425 1130 lb. 66-41-24 1500 25.0 Orange A13D2S1JNNB1800 2.000 2.425 1130 lb. 72-41-24 1800 25.0 Orange A13D2S1JNNB2000 2.000 2.425 1130 lb. 82-41-24 2000 25.0 Custom Orders Orange A5D2E1JNNA250 1" 11/4" 1.049 Orange A5D2S1JNNB250B 1.049 1.340 1130 lb. 34-14-34 250 12.5 Orange A5D2S1JNNB500 1.340 1130 lb. 500 12.5 500 12.5 COIL 250/Split 14.4 39-15-39 250/Split 14.4 COIL 250 14.4 1.049 1.250 Orange A6D2S1JNNB250B 1.250 1.565 1130 lb. 39-15-39 250 14.4 Orange A6D2S1JNNB500 1.565 1130 lb. 500 14.4 500 14.4 250 17.8 1.825 1130 lb. 44-18-44 250 17.8 1.500 1.825 1130 lb. COIL 500 17.8 Orange A13D2S1JNNB250 2.000 2.425 1130 lb. COIL 250 25.0 1.250 Orange A6D2S1JNNB500B 1.250 Orange A9D2S1JNNB250 11/2" Orange 1.500 A9D2S1JNNB250B 1.500 Orange A9D2S1JNNB500 2" COIL COIL 1.565 1130 lb. 44-18-44 1.825 1130 lb. COIL Orders are not returnable * Custom Custom lengths are available in minimum order quantities of 1000 ft. or min. set up charge * How to Build a Part Number: Product Size Type Wall Options Splits Color Stripes Tape Length A = HDPE 5 = 1" 6 = 1-1/4" 9 = 1-1/2" 13 = 2" D = Corrugated 2 = None - Corr N = None - Custom E = Slit S = Standard Length 1 = 1 Way Single 2 = 2 Way Segmented 3 = 3 Way Segmented 4 = 4 Way Segmented 5 = 2 Way Parallel 6 = 3 Way Parallel 7 = 4 Way Parallel 12 = 2 Way Compart 13 = 3 Way Compart 14 = 4 Way Compart A = Black B = Blue C = Brown D = Buff E = Grey F = Green G = Lilac H = Lt. Green J = Orange K = Red L = Terra Cotta M = White N = Yellow NN = None 1A = Black Stripe 1B = Blue Stripe 1C = Brown Stripe 1D = Buff Stripe 1E = Grey Stripe 1F = Green Stripe 1G = Lilac Stripe 1H = Lt. Green Stripe 1J = Orange Stripe 1K = Red Stripe 1L = Terra Cotta Stripe 1M = White Stripe 1N = Yellow Stripe A = Empty B = 1130 lb. Polyester Tape C = 1250 lb. Polyester Tape D = 1500 Polyester lbs. E = 1800 lb. Polyester Tape G = 200 lbs. Polyester Tape J = 2500 lbs. Polyester Tape T = 1250 lbs. Poly Metric Tape 1500 (Equals 1500 Feet) w w w. c a r l o n . c o m 285 HDPE Conduit Specifications Specifications 1.0 General 2.0 Material 1.1 Carlon HDPE duct is manufactured to the following various industry standards and specifications for dimensional requirements. Carlon duct is manufactured from a suitable thermoplastic polymer conforming to the minimum standard of PE334470E/C as defined in ASTM D3350. (see table 1) ASTM F 2160 Solid Wall High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) Conduit Based on Controlled Outside Diameter (OD). 3.0 Product Description Polyethylene duct and innerduct is an extruded coilable tubing for use as a single or multiple raceway. The conduit may be direct buried, encased in concrete and used as innerducts. Innerducts are used primarily to provide multiple raceways within an existing conduit system. ® Carlon High Density Polyethylene ASTM D 2239 Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe (SIDR) Based on Controlled Inside Diameter. duct is manufactured in the following configurations: ASTM D 3035 Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe (SDR) Based on Controlled Outside Diameter. Smoothwall – Smooth Interior and Smooth Exterior wall. NEMA TC-7 Smooth Wall Coilable Polyethylene Electrical Plastic Conduit. 4.0 Ovality Rib/Smooth – Ribbed Interior and Smooth Exterior wall. UL 651B Continuous Length HDPE Ta b l e 1 – Conduit 3" or larger needs to be re-rounded Resin Properties The resin properties shall meet or exceed the values listed below for HDPE. ASTM Test Description Values HDPE g/CM 3 D-1505 D-1238 D-790 D-638 D-1693 D-746 Density Melt Index, g/10 min Condition E Flexural Modulus, MPa (PSI) Tensile strength at yield (psi) Environmental Stress Crack Resistance Condition B,F10 Brittleness Temperature .941 - .955 .05 - .50 80,000 min. 3000 min. 96 hrs. min. -75˚C Requests for certifications must be requested at time of quote Specifications Nom. Size Nom. ID Nom. OD Min. Wall Wt/ 100 Ft. Pull Tensile Safe lbs. SDR 7 - ASTM D3035 Nom. ID Nom. OD Min. Wall Wt/ 100 Ft. Pull Tensile Safe lbs. SDR 11 - ASTM D3035 / F2160 1" 0.939 1.315 0.188 28.552 743 1/2" 0.688 0.840 0.076 7.825 1-1/4" 1.186 1.660 0.237 45.448 1183 3/4" 0.860 1.050 0.095 12.226 318 1-1/2' 1.358 1.900 0.271 59.491 1549 1" 1.075 1.315 0.120 19.325 503 2" 1.697 2.375 0.339 93.012 2421 1-1/4" 1.358 1.660 0.151 30.706 799 3" 2.500 3.500 0.500 202.140 5262 1-1/2" 1.554 1.900 0.173 40.262 1048 4" 3.214 4.500 0.643 334.212 8700 2" 1.943 2.375 0.216 62.845 1636 5" 3.972 5.562 0.795 510.709 13295 3" 2.864 3.500 0.318 136.360 3550 6" 4.733 6.625 0.946 723.976 18847 4" 3.682 4.500 0.409 225.483 5870 8" 6.161 8.625 1.232 1227.418 31953 5" 4.550 5.562 0.506 344.761 8975 10 7.678 10.750 1.536 1907.218 49649 6" 5.421 6.625 0.602 488.619 12720 12 9.108 12.750 1.821 2681.954 69818 8" 7.057 8.625 0.784 828.416 21566 14 10.000 14.000 2.000 3234.240 84195 10" 8.796 10.750 0.977 1286.718 33496 16 11.428 16.000 2.286 4224.753 109980 12" 10.432 12.750 1.159 1810.362 47128 14" 11.454 14.000 1.273 2183.310 56837 16" 13.090 16.000 1.455 2851.923 74242 169 SDR 9 - ASTM D3035 / F2160 286 Nom. Size 204 1" 1.023 1.315 0.146 23.000 599 1-1/4" 1.292 1.660 0.184 36.599 953 1-1/2" 1.478 1.900 0.211 48.026 1250 1/2" 0.716 0.84 0.062 6.500 2" 1.847 2.375 0.264 75.102 1955 3/4" 0.894 1.050 0.078 10.217 266 3" 2.722 3.500 0.389 163.084 4245 1" 1.121 1.315 0.097 15.921 414 4" 3.500 4.500 0.500 269.520 7016 1-1/4" 1.414 1.660 0.123 25.477 663 5" 4.326 5.562 0.618 411.745 10719 1-1/2" 1.618 1.900 0.141 33.423 870 6" 5.153 6.625 0.736 584.091 15205 2" 2.023 2.375 0.176 52.155 1358 8" 6.709 8.625 0.958 989.810 25767 2-1/2" 2.449 2.875 0.213 76.410 1989 3" 2.982 3.500 0.259 113.120 2945 10" 8.362 10.750 1.194 1537.593 40027 4" 3.834 4.500 0.333 186.994 4868 12" 9.916 12.750 1.417 2164.092 56336 4-3/4" 4.084 4.750 0.333 198.213 5160 14" 10.888 14.000 1.556 2609.340 67927 5" 4.738 5.562 0.412 285.934 7444 16" 12.444 16.000 1.778 3407.638 88709 6" 5.643 6.625 0.491 405.869 10566 SDR 13.5 - ASTM D3035 / F2160 / NEMA TC-7 EPEC-B 8" 7.347 8.625 0.639 687.688 17902 10" 9.158 10.750 0.796 1067.755 27796 12" 10.862 12.750 0.944 1501.882 39098 14" 11.926 14.000 1.037 1811.529 47158 16" 13.630 16.000 1.185 2365.816 61588 w w w. c a r l o n . c o m HDPE Conduit Specifications Specifications Nom. Size Nom. ID Nom. OD OD Min. Wall Wall Wt/ 100 Ft. Pull Tensile Safe lbs. SDR 15.5 - ASTM D3035 Nom. Size Nom. ID Nom. OD OD Min. Wall Wall Wt/ 100 Ft. Pull Tensile Safe lbs. SIDR 11.5 TRUE 1" 1.147 1.315 0.084 13.935 363 1" 1.020 1.194 0.087 12.979 338 1-1/4" 1.446 1.660 0.107 22.393 583 1-1/4" 1.270 1.488 0.109 20.256 527 1-1/2" 1.654 1.900 0.123 29.455 767 1-1/2" 1.520 1.780 0.130 28.906 752 2" 2.069 2.375 0.153 45.814 1193 2" 1.995 2.343 0.178 50.859 1352 3" 3.048 3.500 0.226 99.712 2596 4" 4.050 4.700 0.325 191.612 4988 4" 3.920 4.500 0.290 164.528 4283 6" 6.050 7.000 0.475 417.672 10873 5" 4.844 5.562 0.359 251.715 6553 6" 5.771 6.625 0.427 356.649 9284 1" 1.049 1.189 0.070 10.556 275 8" 7.513 8.625 0.556 604.582 15739 1-1/4" 1.380 1.564 0.092 18.250 475 SIDR 15 - ASTM D2239 10" 9.362 10.750 0.694 940.472 24483 1-1/2" 1.610 1.824 0.107 24.758 645 12" 11.104 12.750 0.823 1322.794 34435 2" 2.067 2.343 0.138 41.006 1067 14" 12.194 14.000 0.903 1593.751 41489 4" 4.026 4.562 0.268 155.081 4037 16" 13.936 16.000 1.032 2081.634 54190 6" 6.065 6.873 0.404 352.192 9168 SDR 17 - ASTM D3035 TRUE 9 - ASTM F2160 1" 1.161 1.315 0.077 12.846 334 1" 1.024 1.259 0.111 18.075 447 1-1/4" 1.464 1.660 0.098 20.629 537 1-1/4" 1.274 1.569 0.139 28.255 697 1-1/2" 1.529 1.883 0.167 40.692 1005 2" 2.039 2.510 0.222 72.183 1782 1-1/2" 1.676 1.900 0.112 26.986 703 2" 2.095 2.375 0.140 42.166 1098 2-1/2" 2.537 2.875 0.169 61.628 1604 TRUE 11 - ASTM F2160 3" 3.088 3.500 0.206 91.443 2380 1" 1.024 1.217 0.091 14.571 359 4" 3.970 4.500 0.265 151.238 3937 1-1/4" 1.274 1.516 0.114 22.747 561 5" 4.908 5.562 0.327 230.688 6005 1-1/2" 1.529 1.817 0.136 32.465 802 6" 5.845 6.625 0.390 327.689 8531 2" 2.039 2.425 0.182 58.051 1432 8" 7.611 8.625 0.507 554.649 14439 10" 9.486 10.750 0.632 861.733 22433 12" 11.250 12.750 0.750 1212.840 31573 14" 12.352 14.000 0.824 1463.093 38088 16" 14.118 16.000 0.941 1909.619 49712 SDR 21 - ASTM D3035 SCHEDULE 40 - ASTM D2447 / F2160 / NEMA TC-7 EPEC-40 1/2" 0.622 0.84 0.109 10.738 280 3/4" 0.824 1.05 0.113 14.269 371 1" 1.049 1.315 0.133 21.185 551 1-1/4" 1.380 1.660 0.140 28.677 747 1-1/2" 1.610 1.900 0.145 34.293 893 1" 1.189 1.315 0.063 10.629 277 2" 2.067 2.375 0.154 46.093 1200 1-1/4" 1.502 1.660 0.079 16.831 438 2-1/2" 2.469 2.875 0.203 73.096 1903 1-1/2' 1.720 1.900 0.090 21.952 571 3" 3.068 3.500 0.216 95.591 2488 2" 2.149 2.375 0.113 34.445 897 4" 4.026 4.500 0.237 136.152 3544 3" 3.166 3.500 0.167 75.009 1953 5" 5.046 5.562 0.258 184.410 4801 4" 4.072 4.500 0.214 123.602 3218 6" 6.065 6.625 0.280 239.415 6233 5" 5.032 5.562 0.265 189.163 4924 8" 7.981 8.625 0.322 360.290 9379 6" 5.995 6.625 0.315 267.856 6973 10" 10.020 10.750 0.365 510.811 13298 8" 7.803 8.625 0.411 454.944 11843 12" 11.938 12.750 0.406 675.372 17582 10 9.726 10.750 0.512 706.393 18389 12 11.536 12.750 0.607 993.289 25858 14 12.666 14.000 0.667 1198.436 31198 16 14.476 16.000 0.762 1564.746 40734 SIDR 7 - ASTM D2239 1" 1.049 1.349 0.150 24.237 631 SCHEDULE 80 - ASTM D2447 / F2160 / NEMA TC-7 EPEC-80 1/2" 0.546 0.84 0.147 13.728 357 3/4" 0.742 1.05 0.154 18.595 484 1" 0.957 1.315 0.179 27.403 713 1-1/4" 1.278 1.660 0.191 37.811 984 1-1/2" 1.500 1.900 0.200 45.818 1193 1-1/4' 1.380 1.774 0.197 41.866 1090 2" 1.939 2.375 0.218 63.368 1650 1-1/2" 1.610 2.070 0.230 57.030 1485 2-1/2" 2.323 2.875 0.276 96.667 2516 2" 2.067 2.658 0.295 94.002 2447 3" 2.900 3.500 0.300 129.370 3368 4" 4.026 5.176 0.575 356.617 9283 4" 3.826 4.500 0.337 189.059 4922 6" 6.065 7.798 0.866 809.388 21069 5" 4.812 5.562 0.375 262.125 6824 6" 5.761 6.625 0.432 360.534 9386 SIDR 9 - ASTM D2239 1" 1.049 1.283 0.117 18.384 479 1-1/4" 1.380 1.686 0.153 31.608 823 1/2" 0.546 0.84 0.06 6.307 164 1-1/2" 1.610 1.968 0.179 43.154 1123 3/4" 0.93 1.05 0.06 8.005 208 2" 2.067 2.527 0.230 71.195 1853 1" 1.165 1.315 0.075 12.533 326 4" 4.026 4.921 0.447 269.664 7021 1-1/4" 1.460 1.660 0.100 21.023 547 6" 6.065 7.143 0.674 612.092 15932 1-1/2" 1.670 1.900 0.115 27.663 720 2 2.085 2.375 0.145 43.575 1134 1903 SIDR 9 TRUE NEMA TC-7 EPEC A 1" 1.020 1.242 0.111 16.918 440 2-1/2" 2.469 2.875 0.203 73.096 1-1/4" 1.270 1.546 0.138 26.184 682 3" 3.068 3.500 0.216 95.591 2488 4" 4.026 4.500 0.237 136.152 3544 SIDR 11.5 - ASTM D2239 1" 1.049 1.231 0.091 13.980 364 5" 5.046 5.562 0.258 184.410 4801 1-1/4" 1.380 1.620 0.120 24.257 631 6" 6.065 6.625 0.280 239.415 6233 1-1/2" 1.610 1.890 0.140 33.016 859 2" 2.067 2.427 0.180 54.505 1419 4" 4.026 4.726 0.350 206.398 5373 6" 6.065 7.119 0.527 468.154 12187 Internal Rib – Add .04 to Nom. ID (1/2" through 6") Not available in all wall types - consult factory. Pull Tensile Safe = Based on Plastic Pipe Institute tensile calculations and maximum tensile stress recommendations of 1/3 yield tensile for pulls of 30 to 60 minutes or less in directional drilling applications and pulling as innerduct into conduit. w w w. c a r l o n . c o m 287 LubeDuct HDPE Conduit Carlon®/Pyramid Industries™ LubeDuct Pre-Lubricated HDPE Conduit LubeDuct pre-lubricated HDPE conduit utilizes a Carlon/Pyramid pre-lubrication coating process to provide a permanent low friction surface. The low coefficient-of-friction reduces cable damage, lowers pulling tensions, and allows multiple long distance cable pulls or jetting of cable. Benefits: • Low coefficient of friction • Lower pulling tensions • Less cable damage • Longer cable pulls over multiple bends • Long life, will not evaporate LubeDuct COF: 0.10 Bellcore Test Procedure: • 420 Degree Bend • 36" Radius • Medium Jacket Cable with 15 lb. Applied Weight • 65 Ft/Min for a minimum travel distance of 10 Ft. • Evaporation rate 0.5% at 500 Degrees F Cut-Through Rating: Cut-Through resistance based on Bellcore/Telecordia GR-356-CORE for optical cable innerducts Coefficient of Friction Carlon/Pyramid Cut-Through Rating: No Cut-Through at 3000 ft. • No signs of cut through or degradation of core for 30 minute duration • 1800 lb. Pull Tape • 450 lbs. Tensile @ 100 Ft/Minute Coefficient rating based on Bellcore/Telecordia GR-356-CORE for optical cable innerducts. 288 w w w. c a r l o n . c o m HDPE Conduit Packaging Options & Truckload Quantities Packaging Options Reels *Carlon does not recommend putting Sch. 40 HDPE on reels Segmented (3/4" – 2") Physically segmenting different colors into one, two, three or four separate segments allowing independent pulling of ducts. Paralleled (3/4" through 2") 1" – 1 1/4" diameter recommended Compartmentalized (3/4" through 2") 1 1/2" – 2" diameter recommended Extruding each color onto a single reel and then simultaneously pulling onto one reel. Ideal for using all ducts at one time. Physically compartmentalizing different colors into one, two, three or four separate segments allowing independent pulling of ducts. Full rings help align duct during pull. Coils NOTE: 4" through 6" Schedule 40 HDPE is available in straight lengths only. Standard length and custom coils available 1" - 6". Call for quantity and dimensions available. w w w. c a r l o n . c o m 289 HDPE Conduit Reel Chart Truckload Quantities Reels Loading Reels Step Deck Flatbed Flatbed (48 ft.) Number of Reels per Truckload Reel Size 48" 24 114" 8 66" 18 120" 8 72" 16 82" 14 84" 14 96" 12 102" 12 Reel Size Number of Reels per Truckload NOTE: Two additional reels, 96" or smaller, can fit on the upper deck. Reels must be lifted from the side with lift truck forks inserted through the spokes of the reel, or at the bottom with entry from the side of the reel. Reels should NEVER be lifted from the front of the reel or contact innerduct. Bundles 40 ft / 50 ft Lengths 290 Size # of Lengths per Bundle Ft. per Bundle 40 ft. Lengths Ft. per Total Feet Total Feet Bundle Bundles per Truck per Truck 50 ft. per 40 ft. 50 ft. Lengths Truck Lengths Lengths 4" 57 2280 2850 8 18240 22800 6" 26 1040 1300 8 8320 10400 8" 14 560 700 8 4480 5600 10" 4 160 200 18 2880 3600 12" 4 160 200 14 2240 2800 14" 3 120 150 14 1680 2100 16" 3 120 150 12 1440 1800 w w w. c a r l o n . c o m HDPE Conduit Accessories Couplings *Standard “E-Loc” ® Universal Aluminum Couplings Designed for use with smoothwall OD controlled innerduct (ASTM 3035), Sch. 40 and Sch. 80 innerduct, and is pressure tight to internal pressures above 200 psi when restrained or buried. Ideal for joining PE to PVC or threaded steel conduit. Part No. EL.084 EL1.050 EL1.315 EL1.660 EL1.900 EL2.375 EL2.875 EL3.500 EL4.500 EL5.563 EL600 Size 1/2" 3/4" 1" 11/4" 11/2" 2" 21/2" 3" 4" 5" 6" Nom. O.D. (of Duct) .084" 1.050" 1.315" 1.660" 1.900" 2.375" 2.875" 3.500" 4.500" 5.563" 6.625" Std. Ctn. Qty. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Self-threading, which draws each end of the conduit into the center of the coupler. Part No. P75 P100 P125 P150CPLR P200 P300 P400 Std. Ctn. Wt. .40 1.00 1.00 0.68 1.12 1.63 1.80 1.92 2.68 3.31 3.58 Nom. O.D. (Duct Range) .91 – 1.08 1.21 – 1.41 1.44 – 1.68 1.80 – 2.02 2.31 – 2.48 3.495 – 3.505 4.41 – 4.65 Size 3/4" 1" 1 1/4" 1 1/2" 2" 3" 4" Std. Ctn. Qty. 10 100 100 100 50 12 12 Std. Ctn. Wt. 12 25 28 35 19 10 12 Nom. O.D. (of Duct) 1.315" Std. Ctn. Qty. 100 Std. Ctn. Wt. 16 1.194" 100 16 Barbed Couplings Press-On/Screw-On Aluminum *Double “E-Loc” ® Designed to join both smoothwall and ribbed OD wall innerduct and are used when air and water-tight integrity is imperative. Internal pressures above 200 psi are maintained when the conduit is unrestrained. Part No. DEL131 DEL150 DEL154 DEL166 DEL190 DEL237 Size 1" 11/4" True 11/4" 11/4" 11/2" 2" Nom. O.D. (of Duct) 1.315" 1.500" 1.540" 1.660" 1.900" 2.375" Std. Ctn. Qty. 50 50 50 50 24 25 Std. Ctn. Wt. 63 58 58 53 43 57 Transition Couplings Part No. DEL150-154 DEL150-166 DEL154-166 Size 11/4" 11/4" 11/4" Nom. O.D. (of Duct) 1.500" - 1.540" 1.500" - 1.660" 1.540" - 1.660" Std. Ctn. Qty. 50 50 50 Std. Ctn. Wt. 58 58 58 Part No. BS1.315 1" SDR BS1.194 1" True 11 BS1.488 11/4" True BS1.660 11/4" SDR BS1.900 11/2" SDR 1.900" 100 24 BS2.375 2" SDR 2.375" 100 34 Size 11 1.488" 100 16 1.660" 100 16 Nonmetallic Clamshell Couplings For use with Corrugated HDPE Part No. E144F Size 1" Nom. O.D. (of Duct) 1.34" Std. Ctn. Qty. 30 Std. Ctn. Wt. 1.7 E144GT 11/4" 1.565" 25 2 *“E-Loc” is a registered trademark of ETCO Specialty Products, Inc. w w w. c a r l o n . c o m 291 HDPE Conduit Accessories Couplings Electrofusion Coupling Nonmetallic Internal Couplings Provides an airtight duct system and is used to join HDPE to PVC or threaded steel conduit. Ideal for directional bore applications. Part No. 575-4075 575-4049 575-0640 575-0641 575-0642 575-0643 575-0644 Nom. O.D. (of Duct) 1.488" 1.526" 1.660" 1.900" 2.375" 3.500" 4.500" Nonmetallic, self-threading and are recommended for use with corrugated duct. Std. Ctn. Qty. 40 40 40 140 30 36 10 Part No. PIC100 PIC125 Std. Ctn. Wt. 12.96 12.44 12 55.3 17.46 45.47 18.77 Nom. I.D. Range 1.05 1.25 Size 1" 1 1/4" Std. Ctn. Qty. 100 100 Std. Ctn. Wt. 24 26 Terminating Connector Part No. TC100 TC125 TC150 TC200 Toneable Pressure Coupling Designed to join Carlon® Toneable Duct System Size 1" 11/4" 11/2" 2" Nom. O.D. Range .91 – 1.08 1.495 – 1.70 1.80 – 2.00 2.31 – 2.52 Std. Ctn. Qty. 12 12 12 12 Std. Ctn. Wt. 50 52 56 58 150 PSI at 73°F Part No. Nom. O.D. of Duct Nom. O.D. TDC100 1" 1.315 60 34 TDC125 1 1/4" 1.66 36 28 TDC150 1/2" 1.90 30 31 2.375 12 18 TDC200 1 2" Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.) Tuff-Link Couplers Part No. TFL100 TFL125 TFL150 TFL200 Threaded Plugs Size 1" 11/4" 11/2" 2" Nom. O.D. 1.299" 1.660" 1.900" 2.375" Std. Ctn. Qty. 1 1 1 1 Std. Ctn. Wt. .2 .2 .2 .6 Nom. O.D. of Duct 1.524 Std. Ctn. Qty. 1 Std. Ctn. Wt. 1 For use with Toneable Coupling 292 Part No. Nom. O.D. of Duct Nom. O.D. Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.) TPLG100 1" 1.315 50 4 TPLG125 1 1/4" 1.66 25 3 TPLG150 1 1/2" 1.90 25 3.5 TPLG200 2" 2.375 10 2.7 Expansion Sleeve Part No. EXP125 w w w. c a r l o n . c o m Size 1 1 /4" 9T HDPE Conduit Reel Return Policy The Carlon Reel Return Policy The Carlon Reel Return Policy offers our customers the opportunity to recycle empty steel reels used to ship Carlon High Density Polyethylene. A credit will be issued for each reel returned to Lamson & Sessions HDPE plants in good condition. Reels may also be picked up in truckload quantities when consolidated into one location. Details outlining the program are listed below: Reel Shipment: Reels may be returned broken down into flanges and staves or fully assembled. Steel tubular spoked reels supplied by Carlon or of similar type meeting the Reel Design and Quality Requirements section below will be accepted. All broken down reel flanges and staves should be banded for forklift off loading and safe transport. Freight: Reels may either be shipped back to plants by customer or arranged for pick-up by Lamson & Sessions. Reels returned for credit with customer choosing a carrier and paying all freight charges for return of Reels (Class 55 freight is recommended) when returning reels. Reels must be shipped "Prepaid". Reels shipped collect will be refused. A 24-hour notice to receiving plant is needed before the truck arrives. It is Lamson & Sessions policy to honor appointments and unload in an efficient manner. Lamson & Sessions will not pay any detention incurred by carriers. Reel pick-up can be arranged by contacting Sipping Manager at any of the following Carlon HDPE locations: Lamson & Sessions Lamson & Sessions Lamson & Sessions Lamson & Sessions 9000 Joiner Rd. 237 Forest View Dr. 1776 E. Beamer 1422 Irwin Drive Tennille, GA 31089 Seymour, MO 65746 Woodland, CA 95685 Erie, PA 16505 Ph: 478-553-0024 Ph: 417-926-1846 Ph: 530-669-0160 Ph: 814-455-7587 Pick-up Reels: Reels will be picked by carriers chosen by Lamson & Sessions as arranged between customer and Lamson & Sessions Shipping Manager. Reels are requested to be broken down with all components on sizes 102" and smaller, but will be pick-up assembled or unassembled. Quantities of Truckload or more will be picked within 30 days of request, while smaller quantities may take up to 90 days or more to gather depending on transportation in the area. Reel Quality and Deign Requirements: Reel designs include steel tubular spoked reels using a minimum 14 gauge (.075" Nom) steel and means of disassembly including clevis pins or bolts. Reels must be undamaged, in full working condition, and include all flanges and staves for full credit. This includes but is not limited to warping, flattening, or any structural damage to the reel or its components. Reel acceptability will be determined by receiving plant using quality inspection criteria. Credit: A credit for each reel meeting the above requirements will be issued to the customer’s account. If the reel does not meet the quality requirements, a credit will not be issued and a $20 disposal fee for each non-usable reel will be deducted from total credit. Reel Sizes: The following reel sizes and staves are the only acceptable sizes as they are most common standard size reels for Lamson & Sessions and most HDPE manufacturers. Flanges 48" 82" 66" 84" 72" 96" 102" 114" 120" Staves 45" 41" 33" Spindle 2 3/4" Minimum w w w. c a r l o n . c o m 293 Carlon ® HDPE Quote Request Date: Needed By: Destination: Customer: Account Number: Application: Rep Agency: Market: Power Telecommunication 4. WALL TYPE 1. PRODUCT TYPE A HDPE E Aerial HDPE S Aerial Figure 8 - 6.6M T Aerial Figure 8 - 10M U UL Listed HDPE 2 4 5 6 9 13 14 16 22 24 Certification Required Specification Custom Printline 2. SIZE 2 3 5 6 9 13 14 15 16 17 18 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 26 27 29 34 36 37 42 45 46 5. OPTIONS N Standard/No Options B Supplied Cable D Lube Duct E Slit - Corr F Toneable/18G 1/2" 3/4" 1" 1-1/4" 1-1/2" 2" 2-1/2" 3" 4" 4.75" 5" 6" 7" 8" 10" 12" 14" 16" (Min. Wall .14) G Toneable/22G (Min. Wall .12) SIDR 11.5 SIDR 11.5 True SIDR 15 SIDR 7 SIDR 9 SIDR 9 True TC-7-A True 11 True 9 6. REEL SPLITS 1 1- Way Single 2 2- Part Segmented 3 3- Part Segmented 4 4- Part Segmented 5 2- Way Parallel 6 3- Way Parallel 7 4- Way Parallel 12 2- Way Compart 13 3- Way Compart 14 4- Way Compart 7. COLOR A B C D E F G 9. PULL LINE A Empty B 1130 lbs. Polyester Tape C 1250 lbs. Polyester Tape D 1500 lbs. Polyester Tape E 1800 lbs. Polyester Tape G 200 lbs. Polyester Tape J 2500 lbs. Polyester Tape K 400 lbs. Detectable Poly Tape 22 Ga T 1250 lbs. Poly Metric Tape V 1250 lbs. Detectable Poly Tape 22 Ga 10. Quantity Total Length Feet Max Reel Size 4" - 6" Sch. 40 HDPE available in straight lengths only. Target Price Project Stage Bid/Buy Black Blue Brown Buff Grey Green Lilac H J K L M N Lt. Green Orange Red Terra Cotta White Yellow Competitors Carlon Quote # Smooth Out/Ribbed In Smooth Out/Smooth In Corrugated Pricing Specialist 8. STRIPE NN 3A 3B 3C 3D 3E 3F NONE 3 Black Stripes 3 Blue Stripes 3 Brown Stripes 3 Buff Stripes 3 Grey Stripes 3 Green Stripes 3G 3H 3J 3K 3L 3M 3N 3 Lilac Stripes 3 Lt. Green 3 Orange Stripes 3 Red Stripes 3 Terra Cotta Stripes 3 White Stripes 3 Yellow Stripes Minimum Custom Run Quantities: 1/2" - 1" 5000 Ft. 11/4" - 2" 2500 Ft. 2 1/2" - 16" 1000 Ft. (Single Stripe only on Toneable) Fax completed Quote Request to your Local Carlon Representative Visit www.carlon.com to locate a Carlon Representative • Freight quoted F.O.B., origin (freight additional) from plant specified. • Custom product non-cancelable 24 hours after order acknowledgement or production has started. 294 CATV (Sizes 8" - 16" available in Black or Black with Stripes only.) 3. CONFIGURATION B C D Corrugated SCH 40 SCH 80 SDR 11 SDR 13.5 SDR 15.5 SDR 17 SDR 21 SDR 7 SDR 9 Electrical w w w. c a r l o n . c o m Carlon Cable and Installation Accessories ® Duct Plugs Split Plugs Pulling Harness Pulling Eyes Swivels Line Missiles Warning Tape Rope & Tape w w w. c a r l o n . c o m 295 Cable and Installation Accessories Duct Plugs Blank Size Duct I.D. Range Std. Ctn. Qty. Std. Ctn. Wt. MAEPG2 1" .96" - 1.16" 50 4.5 MAEPG4 11/4" 1.14" - 1.48" 50 5.5 MAEPG3 11/2" 1.49" - 1.83" 50 7.5 MAEPG5 2" 1.83" - 2.36" 50 12.5 Part No. MAEPG55 3" 2.99" - 3.46" 50 19.5 MAEPG6 3 1/2" 3.42" - 4.00" 25 13 MAEPG7 4" 3.94" - 4.33" 50 32.5 MAEPG8 5" 5.00" - 5.35" 25 24.5 Multi-Access Part No. Type Duct I.D. Range Innerduct O.D. Range Std. Ctn. Qty. Std. Ctn. Wt. MATPG2 3-Hole 3.92" - 4.21" 1.31" - 1.42" 24 27 MATPG3 3-Hole 3.92" - 4.21" 1.53" - 1.67" 24 24 MAQPG2 4-Hole 3.92" - 4.21" 1.19" - 1.36" 24 23 MAQPG4 4-Hole 4.16" - 4.34" 1.19" - 1.36" 24 34 Split Plugs for Sealing Innerduct and Cable Part No. Size Duct I.D. Range Cable O.D. Range Std. Ctn. Qty. Std. Ctn. Wt. MAFPG2 1" 1.00" - 1.10" 0.35" - 0.57" 50 8 MAFPG21 1" 1.00" - 1.10" 0.43" - 0.57" 50 8 MAFPG22 1" 1.00" - 1.10" 0.57" - 0.70" 50 8 MAFPG3 11/4" 1.22" - 1.36" 0.35" - 0.57" 50 10 MAFPG4 11/4" 1.22" - 1.36" 0.57" - 0.70" 50 10 MAFPG41 11/4" 1.22" - 1.34" 0.70" - 0.90" 50 10 MAFPG5 11/2" 1.50" - 1.65" 0.35" - 0.57" 50 15 MAFPG6 11/2" 1.50" - 1.65" 0.50" - 0.70" 50 15 MAFPG9 2" 1.98" - 2.15" 0.35" - 0.57" 50 22 Multiple Innerduct Pulling Harness For use with Pulling Innerducts into a 4" Conduit Part No. Description Working Working Std. Load Load Ctn. Per Leg (lbs.) Combined (lbs.) Qty. MAPH3 3-Way 1/4" Cable MAPH4 4-Way 296 1/4" Cable w w w. c a r l o n . c o m Wt./Ea. (lbs.) 1400 2900 1 14 1400 4200 1 15 Cable and Installation Accessories Innerduct Pulling Eyes Part No. Size Range Std. Ctn. Qty. Wt./Ea. (lbs.) MAPE3 1 - 11/8" .93 - 1.06 1 1.0 MAPE4 7/8" .71 - .87 1 1.5 MAPE5 1 - 11/8" 1.06 - 1.43 1 1.0 MAPE6 11/4" 1.06 - 1.43 1 2.0 MAPE7 17/16." 1.343 - 1.50 1 4.5 MAPE8 11/2" 1.50 - 1.625 1 5.0 MAPE9 2" 1.97 - 2.09 1 6.0 Swivels - Ball Bearing Part No. Description Work/Break Load (lbs.) MASV4 Non-Breakaway 1800 MASV5 Non-Breakaway Wt./Ea. (lbs.) Dimensions 7/8"x 4 1/2" 5/8"x 600 .53 4" 1.00 Swivels - Breakaway and Replacement Pins Part No. MASV6 MASV7 MASV8 Description Breakaway Breakaway Breakaway Work/Break Std. Wt./Ea. Load (lbs.) Dimensions Ctn. Qty. (lbs.) 600 7/8"x 4 1/2" 600 5/8"x 31/2" 450 5/8"x 31/2" 1 .55 1 .19 1 .19 Pin Part No. Description MASVP6 7/8" Replacement Pin for MASV6 MASVP7 5/8" Replacement Pin for MASV7 MASVP8 5/8" Replacement Pin for MASV8 Line Missiles Part No. Description Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn. Qty. Wt. MAPRO3 3-Way for 11/4" Duct 25 25 MAPRO4 4-Way for 1" Duct 25 18 w w w. c a r l o n . c o m 297 Cable and Installation Accessories Underground Warning Tape – Orange CAUTION TELEPHONE CABLE BURIED BELOW Part No. Type Width Ft. per Spool Wt. ea. lbs. MAT3T21 Standard 3" 1000' 7 MAT3T61 Detectable 3" 1000' 8 CAUTION FIBER OPTIC CABLE BURIED BELOW Part No. Type Width Ft. per Spool Wt. ea. lbs. MAT3O21 Standard 3" 1000' 7 MAT6O21 Standard 6" 1000' 13 MAT3O51 Extra Stretch 3" 1000' 7 MAT3O61 Detectable 3" 1000' 8 MAT6O61 Detectable 6" 1000' 16 End Caps 298 Part No. EC1.315 EC1.488 EC1.660 EC1.900 EC2.375 EC4.500 Size 1" 11/4" 11/4" 11/2" 2" 4" Nom. O.D. 1.315" 1.488" 1.660" 1.900" 2.375" 4.500" Std. Ctn. Qty. 1 1 1 1 1 1 w w w. c a r l o n . c o m Cable and Installation Accessories Rope (Conduit Pulling Lines for Conductors or Fiber Optics) White Diamond Braid Rope This rope is constructed of polyethylene over polyester, designed specifically for fiber-optic pulling. The polyethylene jacket gives the “slippery” feel that gives less drag in pulling through conduit. Part No. SB14105 Reel Lengths 5,000 ft. Recommended Approximate Std. Avg. Ctn. Working Load (lbs.) Diameter Tensile (lbs.) Wt. (lbs.) 1/4" 260 1700 1000 Tape Prelubricated, woven polyester tape made from low friction, high abrasion resistant yarns providing a low coefficient of friction. Tape is printed with sequential footage markings for accurate measurements. Part No. TL14203 TL14205 TL14505 TL14510 TL38203 TL38265 TL38210 Size 1/2" 1/2" 1/2" 1/2" 5/8" 5/8" 5/8" Tensile Strength (lbs.) 1130 1130 1250 1250 1800 1800 1800 Reel Lengths 3,000 ft. 5,000 ft. 5,000 ft. 10,000 ft. 3,000 ft. 6,500 ft. 10,000 ft. w w w. c a r l o n . c o m 299 Cable and Installation Accessories Conduit Cutters Kwikcut Cutter Hand held cutter makes fast square, smooth field cuts on Innerduct sizes 1/2" through 11/4". For fast, smooth field cuts of 1/2" through 1" Innerduct. Part No. CC120B Size 8" Std. Ctn. Qty. 10 Part No. CC125 Size 9" Figure-8 Web Slitter Part No. 3056MW 30510MW 300 Large Cutter Medium Cutter For clean cuts of Innerduct sizes 1/2" through 2". Std. Ctn. Qty. 1 Part No. CC122 Std.. Size Ctn. Qty. 17 1/2" 1 Figure-8 Jacket Slitter Size 6.6M 10M Std. Ctn. Qty. 1 1 w w w. c a r l o n . c o m Part No. 3056MJ 30510MJ Size 6.6M 10M Std. Ctn. Qty. 1 1 Product Category Index Product Page Boreable Multi-Gard® Trenchless Raceway. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233 Bore-Gard® Trenchless Raceway. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232 Carflex® Liquidtight Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Carflex® Liquidtight Flexible Nonmetallic Tubing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Carflex® Omni Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Carflex® Pre-Wired Liquidtight Whips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Carflex® X-Flex™ Flexible Nonmetallic Tubing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Cement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220 Chimes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Circuit Safe® JIC Enclosures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 Circuit Safe® NEMA Enclosures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 Cord Grips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Curved Lid J-Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 ENT Boxes and Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Flex-Plus® Blue™ ENT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Floor Box Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 FS/FD Boxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181 General Purpose Raceway. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 Hal-Free Riser-Gard® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 High Density Polyethylene (HDPE). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269 Himeline® Enclosures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 Intra-Gard® Multi-Cell Raceway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261 In-Use Weatherproof Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Junction Boxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180 LubeDuct Pre-Lubricated HDPE Conduit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288 Multi-Gard® Multi-Cell Raceway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237 P&C® Duct - Types EB and DB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192 P&C® Duct Fittings and Sweeps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196 P&C Flex® Corrugated Flexible Conduit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209 Plenum-Gard® Flexible Raceway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 PV-Mold® Pole Riser System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211 Resi-Gard® Flexible Raceway. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 Riser-Gard® Flexible Raceway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 Schedule 40 & 80 Conduit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168 Schedule 40 & 80 Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174 Schedule 40 & 80 Special/Standard Elbows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170 Slack and Splice Enclosures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156 Slip Meter Risers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215 Spacers - Snap-Loc® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225 Spacers - Snap-N-Stac™ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227 Split Duct. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217 Structured Cable Management Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 Telephone Duct - Types B, C, and D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 Telephone Duct Fittings and Sweeps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203 Utility Conduit, Fittings and Elbows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190 Weatherproof Covers and Lighting Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Wire Handling Products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Wire-Safe® Wireway and Wiring Trough . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 Zip Box® Blue™ Switch/Outlet Boxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 w w w. c a r l o n . c o m 301 Part Number Index Part No. 302 Page Part No. Page Part No. Page Part No. Page 17011 64 11811D-2500 209 15010-050 4 49014-020 168 17013 64 11811T-250 209 15010-100 4 49014SD-010 218 17015 64 11812-250 209 15010-150 4 49015-010 168 17017 64 11812AG-001 209 15011-050 4 49015-020 168 18011 64 11813-1200 209 15011-100 4 49015SD-010 218 18013 64 11813-250 209 15104-100 5 49016-010 168 18015 64 11813-500 209 15105-100 5 49016-020 168 18017 64 11813-750 209 15107-100 5 49016SD-010 218 18111 64 11813D-1200 209 15108-100 5 49017-010 168 18113 64 11815-250 209 15109-100 5 49017-020 168 18115 64 11815-800 209 15110-100 5 49017SD-010 218 18117 64 11815D-800 209 15111-050 5 49405-010 169 18211 64 12005-200 20 30510MJ 300 49405-020 169 18213 64 12005AK-001 20 30510MW 300 49407-010 169 18215 64 12005R-200 20 3056MJ 300 49407-020 169 18217 64 12005-UPC 20 3056MW 300 49408-010 169 18311 64 12005Y-200 20 48711-020 193 49408-020 169 18313 64 12007-100 20 48713-020 193 49409-010 169 18315 64 12007AA-001 20 48715-010 193 49409-020 169 18317 64 12007R-100 20 48715-020 193 49410-010 169 18411 64 12007-UPC 20 48716-010 193 49410-020 169 18413 64 12007Y-100 20 48716-020 193 49411-010 169 18415 64 12008-010 20 48717-010 193 49411-020 169 18417 64 12008-100 20 48717-020 193 49411SD-010 218 18511 64 12008-750 20 48808-020 194 49412-010 169 18513 64 12008R-100 20 48810-020 194 49412-020 169 18515 64 12008R-750 20 48811-020 194 49413-010 169 18517 64 12008Y-100 20 48813-020 194 49413-020 169 18611 64 12008Y-750 20 48814-020 194 49415-010 169 18613 64 12009-750 20 48815-020 194 49415-020 169 18615 64 12010-750 20 48816-020 194 49415SD-010 218 18617 64 12011-500 20 48817-020 194 49416-010 169 59111 212 12011R-500 20 49005-010 168 49417-010 169 59113 212 12011Y-500 20 49007-010 168 49417-020 169 59115 212 1205AKR-001 20 49007-020 168 575-0640 292 59116 212 1205AKY-001 20 49008-010 168 575-0641 292 59117 212 1207AAR-001 20 49008-020 168 575-0642 292 11808-5200 209 1207AAY-001 20 49009-010 168 575-0643 292 11808D-2700 209 15004-001 4 49009-020 168 575-0644 292 11808D-5200 209 15004-100 4 49010-010 168 575-4049 292 11809-4500 209 15005-001 4 49010-020 168 575-4075 292 11809D-4500 209 15005-050 4 49011-010 168 59010N 211 11810-250 209 15005-100 4 49011-020 168 59011N 211 11810-4500 209 15005BK-001 4 49011SD-010 218 59013N 211 11810D-4500 209 15005BK-100 4 49012-010 168 59015N 211 11810T-2300 209 15007-001 4 49012-020 168 59016N 211 11810T-250 209 15007-100 4 49012SD-010 218 59017N 211 11811-1100 209 15008-100 4 49013-010 168 59208N 211 11811-250 209 15008-500 4 49013-020 168 59211N 211 11811-2500 209 15009-100 4 49013SD-010 218 59213N 211 11811-700 209 15009-200 4 49014-010 168 59215N 211 w w w. c a r l o n . c o m Part Number Index Part No. Page 59216N 211 A13C6N1ANNA4000 271 A253E 26 A5D2S1JNNB6500 285 59411N 211 A13C6N1ENNA4000 271 A253F 26 A5D2S1JNNB7000 285 59413N 211 A13C6N1JNNA4000 271 A263D 24 A5D2S1JNNB8000 285 59610-010 190 A13C9N1A3KA4000 271 A263E 24 A615D 29 59610-020 190 A13C9N1ANNA4000 271 A263F 24 A615DE 29 59611-010 190 A13C9N1JNNA4000 271 A273DE 24 A615DH 29 59611-020 190 A13D2S1JNNB1000 285 A273EF 24 A615DJ 29 59612-010 190 A13D2S1JNNB1500 285 A293DEF 23 A615DL 29 59612-020 190 A13D2S1JNNB1800 285 A340F 94 A615E 59613-010 190 A13D2S1JNNB2000 285 A343F 94 A6C6N1JNNA5000 271 59613-020 190 A13D2S1JNNB250 285 A353F 94 A6C6N1JNNB5000 271 59615-010 190 A13D2S1JNNB500 285 A400 28 A6C9N1JNNA8000 271 59615-020 190 A13D2S1JNNB750 285 A410 28 A6C9N1JNNB250 271 59616-010 190 A15C9N1ANNA1000 271 A411 28 A6C9N1JNNB500 271 59616-020 190 A15C9N1JNNA1000 271 A412 28 A6C9N1JNNB5000 271 59617-010 190 A16C26N1JNNC700 271 A413 28 A6C9N1JNNB8000 271 59617-020 190 A16C6N1ANNA766 271 A414 28 A6C9N1JNNC2500 271 59618-010 190 A16C6N1JNNA766 271 A420 28 A6C9N1JNNC5000 271 59618-020 190 A16C9N1ANNA766 271 A421 28 A6D2E1JNNA250 285 59810L-020 219 A16C9N1JNNA766 271 A422 28 A6D2E1JNNA250B 285 59813L-020 219 A17C9N1ENNA700 271 A470D 28 A6D2S1JNNB1000 285 68315-020 202 A17C9N1JNNA700 271 A471 28 A6D2S1JNNB1600 285 68315W-020 202 A18C9N1ANNA480 271 A472 28 A6D2S1JNNB250 285 68415-020 202 A18C9N1ENNA480 271 A52151D 27 A6D2S1JNNB2500 285 68415W-020 202 A200D 21 A52151E 27 A6D2S1JNNB250B 285 68515-020 202 A200E 21 A52171D 27 A6D2S1JNNB4000 285 68515PL-020 219 A200F 21 A52171E 27 A6D2S1JNNB500 285 68515SD-010 218 A210D 21 A5217DE 27 A6D2S1JNNB5000 285 68515W-020 202 A210E 21 A521DE 27 A6D2S1JNNB500B 285 68515WL-020 219 A210F 21 A5329DE 27 A6D2S1JNNB6000 285 68615-020 202 A220D 21 A540DS 27 A6D2S1JNNB7000 285 68711-020 193 A220E 21 A58381D 27 A861 27 68713-020 193 A220F 21 A58381E 27 A862D 27 68715-020 193 A22C6N1ANNA450 271 A5C6N1JNNA7000 271 A862E 27 68716-010 193 A22C9N1ANNA450 271 A5C6N1JNNB7000 271 A863-4SQ 22 68716-020 193 A22C9N1ENNA450 271 A5C9N1JNNA7000 271 A863BC 22 68717-020 193 A230D 21 A5C9N1JNNB1800 271 A863CF 22 68811-020 194 A230E 21 A5C9N1JNNB250 271 A863CFG 22 68813-020 194 A230F 21 A5C9N1JNNB500 271 A863D 22 68815-020 194 A238 25 A5C9N1JNNB7000 271 A863DG 22 68816-020 194 A238DIV 25 A5D2E1JNNA250 285 A863MB 23 68817-010 194 A240D 26 A5D2E1JNNA250B 285 A863S 22 68817-020 194 A240E 26 A5D2S1JNNB1000 285 A863SG 22 68913D-020 195 A240F 26 A5D2S1JNNB1800 285 A864D 27 68915-020 195 A243D 26 A5D2S1JNNB2000 285 A864E 27 68915D-020 195 A243E 26 A5D2S1JNNB250 285 A864F 68916-020 195 A243F 26 A5D2S1JNNB250B 285 A9C6N1JNNA5000 271 68916D-020 195 A245D 24 A5D2S1JNNB2700 285 A9C9N1JNNA5000 271 68917-020 195 A245E 24 A5D2S1JNNB500 285 A9C9N1JNNB5000 271 25 A245F 24 A5D2S1JNNB5000 285 A9D2S1JNNB1000 285 271 A253D 26 A5D2S1JNNB500B 285 A9D2S1JNNB2200 285 A122 A13C4N1JNNC2500 Part No. Page Part No. w w w. c a r l o n . c o m Page Part No. Page 29 27 303 Part Number Index Part No. 304 Page Part No. Page Part No. Page A9D2S1JNNB250 285 BG380SP-010 236 C3024C4 125 A9D2S1JNNB250B 285 BG380SP-020 236 CA861G 27 A9D2S1JNNB2900 285 BG3PE 236 CC1085 A9D2S1JNNB4000 285 BG440SP-010 236 CC120B A9D2S1JNNB500 Part No. CK225 Page 16 CP100N 128 123 CP100NB 129 222 CP200N 128 285 BG440SP-020 236 CC12106 123 CP200NB B108B-UPC 73 BG480SP-010 236 CC122 222 CP300N 128 B108R-UPC 75 BG480SP-020 236 CC125 222 CP300NB 129 B112HB 72 BG4PE 236 CC14126 123 CP900 130 B114RR-UPC 75 BG4X1B-5600 93 CC16147 123 CPC4WH B114R-UPC 75 BG540SP-010 236 CC665 123 CS1085 124 B118A 73 BG540SP-020 236 CC863 123 CS12106 124 B118B-UPC 73 BG5PE 236 CE4X1-1000 88 CS14126 124 B120A-UPC 73 BG640SP-010 236 CE4X1-1000S 88 CS16147 124 B120R 75 BG640SP-020 236 CE4X1-350 89 CS665 124 B121ADJ 71 BG6PE 236 CF4X1-250 89 CS863 124 B121BFBB 42 BH118R 80 CF4X1-250S 89 CV1085 124 B121BFBR 42 BH122A 79 CF4X1C-100 89 CV12106 124 B121BFBRW 42 BH122S 79 CF4X1C-1000 88 CV14126 124 B122A-UPC 73 BH234R 80 CF4X1C-1500 88 CV16147 124 B1EXTB 76 BH235A 79 CF4X1C-250 89 CV665 124 B225R-UPC 75 BH235S 79 CF4X1C-500 88 CV863 124 B232A-UPC 74 BH353A 80 CF4X1C-5200 88 DE4X1-1000 90 B232B-UPC 74 BH353S 80 CF4X1C-6500 88 DE4X1-350 91 B234ADJ 71 BH464A 80 CF4X1C-8000 88 DEL131 291 B234ADJC 71 BH464S 80 CG4X1-900S 88 DEL150 291 B234BFBB 43 BH4X1B-4500 93 CG4X1C-1600 88 DEL150-154 291 B344AB 74 BH525A 82 CG4X1C-200 89 DEL150-166 291 B355R 75 BH525H 82 CG4X1C-3200 88 DEL154 291 B418A-UPC 74 BH525HP 82 CG4X1C-500 88 DEL154-166 291 B432AR-UPC 74 BH525L 82 CG4X1C-6500 88 DEL166 291 B432A-UPC 74 BH525LP 82 CG4X1C-900 88 DEL190 291 B455AH 74 BH525P 82 CH100R 133 DEL237 291 B455A-UPC 74 BH525S 82 CH208 133 DF4X1-250S 91 B468R 75 BH525SP 82 CH4X1C-1200 88 DF4X1C-1000 90 B518A-UPC 77 BH614R 81 CH4X1C-150 89 DF4X1C-1500 90 B518P-UPC 77 BH614RP 81 CH4X1C-350 88 DF4X1C-250 91 B520A-UPC 77 BJ4X1B-2000 93 CH4X1C-4000 88 DF4X1C-2700 90 B520P-UPC 77 BS1.194 291 CJ1085 123 DF4X1C-500 91 B618RP-UPC 75 BS1.315 291 CJ12106 123 DF4X1C-500R 90 B618R-UPC 75 BS1.488 291 CJ14126 123 DF4X1C-5200 90 B620DC 78 BS1.660 291 CJ16147 123 DF4X1C-6500 90 B620HG-UPC 78 BS1.900 291 CJ4X1C-100 89 DF4X1C-7000 90 B620H-UPC 78 BS2.375 291 CJ4X1C-2000 88 DF4X1C-9400 90 B620K 78 C2016A4 125 CJ4X1C-225 88 DG4X1-200 91 B620KG-UPC 78 C2016B4 125 CJ4X1C-2800 88 DG4X1-200S 91 B620L-UPC 77 C2016C4 125 CJ4X1C-700 88 DG4X1C-1500 90 B708-SHK 77 C2420A4 125 CJ665 123 DG4X1C-1600 90 B720-SHK 77 C2420B4 125 CJ863 123 DG4X1C-200 91 BF4X1B-8000 93 C2420C4 125 CJB159 133 DG4X1C-3200 90 BG340SP-010 236 C3024A4 125 CJTL 133 DG4X1C-4500 90 BG340SP-020 236 C3024B4 125 CK221RP 16 DG4X1C-500 91 w w w. c a r l o n . c o m 12 83 Part Number Index Part No. Page Part No. Page Part No. Page Part No. Page DG4X1C-500R 90 E244NF5 200 E900NW 204 E939NL 212 DG4X1C-5600 90 E244PF 200 E900PS 204 E939NR 212 DG4X1C-6500 90 E244PF5 200 E901N 205 E939NRT 212 DG4X1C-900 90 E244RF 200 E901NS 205 E940D 174 DH4X1C-1200 90 E244RF5 200 E902N 205 E940E 174 DH4X1C-150 91 E245J 200 E903N 204 E940F 174 DH4X1C-4000 90 E245N 200 E904M 205 E940G 174 DH4X1C-4500 90 E245P 200 E904M12 205 E940H 174 DJ4X1C-100 91 E245R 200 E904M8 205 E940J 174 DJ4X1C-2000 90 E252LJ 201 E904MM 205 E940K 174 DJ4X1C-2800 90 E252NJS 201 E904MS 205 E940K-CAR 174 DJ4X1C-700 90 E252NL 201 E904MX 205 E940L 174 E1212C24 50 E252PN 201 E904N 205 E940L-CAR 174 E1212DIV 50 E252RNS 201 E904N12 205 E940M 174 E1212L24 50 E252RP 201 E904N24 205 E940N 174 E144F 291 E297J 201 E904N8 205 E940N-CAR 174 E144GT 291 E297JN 201 E904NS 205 E940P 174 E147E 95 E297L 201 E905N 205 E940R 174 E147F 95 E297LR 201 E905NL 205 E941H 174 E200J 200 E297N 201 E906N 205 E941J 174 E200JS6 218 E297NT 201 E907N 204 E941K 174 E200KS7 218 E297P 201 E907NY 204 E941L 174 E200L 200 E297PS 201 E908N 204 E941N 174 E200LS7 218 E297PT 201 E908NM 205 E941PF 174 E200LSS 218 E297RF 201 E9098NS 204 E941RF 174 E200M 200 E297RR 201 E9098PS 204 E942D 175 E200MS8 218 E297RT 201 E913N 205 E942E 175 E200N 200 E299JM 201 E913NF 205 E942F 175 E200NS8 218 E299JP 201 E914N 204 E942G 175 E200NSS 218 E299JR 201 E916N 205 E942H 175 E200P 200 E299LF 201 E916NS 205 E942J 175 E200PS8 218 E299LR 201 E916NSW 205 E942K 175 E200PS9 218 E299NX7 201 E916NW 205 E942K-CAR 175 E200R 200 E365D-CAR 56 E917N 204 E942L 175 E200RS1 218 E365DW-CAR 56 E923NM 205 E942L-CAR 175 E240L 200 E381D-CAR 56 E92CSH 178 E942M 175 E240N 200 E381DW-CAR 56 E92CSJ 178 E942N 175 E240P 200 E382DE 56 E92CSL 178 E942N-CAR 175 E240RF 200 E382DEW 56 E92CSN 178 E942NX9 175 E241L 200 E442K 175 E92CSP 178 E942P 175 E241N 200 E442R 175 E92CSR 178 E942R 175 E241PF 200 E442T 175 E935J 177 E942RX 175 E242J 200 E460R-CAR 28 E935L 177 E943D 175 E2440N5 200 E88C24 50 E935N 177 E943DW 178 E2440NF 200 E88DIV 50 E935P 177 E943E 175 E2440P5 200 E88L24 50 E935R 177 E943EW 178 E2440PF 200 E900N 204 E938JR 212 E943F 175 E2440RF 200 E900NS 204 E938NRR 212 E943FW 178 E244J 200 E900NS8 204 E938NT 212 E943G 175 E244L 200 E900NSW 204 E939JN 212 E943GW 178 E244NF 200 E900NU 204 E939N 212 E943H 175 w w w. c a r l o n . c o m 305 Part Number Index 306 Part No. Page Part No. Page Part No. Page Part No. Page E943HW 178 E948PS 175 E955H 174 E978EC-CAR 184 E943J 175 E948R 175 E955J 174 E978FC-CAR 184 E943JW 178 E948R10 175 E958D 177 E978GC-CAR 184 E943K 175 E948R12 175 E958E 177 E978HC-CAR 184 E943K-CAR 175 E948RS 175 E958F 177 E978JC-CAR 184 E943L 175 E949J5 177 E958G 177 E979DFN-CAR 181 E943L-CAR 175 E949J6 177 E958H 177 E979EFN-CAR 181 E943M 175 E949JN 177 E958J 177 E979FFN 181 E943N 175 E949JX 177 E958K 177 E97ABR2 40 E943N-CAR 175 E949LR 177 E958L 177 E97BR 41 E943P 175 E949N5 177 E958N 177 E97BR2 41 E943R 175 E949NR 177 E958P 177 E97BR2D 41 E945D 174 E949R5 177 E958R 177 E97BRG 41 E945DX 174 E949RX 177 E960GFL 56 E97CCR 40 E945E 174 E950ED 176 E960GLB 56 E97DSB 40 E945EX 174 E950FD-CAR 176 E960PGL 56 E97DSC 40 E945F 174 E950FE 176 E962E 56 E97DSI 40 E945FX 174 E950GE-CAR 176 E966JJ 212 E97DSS 40 E945G 174 E950GF 176 E970CD 178 E97DST 40 E945GX 174 E950HF-CAR 176 E970CE 178 E97SSRB 40 E945H 174 E950HG-CAR 176 E971C 176 E97SSRC 40 E945HX 174 E950JG-CAR 176 E971D 176 E97SSRS E945J 174 E950JH-CAR 176 E971FB 39 E9801 182 E945JX 174 E950KJ-CAR 176 E971FBDI 45 E9801DN 182 E945K 174 E950LJ-CAR 176 E971FBDIB 45 E9801EN 182 E945KX 174 E950LK 176 E972Y 39 E9801FN 182 E945KXL 174 E950NL 176 E973K 39 E9802 183 E945L 174 E952KJ 176 E9761B 36 E9802CN-CAR 183 E945LX 174 E952LJ 176 E9761BR 37 E9802D 183 E945M 174 E952LK 176 E9761C 36 E9802E 183 E945MX 174 E952NL 176 E9761S 36 E9802F 183 E945N 174 E952NM 176 E9762B 36 E980CM-CAR 183 E945NX 174 E952PN 176 E9762BR 37 E980CN-CAR 183 E945P 174 E952RP 176 E9762C 36 E980DFN 181 E945PX 174 E954HX 175 E9762S 36 E980EFN 181 E945R 174 E954J 175 E9763B 36 E980FFN 181 E945RX 174 E954JX 175 E9763BR 37 E980FFN-CAR 181 E948H 175 E954JXS 216 E9763C 36 E9811DN 182 E948J 175 E954JXX 216 E9763S 36 E9811EN 182 E948JR 175 E954K 175 E976AK2 35 E9811FN 182 E948JS 175 E954KX 175 E976RFB 35 E9812D 183 E948K 175 E954KXX 216 E977DC 185 E9812E 183 E948L 175 E954L 175 E977EC 185 E9812F 183 E948L12 175 E954LX 175 E977FC 185 E981DFN 181 E948L6 175 E954LXS 216 E977GC 185 E981EFN 181 E948LS 175 E954LXX 216 E977HC 185 E981FFN 181 E948N 175 E954NXX 216 E977JC 185 E981FFN-CAR 181 E948N12 175 E955D 174 E977KC-CAR 185 E982DFN 181 E948N7 175 E955E 174 E977LC-CAR 185 E982EFN 181 E948NS 175 E955F 174 E977NC-CAR 185 E982FFN-CTN 181 E948P 175 E955G 174 E978DC-CAR 184 E983D-CAR 179 w w w. c a r l o n . c o m 40 Part Number Index Part No. Page Part No. Page 180 Part No. Page Part No. Page E983E-CAR 179 E989UUN E998E-CAR 177 EGLFL 65 E983F 179 E98DHGN-CAR 53 E998F 177 EGLFN 65 E983G 179 E98G20N 52 E998F-CAR 177 EGLFR 65 E983H-CAR 179 E98G30N-CAR 52 E998G-CAR 177 EGLIJ 65 E983J 179 E98G5FN-CAR 52 E998H-CAR 177 EGLIL 65 E9842D 176 E98GCBN 53 E998J-CAR 177 EGLIN 65 E9842E 176 E98GDRN-CAR 52 E998K-UPC 177 EGLIR 65 E984D-CAR 179 E98GFCN-CAR 52 E998L 177 EGPR 65 E984E-CAR 179 E98GHGN-CAR 53 E998N 177 EGSBJ 65 E984F-CAR 179 E98SRCN-CAR 52 E9G2DDN-CAR 53 EGSBL 65 E984G-CAR 179 E98SSCN-CAR 53 E9G2DSN-CAR 53 EGSBN 65 E984H-CAR 179 E98TSCN-CAR 53 E9G2GTN-CAR 53 EGSBR 65 E984J 179 E990D 178 E9G2SSN 53 EGSEJ 65 E984J-CAR 179 E990DR-CAR 178 E9U2CRN 54 EGSEL 65 E985D-CAR 179 E990E 178 E9U2GRN 54 EGSEN 65 E985E-CAR 179 E990ER-CAR 178 E9U2WRN 54 EGSER 65 E985F-CAR 179 E994DR-CTN 177 E9UDVCRN 54 EGTEJ 65 E985G-CAR 179 E994ER-CTN 177 E9UDVGRN 54 EGTEL 65 E985H-CAR 179 E994F 177 E9UDVWRN 54 EGTEN 65 E985J 179 E995G 177 E9UHCRN 54 EGTER 65 E986D-CAR 179 E995G-CTN 177 E9UHGRN 54 EGTFJ 65 E986E-CAR 179 E995J 177 E9UHWRN 54 EGTFL 65 E986F-CAR 179 E996D 176 E9UVCRN 54 EGTFN 65 E986G-CAR 179 E996E 176 E9UVGRN 54 EGTFR 65 E986H-CAR 179 E996F 176 E9UVWRN 54 EL.084 291 E986J 179 E996G 176 EC1.315 298 EL1.050 291 E986K 179 E996H 176 EC1.488 298 EL1.315 291 E986L 179 E996J 176 EC1.660 298 EL1.660 291 E986M 179 E996K-CAR 176 EC1.900 298 EL1.900 291 E986N 179 E996L 176 EC2.375 298 EL2.375 291 E987D-CAR 179 E996L-CAR 176 EC4.500 298 EL2.875 291 E987E-CAR 179 E996N 176 EGCEJ 65 EL3.500 291 E987F-CAR 179 E997F 177 EGCEL 65 EL4.500 291 E987G-CAR 179 E997F-CAR 177 EGCEN 65 EL5.563 291 E987H-CAR 179 E997G 177 EGCER 65 EL600 291 E987J 179 E997G-CAR 177 EGCIJ 65 EMP1194 139 E987N-CAR 180 E997H 177 EGCIL 65 EMP1210 139 E987R-CAR 180 E997H-CAR 177 EGCIN 65 EMP1411 139 E988D-CAR 179 E997J 177 EGFCJ 65 EMP743 139 E988E 179 E997J-CAR 177 EGFCL 65 EMP974 139 E988F-CAR 179 E997K 177 EGFCN 65 EXP125 292 E988G-CAR 179 E997K-CAR 177 EGFCR 65 G280J 223 E988H-CAR 179 E997L 177 EGFJ 65 GSUP 236 E988J 179 E997L-CAR 177 EGFL 65 GSUP3 236 E989N-CAR 180 E997M 177 EGFN 65 GSUP5 236 E989NNJ-CAR 180 E997N 177 EGFR 65 GSUP6 236 E989NNR-CAR 180 E997P 177 EGLEJ 65 HB1BL 72 E989PPJ-CAR 180 E997R 177 EGLEL 65 HB1DP 72 E989RRR-UPC 180 E997T 177 EGLEN 65 HB1GF 72 E989R-UPC 180 E998D 177 EGLER 65 HB1SW E989SSX-UPC 180 E998E 177 EGLFJ 65 HC1612B w w w. c a r l o n . c o m 72 145 307 Part Number Index Part No. Part No. Page Part No. Page Part No. Page HC2016B 145 HLA2030 151 HPCO400 147 HS21D9C 141 HC2416C 145 HLA3020 151 HPCO500 147 HS21DBP 142 HC3020D 145 HLA3030 151 HPFA4 148 HS7A7 141 HC3325D 145 HLA30402 151 HPFA5 148 HS7A7C 141 HE1194 139 HLA4020 151 HPFA6 148 HS7ABP 142 HE12105 139 HLA4030 151 HPLM200 148 HSCH 142 HE1210C 139 HLA40402 151 HPLM250 148 HSMFSS 142 HE14114 139 HLA40502 151 HPLM300 148 HSMFZ 142 HE1411C 139 HLA5020 151 HPPF300 147 HSTS4 142 HE432 139 HLA5030 151 HPPF400 147 HSTS6 142 HE432C 139 HLA50402 151 HPPF500 147 HVM27 135 HE443 139 HLABPA4 153 HPPF600 147 I41240-020 263 HE443C 139 HLAHAN 153 HPPLH 149 I41240MC-020 263 HE533 139 HLAMFSS 153 HPRFK 147 I4124540 264 HE533C 139 HLAPAD 153 HPRLA 149 I4129040 264 HE743 139 HLATD 153 HPRSH 149 I412C-020 263 HE743C 139 HLATEL 153 HPSFS1 148 I412CMC-020 263 HE974 139 HLP3318 155 HPTPLM 149 I41540-020 262 HE974C 139 HLP3318G 155 HPVEA9 135 I41540MC-020 262 HEWMB 139 HLP3323 155 HPVM25 135 I415C-020 262 HF4X4C-5000 92 HLP3323G 155 HPVM35 135 I415CMC-020 262 HG4X4C-4000 92 HLP3331 155 HPWMF 147 I42240-020 262 HH11A7 141 HLP3331G 155 HS11A7 141 I42240MC-020 262 HH11A7C 141 HLP33442 155 HS11A7C 141 I422C-020 262 HH11A9 141 HLP33442L 155 HS11A9 141 I422CMC-020 262 HH11A9C 141 HLP3344G 155 HS11A9C 141 I4HISG 264 HH11B7 141 HLPED3318 155 HS11ABP 142 I4ISG 264 HH11B7C 141 HLPED3323 155 HS11B7 141 I4ISG15 264 HH11B9 141 HLPED3331 155 HS11B7C 141 I4ISH 264 HH11B9C 141 HLPED33442 155 HS11B9 141 I4SFG-020 262 HH11C7 141 HLS2020 151 HS11B9C 141 I4SFG4-020 262 HH11C7C 141 HLS2030 151 HS11BBP 142 I4SFG5-020 262 HH11C9 141 HLS3020 151 HS11C7 141 I4SFG6-020 262 HH11C9C 141 HLS3030 151 HS11C7C 141 I4SFGA-020 262 HH15C7 141 HLS30402 151 HS11C9 141 I4SFGB-020 262 HH15C7C 141 HLS4020 151 HS11C9C 141 I4SFGG-020 262 HH15C9 141 HLS4030 151 HS11CBP 142 I4SXG-020 262 HH15C9C 141 HLS40402 151 HS15C7 141 I62240-020 263 HH15D9 141 HLS40502 151 HS15C7C 141 I622C-020 263 HH15D9C 141 HLS5020 151 HS15C9 141 I6SFG-020 263 HH21C7 141 HLS5030 151 HS15C9C 141 I6SXG-020 263 HH21C7C 141 HLS50402 151 HS15CBP 142 IF3FG4 264 HH21C9 141 HP1612B 145 HS15D9 141 IF3FG6 264 HH21C9C 141 HP2016B 145 HS15D9C 141 IF3HG4 264 HH21D9 141 HP2416C 145 HS15DBP 142 IF3HG6 264 HH21D9C 141 HP3020D 145 HS21C7 141 IF5FG4 264 92 HP3325D 145 HS21C7C 141 IF5FG6 264 HH7A7 141 HPBNGB 147 HS21C9 141 IF5HG4 264 HH7A7C 141 HPBNGC 147 HS21C9C 141 IF5HG6 264 HPBU 149 HS21CBP 142 IF7FG4 264 HPCO300 147 HS21D9 141 IF7FG6 264 HH4X4C-2000 HJ4X4C-2000 HLA2020 308 Page 92 151 w w w. c a r l o n . c o m Part Number Index Part No. Page Part No. Page Part No. Page Part No. Page 152 MAFPG4 296 IF7HG4 264 JP86 134 LP50402BP IF7HG6 264 JP86P 134 LT100 9 MAFPG41 296 IF9FG4 264 JP88 134 LT100G 9 MAFPG5 296 IF9FG6 264 JP88P 134 LT20C 7 MAFPG6 296 IF9HG4 264 LA1412BP 155 LT20C-CAR 7 MAFPG9 296 IF9HG6 264 LA1816BP 155 LT20D-NEW 7 MAPE1012 279 IRS4 265 LA1916BP 155 LT20E-NEW 7 MAPE3 297 IX3FG4 264 LA2020BP 152 LT20F 7 MAPE4 297 IX3FG6 264 LA2725BP 155 LT20G 7 MAPE5 297 IX3HG4 264 LA3020BP 152 LT20H 7 MAPE6 297 297 IX3HG6 264 LA3030BP 152 LT20J 7 MAPE7 IX5FG4 264 LA30402BP 152 LT38 9 MAPE8 297 IX5FG6 264 LA4020BP 152 LT38G 9 MAPE9 297 296 IX5HG4 264 LA4030BP 152 LT43C 6 MAPH3 IX5HG6 264 LA40402BP 152 LT43C-CAR 6 MAPH4 296 IX7FG4 264 LA40502BP 152 LT43D-NEW 6 MAPH6 279 297 IX7FG6 264 LA5020BP 152 LT43E-NEW 6 MAPRO3 IX7HG4 264 LA5030BP 152 LT43F 6 MAPRO4 297 IX7HG6 264 LA50402BP 152 LT43G 6 MAQPG2 296 IX9FG4 264 LH07 12 LT43H 6 MAQPG4 296 IX9FG6 264 LH09 12 LT43J 6 MASV4 297 IX9HG4 264 LH100 13 LT50 9 MASV5 297 IX9HG6 264 LH100G 13 LT50G 9 MASV6 297 J1085P 130 LH11 12 LT75 9 MASV7 297 J1085W 126 LH13 12 LT75G 9 MASV8 297 J12106P 130 LH16 12 LT9100 9 MASVP6 297 J12106W 126 LH21 12 LT9100G 9 MASVP7 297 J14126P 130 LH38 13 LT938 9 MASVP8 297 J14126W 126 LH38G 13 LT938G 9 MAT3021 298 J16147P 130 LH50 13 LT950 9 MAT3051 298 J16147W 126 LH50G 13 LT950G 9 MAT3061 298 J665P 130 LH75 13 LT975 9 MAT3T21 298 9 MAT3T61 298 J665W 126 LH75G 13 J863P 130 LN20DA 8 LT9LD 178 MAT6021 298 J863W 126 LN20EA 8 LT9LE 178 MAT6061 298 296 LT975G JP1010 134 LN20FA 8 LT9LF 178 MATPG2 JP1010P 134 LN20FA-CAR 8 MA30EK 248 MATPG3 296 JP108 134 LN43DA 8 MAEPG2 296 MB3HN3S 248 JP108P 134 LN43EA 8 MAEPG3 296 MB5HN3S 248 JP1210 134 LN43FA 8 MAEPG4 296 MB5HN4S 248 JP1210P 134 LN43FA-CAR 8 MAEPG5 296 MB7HN3S 248 JP1212 134 LP2020BP 152 MAEPG55 296 MB7HN4S 248 JP1212P 134 LP3020BP 152 MAEPG6 296 MB9HN3S 248 JP1412 134 LP3030BP 152 MAEPG7 296 MB9HN4S 248 JP1412P 134 LP30402BP 152 MAEPG8 296 MBCC3 249 JP1614 134 LP4020BP 152 MAES3 241 MBCC4 249 JP1614P 134 LP4030BP 152 MAES4 241 MBEC3 250 JP64 134 LP40402BP 152 MAFPG2 296 MBEC4 250 JP64P 134 LP40502BP 152 MAFPG21 296 MBSS3S-020 248 JP66 134 LP5020BP 152 MAFPG22 296 MBSS4S-020 248 JP66P 134 LP5030BP 152 MAFPG3 296 MD3FN3S 239 w w w. c a r l o n . c o m 309 Part Number Index Part No. 310 Page Part No. Page Part No. Page Part No. Page MD3FN4S 239 MDFC4 239 MFAB3 240 MHEC3 250 MD3HN3S 239 MDFC4J 239 MFAB4 240 MHEC4 250 MD3HN4S 239 MDSS3S-020 239 MFAD3 240 MHSS3S-020 248 MD3JN3S 239 MDSS4S-020 239 MFAD4 240 MHSS4S-020 248 MD3JN4S 239 MDSSR 241 MFAE3 240 MP3FN3S 252 MD3MN3S 239 MDT13 240 MFAE4 240 MP3FN4S 252 MD3MN4S 239 MDT14 240 MFAH3 240 MP5FN3S 252 MD5FN3S 239 MDT23 240 MFAH4 240 MP5FN4S 252 MD5FN4S 239 MDT24 240 MFAR3 240 MP7FN3S 252 MD5HN3S 239 MDT63 240 MFAR4 240 MP7FN4S 252 MD5HN4S 239 MDT64 240 MFAS3 240 MP7HN3S 252 MD5JN3S 239 MDT93 240 MFAS4 240 MP7HN4S 252 MD5JN4S 239 ME7FN3S 256 MFCC3 240 MP9FN3S 252 MD5MN3S 239 ME7FN4S 256 MFCC4 240 MP9FN4S 252 MD5MN4S 239 ME9FN3S 256 MFEC3 241 MP9HN3S 252 MD7FN3S 239 ME9FN4S 256 MFEC4 241 MP9HN4S 252 MD7FN4S 239 MESS3S-010 256 MFFB3 239 MPCC10 279 MD7HN3S 239 MESS3SFB-010 256 MFFB3J 239 MPCC12 279 MD7HN4S 239 MESS4S-010 256 MFFB4 239 MPCC16 279 MD7JN3S 239 MESS4SFB-010 256 MFFB4J 239 MPEC10 279 MD7JN4S 239 MET63 256 MFFC3 239 MPEC12 279 MD7MN3S 239 MET64 256 MFFC3J 239 MPEC16 279 MD7MN4S 239 MF3FN3S 239 MFFC4 239 MPPC10 279 MD9FN3S 239 MF3FN4S 239 MFFC4J 239 MPPC12 279 MD9FN4S 239 MF3HN4S 239 MFR13S 241 MPPC8 279 MD9HN3S 239 MF3JN3S 239 MFR14S 241 MPSS3S-010 252 MD9HN4S 239 MF3MN3S 239 MFR33S 241 MPSS4S-010 252 MD9JN3S 239 MF5FN3S 239 MFR44S 241 MR3HN4S 252 MD9JN4S 239 MF5FN4S 239 MFSS3B-020 236 MR5HN4S 252 MD9MN3S 239 MF5HN3S 239 MFSS3S-020 239 MR7FN4S 252 MD9MN4S 239 MF5HN4S 239 MFSS4B-020 236 MR7HN3S 252 MDAB3 240 MF5JN3S 239 MFSS4S-020 239 MR7HN4S 252 MDAB4 240 MF5JN4S 239 MFSSR 241 MR9FN3S 252 MDAE3 240 MF5MN3S 239 MFT13 240 MR9FN4S 252 MDAE4 240 MF5MN4S 239 MFT14 240 MR9HN3S 252 MDAH3 240 MF7FN3S 239 MFT23 240 MR9HN4S 252 MDAH4 240 MF7FN4S 239 MFT24 240 MREC3 253 MDAR3 240 MF7HN3S 239 MFT63 240 MREC4 253 MDAR4 240 MF7HN4S 239 MFT64 240 MRFB3 252 MDAS3 240 MF7JN3S 239 MFT93 240 MRFB4 252 MDAS4 240 MF7JN4S 239 MFT94 240 MROS3 253 MDCC3 240 MF7MN3S 239 MH3HN3S 248 MROS4 253 MDCC4 240 MF7MN4S 239 MH3HN4S 248 MRSS3S-010 252 MDEC3 241 MF9FN3S 239 MH5HN3S 248 MRSS3SFB-010 254 MDEC4 241 MF9FN4S 239 MH5HN4S 248 MRSS4S-010 252 MDFB3 239 MF9HN3S 239 MH7HN3S 248 MRSS4SFB-010 254 MDFB3J 239 MF9HN4S 239 MH7HN4S 248 MS3HN3S 248 MDFB4 239 MF9JN3S 239 MH9HN3S 248 MS3HN4S 248 MDFB4J 239 MF9JN4S 239 MH9HN4S 248 MS5HN4S 248 MDFC3 239 MF9MN3S 239 MHCC3 249 MS7HN3S 248 MDFC3J 239 MF9MN4S 239 MHCC4 249 MS7HN4S 248 w w w. c a r l o n . c o m Part Number Index Part No. Page Part No. Page Part No. Page Part No. Page MS9HN3S 248 MXAR4 240 NC88L 118 NI644 116 MS9HN4S 248 MXCC3 240 NH10106 116 NI64L 116 MSCC3 249 MXCC4 240 NH1010C 116 NI64W 136 MSCC4 249 MXEC3 241 NH1010L 116 NI664 116 MSEC3 250 MXEC4 241 NH1084 116 NI66L 116 MSEC4 250 MXFB3 239 NH1086 116 NI66W 136 MSSS3S-020 248 MXFB3J 239 NH108C 116 NI864 116 MSSS4S-020 248 MXFB4 239 NH108L 116 NI86L 116 MX3FN3S 239 MXFB4J 239 NH12106 116 NI86W 136 MX3FN4S 239 MXFC3 239 NH1210C 116 NI884 116 MX3HN3S 239 MXFC3J 239 NH1210L 116 NI88L 116 MX3HN4S 239 MXFC4 239 NH12126 116 NI88W 136 MX3JN3S 239 MXFC4J 239 NH1212C 116 NJ10106 118 MX3JN4S 239 MXR13S 241 NH1212L 116 NJ1010L 118 MX3MN3S 239 MXR14S 241 NH14126 116 NJ1084 118 MX3MN4S 239 MXR24S 241 NH1412C 116 NJ1086 118 MX5FN3S 239 MXR33S 241 NH1412L 116 NJ108L 118 MX5FN4S 239 MXSS3S-020 239 NH16146 116 NJ12106 118 MX5HN3S 239 MXSS4S-020 239 NH1614C 116 NJ1210L 118 MX5HN4S 239 MXT13 240 NH1614L 116 NJ12126 118 MX5JN3S 239 MXT14 240 NH644 116 NJ1212L 118 MX5JN4S 239 MXT23 240 NH64C 116 NJ14126 118 MX5MN3S 239 MXT24 240 NH64L 116 NJ1412L 118 MX5MN4S 239 MXT63 240 NH664 116 NJ16146 118 MX7FN3S 239 MXT64 240 NH66C 116 NJ1614L 118 MX7FN4S 239 MXT93 240 NH66L 116 NJ644 118 MX7HN3S 239 MXT94 240 NH864 116 NJ64L 118 MX7HN4S 239 NBPADJ2 131 NH86C 116 NJ664 118 MX7JN3S 239 NBPSWG 131 NH86L 116 NJ66L 118 MX7JN4S 239 NBPSWG2 131 NH884 116 NJ864 118 MX7MN3S 239 NBPTSK 131 NH88C 116 NJ86L 118 MX7MN4S 239 NC10106 118 NH88L 116 NJ884 118 MX9FN3S 239 NC1010L 118 NI10106 116 NJ88L 118 MX9FN4S 239 NC1084 118 NI1010L 116 NL1010B 118 MX9HN3S 239 NC1086 118 NI1010W 136 NL1084B 118 MX9HN4S 239 NC108L 118 NI1084 116 NL1086B 118 MX9JN3S 239 NC12106 118 NI1086 116 NL1210B 118 MX9JN4S 239 NC1210L 118 NI108L 116 NL1212B 118 MX9MN3S 239 NC12126 118 NI108W 136 NL1412B 118 MX9MN4S 239 NC1212L 118 NI12106 116 NL1614B 118 MXAB3 240 NC14126 118 NI1210L 116 NL644B 118 MXAB4 240 NC1412L 118 NI1210W 136 NL664B 118 MXAD3 240 NC16146 118 NI12126 116 NL864B 118 MXAD4 240 NC1614L 118 NI1212L 116 NL884B 118 MXAE3 240 NC644 118 NI1212W 136 NMK10V 131 MXAE4 240 NC64L 118 NI14126 116 NMK12V 131 MXAF3 240 NC664 118 NI1412L 116 NMK14V 131 MXAF4 240 NC66L 118 NI1412W 136 NMK4V 131 MXAH3 240 NC864 118 NI16146 116 NMK6V 131 MXAH4 240 NC86L 118 NI1614L 116 NMK8V 131 MXAR3 240 NC884 118 NI1614W 136 NP1010B 114 w w w. c a r l o n . c o m 311 Part Number Index Part No. 312 Page Part No. Page Part No. Page Part No. Page NP1084B 114 NV1614L 114 PF3HR 197 PF6SN 197 NP1086B 114 NV644 114 PF3IJ 197 PF6SP 197 NP1210B 114 NV64L 114 PF3IR 197 PF6VJ 197 NP1212B 114 NV664 114 PF3SJ 197 PF6VN 197 NP1412B 114 NV66L 114 PF3SN 197 PF6VR 197 NP1614B 114 NV864 114 PF3SP 197 PF7CF 196 NP2016 134 NV86L 114 PF3SR 197 PF7CH 196 NP2016P 134 NV884 114 PF3VJ 197 PF7CJ 196 NP2420 134 NV88L 114 PF3VL 197 PF7CL 196 NP2420P 134 P100 291 PF3VN 197 PF7DF 196 NP3024 134 P125 291 PF3VP 197 PF7DH 196 NP3024P 134 P150CPLR 291 PF5DL 197 PF7DJ 196 NP644B 114 P200 291 PF5DN 197 PF7DL 196 NP664B 114 P258H 176 PF5DP 197 PF7DN 196 NP864B 114 P258JT 176 PF5FF 197 PF7FF 196 NP884B 114 P258K 176 PF5FL 197 PF7FH 196 NPL1L 132 P258LT 176 PF5FN 197 PF7FJ 196 NPL1S 132 P258NT 176 PF5FP 197 PF7FL 196 NS10106 114 P258NTB 204 PF5FR 197 PF7FN 196 NS1010L 114 P258PT 176 PF5HL 197 PF7FP 196 NS1084 114 P258RT 176 PF5HN 197 PF7FR 196 NS1086 114 P300 291 PF5HR 197 PF7HJ 196 NS108L 114 P400 291 PF5IJ 197 PF7HL 196 NS12106 114 P75 291 PF5IL 197 PF7HN 196 NS1210L 114 P7701W-CAR 55 PF5IP 197 PF7HP 196 NS12126 114 P7801W-CAR 55 PF5IR 197 PF7HR 196 NS1212L 114 P7901W-CAR 55 PF5SL 197 PF7IL 196 NS14126 114 P8001W-CAR 55 PF5SN 197 PF7IP 196 NS1412L 114 P8005W-CAR 55 PF5SP 197 PF7NN 196 NS16146 114 P8010W-CAR 55 PF5SR 197 PF7SH 196 NS1614L 114 P8060W-CAR 55 PF5UP 197 PF7SJ 196 NS644 114 PE3SNS 195 PF5VN 197 PF7SL 196 NS64L 114 PE3SP 195 PF5VP 197 PF7SN 196 NS664 114 PE3SPS 195 PF5VR 197 PF7SP 196 NS66L 114 PE3SRS 195 PF6CH 197 PF7SR 196 NS864 114 PE7SP 195 PF6CJ 197 PF7VN 196 NS86L 114 PE9HN 195 PF6CL 197 PF7VP 196 NS884 114 PE9HP 195 PF6DL 197 PF7VR 196 NS88L 114 PF3CJ 197 PF6DN 197 PF9CH 196 NV10106 114 PF3CL 197 PF6DP 197 PF9CJ 196 NV1010L 114 PF3DF 197 PF6FJ 197 PF9CL 196 NV1084 114 PF3DH 197 PF6FL 197 PF9CN 196 NV1086 114 PF3DP 197 PF6FN 197 PF9DF 196 NV108L 114 PF3FJ 197 PF6FR 197 PF9DH 196 NV12106 114 PF3FL 197 PF6HJ 197 PF9DJ 196 NV1210L 114 PF3FN 197 PF6HN 197 PF9DL 196 NV12126 114 PF3FP 197 PF6HP 197 PF9DN 196 NV1212L 114 PF3FR 197 PF6HR 197 PF9DP 196 NV14126 114 PF3HL 197 PF6IN 197 PF9FF 196 NV1412L 114 PF3HN 197 PF6IP 197 PF9FJ 196 NV16146 114 PF3HP 197 PF6SJ 197 PF9FL 196 w w w. c a r l o n . c o m Part Number Index Part No. Page Part No. Page Part No. Page Part No. Page PF9FN 196 PH5HR 199 PH9CN 198 PMR2416 146 PF9FP 196 PH5IJ 199 PH9DJ 198 PMR3020 146 PF9FR 196 PH5IL 199 PH9DJL 219 PMR3325 146 PF9HL 196 PH5IR 199 PH9DL 198 RC3200 17 PF9HN 196 PH5SN 199 PH9DLL 219 RC3250 16 PF9HP 196 PH5SP 199 PH9DN 198 RC3252 16 PF9HR 196 PH5SR 199 PH9DP 198 RC3253 16 PF9IL 196 PH5VJ 199 PH9FJ 198 RC3260 17 PF9IN 196 PH5VN 199 PH9FJL 219 RC3301 18 PF9IP 196 PH6CJ 199 PH9FL 198 RC3311 18 PF9IR 196 PH6CL 199 PH9FN 198 RC3395 18 PF9SH 196 PH6CN 199 PH9FNL 219 S258RH 226 PF9SJ 196 PH6DJ 199 PH9FP 198 S28612 226 PF9SL 196 PH6DN 199 PH9FR 198 S287F 226 PF9SR 196 PH6DP 199 PH9HJ 198 S287J 226 PF9VL 196 PH6FJ 199 PH9HL 198 S288JHN 226 PF9VN 196 PH6FL 199 PH9HN 198 S288JJN 226 PF9VP 196 PH6FN 199 PH9HP 198 S288JLN 226 PH3CJ 199 PH6FP 199 PH9HR 198 S288LHN 226 PH3CN 199 PH6FR 199 PH9IJ 198 S288LJN 226 PH3DJ 199 PH6HN 199 PH9IL 198 S288LLN 226 PH3DN 199 PH6HR 199 PH9IN 198 S288NFN 226 PH3DP 199 PH6IN 199 PH9IR 198 S288NHN 226 PH3FJ 199 PH6SL 199 PH9OJ 198 S288NJN 226 PH3FL 199 PH7CJ 198 PH9SJ 198 S288NLN 226 PH3FN 199 PH7CL 198 PH9SL 198 S288PHN 226 PH3FP 199 PH7CN 198 PH9SN 198 S288PJN 226 PH3FR 199 PH7DJ 198 PH9SP 198 S288PLN 226 PH3HN 199 PH7DL 198 PH9SR 198 S288RHN 226 PH3IN 199 PH7DN 198 PH9VN 198 S288RJN 226 PH3IP 199 PH7DP 198 PH9VP 198 S288RLN 226 PH3IR 199 PH7FJ 198 PH9VR 198 S288SHN 226 PH3SJ 199 PH7FL 198 PIC100 292 S288SJN 226 PH3SL 199 PH7FN 198 PIC125 292 S289JHN 226 PH3SN 199 PH7FP 198 PID1612 145 S289JJN 226 PH3SP 199 PH7FR 198 PID2016 145 S289JLN 226 PH3SR 199 PH7HJ 198 PID2416 145 S289LHN 226 PH3VR 199 PH7HL 198 PID3020 145 S289LJN 226 PH5CJ 199 PH7HN 198 PID3325 145 S289LLN 226 PH5CL 199 PH7HP 198 PMB1612 146 S289NFN 226 PH5CN 199 PH7HR 198 PMB2016 146 S289NHN 226 PH5DJ 199 PH7IJ 198 PMB2416 146 S289NJN 226 PH5DL 199 PH7IL 198 PMB3020 146 S289NLN 226 PH5DP 199 PH7IP 198 PMB3325 146 S289PHN 226 PH5FJ 199 PH7IR 198 PMM1612 146 S289PJN 226 PH5FL 199 PH7SJ 198 PMM2016 146 S289PLN 226 PH5FN 199 PH7SN 198 PMM2416 146 S289RHN 226 PH5FP 199 PH7SP 198 PMM3020 146 S289RJN 226 PH5HL 199 PH7SR 198 PMM3325 146 S289RLN 226 PH5HN 199 PH9CJ 198 PMR1612 146 S289SHN 226 PH5HP 199 PH9CL 198 PMR2016 146 S289SJN 226 w w w. c a r l o n . c o m 313 Part Number Index 314 Part No. Page Part No. Page Part No. SB14105 224 SP4W20-2 228 TP6FN 203 TW6TN 203 SC100A 108 SP4W30-2 228 TP6HN 203 TW6TNL 219 SC100ADJC 107 SP6W20-2 228 TP6JN 203 TW7DN 203 SC100FBBC 110 SP6W30-2 228 TP6NN 203 TW7DNL 219 SC100FBVC 110 SPL111 157 TP6RN 203 TW7FN 203 SC100FBWC 110 SPL122 157 TP6SN 203 TW7FNL 219 SC100RR 108 SPL211 157 TP6TN 203 TW7HN 203 SC100SC 107 SPL222 157 TP7DN 203 TW7IN 203 SC12CC 109 SSLL 132 TP7FN 203 TW7JN 203 SC14CC 109 SSLS 132 TP7HN 203 TW7MN 203 SC200A 108 TA9ENT 203 TP7IN 203 TW7NN 203 SC200ADJC 107 TA9FN 203 TP7JN 203 TW7ON 203 SC200DV 107 TA9FNT 203 TP7MN 203 TW7RN 203 SC200RR 108 TA9FNTL 203 TP7NN 203 TW7SN 203 SC34CC 109 TC100 292 TP7ON 203 TW7TN 203 SCA240E 106 TC125 292 TP7RN 203 TW9DN 203 SCA240F 106 TC150 292 TP7SN 203 TW9DNL 219 SCA243E 106 TC200 292 TP7TN 203 TW9FN 203 SCA243F 106 TDC100 292 TP7UN 203 TW9FNL 219 SCA253E 106 TDC125 292 TP9CN 203 TW9HN 203 SCA253F 106 TDC150 292 TP9DN 203 TW9HNL 219 SCA410 108 TDC200 292 TP9FN 203 TW9IN 203 SCDIV 108 TFL100 292 TP9HN 203 TW9JN 203 SCE4X1-100 106 TFL125 292 TP9IN 203 TW9MN 203 SCE4X1-1000 106 TFL150 292 TP9JN 203 TW9NN 203 SCE940G 106 TFL200 292 TP9MN 203 TW9SN 203 SCE940H 106 TL14203 299 TP9NN 203 TW9TN 203 SCE940J 106 TL14205 299 TP9SN 203 U13C6N1ENNA4000 281 SCE943G 106 TL14505 224 TP9TN 203 U15C9N1ENNA1000 281 SCE943H 106 TL14510 224 TP9UN 203 U16C9N1ENNA1000 281 SCE943J 106 TL38203 224 TPLG100 292 U16C9N1ENNA766 281 SCE977EC 109 TL38210 224 TPLG125 292 U18C9N1ENNA480 281 SCE977FC 109 TL38210 299 TPLG150 292 U22C9N1ENNA450 281 SCE977GC 109 TL38265 224 TPLG200 292 U5C4N1ENNB1800 281 SCE977HC 109 TP3DN 203 TW3DN 203 U5C4N1ENNB250 281 SCE977JC 109 TP3FN 203 TW3FN 203 U5C4N1ENNB500 281 SCF4X1C-100 106 TP3HN 203 TW3HN 203 U5C4N1ENNB7000 281 SCF4X1C-1500 106 TP3IN 203 TW5DN 203 U6C4N1ENNB1400 281 SCG4X1C-100 106 TP3JN 203 TW5DNL 219 U6C4N1ENNB250 281 SCH4X1C-50 106 TP3SN 203 TW5FN 203 U6C4N1ENNB500 281 SCJ4X1C-50 106 TP5DN 203 TW5HN 203 U6C4N1ENNB5000 281 SCJ4X1C-500 106 TP5FN 203 TW5JN 203 U9C4N1ENNA5000 281 SLK11 157 TP5HN 203 TW5MN 203 UA3AD 170 SLK12 157 TP5IN 203 TW5SN 203 UA3AE 170 SLK21 157 TP5JN 203 TW6FN 203 UA3AF 170 SLK22 157 TP5MN 203 TW6HN 203 UA3AG 170 SLK31 157 TP5RN 203 TW6JN 203 UA3AH 170 SLK32 157 TP5SN 203 TW6MN 203 UA3AJ 170 SP2W20-2 228 TP5TN 203 TW6NN 203 UA3AK 170 SP2W30-2 228 TP5UN 203 TW6RN 203 UA3AL 170 SP4W15-2 228 TP5VN 203 TW6SN 203 UA3AM 170 w w w. c a r l o n . c o m Page Part No. Page Part Number Index Part No. Page Part No. Page Part No. Page Part No. Page UA3AN 170 UA5ARB 170 UA5HT 172 UA6DN 172 UA3ANB 170 UA5CJ 172 UA5IN 172 UA6FJ 172 UA3AP 170 UA5CJB 172 UA5INSD 218 UA6FJB 172 UA3AR 170 UA5CK 172 UA5IP 172 UA6FL 172 UA3DJ 172 UA5CLB 172 UA5IR 172 UA6FLB 172 UA3DJB 172 UA5DJ 172 UA5JN 172 UA6FM 172 UA3DL 172 UA5DJB 172 UA5RR 172 UA6FN 172 UA3DLB 172 UA5DK 172 UA5SN 172 UA6FNB 172 UA3DM 172 UA5DL 172 UA5SNB 172 UA6FP 172 UA3DN 172 UA5DLB 172 UA5SP 172 UA6FPB 172 172 UA3DNB 172 UA5DM 172 UA5SR UA6FR 172 UA3FJ 172 UA5DN 172 UA5UNB 172 UA6FRB 172 UA3FJB 172 UA5DNB 172 UA5UPB 172 UA6HJ 172 UA3FL 172 UA5DPB 172 UA5VJ 172 UA6HJB 172 UA3FLB 172 UA5EJ 172 172 UA6HL 172 UA3FN 172 UA5EJB 172 UA5VNB 172 UA6HLB 172 UA3FNB 172 UA5EK 172 UA5VPB 172 UA6HM 172 UA3FP 172 UA5EL 172 172 UA6HN 172 UA3FPB 172 UA5ELB 172 170 UA6HNB 172 UA3FR 172 UA5EM 172 UA6ADB 170 UA6HP 172 UA3FRB 172 UA5EN 172 UA6AE 170 UA6HPB 172 UA3FT 172 UA5ENB 172 170 UA6HR 172 UA3HJ 172 UA5EP 172 UA6AF 170 UA6HRB 172 UA3HK 172 UA5EPB 172 UA6AFB 170 UA7AD 170 UA3HL 172 UA5FF 172 170 UA7ADB 170 UA3HM 172 UA5FG 172 UA6AGB 170 UA7AE 170 UA3HN 172 UA5FH 172 UA6AH 170 UA7AEB 170 UA3HNB 172 UA5FHB 172 170 UA7AER-CAR 170 UA3HP 172 UA5FJ 172 UA6AJ 170 UA7AF 170 UA3HR 172 UA5FJB 172 UA6AJB 170 UA7AFB 170 UA3IJSD 218 UA5FK 172 UA6AK 170 UA7AF-CAR 170 UA3ILSD 218 UA5FL 172 UA6AKB 170 UA7AG 170 UA3INSD 218 UA5FLB 172 UA6AL 170 UA7AGB 170 UA3SNB 172 UA5FM 172 UA6ALB 170 UA7AH 170 UA3UPB 172 UA5FN 172 UA6AM 170 UA7AHB 170 UA5AD 170 UA5FNB 172 UA6AMB 170 UA7AJ 170 UA5AE 170 UA5FP 172 UA6AN 170 UA7AJB 170 UA5AF 170 UA5FPB 172 UA6ANB 170 UA7AJB-CAR 170 UA5AG 170 UA5FR 172 UA6AP 170 UA7AJ-CAR 170 UA5AH 170 UA5FRB 172 UA6APB 170 UA7AK 170 UA5AJ 170 UA5FT 172 UA6AR 170 UA7AKB 170 UA5AJB 170 UA5HJ 172 UA6ARB 170 UA7AKB-CAR 170 UA5AK 170 UA5HK 172 UA6CJ 172 UA7AK-CAR 170 UA5AL 170 UA5HL 172 UA6CK 172 UA7ALB 170 UA5ALB 170 UA5HM 172 UA6CL 172 UA7ALB-CAR 170 UA5AM 170 UA5HN 172 UA6DJ 172 UA7AL-CAR 170 UA5AN 170 UA5HNB 172 UA6DJB 172 UA7AM 170 UA5ANB 170 UA5HP 172 UA6DK 172 UA7AMB 170 UA5AP 170 UA5HPB 172 UA6DL 172 UA7AN 170 UA5APB 170 UA5HR 172 UA6DLB 172 UA7ANB 170 UA5AR 170 UA5HRB 172 UA6DM 172 UA7AP 170 UA5VL UA5VR UA6AD UA6AEB UA6AG UA6AHB w w w. c a r l o n . c o m 315 Part Number Index 316 Part No. Page Part No. Page UA7APB 170 UA7FRB 171 Part No. UA9CG 171 UA9FM 171 UA7AR 170 UA7FT 171 UA9CGB 171 UA9FMB 171 UA7ARB 170 UA7HF 171 UA9CH 171 UA9FN 171 UA7BJB 171 UA7HG 171 UA9CHB 171 UA9FNB 171 UA7CF 171 UA7HH 171 UA9CJ 171 UA9FP 171 UA7CG 171 UA7HJ 171 UA9CJB 171 UA9FPB 171 UA7CH 171 UA7HJB 171 UA9CK 171 UA9FR 171 UA7CJ 171 UA7HJSD 218 UA9CKB 171 UA9FRB 171 UA7CJB 171 UA7HK 171 UA9CL 171 UA9HF 171 UA7CK 171 UA7HLB 171 UA9CLB 171 UA9HG 171 UA7CL 171 UA7HLSD 218 UA9CNB 171 UA9HH 171 UA7CLB 171 UA7HN 171 UA9DF 171 UA9HJ 171 UA7DF 171 UA7HNB 171 UA9DFB 171 UA9HJB 171 UA7DG 171 UA7HP 171 UA9DG 171 UA9HK 171 UA7DH 171 UA7HPB 171 UA9DGB 171 UA9HKB 171 UA7DJ 171 UA7HR 171 UA9DH 171 UA9HL 171 UA7DJB 171 UA7HRB 171 UA9DHB 171 UA9HLB 171 UA7DJSD 218 UA7HT 171 UA9DJ 171 UA9HM 171 UA7DK 171 UA7IJSD 218 UA9DJB-UPC 171 UA9HMB 171 UA7DKB 171 UA7ILSD 218 UA9DK 171 UA9HN 171 UA7DL 171 UA7INSD 218 UA9DKB-UPC 171 UA9HNB 171 UA7DLB 171 UA7IPB 171 UA9DL 171 UA9HP 171 UA7DM 171 UA7NNB 171 UA9DLB-UPC 171 UA9HPB 171 UA7DN 171 UA7NPB 171 UA9DM 171 UA9HR 171 UA7DNB 171 UA7SJ 171 UA9DMB 171 UA9HRB 171 UA7EF 171 UA7SN 171 UA9DN 171 UA9HT 171 UA7EG 171 UA7SNB 171 UA9DNB 171 UA9IL 171 UA7EH 171 UA7SPB 171 UA9EF 171 UA9IN 171 UA7EJ 171 UA9AD 170 UA9EFB 171 UA9INB 171 UA7EJB 171 UA9ADB 170 UA9EG 171 UA9IP 171 UA7EK 171 UA9ADR-CAR 170 UA9EGB 171 UA9IPB 171 UA7EL 171 UA9AE 170 UA9EH 171 UA9IR 171 UA7ELB 171 UA9AEB 170 UA9EHB 171 UA9IRB 171 UA7EM 171 UA9AFB-CTN 170 UA9EJ 171 UA9JJ 171 UA7EN 171 UA9AFR-CTN 170 UA9EJB 171 UA9JN 171 UA7ENB 171 UA9AG 170 UA9EK 171 UA9TRB 171 UA7EP 171 UA9AGB 170 UA9EKB 171 UAFAD 173 UA7EPB 171 UA9AH 170 UA9EL 171 UAFAE 173 UA7FF 171 UA9AHB 170 UA9ELB 171 UAFAF 173 UA7FG 171 UA9AJ 170 UA9EM 171 UB3AL 173 UA7FH 171 UA9AJB 170 UA9EMB 171 UB3AR 173 UA7FHB 171 UA9AJ-CAR 170 UA9EN 171 UB3FP 173 UA7FJ 171 UA9AKB-CAR 170 UA9ENB 171 UB5AL 173 UA7FJB 171 UA9AK-CAR 170 UA9EP 171 UB5AN 173 UA7FJSD 218 UA9AL 170 UA9EPB 171 UB5AP 173 UA7FK 171 UA9ALB-CAR 170 UA9FF 171 UB5APB 173 UA7FKB 171 UA9AM 170 UA9FG 171 UB5DHB 173 UA7FL 171 UA9AMB 170 UA9FGB 171 UB5DJB 173 UA7FLB 171 UA9AN 170 UA9FH 171 UB5DKB 173 UA7FLSD 218 UA9ANB 170 UA9FHB 171 UB5DL 173 UA7FM 171 UA9AP 170 UA9FJB 171 UB5DLB 173 UA7FN 171 UA9APB 170 UA9FJ-UPC 171 UB5DN 173 UA7FNB 171 UA9AR 170 UA9FKB 171 UB5DNB 173 UA7FP 171 UA9ARB 170 UA9FK-UPC 171 UB5FJB 173 UA7FPB 171 UA9CF 171 UA9FL 171 UB5FLB 173 UA7FR 171 UA9CFB 171 UA9FLB 171 UB5FNB 173 w w w. c a r l o n . c o m Page Part No. Page Part Number Index Part No. Page Part No. Page UB5FP Page 173 Part No. UB7HG 173 UB9FNB 173 UB6AD 173 UB7HH 173 UB9FP 173 UB6AE 173 UB7HJ 173 UB9FR 173 UB6AF 173 UB7HK 173 UB9HF 173 UB6AG 173 UB7HL 173 UB9HG 173 UB6AH 173 UB7HN 173 UB9HH 173 UB6AJ 173 UB7HP 173 UB9HJ 173 UB6AK 173 UB7HR 173 UB9HK 173 UB6AL 173 UB7IR 173 UB9HL 173 UB6AN 173 UB9AD 173 UB9HN 173 UB6AP 173 UB9AD-CAR 173 UB9HNB 173 UB6AR 173 UB9AE 173 UB9HP 173 UB6FN 173 UB9AE-CAR 173 UB9HR 173 UB6FR 173 UB9AF 173 UB9IP 173 UB7AD 173 UB9AF-CAR 173 UB9IR 173 UB7AE-UPC 173 UB9AG 173 UB9NN 173 UB7AF-UPC 173 UB9AG-CAR 173 UC5CKB 190 UB7AG-CAR 173 UB9AH 173 UC5FKB 190 UB7AH 173 UB9AH-CAR 173 UC5FNB 190 UB7AH-CAR 173 UB9AJ 173 UC5FRB 190 UB7AJ-UPC 173 UB9AJ-CAR 173 UC5FRBLB 191 UB7AK 173 UB9AK 173 UC5HNB 190 UB7AL 173 UB9AK-CAR 173 UC7CJBLB 191 UB7AN 173 UB9AL-CAR 173 UC7CKB 190 UB7AP 173 UB9AN 173 UC7DJBLB 191 UB7APB 173 UB9AP 173 UC7DLBLB 191 UB7AR 173 UB9APB 173 UC7DNBLB 191 UB7CF 173 UB9AR 173 UC7DPBLB 191 UB7CH 173 UB9CF 173 UC7FHB 190 UB7CJ 173 UB9CG 173 UC7FJB 190 UB7CL 173 UB9CH 173 UC7FJBLB 191 UB7DF 173 UB9CJ 173 UC7FKB 190 UB7DG 173 UB9CK 173 UC7FLB 190 UB7DH 173 UB9CL 173 UC7FLBLB 191 UB7DHB 173 UB9DF 173 UC7FNB 190 UB7DJ 173 UB9DG 173 UC7FNBLB 191 UB7DJB 173 UB9DHB 173 UC7FPBLB 191 UB7DK 173 UB9DH-UPC 173 UC7FRBLB 191 UB7DKB 173 UB9DJB 173 UC7HJBLB 191 UB7DL 173 UB9DJ-UPC 173 UC7HLBLB 191 UB7DLB 173 UB9DKB 173 UC7HNB 190 UB7DN 173 UB9DK-UPC 173 UC7HNBLB 191 UB7DNB 173 UB9DL 173 UC7HPBLB 191 UB7FF 173 UB9DLB 173 UC7HRB 190 UB7FG 173 UB9DN 173 UC7HRBLB 191 UB7FH 173 UB9DNB 173 UC7ITB 190 UB7FJ 173 UB9FF 173 UC9BHB 190 UB7FJB 173 UB9FG 173 UC9CJBLB 191 UB7FK 173 UB9FH 173 UC9DHB 190 UB7FL 173 UB9FJ 173 UC9DJB 190 UB7FLB 173 UB9FJB 173 UC9DJBLB 191 UB7FN 173 UB9FK 173 UC9DKB 190 UB7FNB 173 UB9FKB 173 UC9DLB 190 UB7FP 173 UB9FL 173 UC9DLBLB 191 UB7FR 173 UB9FLB 173 UC9DNB 190 UB7HF 173 UB9FN 173 UC9DNBLB 191 w w w. c a r l o n . c o m Part No. UC9DPBLB UC9FHB UC9FJB UC9FJBLB UC9FKB UC9FLB UC9FLBLB UC9FNB UC9FNBLB UC9FPBLB UC9FRB UC9FRBLB UC9HJB UC9HJBLB UC9HLBLB UC9HNB UC9HNBLB UC9HPBLB UC9HRB UC9HRBLB VC9902 VC9903 VC9922 VC9923 VC9924-24 VC9925 VC9932 VC9941P VC9961P VC9962 VC9963 VC9963SC VC9964 VC9981P VC9982 VC9983 VC9984 VC9992 VC9LV2 VC9LV3 VC9LV5 WCD3104 WCD3106 WCD3124 WCD3126 WCD4 WCD6 WCE3084 WCE3086 WCE4 WCE6 WK7001 WK7101 WK7103 WK7201 WK7202 WK7203 Page 191 190 190 191 190 190 191 190 191 191 190 191 190 191 191 190 191 191 190 191 220 220 220 220 220 220 220 220 220 220 220 109 220 220 220 220 220 30 220 220 220 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 58 58 58 59 59 59 317 Notes 318 w w w. c a r l o n . c o m Notes w w w. c a r l o n . c o m 319 LIMITED WARRANTY/DEFECTIVE PRODUCTS/SHORT COUNTS Carlon warrants to its distributors that its products conform to all product specifications contained in the contract of sale and, using Carlon product specifications as a standard, are free from defects in material and manufacture as of the date they are shipped by Carlon. This warranty covers Carlon distributors only. IF A DISTRIBUTOR BELIEVES THAT IT HAS DISCOVERED A DEFECT IN MATERIAL OR MANUFACTURE IN ANY PRODUCT COVERED BY THIS WARRANTY OR IF THE DISTRIBUTOR DISCOVERS A SHORT COUNT IN ANY SHIPMENT, THE DISTRIBUTOR MUST NOTIFY CARLON, IN WRITING, WITHIN SIXTY (60) DAYS OF RECEIPT OF THE GOODS TO WHICH THE CLAIM RELATES, OR IN ANY EVENT WITHIN SEVENTY (70) DAYS OF THE DATE THAT THE GOODS WERE SHIPPED BY Carlon. Carlon will provide replacement goods to meet any short count for which it receives timely notice, but may require verification of any such claim. Defective goods should be shipped to Carlon, freight prepaid, and be in accordance with Carlon defective goods policy which requires prior approval by an authorized Carlon Manager. Carlon liability for breach of this warranty shall be limited to replacement of any goods that Carlon finds to be defective with an equivalent amount of goods, or at Carlon sole option, refund of the purchase price. Claims that are not made within the warranty period (i.e., within seventy (70) days of shipment) shall be deemed waived. CARLON SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES CAUSED BY BREACH OF THIS WARRANTY. THIS EXCLUSION APPLIES WHETHER SUCH DAMAGES ARE SOUGHT BASED ON BREACH OF WARRANTY BREACH OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE, STRICT LIABILITY IN TORT OR ANY OTHER LEGAL THEORY. THIS WARRANTY DOES NOT APPLY TO CLAIMS FOR PERSONAL INJURY BY A THIRD PARTY. THIS WARRANTY DOES NOT COVER DAMAGE IN SHIPMENT. CLAIMS FOR DAMAGE IN SHIPMENT SHOULD BE MADE TO THE CARRIER IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS OF THE SHIPPING AGREEMENTS. THIS WARRANTY IS IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED, OR ORAL, INCLUDING THE IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OTHERWISE ARISING FROM A COURSE OF DEALING OR TRADE. In USA, contact: 25701 Science Park Drive • Cleveland, Ohio 44122 1-800-3-CARLON (1-800-322-7566) • In Ohio, (216) 464-3400 Fax: (216) 766-6444 TDD/Hearing Impaired Access (216) 831-5918 www.carlon.com Inside Sales: Region Phone Fax NORTHEAST SOUTHEAST CENTRAL WEST (610) 759-6760 (800) 3CARLON (800) 3CARLON (530) 666-1681 (610) 759-9138 (216) 766-6444 (216) 766-6444 (530) 669-0173 CARLON 50M SP 2/05 © Lamson & Sessions 2005 In Canada, contact: c/o Multimodal Logistics 415 Traders Boulevard East Mississauga, Ontario • Canada L4Z 1P2 (905) 755-1262 • (888) 269-9902 Fax: (905) 755-1265 • (888) 229-8622
Source Exif Data:
File Type : PDF File Type Extension : pdf MIME Type : application/pdf PDF Version : 1.4 Linearized : Yes XMP Toolkit : 3.1-701 About : uuid:b2e6b150-9715-11d9-8bb6-000a95954c46 Producer : QuarkXPress(tm) 6.5 X Press Private : %%DocumentProcessColors:.%%EndComments Create Date : 2005:03:17 11:49:15Z Creator Tool : QuarkXPress(tm) 6.5 Modify Date : 2005:06:22 11:41:43-04:00 Metadata Date : 2005:06:22 11:41:43-04:00 Document ID : uuid:d9cf21ea-9704-11d9-b8d6-000d932d664e Instance ID : uuid:b7e2b288-d3e9-49f1-ad64-1460426122ad Format : application/pdf Title : Carlon 2005 Master Catalog Has XFA : No Page Count : 322 Page Layout : OneColumn Creator : QuarkXPress(tm) 6.5EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools